Hinged Window Hardware

Connecting Innovations In Hardware With Windows,
Patio Doors, And Skylights.
700 West Bridge Street

Owatonna, MN 55060
1-800-866-7884
Fax: 507-451-5655
2007 Truth Hardware TRU002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Casement & Awning Hinges 34 .............15 Series - Traditional Single Arm Operator
35 .............15 Series - Traditional Dyad Operator
Page No. Product Line / Description
36 .............15 Series - Traditional Single Arm Awning
1 .............13 Series - Awning Hinge 37 .............23 Series - Single Arm Operator Face Mount
2 .............14 Series - Casement Hinge 38 .............23 Series - Dyad Operator
3 .............14 Series - Maxim Hinge Systems 39 .............12 Series - Push Bar Operator
4 .............29 Series - Loose Butt Hinges 40 .............22 Series - Pivot Shoe Operator
5 ........34/35 Series - 4-Bar Hinges 41 .............22 Series - Scissors Arm Operator
6 .............34 Series - Superior 4-Bar Hinge 42..............11 Series - Awning Operator
7 ........37/99 Series - Sash Control Devices 43 .............10 Series - Lever Operator
8 ............................ - Garden Window Hinges 44 .............42 Series - Manual Skylight Operator
9 ....................Misc. - Snubbers 45............................. - Sentry II WLS Motor System
10 ....................Misc. - Jamb Jacks 46............................. - Sentry II HS Motor System
47 ....................Misc. - Brackets & Track
Casement & Awning Sash Locks 48 ....................Misc. - Accessory Hardware
Special Features
11..............16 Series - Low Profile Sash Lock
12 .............16 Series - HomeGard Sash Lock Page No. Product Line / Description
13 .............16 Series - EntryGard Sash Lock 49 ..............Hardware Finishes
14 .............16 Series - Mirage Concealed 50 ..............Tech Note #1 - Care of Solid Brass
Multi-Point Locking System 51 ..............Tech Note #2 - Awining Windows
15 .............16 Series - Sentry 2000 Motorized 52 ..............Tech Note #3 - Sash Sag
Sash Lock 53 ..............Tech Note #4 - Codes
16 .............24 Series - Locking Handles 54 ..............Tech Note #5 - ADA
17 .............24 Series - Maxim Multi-Point & Single 55 ..............Tech Note #6 - 4-Bar Hinges
Point Locking Systems 56 ..............Tech Note #7 - Corrosion
18............................. - Encore Multi-Point Locking System 57 ..............Tech Note #8 - Sentry 2000 Installation Issues
19 .............24 Series - Multi-Point Locking System 58 ..............Tech Note #9 - Sentry 2000 LCII Motor Control
20 .............25 Series - TrimLine Cam Handle Module
21 .............25 Series - Pole Operated Cam Handle 59 ..............Tech Note #10 - Care of Truth Window & Patio
22 .............27 Series - TrimLine Cam Handle Door Hardware
with Concealed Pawl 60 ..............Tech Note #11 - Mounting Screw Compatibility
23 .............27 Series - Pole Operated Cam Handle 61 ..............Tech Note #12 - Building a Trouble-Free Power
with Concealed Pawl Window System
24 .............28 Series - Key Operated Custodial Lock
Casement & Awning Operators

25............................. - Maxim System Operators
26............................. - Encore System Operators
27 .............15 Series - EntryGard Dual Arm Operator
28 .............15 Series - EntryGard Dyad Operator
29 .............15 Series - EntryGard Single Arm Operator
30 .............15 Series - EntryGard Awning Operator
31 .............15 Series - Ellipse Single Arm Operator
32 .............15 Series - Ellipse Dyad Operator
33 .............15 Series - Ellipse Single Arm Awning
Operator
Terms & Conditions of Sale
TRUTH HARDWARES WARRANTY deemed to have failed of its essential purpose so long
FOR WINDOW & DOOR MANUFACTURERS & as Truth Hardware is willing and able to repair or replace
AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS said defective products or parts in the prescribed manner.
All Truth Hardware products, with the exception of * All Truth Hardware electrical products, are warranted for one (1)
electrical products*, are warranted against defects in year against defects in materials and workmanship.
materials and workmanship for the life of the product1.
1
Industry related testing has defined the typical lifetime of
Truth Hardwares warranty is expressly limited to window fenestration hardware to be 10 years.
& door manufacturers and Truth Hardware Authorized
Distributors, who purchase Truth Hardware products for Terms -
the purpose of resale, or use in the ordinary course of
the buyers business, and may not be assigned or 1%/10 days - net 30 days on hardware purchases.
transferred. Net 30 days on freight charges. Tooling invoice terms
available upon request.
This warranty does not cover normal wear or
discoloration on finishes, or any product which has
been improperly installed, abused, misused, worn out,
Freight -
altered, used for a purpose other than that for which it
was intended, or in a manner inconsistent with any F.O.B. Factory
instructions regarding its use, nor does it cover corrosion
related damage. This warranty only covers electrical
products that are used to drive manual hardware
systems (operators and hinges) manufactured by Truth. Conditions -
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE. TRUTH HARDWARE Initial orders, and all subsequent orders placed before
MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHAT- credit is established with Truth Hardware, will be on a
SOEVER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT cash-in-advance or C.O.D. basis. Cash-in-advance
TO THE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY orders will be entered by Truth Hardware upon the
IT, WHETHER AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS receipt of the order and payment. Pricing is
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY OTHER determined at time of shipment.
MATTER. No agent, employee or representative of Truth
Hardware has any authority to bind Truth Hardware to
any affirmation, representation, or warranty concerning Return Goods -
Truth Hardware products or parts, except stated herein.
Authorization from our Sales Department is required
If any product manufactured by Truth Hardware is in advance for all goods to be returned to Truth
found to be defective by Truth Hardware, in its sole Hardware. Authorization will be granted in all cases
judgment, Truth Hardware will, at its option, either repair of defective product or incorrect shipments due to an
or replace such defective product. Truths liability is error on Truth Hardwares part. Truth Hardware may
limited only to the replacement value of the hardware. also, at its option, authorize the return of other goods
THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY subject to a 25% restocking charge and including
AVAILABLE FOR ANY DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCTS and offsetting order equal in value to the amount of
MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY TRUTH HARDWARE the return. Product considered for return must be
OR FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY OTHER standard product, built to current Truth Hardware
CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT manufacturing specifications, no older than the
LIMITATION, TRUTH HARDWARES NEGLIGENCE. immediate past calendar year, clean, resalable, in
TRUTH HARDWARE SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE full unopened cartons. The quantity to be returned
LIABLE TO ANY BUYER FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, OR cannot be excessive based on Truth Hardwares
INCIDENTAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, current level of sales and inventory position. Freight
OR FOR THE LABOR WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR on all return goods must be prepaid to our plant and
THE REPLACEMENT OF SAID PRODUCT, WHETHER merchandise must be received within 30 days of
FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, ON date of authorization.
THE BASIS OF STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR ANY
OTHER REASON.
The purpose of this exclusive remedy shall be to provide

the window/door manufacturer, or Truth Hardware
Authorized Distributor, with replacement of products, or
parts, manufactured by Truth Hardware found to be
defective in materials or workmanship, or negligently
manufactured. This exclusive remedy shall not be
AWNING
13 AWNING HINGES
These hinges balance a sash as it opens

for smooth, effortless operation. The
stainless steel reinforced shoe provides
continuous smooth action. Detachable
support arms allow quick installation
of the sash into the frame.
It is recommended to match the size of
the hinge to the height and weight of
the sash. Each size hinge is designed
to balance a particular size and weight
sash. Proper selection of a hinge can
help prevent problems such as
window chatter that are sometimes efficiency when hardware is applied to of the window. See Snubber section
experienced when these hinges are used sash and frames in separate locations. for proper application.
with Truth's Awning Operators. An
adjustable friction screw allows one to 4. Optional mounting hardware: 5. For vinyl window applications,
customize ease of window movement. #20585 - Adjustment screw, included mounting screws should pass through
with hinge. Replacement pieces sold two PVC walls or one PVC wall and
Table within the drawings gives a separately. #30591 - Detach clip, one insert wall. For this reason, it may
recommended height and weight range included with hinge. Replacement be necessary to use a longer screw than
for each hinge. The data in this table pieces sold separately. is recommended.
has been generated by computer
simulation as a guide in matching the RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 6. To insure maximum screw thread
hinge with the window. If you have a Type of screws required determined by engagement in vinyl profiles, a #7
sash that doesnt appear on this table, material of profile being used. Refer screw with an undercut head should be
call Truth for selection assistance. to drawings for complete information used for mounting the Track (not
on screw type and quantity needed available from Truth).
WARRANTY: (sold separately).
Protected under the terms of the Truth 7. For accurate hardware placement in
Warranty for Window and Door TRUTH TIPS: vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling
Manufacturers and Authorized 1. Special consideration should be is recommended.
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms given when designing an awning
8. For metal window profiles Truth
and Conditions for further details. window. Please consult Truth Tech
recommends machine screws however,
Note #2 for further information. in most applications sheet metal screws
MATERIAL: Steel track. Heavy
gauge steel support arms and acetal 2. Failure of the concealed awning will provide adequate holding power.
shoe with stainless steel insert. hinge can occur under certain 9. When selecting mounting screws for
Corrosion resistant non-magnetic situations when opened to near 90. Truth hardware, coating compatibility
stainless steel package is also available. For this reason, an operator and/or is one of the most important criteria.
limit device must be used with the For best corrosion resistance the coating
FINISH: Truths E-Gard Hardware concealed awning hinge to prevent the
has a multi-stage coating process that on the screws should be the same as the
window from being opened to 90. coating on the hardware. For more
produces a superior physical and
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a 3. When an awning window is under information, see Tech Note #11.
wider range of corrosive materials, hinged (i.e., when a hinge is used on INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN
including industrial cleaning materials a window larger than what it is YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
and environmental pollutants. This recommended for), two areas of Sash balancing friction hinge for use
proprietary process has been tested to concern are created. First, chatter is on residential or commercial windows,
be approximately three times better likely to occur when operated with an which will be concealed between sash
than common zinc plated finishes. awning operator (see Truth Tips for and fame for low maintenance and
Awning Operator). Second, depending clean exterior aesthetics.
ORDERING INFORMATION: on the degree of under hinging, the
1. Choose hinge size desired hinge may fail at an amount of opening Awning window hinges shall be of sash
(specify by part number). significantly less than 90. For this balancing design, which provides a
2. Specify right- or left-hand reason, the amount of opening must be friction screw adjustment for fine tuning
(determined by the hinge side when limited to 45 of opening, any #13 window sash operation. Constructed of
looking at the window from the outside). series Awning Hinge may be used on E-Gard components to provide
sash up to 42 inches high and 61 lbs. enhanced corrosion protection.
3. Hinges can be ordered assembled or
K.D. (knocked down). K.D. hinges 4. Adding a snubber to the center of Awning window hinges shall be 13
allow track and arm assemblies to be the top rail on an awning window may Series hinge, as manufactured by Truth
purchased separately for greater increase the negative air pressure rating Hardware, Owatonna, MN. 1
13 AWNING HINGES
APPLICATION OF CONCEALED AWNING HINGE

13.13 SHOWN .438
(11.1mm)
.438
.719 (11.1mm)
(18.3mm)
1.250 1.250
(31.8mm) (31.8mm)
B C D E
SASH
MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED ON
4.000
(101.6mm)
CENTERS
FRAME L
.500
(12.7mm)
.4375
.500 (111.1mm)
(12.7mm) BOTTOM
HOLE ONLY
CLOSED
.438 POSTION
(11.1mm) SHOWN
AVAILABLE OPERATORS
22 SERIES 22 SERIES
HINGE LEVER AWNING PIVOT SCISSOR ENTRYGARD ENTRYGARD SPLIT 23 SERIES
NO. OPERATOR OPERATOR SHOE ARM DUAL ARM * DYAD * ARM * DYAD *
13.13 10.14 11.12,11.30 22.17,22.18 N/A N/A

13.14 10.14 11.10,11.12 22.10
STEEL
ALL
22.22
ARM MATERIAL
13.15 10.10 11.14,11.16 23

THRU 15.10,15.61 15.11,15.62 15.18,15.66 SERIES
10.11 22.29 15.16
13.16
10.14 11.14,11.30
13.17
13.43 11.32 N/A

ST STEEL
11.29,11.32
13.44
N/A N/A N/A 15.19 N/A N/A
13.42 11.27,11.21 15.14,15.75
13.45 11.28
* OPERATOR IS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE JAMB
HINGE RECOMMENDED L SCREWS
STEEL ST.STL
RECOMMENDED
SASH HEIGHT
MAXIMUM
SASH WEIGHT
HINGE
LENGTH
B C D E REQ'D
PER HINGE
F
10.0-14.0 7 LBS 10.0
13.13 13.43 (254.0mm-355.6mm) (3.2 KG) (254.0mm) 6.250 4.250 7 N/A
(158.8mm) (108.0mm)
14.0-19.0 20 LBS 14.0
13.14 13.44 (355.6mm-482.6mm) (9.1 KG) (355.6mm) 8 N/A
2.625 1.250
19.0-26.0 38 LBS 18.0 8.250 (66.7mm) (31.8mm)
13.15 13.42 (482.6mm-660.4mm) (17.3 KG) (457.2mm) (209.6mm) 6.250 9 N/A
(158.8mm)
26.0-34.0 50 LBS 22.0 10.250
13.16 13.45 (660.4mm-863.6mm) (22.7 KG) (558.8mm) (260.4mm) 10 N/A
34.0-42.0 61 LBS 26.0 11.75 8.250 5.438

13.17 N/A (863.6mm-1066.8mm) (27.7 KG) (660.4mm) (298.4mm) (209.6mm) (138.1mm) 12 2.625
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: (P/N 119110.XX) NO.7X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS (STEEL)
(P/N 19105.XX) NO. 7X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS (STAINLESS STEEL)
FOR USE WITH TRACK ON PVC: NO. 7X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, UNDERCUT, SHEET METAL SCREWS
(NOT AVAILABLE FROM TRUTH, QUANTITIES WILL DEPEND ON HINGE) (SEE TRUTH TIP NO. 5&6)
1a 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
14 CONCEALED
CASEMENTHINGE
Through their quality, reliability, and

features, Truths Concealed Casement
Hinges have become the standard by
which others are measured in our
industry. Here is why Truth has
remained the industry leader.
STYLE & STRENGTH:
Truths casement hinges provide
tamper resistance and beautiful exterior
sightlines to your windows. Being
concealed these hinges can also reduce
shipping problems with assembled
windows. The sash and support arms
are made from heavy gauge steel.
Delrin shoe with stainless steel insert
provides self-cleaning action in track
for longer life.
OPTIONS & FEATURES:
Available in either assembled or K.D. wrench #31887. See Figure #3 and outside).
(knocked down), which allows the Truth Tip #5 for adjustment
support arm to be easily attached by procedures. 3. Optional mounting hardware (sold
WARRANTY:
using the snap-stud. This permits separately): #21223 Sash Lifter (refer
quick installation of the sash into the to Truth Tip #9) #31887 - Slim Line-
Protected under the terms of the Truth Wrench.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
frame. Special stop feature on support
arm prevents window from opening Warranty for Window and Door
past 90 - refer to Truth Tip #4. The Manufacturers and Authorized
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms Types of screws required determined
unique adjustable brass stud is antique
and Conditions for further details. by material of profile being used.
MATERIAL: Non-magnetic stainless

plated for quick identification purposes Refer to drawings for complete
in the field. All Truth Concealed information on screw type and quantity
Casement Hinge track is available with steel track, heavy gauge steel or non- needed (sold separately).
TRUTH TIPS:
a standard flat bottom to help reduce magnetic stainless steel arms, brass
rocking and an end notch to reduce stud (not available on stainless steel
corner cleaning on clad or welded 1. Truth recommends that when
models) and stainless steel reinforcing
vinyl windows. Optional models designing a casement window the sash
insert in Delrin shoe.
FINISH: Truths E-Gard Hardware
designed to provide washability, or width should be limited to no greater
egress are also available. than 66% of the sash height. A sash
ADJUSTMENTS MADE SIMPLE:
has a multi-stage coating process that width that exceeds 66% could develop
produces a superior physical and sash sag over the life of the window.
Truth also has a hinge model that helps aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a Refer to Truth Technical Note #3 for
make field adjustments to your wider range of corrosive materials, more information dealing with sash sag
windows to help reduce sash drag! including industrial cleaning materials prevention.
Truths Adjusta-Hinge with its easy to and environmental pollutants. This
use adjustable stud. Truths Adjusta- 2. The Concealed Casement Hinge
proprietary process has been tested to
Hinge enables the manufacturer, or with snap stud attachment was
be approximately three times better
window installer, to quickly and designed to be used on a casement
than common zinc plated finishes.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
precisely re-align the sash within the window only. Under no
window frame without ever having to circumstances should a casement
disconnect the support arms. 1. Choose hinge style desired (specify hinge with a snap stud attachment be
Assembled with its specially designed by part number - see chart). Hinges used on an awning window.
stud in a centered position, the can be ordered assembled or K.D.
Adjusta-Hinge can be moved a full (knocked down). K.D. hinges allow 3. With the flat bottom track, screw
.062 (1.5mm) of an inch towards the track and arms to be purchased heads will be raised above the track
outside of the sash, and .031 (0.8mm) separately for greater efficiency when when installed. Truths Delrin shoe
towards the jamb. To obtain the full hardware is applied to the sash and now has a higher bridge to clear screw
.062 (1.5mm) adjustment towards the frames in separate locations. heads (.060 high).
jamb, the hinge must be mounted at
least .031 (0.8mm) away from the 2. Specify left- or right-hand (handing
jamb. Adjustments can be easily made determined by the hinge side when
2
while the hinge is fully assembled with looking at the window from the
the simple twist of Truths slim-line
14 CONCEALED
CASEMENT HINGE
INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN

YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
4. Truth recommends a hinge with a 9. The #21223 Sash Lifter is a device
90 stop be used on any casement inserted in the shoe on the bottom
window, which uses a Dyad Operator hinge in a casement window. It is Low friction casement hinge for use on
unless the window has a Limit Device sometimes necessary to maintain a residential or commercial windows,
to keep it from opening past 90. constant reveal around the outside edge which will be concealed between sash
of the window. This is because the and frame for low maintenance and
5. A standard 3/8 wrench can be used nature of a casement window places clean exterior aesthetics.
to adjust a hinge equipped with the the window weight entirely on the
adjustable stud, however this will bottom hinge causing it to slightly Casement window hinges will be of
require detaching the support arms compress while slightly stretching the slide and pivot design, which uses a
from the track. To adjust this hinge top hinge creating a difference in the low friction slide shoe and stainless
without detaching the support arms it window reveal between top and steel track. The slide shoe must be
is necessary to use Truths slim-line bottom. The heavier the window, the constructed with a high bridge bottom
Wrench #31887. greater the potential for a window for screw head clearance and a
reveal difference. The Sash Lifter stainless steel insert for strength. The
6. When selecting mounting screws hinge shall provide an easy means of
for Truth hardware, coating Button is not intended to correct sash
sag. disconnection to allow easy sash
compatibility is one of the most removal. Sash arms are to be
important criteria. For best corrosion 10. For accurate hardware placement constructed of E-Gard components
resistance the coating on the screws in vinyl or metal applications, pre- to provide enhanced corrosion
should be the same as the coating on drilling of the window profile is protection.
the hardware. For more information, recommended.
see Tech Note #11. Only On Adjustable Hinge Models:
11. For vinyl window applications, The hinges shall provide a means of
7. On some window designs, binding mounting screws should pass through adjustment for sash drag. This
can be experienced on the hinge side of two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and adjustment must be accomplished
the window between the outermost one insert wall. For this reason, it may without loosening or removing the
edge of the sash and the jamb. This be necessary to use a longer screw than mounting screws.
problem often occurs when switching is recommended.
from standard hinge to an Egress Casement window hinges shall be 14
hinge. If a window system is designed 12. For metal window profiles Truth Series hinge, as manufactured by Truth
to work with an Egress hinge, the recommends machine screws however, Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
window system will work with all in most applications sheet metal screws
other Truth Concealed Casement will provide adequate holding power.
Hinges. When binding is encountered,
three solutions are available: a) move 13. For easy correction of out of
hinge location toward outside of sash, square, or racked window installations,
b) increase the clearance between the the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame
sash and jamb, and c) decrease the adjuster is recommended. Frame
thickness of the sash. adjustment can improve both weather
seal tightness and sash operation over
8. Truth recommends that a Snubber the life of the window.
be used at the center of the hinge side
of any casement window, which has a
tendency to bow outwardly at the
center in the closed position. Adding a
Snubber may increase the negative air
pressure rating of a casement window.
2a
14 CONCEALED
CASEMENTHINGE
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF CONCEALED CASEMENT HINGE
DIMENSION LINE IS
7.703 FROM END OF TRACK
(195.7mm) WHEN CLOSED
7.203
(183.0mm)
SASH
.250
(6.4mm)
D
FRAME .438
(11.1mm)
.719
.438 2.640 (18.3mm)
(11.1mm) (67.1mm)
CONCEALED HINGE APPLIED
1.265 TO A NON-LIPPED WINDOW
(32.1mm)
1.250
(31.8mm)
5.250
(133.4mm)
9.625 ONLY ON 14.17 &
(245.5mm) SASH
14.08
C HINGE
POCKET
L FRAME
LIPPED WINDOW (SHOWN)

REQUIRES A 4-BAR HINGE
NOTES:
1. REFER TO OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY INFORMATION GIVEN
FOR EACH OPERATOR. SEE RESPECTIVE CATALOG PAGE FOR THE
OPERATOR OF YOUR CHOICE.
2. NOT FOR USE ON AWNING WINDOWS.
* RECOMMENDED HINGES W/90 STOP

A TRACK MATERIAL FOR ALL HINGES IS SST
EGRESS HINGE
PART NO. A C D L ARM & RIVET ATTACHMENT SCREWS
* 14.05 4.906 (124.6mm) 9.625 4.953 10.000 ADJUSTABLE
A
* 14.06 5.531 (140.5mm) (244.5mm) (125.8mm) (254.0mm) BRASS SNAP
14.08 6.938 (176.2mm) 13.625(346.1mm) 4.805(122.1mm) 14.000(355.6mm) STUD C
STEEL
* 14.75 4.906 (124.6mm)
9.625 4.953 10.000 STANDARD A
* 14.76 5.531 (140.5mm) (244.5mm) (125.8mm) (254.0mm) BRASS SNAP
14.77 2.281 (57.9mm) STUD
14.17 6.938 (176.2mm) 13.625(346.1mm) 4.805(122.1mm) 14.000(355.6mm) C
14.80 4.906 (124.6mm) STAINLESS
14.91 5.531 (140.5mm) 9.625 4.953 10.000 STAINLESS B
STEEL SNAP
(244.5mm) (125.8mm) (254.0mm) STEEL
14.93 2.281 (57.9mm) STUD
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: PER PAIR

A - SASH ARM: 8(19110)#7X.750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, STEEL, SHEET METAL SCREW.
- TRACK: 6(19115)#7X.750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, UNDERCUT, SST, SHEET METAL SCREWS.
B - SASH ARM: 8(19105)#7X.750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SST, SHEET METAL SCREW.
C - SASH ARM: 8(19110)#7X.750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, STEEL, SHEET METAL SCREW.
2b
14 CONCEALED
CASEMENTHINGE
FIG. 2 SELFLOCATINGHINGEOPTIONS
SELF LOCATION STUD
A SELF LOCATION STUD OPTION IS AVAILABLE ON THE FOLLOWING HINGES

TO AIDE IN THE EASE OF INSTALLATION:
AWNING HINGES: 13.13 , 13.14 , 13.15 , 13.16 , 13.17 , AND 13.18
CASEMENT HINGES: 14.05 , AND 14.77
SELF LOCATING STUD
A SELF LOCATION STUD OPTION IS AVAILABLE ON THE FOLLOWING

HINGES TO AIDE IN THE EASE OF INSTALLATION:
MAXIM HINGE: 14.12 AND 14.97
2c 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
14 CONCEALED
CASEMENTHINGE
FIG. 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT
FLATS
STUD ( FIT 3/8" WRENCH)
NON-ADJUSTED
POSITION
SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

ARM REMOVED.
ADJUSTA WRENCH
TRUTH P/N 31887
STUD ADJUSTED
POSITION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT
1. THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG THAT THIS HINGE WILL CORRECT FOR IS DEPENDENT
ON THE RATIO OF THE SASH WIDTH VS. SASH HEIGHT. TO CALCULATE THE AMOUNT
OF SASH DRAG ADJUSTMENT FOR ANY GIVEN WINDOW SIZE, TAKE THE RATIO OF
THE WIDTH TO HEIGHT MULTIPLIED BY 1/16".
EXAMPLE: SASH SIZE EQUALS 24" X 36", WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO IS .667.
TOTAL ADJUSTMENT IS .667 X 1/16"=.042" (APPROX. 3/64")
2. TO ADJUST THE CASEMENT SASH, FIRST FULLY OPEN THE WINDOW. NEXT,
SLIP THE ADJUSTMENT WRENCH (TRUTH PART NO. 31887) ONTO THE BASE OF
THE STUD, FOUND BETWEEN THE SUPPORT ARM AND THE TRACK OF THE LOWER
HINGE. SWINGING THE WRENCH AWAY FROM THE LOCK SIDE OF THE WINDOW WILL
DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG.
THE MAXIMIM SASH DRAG ADJUSTMENT IS REACHED WHEN THE STUD FLATS ARE
PARALLEL TO THE TRACK. NOTE: TURNING THE STUD FLATS BEYOND PARALLEL
WILL NOT INCREASE SASH DRAG CORRECTION.
3. FOR SEVERE SASH DRAG, A SIMILAR PROCEDURE CAN BE USED ON THE UPPER
HINGE. UPPER HINGE ADJUSTMENT IS MADE BY SWINGING THE WRENCH TOWARD
THE LOCK SIDE OF THE WINDOW. MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT IS OBTAINED WHEN THE
STUD FLATS ARE PARALLEL TO THE TRACK.
NOTE: MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT MAY CAUSE BINDING AS THE WINDOW IS CLOSED.
PLEASE USE CAUTION.
4. STUD MAY BE ADJUSTED WITH 3/8" WRENCH OF SUPPORT ARM IS REMOVED

BEFORE ADJUSTMENT*.
2d
2e 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
14 THEMAXIM SYSTEM
CASEMENT HINGES
WASHABILITY: When you are in MATERIAL: Non-magnetic stainless information dealing with sash sag
need of venting a large casement steel track, heavy gauge steel arms, prevention.
window, Truths #14.97 Washability brass stud and stainless steel reinforced
Casement Hinge, in combination with insert in plastic shoe. Non-magnetic 2. When selecting mounting screws
Truths Maxim Dual Arm Operator, is stainless steel arms are also available. for Truth hardware, coating
just the answer. This model will allow compatibility is one of the most
the sash to move 6-1/2" to provide CORROSION RESISTANCE: important criteria. For best corrosion
washability access. The hinge provides Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- resistance the coating on the screws
1.5" more washability area than stage coating process that produces a should be the same as the coating on
Truths standard #14.75 Casement superior physical and aesthetic finish. the hardware. For more information,
Hinge, which makes it much easier for Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of see Tech Note #11.
the homeowner to clean their windows corrosive materials, including industrial
cleaning materials and environmental 3. The Washability Hinge with snap
from inside the home. Able to support stud attachment was designed to be used
a 40"x 84" frame size window (96 lb. pollutants. This proprietary process
has been tested to be approximately on a casement window only. Under no
Sash), the #14.97 Hinge has been rated circumstances should a casement hinge
to meet an average of 225 lbs. per three times better than common zinc
plated finishes. For coastal applications, with a snap stud attachment be used on
hinge in negative air testing. an awning window.
Truth also has stainless steel arms
EGRESS: Truths #14.12 Egress available (See Tech Note #7). 4. Screw heads will be raised above
Casement Hinge is designed the track when installed. Truths slide
specifically to work with Truths ORDERING INFORMATION:
1. Specify "standard" or "coastal" hinge. shoe is bridged (.080" high) to clear
Maxim Dual Arm Operator, in order to screw heads.
achieve egress access in required 2. Order Casement Hinge part number:
situations. The hinge arms are made of #14.97 (washability) 5. For accurate hardware placement,
heavy gage steel to give sash weight #14.12 (egress) pre-drilling of the screw holes in the
carrying capability of up to 69 lb. sash. window profile is recommended.
3. Hinges can be ordered assembled
FIELD SERVICE SOLUTIONS: or K.D. (knocked down). K.D. hinges 6. For vinyl window applications,
Field service problems can be easily allow track and arms to be purchased mounting screws should pass through
corrected with our simple adjustment separately for greater efficiency when two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
feature built right into the hinge. Often hardware is applied to the sash and one insert wall. For this reason, it may
times a window may be installed out of frames in separate locations. be necessary to use a longer screw than
square, or sash sag may occur which needs is recommended.
to be remedied. Now, without having 1. Specify left - or right-hand
to disconnect the sash, the window can (handing determined by the 7. For metal window profiles Truth
be re-aligned by simply turning the hinge side when looking at the recommends machine screws however,
adjustment stud with our Maxim window from the outside). in most applications sheet metal screws
Hinge Adjustment Wrench (#31887). A pair of hinges are required will provide adequate holding power.
per window (1 left hand &
See Figure #3 and Truth Tip #8 for 1 right hand). 8. A standard 7/16" wrench can be
adjustment procedures. used to adjust a hinge equipped with
2. #31887 - Maxim Hinge Adjustment the adjustable stud, however this will
DESIGN: These hinges have a notched Wrench (sold separately). require detaching the support arms
track to clear corner welds in vinyl from the track. To adjust this hinge
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: without detaching the support arms it is
window frames, and has a .080" screw
Coating compatibility between the necessary to use Truths Maxim Hinge
head clearance under the slide shoe.
screws and the hinge is very important Adjustment Wrench #31887.
Hinges fit into existing hinge cavities
in order to maintain the optimum in
of Truths #14 series hinges (see drawings
corrosion resistance performance. Refer 9. On some window designs, binding
for optional 1/2" stack-height models).
to drawings for complete information can be experienced on the hinge side
Both hinges meet an average of 225 lbs.
on screw type and quantity needed of the window between the outermost
per hinge, in negative air testing. The
(sold separately). For additional edge of the sash and the jamb. This
hinge arms are made of heavy gage
information regarding screw selection - problem often occurs when switching
steel to give sash weight carrying
see Truth Tips and Tech Note #11. from a standard hinge to an Egress
capability of up to a 69 lb. (#14.12),
and 96 lb. (#14.97) sash when used hinge. If a window system is designed
TRUTH TIPS: to work with an Egress hinge, the
with the Maxim Dual Arm Operator. 1. Truth recommends that when window system will work with all
designing a casement window the sash other Truth Concealed Casement
WARRANTY: Protected under the
width should be limited to no greater Hinges. When binding is encountered,
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window
than 66% of the sash height. A sash three solutions are available: a) move
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized
width that exceeds 66% could develop hinge location toward outside of sash,
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms
sash sag over the life of the window.
& Conditions for further details.
Refer to Tech. Note #3 for more 3
14 THEMAXIM SYSTEM
CASEMENT HINGES
b) increase the clearance between the INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN stainless steel insert for strength. The
sash and jamb, and c) adding a radius YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT hinge shall provide a snap-stud means
to outside corner of the sash. Low friction casement hinge for use on of disconnection to allow easy sash
residential or commercial windows, removal. Sash arms are to be
10.Truth recommends that Snubbers be which will be concealed between sash constructed of E-Gard components to
used at the center of the hinge side of and frame for low maintenance and provide enhanced corrosion protection.
any casement window that has a clean exterior aesthetics. The hinge
tendency to bow outwardly at the The hinges shall provide a means of
must provide a washable space adjustment for sash drag. This
center in the closed position. Adding between sash and side jamb when open
Snubbers may increase the negative air adjustment must be accomplished
90. OR The hinge must provide without loosening or removing the
pressure rating of a casement window. egress access when opened 90. mounting screws.
11. For easy correction of out of Casement window hinges will be of
square, or racked window installations, Casement window hinges shall be 14
slide and pivot design, which uses a series Maxim Hinge, as manufactured
the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame low friction slide shoe and stainless
adjuster is recommended. Frame by Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
steel track. The slide shoe must be
adjustment can improve both weather constructed with a high bridge bottom
seal tightness and sash operation over for screw head clearance and a
the life of the window.
F
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF 14.97 CONCEALED MAXIM WASHABILITY HINGE

STAINLESS STEEL
VERSION AVAILABLE DIMENSION LINE IS
FROM END OF TRACK
WHEN CLOSED
7.390
[187.7 mm]
6.890 .435 .008
.250 [175.0 mm]
[11 .2mm]
[6.3 mm] 5.515
[140.1 mm]
SASH
2.640
[67.1 mm]
.438
FRAME
[11.1 mm] 1.265
[32.1 mm]
.719
[18.3 mm]
1.250
[31.8 mm] HINGE APPLIED
5.250 TO A NON-LIPPED
[133.4 mm] WINDOW
9.250
[234.9 mm]
12.625
[320.7 mm]
13.000 SASH
[330.2 mm]
HINGE
POCKET
FRAME
LEFT HAND SHOWN
.500
[12.7 mm]
LIPPED WINDOW
(SHOWN)
NOTES: REQUIRES A
1. NOT FOR USE ON AWNING WINDOWS. 4-BAR HINGE
RECOMMENDED SCREWS
TRUTH SCREWS:
FOR SASH ARM: (QTY 8)
(19110)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW STEEL
(19105)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW SST
6.492 FOR TRACK: (QTY 8)

3a (19115)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD
[166.8 mm]
UNDERCUT SHEET METAL SCREW SST
14 THEMAXIM SYSTEM
CASEMENT HINGES
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF 14.12 CONCEALED MAXIM EGRESS HINGE
STAINLESS STEEL
VERSION AVAILABLE
5.452
[138.5 mm]
.250 4.952
[6.3 mm] [125.8 mm]
3.749
[95.2 mm]
2.640
[67.1 mm]
.438
[11.1 mm] DIMENSION LINE IS
FROM END OF TRACK
1.265
WHEN CLOSED
[32.1 mm]
1.250
[31.8 mm]
5.250
[133.4 mm]
9.250
[234.9 mm]
12.625
[320.7 mm]
13.000
[330.2 mm] .435 .008
[11 .2mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN

SASH
.500
NOTES: [12.7 mm]
FRAME
1. NOT FOR USE ON AWNING WINDOWS.
.719
[18.3 mm]
HINGE APPLIED
TO A NON-LIPPED
WINDOW
2.179
[55.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS FOR WOOD AND PVC APPLICATIONS: SASH

HINGE
POCKET
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FRAME
TRUTH SCREWS:
FOR SASH ARM: (QTY 8)
(19110)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW STEEL LIPPED WINDOW
(19105)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW SST (SHOWN)
FOR TRACK: (QTY 8) REQUIRES A
(19115)#7 X 3/4 FLAT HEAD UNDERCUT SHEET METAL SCREW SST 4-BAR HINGE
3b
14 THEMAXIM SYSTEM
CASEMENT HINGES
FIG. 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT 14.12 AND 14.97 HINGES
STUD FLATS
NON-ADJUSTED (FIT 7/16" WRENCH)
POSITION
SHOE
SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

ARM REMOVED
ADJUSTA WRENCH
TRUTH P/N 31887
14.97 HINGE SHOWN
XXXXX
AWAY FROM SHOE TOWARD SHOE

TOP-ROTATE HANDLE TOWARD SHOE.
BOTTOM-ROTATE HANDLE AWAY FROM SHOE.
TO RAISE SASH :
TO RAISE SASH:
MAXIM
STUD ADJUSTED
POSITION
1. THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG THAT THIS HINGE WILL CORRECT FOR, IS DEPENDENT
THE WIDTH TO HEIGHT MULTIPLIED BY 1/16.
TOTAL ADJUSTMENT IS .667 X 1/16" =.042" (APPROX. 3/64")
HINGE. SWINGING THE WRENCH TOWARD THE LOCK SIDE OF THE WINDOW WILL
DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG. THE MAXIMUM SASH DRAG ADJUSTMENT
IS REACHED WHEN THE STUD FLATS ARE 45 TO THE TRACK.
NOTE: DO NOT TURN PAST 45 OR ARM WILL BIND ON TRACK.
HINGE. UPPER HINGE ADJUSTMENT IS MADE BY SWINGING THE WRENCH AWAY FROM
STUD FLATS ARE 45 TO THE TRACK.

PLEASE USE CAUTION.
4. STUD MAY BE ADJUSTED WITH 7/16" WRENCH IF SUPPORT ARM IS REMOVED

BEFORE ADJUSTMENT.
3c 700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT CASEMENT HINGE
New energy specifications and

requirements for increased window
performance has necessitated the need
for sashes to contain triple pane and
or laminated glass. This combined
with the move towards larger windows
has pushed the envelope on what
standard duty concealed casement
hinges can handle. With Truths new
High Performance Hinge we have
engineered a solution with impressive
performance and weight carrying
capabilities which will allow window
manufacturers to meet these demanding
new requirements.
STRENGTH & INNOVATION

Truths new high performance casement
hinge is designed for the future. Capable developed hinge shims/spacers to allow casement and awning hinges to fit in the
of supporting a 140 lb sash, this hinge manufacturers to use standard hinges in new larger cavity for smaller and lighter
allows manufacturers to use triple pane the larger hinge cavity. sash. This is an economical solution to
and laminate glass packages in larger allow the manufacturer options when
windows. Engineered to fit into a larger ADJUSTABLILTY considering hardware application (see
5/8 x 1-3/16 hinge cavity, Truths new Truths High Performance Hinge comes figure 4 for spacer application).
High Performance Casement Hinge is equipped with an adjustable brass stud
a more substantial version of Truths that allows the sash to be adjusted a RECOMMENDED SCREWS
popular Maxim Hinge. full 0.125 (1/8) to ensure even reveal, Types of screws required is determined
The new features of this hinge include: weather seal, and to reduce sash drag. by material of profile being used. Refer
An innovative and patented shoe The adjustment can be moved a full to catalogue drawings or application
design with a built-in roller to reduce 0.062 (1/16) from its neutral position prints for complete information on
friction during operation thereby in either direction. Adjustments can be screw type and quantity needed (sold
providing smoother travel even made easily while the hinge is installed separately). For additional information
under maximum load (see Hardware with the simple twist of Truths slim-line on screw selection see Truth Tips and
Comparison Chart for maximum size wrench (# 31887). Truths adjustable Tech Note # 11.
based on passing the AAMA Load Test). stud enables the manufacturer or
An integrated negative air ramp on installer to quickly and precisely realign WARRANTY
the track (see Fig. 1) for added strength the sash within the window frame Protected under the terms of the
in negative air performance when the without having to disconnect the support Truth Warranty for Window and
window is in the closed position. arms (See Fig. # 5 and the following Door Manufacturers and Authorized
A larger adjustable stud to provide Truth Tips for additional information). Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms and
more adjustment and weight carrying Conditions for further details.
capacity. ADDITIONAL OPTION
Hinge Stop: Truths new Hinge Stop MATERIAL
Optional Accessories include: (33506) is a component that Truth High performance hinge is designed
A new die cast zinc snubber (see highly recommends to be installed in with stainless steel track, arms, rivet,
Fig. 2), which fits into the 5/8 hinge the window. At a minimum, the upper metal shoe insert, UV resistance plastic
cavity, helps complete this system hinge should have a hinge stop installed shoe housing, and heavy duty brass
by providing the needed strength to to help prevent the shoe from sliding out stud. The austenitic stainless steel
maintain the integrity of the window in of the track in the event the support arm helps provide corrosion protection
negative air load. has been inadvertently disengaged from for standard application as well as the
A hinge stop which can be installed the stud. The Hinge Stop can also be demanding environment as in coastal
to limit the window opening or help used to limit the opening of the sash by applications.
prevent sash disengagement if window installing it near the stud (see figure 3).
is not handled properly. ORDERING INFORMATION
And for less demanding or Hinge Shims/Spacers: Hinge shims/ 1 Review and consult Table 1 for
smaller sized windows, Truth has spacers are designed to allow standard high performance hinge hardware and
3.1
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT HINGE
accessories. window applications, mounting screws

2 Choose High Performance should pass through 2 walls, or one wall
Hinge style (and other recommended and one insert wall. For this reason, it
hardware) specified by part number may be necessary to use a longer screw
using the hinge chart (Fig. 6) or than is recommended.
application print. 7. For metal window profiles, Truth
3 Specify upper or lower hinge for recommends machine screws; however
High Performance Hinge and Left in most applications sheet metal screws
or Right handing for other hardware will provide adequate holding power.
(handing determined by hinge side when 8. To adjust the hinge, it is necessary
looking at window from the outside) to use Truths Adjustment Wrench #
4 Adjustable Stud Wrench #31887 31887 without having to disconnect the
(ordered separately). hinge arm.
5 Hinge Stop #33506 (ordered 9. Truth recommends that snubbers
separately). be used starting at the center of the
6 For standard hardware application window on the hinge side that has
in larger hinge cavity (5/8x1 3/16), a tendency to bow outwardly at the
hinge shims (23612, 23613, and 23638) center in the closed position. Please
are available for proper hinge arm length refer to the application print for proper
selected. snubber locations. Adding snubbers
may increase the negative air pressure
TRUTH TIPS rating of a casement window. Truths
1. Truth recommends that when new die cast snubbers (23555.92 and
designing a casement window the 23557.92) will fit the new larger cavity.
sash width should be limited to no Please refer to application print or Truth
greater than 66% of the sash height. technote 11 for screw selection.
A sash width that exceeds 66% could 10. Hinge stop (33506) is recommended
develop sash sag over the life of the as a safeguard for inadvertent
window. Refer to Tech Note # 3 for disconnection of the arms.
more information dealing with sash sag
prevention. INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN YOUR
2. Please refer to Tech Note # 15 for NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
guideline to minimize shipping related Low friction casement hinge for use
damage to the hardware. on larger and heavier window for
3. When selecting mounting screws residential or commercial windows,
for Truth Hardware, material and which will be concealed between sash
coating compatibility is one of the most and frame for low maintenance and
important criteria. For best corrosion clean exterior aesthetics. The hinge
resistance the material and coating on will provide a washable space between
the screws should be the same as the sash and side jamb when open to 90
material and coating on the hardware. degrees.
For more information see Tech Note #
11. Casement high performance window
4. New Hinge Performance Hinges hinges will be of slide and pivot design,
comes with adjustable stud. Hardware which uses a low friction slide shoe
is shipped at the neutral position. and built-in roller. The hinge shall be
Adjustment can be made once the stainless steel and provide a snap-stud
window is properly (plumb and attachment with built-in adjustability
square and sash and frame are with which can be accomplished without
correct dimensions) installed to ensure disconnecting the arm, loosening or
appropriate reveal, weather strip seal. removing mounting screws.
5. For accurate hardware placement
pre-drilling (wood, aluminum, Casement window hinges shall be
fiberglass) or dimple (vinyl) of the 14.10 Series High Performance Hinge
screw holes in the window profile is as manufactured by Truth Hardware,
recommended. Owatonna, MN.
3.1a 6. For vinyl, aluminum, and fiberglass
Table 1 - High Performance Casement Hardware System
Hardware System Part Number Description Application
14.10.00.511.1 HGE CSM LL TRK NF WSH SS

KD LL Track and Arm
14.10.00.513.1 HGE CSM LL ARM WSH SS
High Performance Hinges
14.10.00.512.1 HGE CSM UL TRK NF WSH SS
KD UL Track and Arm
14.10.00.514.1 HGE CSM UL ARM WSH SS
Using screw hole on track or near

Hinge Stop 33506 SHOE STOP, HINGE SS3 stud to prevent shoe from sliding out
of track
Die cast zinc
Using the same screw boss as hinge
23555.92 (can be applied with #10 PH, or
screw on the side wall
Pop rivet)
Snubber
Die cast zinc Using the same screw boss as hinge
23557.92
(To be applied with #8 FH) screw on the side wall
Adjustment made easy without
Adjustable Wrench 31887 WRENCH, ADJ STUD - COMBO
disconnecting hinge arm
Operator Please refer to Hardware Comparison Chart for operator selection along with hinges
Please refer to Concealed casement for application information
Standard Hinges
including the shim/spacer for larger cavity
Locks Please refer to Lock systems for application information
23612 - Shim, 5.744"

To be applied with standard Concealed Casement and Awning hinges to
Spacers 23613 - Shim, 8.616"
t 5/8"x1 3/16" hinge cavity
23638 - Shim, 11.488"
CASEMENT HINGE
HIGH PERFORMANCE
Please refer to application print for specic screw sizes. Refer to

Screws
technote #11 Truth Tips for additional information on screw selection
3.1b
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT 3$*(;;
HINGE
1$0(
;;;
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF CONCEALED HIGH PERFORMANCE CASEMENT HINGE

),*$33/,&$7,212)&21&($/('+($9<'87<&$6(0(17+,1*(
',0(16,21/,1(,6
PP )520(1'2)
75$&.:+(1

PP
&/26('

PP PP

PP 52//(5

PP

PP

PP
PP

PP

PP

PP
PP
0,1
PP
1(*$7,9( 0,1

$,55$03 PP

PP
5(&200(1'('6&5(:6123+,//,36)/$7+($'6+((70(7$/6&5(:667$,1/(6667((/
2175$&.123+,//,36)/$7+($'81'(5&876+((70(7$/6&5(:667$,1/(6667((/
3.1c
HIGH PERFORMANCE
3$*(;; CASEMENT HINGE
1$0(
;;;
FIG. 2 23555 AND 23557 CONCEALED SNUBBER, DIE CAST

),*$1'&21&($/('618%%(5',(&$67
6,'(-$0%
PP

PP

PP
6$6+
12
3$1+($'
PP

PP

PP PP
PP
&21&($/('',(&$67618%%(5
12
)/$7+($' PP

PP

PP
&21&($/('',(&$67618%%(5
3.1d
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT3$*(;;
HINGE
1$0(
;;;
FIG. 3 33506 HIGH PERFORMANCE HINGE STOP

),*+($9<'87<+,1*(6723

PP

PP PP

PP

PP
PP

PP
+,1*(672386('$6 +,1*(672386('72
$/,0,7'(9,&( .((36+2(,175$&.

3.1e
HIGH PERFORMANCE
PAGE XX CASEMENT HINGE
NAME
XXX
FIG. 4
FIG. 4 MAXIM
MAXIMHINGE
HINGESPACER FOR
SPACER USE
FOR IN .625
USE HINGE
IN .625" POCKET
HINGE POCKET
14.10 HEAVY DUTY

CASEMENT HINGE
CL OF SCREWS
IN SASH ARMS
14.97 MAXIM HINGE

WITH SPACER TO FIT
IN .625" HINGE POCKET
SPACER #23638 FOR USE WITH 13.16, 13.17, 13.45, AND 13.46
AWNING HINGES
SPACER #23613 FOR USE WITH 13.15 AND 13.42 AWNING HINGES
AND 14.97 CONCEALED CASEMENT HINGE
SPACER #23612 FOR USE WITH 13.43, 13.13, AND 13.44 AWNING HINGES
AND 14.12 CONCEALED CASEMENT HINGE
HINGE SPACER ALLOWS STANDARD HINGES ( 14.12, 14.97 )

TO FIT INTO THE HINGE POCKET FOR THE LARGER HEAVY
DUTY HINGE. ALSO WILL ALLOW AWNING HINGES ( 13.13,
13.15, 13.16, 13.17, 13.42, 13.43, 13.44, 13.45, and 13.46 )
TO WORK IN THE LARGER HEAVY DUTY HINGE POCKET
3.1f
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT
PAGE HINGEX:X (.XX IN PLOT)
XXX; SCALE:
14.10 HINGE
FIG.5
FIG.
FIG. 55INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR
FOR SASH SASH ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT 14.10 HINGE 14.10 HINGE
FLATS
STUD
(FIT 7/16" WRENCH)
NON-ADJUSTED
POSITION SHOE
SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

ARM REMOVED ADJUSTA WRENCH
TRUTH P/N 31887
14.10 HINGE SHOWN

30 30
XXXXX
TO RAISE SASH :
TO RAISE SASH :
MAXIM
AWAY FROM SHOE TOWARD SHOE
POSITION
STUD ADJUSTED
1. THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG THAT THIS HINGE WILL CORRECT FOR, IS DEPENDENT
THE WIDTH TO HEIGHT MULTIPLIED BY 1/16.
TOTAL ADJUSTMENT IS .667 X 1/16" =.042" (APPROX. 3/64")
HINGE. SWINGING THE WRENCH TOWARD THE LOCK SIDE OF THE WINDOW WILL
DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF SASH DRAG. THE MAXIMUM SASH DRAG ADJUSTMENT
IS REACHED WHEN THE STUD FLATS ARE 30 TO THE TRACK.
HINGE. UPPER HINGE ADJUSTMENT IS MADE BY SWINGING THE WRENCH AWAY FROM
STUD FLATS ARE 30 TO THE TRACK.

PLEASE USE CAUTION.
3.1g
Hardware Comparison for NAFS Casement Window Hardware Load Test
North American Fenestration Standard (AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-08)
CAUTION: There are many factors in addition to the hardware which influence the maximum size casement window that should be produced. These include sash and frame stiffness and strength, screw holding strength, sash sag, weather tightness, and
weatherstrip drag. For this reason, Truth recommends carefull evaluation of the entire window before producing units as large as this matrix suggests.
Performance Class R: The Maximum Frame Size and Sash Weight are Listed in the Table.
Performance Classes LC, C, HC, AW: The Maximum Frame Area (Width x Height) Listed in the Table Must be Reduced by 20%.
Maximum Frame Size & Sash Weight for Operator & Hinge Combination Shown
Hinge
Maxim Washable Maxim Egress Heavy Duty 10" Standard 10" Washable 10" Egress
14.97 14.12 14.10 14.75 14.76 14.77
Operator 14.92 14.13 14.80 14.91 14.93
14.05 14.06
14.19
Maxim Dual Arm 50.00
Maxim Short Dual Arm 50.04
Maxim Dyad 50.50
Maxim Reverse Dyad 50.70
Maxim Single Arm 52.01
Maxim Short Single Arm 52.06 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs
EntryGard Dual Arm 15.10
EntryGard Egress D.A. 15.15
EntryGard Dyad 15.11
EntryGard Single Arm 15.94
13.5" Single Arm 15.32
6" Single Arm 15.39
Split Arm 15.18
23 Series Single Arm 13.5" 23.03
23 Series Single Arm 6" 23.78
23 Series Dyad Short Link 23.46
23 Series Dyad Long Link 23.49
Typical Mounting Positions - Used for Hardware Comparison
Hinge Operator Hinge Position Bracket Position A Bracket Position B Operator Position
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 .813
Dual Arm & Dyad
Other Maxim 1.750 1.563
determined by
EntryGard Dual Arm w/10" Washable Hinge 1.625
2.375 .875 Bracket Position A.
14.XX Concealed Hinges Other EntryGard Dual Arm Operators
-
Entrygard Dyad & Single Arm
1.375 Single Arm per
Traditional & Ellipse 1.563
catalog.
23 Series 2.125
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 1.250
2.812 Determined by
14.10 Heavy Duty Hinges Other Maxim 1.750 2.000
Bracket Position A
23 Series 2.562 1.375 2.000
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 2.437 Catalog Dim B=8.000
EntryGard Single Arm Catalog Dim A=4.000
4.000
Butt Hinges Maxim Single Arm Operator is fully open
NA NA
Traditional & Ellipse Single Arm (arm against stop) at
23 Series Single Arm 2.500 90 window position.
The maximum window size, ease of operation, and service life are strongly influenced by hardware mounting positions (see Fig. 1 below).
Applications with dimensions larger than the typical mounting positions given above will not be able to support a window as large as that shown in this Table.
Applications with smaller dimensions may be able to support a larger window. Contact Truth for recommendations specific to your application.
* The first sash weight shown in the table is the maximum permitted for the AAMA Hardware Load Test. The sash weight shown in parenthesis is the maximum recommended by Truth to assure ease of operation.
If the sash weight in parenthesis exceeds the maximum permitted for the AAMA Hardware Load Test, a counteracting upward force must be applied to the sash during the test to reduce the load to the level specified by AAMA.
CASEMENT HINGE
** The Maxim Reverse Dyad Operator has been limited to use in windows 24" wide and narrower in order to ensure good performance near the closed position. In its full open position, it can support windows larger
than those shown in the table.
^ This is the maximum rating of the hinge. Ease of operation is provided up to this weight.
HIGH PERFORMANCE
The smaller number applies when the operator is used with Egress hinges while the larger number applies when it is used with the 10" Standard or 10" High Performance hinge.
3.1h
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT HINGE 19 POSITIVE ACTION LOCK
(PAL SYSTEM)
FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER
700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
3.1i
HIGH PERFORMANCE
19 POSITIVE ACTION
CASEMENT HINGE LOCK
(PAL SYSTEM)
FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER
3.1j
HIGH PERFORMANCE
CASEMENT HINGE 19 POSITIVE ACTION LOCK
(PAL SYSTEM)
FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER
3.1k
CASEMENT
ROUND TOP 29 BUTT HINGES
TRAPEZOID
These stainless steel Butt Hinges are RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 7. Truth recommends that stainless
designed to provide maximum egress Type of screws required determined by steel screws be used to fasten stainless
opening. A majority of the hinge itself material of profile being used. Refer steel components to the window. If
is concealed within the windows to drawings for complete information steel screws were to be used, a corrosion
frame creating a more pleasing exterior on screw type and quantity needed problem would develop between the
appearance than is the case with most (sold separately). dissimilar metals of the screw and
exposed hinge systems. Hinges hinge through a galvanic reaction. The
provide tamper-resistance when the TRUTH TIPS: result can be rusting of the screw heads
window is in the closed position by 1. Specify left- or right-hand, that can eventually break off.
providing concealed mounting. (determined by looking at hinge side of
window from inside). 8. For metal window profiles Truth
This hinge concept enables the window recommends machine screws however,
manufacturer to design a window that 2. A Truth Single Arm Operator must in most applications sheet metal screws
is not only easy to install, but is also be used with a Butt Hinge if an will provide adequate holding power.
relatively maintenance free. operator is required.
9. For easy correction of out of
WARRANTY: 3. Truth Butt Hinges should be used square, or racked window installations,
Protected under the terms of the Truth where the shape of the window will not the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame
Warranty for Window and Door allow the use of a concealed hinge (i.e. adjusters is recommended. Frame
Manufacturers and Authorized round top, trapezoid). adjustment can improve both weather
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms 4. Truths Butt Hinges are not seal tightness and sash operation over
and Conditions for further details. recommended for use on awning or the life of the window.
MATERIAL: Available in 300 Series hopper type windows. INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
stainless steel. 5. For accurate hardware placement in YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Stainless steel butt hinge for use on
ORDERING INFORMATION: casement, rounds top or trapezoid
1. Order by part number. of the window profile is recommended.
windows. This hinge system must
#29. 10. 00. 102 LH Butt Hinge 6. For vinyl window applications, allow easy installation/removal, and
(includes one pair). mounting screws should pass through yet be tamper resistant in the closed
#29. 10. 00. 103 RH Butt Hinge two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and position.
(includes one pair). Note: Two left- one insert wall. For this reason, it may
handed or two right-handed hinges are be necessary to use a longer screw than Butt Hinge shall be 29 series, as
required per window. is recommended. manufactured by Truth Hardware.
Specify when ordering.
4
29 BUTT HINGES
29.10 BUTT HINGE
.422
(1.7mm)
SASH
FRAME
3.0
(76.2mm)
1.500
(38.1mm)
.312
(7.9mm)
1.188
(30.2mm)
3.000
(76.2mm)
1.188
(30.2mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
.250 1.875 .312
(6.4mm) (47.6mm) (7.9mm)
13 GA. (.089)
(2.3mm) RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 6 (P/N 19250) # 8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL
SHEET METAL SCREWS PER HINGE
CASEMENT 4-BAR HINGES
AWNING
Throughout the industry the names "handed" products, each hinge is NUMBERING SYSTEM:
Anderberg and Truth have stood for manufactured to be "non-handed", so The Truth product numbering system
engineered excellence, reliable and that they can be used as either left-or for hinges denotes the product with
dependable performance, and above all right-handed hinges. the first two numerals, model by the
quality. This is most evident in our second two numerals, and the finish by
WARRANTY:
expertly crafted 4-Bar Hinges. the next two numerals (decorative
Truth 4-Bar Hinges are protected under
finishes only -- this does not apply to
Each style of hinge that you will find the terms of the Truth Warranty for
hinges). In the case of Truths 4-Bar
on the accompanying pages has a Window & Door Manufacturers &
Hinges, the last three numerals
variety of sizes and options to choose Authorized Distributors (Refer to
represent the various hinge features
from. Everything from hinges Truths Terms & Conditions for further
with no commonalty between product
manufactured with or without stops to details). Truths 4-Bar Hinges are
models intended. The following chart
varying degrees of opening. A wide unmatched in dependability and
illustrates this system using the
range of lengths and thicknesses are performance.
#34.24.00.208 Heavy Duty 4-Bar
also available. 4-Bar Hinges are Hinge as an example.
certified to AAMA 904.1.
4-Bar Hinges have been designed to be
used primarily on vents with a lip on NUMBERINGSYSTEM
the outside edge. By design, Truth Product No. Model Finish Assembly
Hardwares 4-Bar Hinges are
engineered to project the vent out as it 34 24 00 208
pivots to avoid interference between a
4-Bar Hinge Heavy Duty No decorative W/Stop Std. open
lipped vent and frame. 4-Bar Hinges
10" length finish (Hinge Feature)
are adaptable to both casement and
projected window applications. To aid
you in your selection of 4-Bar Hinges,
Truth has developed a guide (flow-
chart) that provides you with a step-by-
step procedure for determining the
appropriate hinge for your use.
To help reduce the inventory of
5
4-BAR HINGES
GUIDE TO4-BARHINGESELECTION
DETERMINE
STACK HEIGHT
The stack height is the overall height from the bottom of the track to the top of the sash arm. If the pocket area has a height that is not standard
to the hinge stack height, shims may be necessary. This size will determine which chart you will need to refer to. The standard stack heights are
.625 (15.9mm) (Heavy Duty Hinge), .500 (12.7mm) (Standard Duty Hinge).
DETERMINE
APPLICATION
CASEMENT PROJECTED
AWNING
DETERMINE DETERMINE
FUNCTION HINGE MATERIAL
EGRESS WASHABILITY It is important to match your window with the proper

size hinge. A Table is available in each hinge
Egress is the amount of clear opening that is left Washability is the ability to have enough clearance section to be a guide in the selection of the
between the frame and the sash when the window between the frame and the hinge side of the sash appropriate hinge length. NOTE Awning applications
is in a fully opened position. These hinges require to extend an arm or device to clean the vent. require that the sash opening is no great than 60.
single arm type operators. (See your local codes These hinges require dyad type operators.
for specifics.)
SEE CHART
FOR OPTIONS
DETERMINE DETERMINE
HINGE LENGTH HINGE LENGTH
At this point you have specified enough
The Egress Hinge is available in only one length: The 12 (304.8mm) hinges are recommended for requirements to choose the correct hinge for your
12 (304.8mm) - Standard Duty Hinge most casement applications because the extra specific application.
16.125 (409.6mm) - Standard Duty Hinge length on larger hinges is not of any benefit for
16.500 (419.1mm) - Heavy Duty Hinge. Stack height: ______________________________
casement applications.
Application: _______________________________
Length: __________________________________
SEE CHART
FOR OPTIONS
At this point you have specified enough

requirements to choose the correct hinge for your
specific application.
Stack height: ______________________________
Application: _______________________________
Length: __________________________________
Functions: ________________________________
5a
CASEMENT 4-BAR HINGES
AWNING
TRUTH TIPS: entire sash weight on the support arms.

1. Placement of a 4-Bar Hinge relative While 2-Bar hinges are supported
to the outside edge of the frame inside of the window frames so they
depends on the amount of overlap of transfer the sash weight back into the
the sash on the frame. As a general rule window. To minimize sash sag, Truth
the hinge should be mounted flush to Hardware recommends utilizing the
.250" (6.3 mm) of the outside edge of measures outlined in Tech Note #3
the frame. This dimension depends on
the amount of overlap. A .250" (6.3 6. For proper balancing, Truth
mm) dimension will allow proper recommends a hinge with no greater
clearance for a window system having than 60 of opening in projected and
approximately .312" (7.9 mm) of sash awning applications.
overlap. If interference occurs between 7. Special considerations should be
the sash and frame then the hinge must given when designing an awning
be moved further outboard on the window. Please consult Truth Tech
frame or the overlap must be reduced. Bulletin #2 for further information.
(See the application drawing of the
particular hinge.) 8. For accurate hardware placement in
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling
2. Particular attention must be given to of the window profile is recommended.
4-Bar Hinge mounting. It is important
that the ventilator bar be offset to a 9. Mounting screws must pass through
point where it is flush with the outside two PVC walls or one PVC wall and
edge of the track. This results in an one insert wall.
offset between the screw centerlines of
the ventilator bar and hinge 10. For metal window profiles Truth
track.Particular attention must be given recommends machine screws however,
to 4-Bar Hinge mounting. It is in most applications sheet metal screws
important that the ventilator bar be will provide adequate holding power.
offset to a point where it is flush with 11. Hinge life can be prolonged by
the outside edge of the track. This periodically adding a drop of light
results in an offset between the screw weight oil at each riveted joint.
centerlines of the ventilator bar and
hinge track. 12. For easy correction of out of
square, or racked window installations,
3. Ultimate sash weight & width for the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame
hinges as shown in the charts of this adjusters is recommended. Frame
document are based on AAMA 904.1 adjustment can improve both weather
Specifications for Multi-Bar Hinges in seal tightness and sash operation over
Window Applications. The load the life of the window.
carrying capacity is based on the vent
height being at least twice the vent
width. These numbers do not apply to
windows being tested to
ANSI/AAMA/WDMA
101/I.S.2/NAFS-02 Casement
Hardware Load Test.
4. To increase the overall hinge height
of 4-Bar Hinges, aluminum shims
applicable to the ventilator bar are
available in various thicknesses. Truth
provides some popular sizes of shims,
however, other sizes must be provided
by the window manufacturer.
5. Sash sag is a problem which affects
many casement windows. 4-Bar
Hinges tend to be more susceptible to
sash sag than standard 2-bar hinges
because they cantilever the sash
outside of the frame, supporting the 5b
STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGES
(201 - 301 Series)
These "non-handed" 4-Bar Hinges are WARRANTY: INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

specially designed for casement, Protected under the terms of the Truth YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
awning, and projected vents with a lip Warranty for Window and Door 4-bar type window hinge for casement
on the outside edge. 4-Bar Hinges are Manufacturers and Authorized or awning windows, which projects the
designed to project the sash out as it Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms vent while opening to avoid
pivots to avoid interference between a and Conditions for further details. interference between frame and sash.
lipped vent and frame. In awning and
projected window applications, friction MATERIAL: Window hinges to be of 4-bar type
adjustment is achieved by adjusting the Standard & Heavy Duty Stainless design, utilizing a screw adjusted brass
screw which is located in the sliding Steel 4-Bar Hinges: Non-magnetic slide shoe to fine tune hinge to window
shoe. Adjustments made to this screw stainless steel. Manufactured with a application. Hinges shall be non-
affect shoe friction as it slides along brass shoe. handed and constructed of high quality
the hinge track. stamped and roll formed 300 series
ORDERING INFORMATION: stainless steel materials. Hinges used
Standard Duty 4-Bar Hinges are 1. Choose correct hinge size and style must be certified to AAMA 904.1
generally used for residential projects by part number. (Reference the 4-Bar specifications.
requiring relatively light window Hinge Part Number Guide for the
sections (projected units up to 40 lbs.). available options). Window hinges shall be 201/301 series
These hinges are normally provided 4-bar, as manufactured by Truth
2. Order two hinges per window. Hardware.
with a stop built into its track -- and is
generally used with awning and RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
projected windows. Hinges designed Stainless Steel 4-Bar Hinges:
without the stop feature will open to 6 -- #10 Phillips Pan head screws.
approximately 65 in casement Length and thread type to be
applications. determined by profile design.
Heavy Duty 4-Bar Hinges are See Truth Tips for additional screw
generally used for commercial projects selection information.
requiring relatively heavy window
sections (projected units up to 200
lbs.).
5c
STANDARDDUTY
4-BAR HINGE
CASEMENT
(201SS Series)
AWNING
S
4
(
FIG. 1 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE
(ANDERBERG 201SS SERIES)
F
(
STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE PART NUMBER GUIDE

HINGE
CALL OUT PART
MAT'L & NUMBER STD. STOP NO STOP
(ACTUAL LENGTH)
8.22"
SST 8" [207.8 mm] 34.10.00 .101 .101
SST 10.22"
10" [258.6 mm] 34.11.00 .102 .101
12.22"
SST 12" [309.4 mm] 34.12.00 .100 .101
14.22"
SST 14" [360.2 mm] 34.13.00 .102 .101
16.22"
SST 16" [410.9 mm] 34.14.00 .100 .101
SST 18.22"
18" [461.8 mm] 34.15.00 .102
SST 20.22"
20" [512.6 mm] 34.16.00 .100 .101
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM

PRODUCT NO. MODEL FINISH ASSEMBLY
34 10 00 101
STANDARD DUTY NO
4-BAR HINGE 10" DECORATIVE W/ STOP STD. OPEN
(HINGE FEATURE)
LENGTH FINISH
NOTES:
1. *SPECIAL NOTE* A PROPERLY COUNTERBALANCED SASH IS RECOMMENDED IN AN AWNING OPERATION. AN
UNBALANCED SASH WHEN USED WITH AN AWNING OPERATOR IS LIKELY TO PRODUCE SASH CHATTER AND AN
UNEVEN FEEL DURING OPERATION.
2. FOR ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING 4-BAR HINGES, PLEASE REFER TO THE TRUTH TIPS SECTION
AND THE TECH NOTES SECTION AT THE END OF THE CATALOG.
3. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL 201 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
4. THE STANDARD STACK HEIGHT OF A STANDARD DUTY HINGE IS .500 (12.7mm). IF A SHIM OR WASHER IS USED
THE STACK HEIGHT WILL INCREASE BY THE SHIM OR WASHER THICKNESS.
5. ULTIMATE SASH WEIGHT & WIDTH FOR HINGES AS SHOWN IN CHARTS ARE BASED ON AAMA 904.1 "SPECIFIATION
FOR MULTI-BAR HINGES IN WINDOW APPLICATIONS". THESE NUMBERS DO NOT APPLY TO WINDOWS BEING TESTED
TO ANSI/AMMA/WDMA 101/I.S 2/NAFS-02 "CASEMENT HARDWARE LOAD TEST".
5d
STANDARDDUTY
4-BAR HINGE
(201SS Series)
FIG. 2 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE
4
4-BAR HINGE APPLICATION TABLE FOR PROJECTED & AWNING HINGES

(AS CERTIFIED TO AAMA 904.1)
**ULTIMATE DEGREES
HINGE *COUNTERBALANCED (SEE NOTE #2) OF
CALL OUT OPENING
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) SASH/VENT MAX SASH SASH/VENT MAX SASH
HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT STD. STOP NO STOP
8" (8.18") 9"-16" 19 LBS 9"-16" 19 LBS 55 55

[207.8 mm] [229-406 mm] [8.6 KG] [229-406 mm] [8.6 KG]
10" (10.18") 16"-20" 23 LBS 16"-20" 23 LBS 55 55

[258.6 mm] [406-508 mm] [10.4 KG] [406-508 mm] [10.4 KG]
(12.18") 20"-24" 28 LBS 20"-24" 28 LBS 55 55
12" [309.4 mm] [508-610 mm] [12.7 KG] [12.7 KG]
[508-610 mm]
(14.18") 23"-28" 33 LBS 23"-28" 33 LBS
14" [360.2 mm] [584-711 mm] [15.0 KG] [584-711 mm] [15.0 KG] 55 55
16" (16.18") 28"-34" 40 LBS 28"-34" 40 LBS 55 55

[410.9 mm] [711-864 mm] [18.1 KG] [711-864 mm] [18.1 KG]
(18.18") 28"-34" 40 LBS 28"-34" 40 LBS
18" [461.8 mm] [18.1 KG] [18.1 KG] 55 55
[711-864 mm] [711-864 mm]
20" (20.18") 32"-34" 40 LBS 32" WIDE *** 47 LBS *** 55 55

[512.6 mm] [813-864 mm] [18.1 KG] [813 mm] [213.2 KG]
4-BAR HINGE APPLICATION TABLE FOR CASEMENT (SIDE HUNG) HINGES

ULTIMATE DEGREES
HINGE (SEE NOTE #2) OF
CALL OUT OPENING
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) SASH/VENT MAX SASH NO STOP
HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT
8" (10.50") 12"-32" 65 LBS AT 32" 55

[266.7mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
10" (12.50") 12"-32" 65 LBS AT 32"

[317.5mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm] 55
12" (14.50") 12"-32" 65 LBS AT 32" 55

[368.3mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
14" (16.50") 12"-32" 65 LBS AT 32" 55

[419.1mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
DEFINITIONS:
*COUNTERBALANCED: A PAIR OF HINGES WILL BALANCE OR HOLD OPEN THE VENT/SASH WITH NO ADDED FRICTION
AT THE HEIGHTS AND WEIGHTS LISTED IN THE CHART.
**ULTIMATE: A PAIR OF HINGES WILL NOT BALANCE OR HOLD OPEN THE VENT/SASH WITHOUT ADDED FRICTION
***NOT AAMA CERTIFIED.
NOTES:
1. A PROPERLY COUNTERBALANCED SASH IS RECOMMENDED IN AN AWNING OPERATION. AN UNBALANCED SASH WHEN
USED WITH AN AWNING OPERATOR IS LIKELY TO PRODUCE SASH CHATTER AND AN UNEVEN FEEL DURING
OPERATION.
2. ULTIMATE SASH WEIGHT & WIDTH FOR HINGES AS SHOWN IN CHART ARE BASED ON AAMA 904.1 "SPECIFIATION
5e
FIG. 3 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/STOP
RECOMMENEDED SCREWS:
#10 SLOTTED OR #8 PHILLIPS,
PAN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE
DETERMINED BY PROFILE DESIGN)
NOTE:
AWNING
* IF PREDRILLING, TRUTH RECOMMENDS

.625 .010 ADDING .062" [1.5 MM] TO THESE
CASEMENT
DIMENSIONS.
[15.88 .25 mm]
ANGLE
CENTERLINE OF "J"
SASH BAR
"H"
.043in
1.09mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
"G" 1.186.030
[30.12 .76mm]
"F"
"E"
"D"
"C"
*
"B" 1.327.030
-
CENTERLINE OF
HINGE TRACK [33.71 .76mm]
.155.010
.500+.000
.030
.3575in
3.94mm0.25
12.7mm 0.00
+0.76
9.1mm
(201SS Series)
.715in.010
4-BAR HINGE
18.16mm0.25 "A"
STANDARD DUTY
5f
5g
HINGE HINGE "A" DIM APPROX. NUMBER

CALL PART HINGE "B" DIM "C" DIM "D" DIM "E" DIM "F" DIM "G" DIM "H" DIM "J" DIM ANGLE OF OF
OUT NUMBER LENGTH OPENING SCREWS
8.22" 4.75" 5.19" 6.78" 5.59" 5.16" 3.63"

NA 4.03" 55 7
8" 34.10.00.XXX [208.8 mm] [120.7 mm] [131.8 mm] [172.2 mm] [131.1 mm] [92.1 mm]
[142.0 mm] [102.4 mm]
10.22" 2.00" 5.75" 6.19" 8.78" 6.47" 6.03" 4.50" 4.99"

10" 34.11.00.XXX [146.1 mm] [157.3 mm] [223.0 mm] [153.2 mm] [114.3 mm] 55 8
[259.6 mm] [50.8 mm] [164.3 mm] [126.7 mm]
12.22" 6.75" 7.19" 10.78" 7.34" 6.91" 5.35"

2.00" 5.75" 55
34.12.00.XXX [182.6 mm] [175.5 mm] [135.9 mm]
(201SS Series)
12" [310.4 mm] [50.8 mm] [171.5 mm] [273.8 mm] [186.4 mm] [146.0 mm] 8
4-BAR HINGE
7.75" 8.19" 12.78" 8.20" 7.78" 6.63" 6.41"

14.22" 2.00" 55
14" 34.13.00.XXX [196.9 mm] [208.0 mm] [324.6 mm] [208.3 mm] [197.6 mm] [168.3 mm] [162.8 mm] 8
[361.2 mm] [50.8 mm]
STANDARD DUTY
8.75" 9.19" 14.78" 8.66" 7.10"

16.22" 2.00" 9.09" 7.50"
16" 34.14.00.XXX [222.3 mm] [233.4 mm] [375.4 mm] [219.9 mm] 55 8
[411.9 mm] [50.8 mm] [230.9 mm] [180.3 mm] [190.5 mm]
18.22" 9.75" 10.19" 16.78" 9.97" 9.53" 7.47" 8.15"

34.15.00.XXX 2.00" [242.1 mm] 55 8
18" [247.7 mm] [258.8 mm] [426.2 mm] [253.2 mm] [189.7 mm] [207.0 mm]
[462.8 mm] [50.8 mm]
20.22" 10.75" 11.19" 18.78" 10.844" 10.41" 8.84" 9.24"

2.00" 55 8
20" 34.16.00.XXX [273.1 mm] [284.2 mm] [477.0 mm] [275.3 mm] [264.4 mm] [224.5 mm] [234.7 mm]
[513.6 mm] [50.8 mm]
FIG. 5 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP #10 SLOTTED OR #8 PHILLIPS,
(ANDERBERG 201SS SERIES) (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE
+ #8 PHILLIPS UNDERCUT FLATHEAD SCREW
NOTE:
ADDING .062" [1.5 MM] TO THESE
.625 DIMENSIONS.
AWNING
** AT AAMA CERTIFIED ANGLE.

[15.88 mm]
CASEMENT
NO HOLE FOR "G" DIM

ON NO STOP VERSION
ANGLE
CENTERLINE OF "J" **
SASH BAR
.043 "H" **
1.09mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
FIG. 5 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP
"G"+
1.150.030
"F"
29.21mm0.76
"E"
.155 .010 .030

[3.94 0.25mm]
.500+.000
- "D"
+0.76
12.70mm 0.00 "C"
CENTERLINE OF 1.312.030
HINGE TRACK "B"
33.32mm0.76
.357
(201SS Series)
4-BAR HINGE
9.08mm
.715.010
STANDARD DUTY
"A" .055 [1mm]

18.16mm0.25
5h
5i
HINGE "A" DIM APPROX. NUMBER

HINGE "C" DIM ANGLE OF OF
CALL PART HINGE "B" DIM "D" DIM "E" DIM "F" DIM "G" DIM "H" DIM "J" DIM
OUT NUMBER LENGTH OPENING SCREWS
8.22" 4.75" 5.19" 6.78" 5.53" 5.13" 5.25"

8" 34.10.00.XXX [208.8 mm] NA NA 55 6
[120.7 mm] [131.8 mm] [172.2 mm] [140.5 mm] [130.3 mm] [133.4 mm]
10.22" 2.00" 5.75" 6.19" 8.78" 6.78" 6.36" 6.37"

10" NA 55 7
(201SS Series)
34.11.00.XXX [259.6 mm] [50.8 mm] [161.5 mm] [161.8 mm]

[146.1 mm] [157.3 mm] [223.0 mm] [172.2 mm]
4-BAR HINGE
12.22"
FIG. 6 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP
2.00" 6.75" 7.19" 10.78" 7.78" 7.29" 7.34"

12" 34.12.00.XXX [310.4 mm] NA 55 7
STANDARD DUTY
[50.8 mm] [171.5 mm] [182.6 mm] [273.8 mm] [197.6 mm] [185.2 mm] [184.6 mm]
14.22" 2.00" 7.75" 8.19" 12.78" 9.03" 4.75" 8.53" 8.69"

14" 34.13.00.XXX [361.2 mm] 55 7
[50.8 mm] [196.9 mm] [208.0 mm] [324.6 mm] [229.4 mm] [120.6 mm] [216.7 mm] [220.7 mm]
16.22" 2.00" 8.75" 9.19" 14.78" 10.28" 5.62" 9.78" 9.88"

16" 34.14.00.XXX [411.9 mm] 55 7
20.22" 2.00" 10.75" 11.19" 18.78" 12.53" 7.32" 12.01" 12.21"

20" 34.16.00.XXX [513.6 mm] 55 7
HEAVY
H DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
CASEMENT
(301SS Series)
AWNING
FIG. 7 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE

( 301SS SERIES)
(ANDERBERG
HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE PART NUMBER GUIDE

HINGE
CALLOUT PART
MAT'L & NUMBER STD. STOP NO STOP
(ACTUAL LENGTH)
SST 10" (10.50") 34.24.00 .208 .210

[266.7mm]
(12.50")
SST 12" [317.5mm] 34.25.00 .208 .210
SST 14" (14.50") 34.26.00 .208 .210

[368.3mm]
SST 16" (16.50") 34.27.00 .208 .210

[419.1mm]
SST 18" (18.50") 34.28.00 .208 .210

[469.9mm]
SST 20" (20.50") 34.29.00 .208 .210

[520.7mm]
(24.50")
SST 24" [622.3mm] 34.31.00 .208 .210
(28.50")
SST 28" [723.9mm] 34.86.00 .208
Product No. Model Finish Assembly
34 24 00 208
Heavy Duty No W/ Stop Std. Open
4-Bar Hinge 10" Decorative
Finish (Hinge Feature)
Length
NOTES:
1. *SPECIAL NOTE* A PROPERLY COUNTERBALANCED SASH IS RECOMMENDED IN AN AWNING OPERATION. AN
UNBALANCED SASH WHEN USED WITH AN AWNING OPERATOR IS LIKELY TO PRODUCE SASH CHATTER AND AN
UNEVEN FEEL DURING OPERATION.
3. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL 301 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
4. THE STANDARD STACK HEIGHT OF A HEAVY DUTY HINGE IS .625 (15.9mm). IF A SHIM OR WASHER IS USED
5j
H
HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
(
(301SS Series)
FIG. 8 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE

4-BAR HINGE APPLICATION TABLE FOR PROJECTED & AWNING HINGES

*COUNTERBALANCED **ULTIMATE DEGREES OF OPENING

HINGE (SEE NOTE #2)
CALL OUT
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) SASH/VENT MAX SASH SASH/VENT MAX SASH STD. STOP NO STOP
HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT
10" (10.50") 12"-20" 58 LBS 12"-20" 58 LBS

[266.7mm] [305-508 mm] [26.3 KG] [305-508 mm] [26.3 KG] 59 55
(12.50") 20"-25" 73 LBS 20"-25" 73 LBS

12" [317.5mm] [508-635 mm] [33.1 KG] [508-635 mm] [33.1 KG] 53 55
(14.50") 23"-29" 85 LBS 23"-29" 85 LBS 50

14" [368.3mm] [584-737 mm] [39.0 KG] [584-737 mm] [39.0 KG] 55
16" (16.50") 25"-34" 99 LBS 25"-40" 99 LBS

[419.1mm] [635-864 mm] [44.9 KG] [635-1016 mm] [44.9 KG] 50 55
(18.50") 32"-37" 108 LBS 32"-40" 108 LBS

18" [49.0 KG] [49.0 KG] 50 55
[469.9mm] [813-940 mm] [813-1143 mm]
(20.50") 34"-40" 117 LBS 34"-50" 117 LBS
20" [864-1016 mm] [53.1 KG] [864-1270 mm] [53.1 KG] 49 55
[520.7mm]
(24.50") 40"-44" 129 LBS 40"-60" 129 LBS
24" [622.3mm] [1016-1118 mm] [58.5 KG] [1016-1524 mm] [58.5 KG] 44 55
(28.50") 50"-64" 175 LBS 50"-80" 234 LBS

28" [723.9mm] [1270-1626 mm] [79.4 KG] [1270-2032 mm] [106.1 KG] 42 NA
4-BAR HINGE APPLICATION TABLE FOR CASEMENT (SIDE HUNG) HINGES

ULTIMATE DEGREES
HINGE (SEE NOTE #2) OF
CALL OUT OPENING
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) SASH/VENT MAX SASH NO STOP
HEIGHT RANGE VENT WEIGHT
10" (10.50") 12"-36" 100 LBS AT 36" 55

[266.7mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
12" (12.50") 12"-36" 100 LBS AT 36"

[317.5mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm] 55
14" (14.50") 12"-36" 100 LBS AT 36" 55

[368.3mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
16" (16.50") 12"-36" 100 LBS AT 36" 55

[419.1mm] [305-914 mm] [45.36 KG AT 914 mm]
DEFINITIONS:
*COUNTERBALANCED: A PAIR OF HINGES WILL BALANCE OR HOLD OPEN THE VENT/SASH WITH NO ADDED FRICTION
**ULTIMATE: A PAIR OF HINGES WILL NOT BALANCE OR HOLD OPEN THE VENT/SASH WITHOUT ADDED FRICTION
NOTES:
1. A PROPERLY COUNTERBALANCED SASH IS RECOMMENDED IN AN AWNING OPERATION. AN UNBALANCED SASH WHEN
USED WITH AN AWNING OPERATOR IS LIKELY TO PRODUCE SASH CHATTER AND AN UNEVEN FEEL DURING
OPERATION.
5k
FIG. 9 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/STOP
(ANDERBERG 301SS SERIES) #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD STAINLESS
STEEL SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY
PROFILE DESIGN)
NOTE:
.750 * IF PREDRILLING, TRUTH RECOMMENDS
[19.05 mm] DIMENSIONS.
AWNING
ANGLE
CASEMENT
"K"
CENTERLINE OF "J"
SASH BAR
NO "H" DIM ON
.073 STOP VERSION
1.85mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR 1.531.030
*
& HINGE TRACK "G"

38.89mm0.76
"F"
.030
.625+.000
-
+0.76 "E"
15.88mm 0.00
"D"
.186 .010
[4.72 0.25mm] "C"
1.392.030
*
"B"
35.36mm0.76
(301SS Series)
CENTERLINE OF
HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
HINGE TRACK
.448 "A" .055 [1mm]

11.37mm
.895.010
22.73mm0.25
5l
5m
TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/STOP

HINGE "A" # OF
CALL HINGE "D" "E" "J" "K" ANGLE
PART # "B" "C" "F" "G" "H" SCREWS
OUT HINGE LG
10.50" NA NA 6.50" 7.00" 8.59" 6.34" 4.38" 4.72"

10" 34.24.00.XXX [266.7 mm] [165.1 mm] [177.8 mm] [218.2 mm] [161.0 mm] NA [111.2 mm] [119.9 mm] 59 7
12.50" 2.56" 7.50" 8.00" 10.59" 6.59" 4.51" 4.96"

12" 34.25.00.XXX [317.5 mm] [65.0 mm] NA [190.5 mm] [203.2 mm] [269.0 mm] [167.4 mm] NA [114.6 mm] [126.0 mm] 53 7
14.50" 2.56" 8.50" 9.00" 12.59" 6.94" 4.81" 5.30"

14" 34.26.00.XXX [368.3 mm] [65.0 mm] NA 50 7
(301SS Series)
[215.9 mm] [228.6 mm] [319.8 mm] [176.3 mm] NA [122.2 mm] [134.6 mm]
HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
16.50" 2.56" 5.06" 9.50" 10.00" 14.59" 7.66" 5.53" 6.02"

16" 34.27.00.XXX [419.1 mm] [65.0 mm] [128.5 mm] [241.3 mm] [254.0 mm] [370.6 mm] [194.6 mm] NA [140.5 mm] [152.9 mm] 50 8
18.50" 2.56" 6.06" 10.50" 11.00" 16.59" 8.28" 6.16" 6.66"

18" 34.28.00.XXX [469.9 mm] [65.0 mm] [153.9 mm] [266.7 mm] [279.4 mm] [421.4 mm] [210.3 mm] 50 8
NA [156.5 mm] [169.2 mm]
20.50" 2.56" 7.06" 11.50" 12.00" 18.59" 8.97" 6.86" 7.35"

20" 34.29.00.XXX [520.7 mm] [65.0 mm] [179.3 mm] [292.1 mm] [304.8 mm] [472.2 NA [174.2 mm] [186.7 mm] 49 8
mm] [227.8 mm]
24.50" 2.56" 9.06" 13.50" 14.00" 22.59" 9.09" 6.90" 7.44"

28.50" 2.56" 11. 06" 15.50" 16.00" 26.59" 9.59" 7.36" 7.93"
/
(ANDERBERG 301SS SERIES) #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS (LENGTH
.750 AND THREAD TYPE TO BE
[19.05 mm] DETERMINED BY PROFILE DESIGN)
+ #8 PHILLIPS UNDERCUT FLATHEAD
SCREW
NOTE:
DIMENSIONS.
** AT AAMA CERTIFIED ANGLE

AWNING
HOLE FOR "C" DIM

CASEMENT
ON NO STOP
VERSION NOT USED
CENTERLINE OF ANGLE
SASH BAR "K" **
.073 "J" **
1.85mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
FIG. 11 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP
+
1.531.030
"H"
38.89mm0.76
"G"
.030
.625+.000
- "F"
+0.76
15.88mm 0.00
"E"
.186 .010 "D"

[4.72 0.25mm]
"C"
*
"B"
(301SS Series)
HINGE TRACK 35.10mm0.76

HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
.448
11.37mm "A" .055 [1mm]
.895.010
22.73mm0.25
5n
5o
TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP

HINGE HINGE "A" AAMA # OF
CALL PART # "B" "C" "D" "E" "F" "G" "H" "J"** "K"** CERTIFIED
HINGE LG ANGLE SCREWS
OUT
10.50" 6.50" 7.00" 8.59" 7.22" 4.98" 5.30"

10" 34.24.00.XXX [266.7 mm] NA NA [165.1 mm] [218.2 mm] [183.4 mm] NA [134.6 mm] 55 7
[177.8 mm] [126.5 mm]
12.50" 2.56" 7.50" 8.00" 10.59" 8.97" 6.16" 6.48"

12" 34.25.00.XXX [65.0 mm] NA [269.0 mm] NA 55 7
[317.5 mm] [190.5 mm] [203.2 mm] [227.8 mm] [156.5 mm] [164.6 mm]
(301SS Series)
FIG. 12 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR HINGE W/O STOP
2.56" 7.65"
HEAVY DUTY
9.00" 12.59" 7.33"

4-BAR HINGE
34.26.00.XXX 14.50" 8.50" 10.47" 55

14" [65.0 mm] NA [228.6 mm] [319.8 mm] NA [186.2 mm] 7
[368.3 mm] [215.9 mm] [265.9 mm] [194.3 mm]
16.50" 2.56" 5.06" 9.50" 10.00" 14.59" 11.97" 7.66" 8.50" 8.83"
16" 34.27.00.XXX [419.1 mm] [65.0 mm] [241.3 mm] [370.6 mm] [304.0 mm] 55 8
[128.5 mm] [254.0 mm] [194.6 mm] [215.9 mm] [224.3 mm]
18.50" 2.56" 6.06" 10.50" 11.00" 16.59" 13.47" 8.28" 9.66" 9.98"
18" 34.28.00.XXX [469.9 mm] [65.0 mm] [266.7 mm] [279.4 mm] [421.4 mm] [342.1 mm] [210.3 mm] [245.4 mm] 55 8
[153.9 mm] [253.5 mm]
20.50" 2.56" 7.06" 11.50" 12.00" 18.59" 14.97" 8.97" 10.82" 11.14"
20" 34.29.00.XXX [520.7 mm] [65.0 mm] [292.1 mm] [472.2 mm] [380.2 mm] [227.8 mm] 55 8
[179.3 mm] [304.8 mm] [274.8 mm] [283.0 mm]
24.50" 2.56" 9.06" 13.50" 14.00" 22.59" 17.97" 9.09" 13.13" 13.45"
24" 34.31.00.XXX [622.3 mm] [65.0 mm] [342.9 mm] [573.8 mm] [230.9 mm] 55 8
[230.1 mm] [355.6 mm] [456.4 mm] [333.5 mm] [341.6 mm]
** AT AAMA CERTIFIED ANGLE

4-BAREGRESS
HINGES(222 - 333 Series)
CASEMENT
AWNING
All of our Egress Hinges are designed

to be used in casement window
applications and achieve approximately
90 of opening. When fully open the
sash is positioned close to the side
jamb to allow an average sized person
the ability to escape through the
windows opening in case of an
emergency as required by Egress
codes. Egress Hinges are non-handed
and made of durable stainless steel. WARRANTY: Length and thread type determined by
These Egress Hinges are designed to Truth 4-Bar Hinges are protected under profile design.
project the sash out as it pivots to the terms of the Truth Warranty for
avoid interference between a lipped Window & Door Manufacturers &
vent and frame. Authorized Distributors" (a copy of INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
which can be obtained by contacting YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
There is a wide variety of Egress Truth). Truths 4-Bar Hinges are 4-Bar type casement hinge for meeting
Hinges available each of which has unmatched in dependability and residential and commercial egress code
its own unique set of features and performance. requirements. Utilizing a 4-bar action
benefits. For example:
MATERIAL: Non-magnetic Stainless to project the vent while opening to
Standard Duty & Heavy Duty Egress steel. Each hinge is manufactured with a avoid interference between frame and
Hinges will allow 90 of opening sliding brass shoe which contains a sash.
with the maximum amount of Egress nylon block for screw adjustment of Window hinges to be of 4-bar design,
opening (clear opening) depending friction. which opens the sash to 90 position
upon application. Standard Duty
ORDERING INFORMATION & close to hinge side of jamb for widest
recommended for a maximum vent
OPTIONS possible egress opening. Hinges shall
weight of 82 lbs. Heavy Duty -
1. Choose correct hinge style by part be non-handed and constructed of high
recommended for maximum vent
number. Reference the 4-Bar Hinge Part quality stamped and roll formed
weight of 158 lbs.
Number Guide for the available options. materials. Hinges used must be
Standard Duty & Heavy Duty Egress 2. Order two hinges per window. certified to AAMA 904.1
Hinge (with washability) Similar to 3. Washability Key #16000 ordered specifications.
the Standard Duty & Heavy Duty separately (2 required per window) Only on Washability Equipped Models:
Egress Hinges in that they allow 90 of
opening, however these hinges have Window hinges will have the ability
the added advantage of allowing the to be unlocked and moved to a position
outside vent to be washed from the RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
Standard Duty 4-Bar Hinge 6 - #10 which allows easy cleaning of the
inside. This is accomplished by window from the inside.
inserting a key and sliding the vent Slotted or #8 Phillips pan head stainless
towards the center of the frame steel screws. Length and thread type to Window hinges shall be 222/224 or
opening for a washing space of be determined by profile design. 333/334 series 4-Bar, as manufactured
approximately 4.500 (11.43cm) Heavy Duty 4-Bar Hinge 6 - #10 by Truth Hardware.
depending upon application. Phillips pan head stainless steel screws. 5p
STANDARD DUTY
4-BAREGRESS HINGE 4
(222SS - 224SS Series)
(
F 1 TRUTH STANDAR DUTY 4-BAR EGRESS CASEMENT HINGE

FIG.
(Truth 222SS and 224SS Series)
TRUTH STD DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE W/ STOP

HINGE
CALLOUT PART STD EGRESS TO
MAT'L & NUMBER STOP WASHABILITY
(ACTUAL LENGTH)
SST 12" 12.61" 35.09.00 .100 N/A

[320.3 mm]
16" 16.41" .100 N/A

SST [416.7 mm] 35.10.00
16" 16.41" 35.11.00 .100

SST [416.7 mm] YES

Product No. Model Finish Assembly
35 09 00 100
Standard Duty No
4-Bar Hinge Egress Decorative W/ Stop Std. Open
12" Length Finish (Hinge Feature)
4-BAR HINGE APPLICATION TABLE FOR CASEMENT HINGES

(SIDE HUNG) (As certified to AAMA 904.1)
HINGE Ultimate
CALLOUT (see note #6)
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) Sash/Vent Max Sash
Width Range Vent Weight
12" 12.61" 14"-32" 82 lbs at 32"

[320.3 mm] [356 mm-813 mm] [37.2 kg at 813 mm]
16" 16.41" 18"-32" 82 lbs at 32"

[416.7 mm] [457 mm-813 mm] [37.2 kg at 813 mm]
16.41" 18"-32" 82 lbs at 32"
16" [416.7 mm] [457 mm-813 mm] [37.2 kg at 813 mm]
NOTES:
1. THESE STANDARD DUTY EGRESS 4-BAR HINGES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR CASEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY.
3. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL 222-224 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
5q
( )
ERBERG 222SS AND 224SS SERIES)
RELEASE KEY #16000
.045 (2 REQUIRED PER WINDOW)
1.14mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
CENTERLINE OF SASH BAR & HINGE TRACK
SASH BAR
SECTION VIEW
AWNING
35.11 SHOWN
WITH RELEASE KEY
IN OPEN POSITION
CASEMENT
(Truth 222SS AND 224SS Series)
.030
.500+.000
-
+0.8 .625
12.7mm 0.0 EGRESS HINGE WITH WASHABILITY FEATURE
15.88mm
(SEE NOTE 2.)
.155.010
3.940.25
ANGLE
.358
CENTERLINE OF
9.09mm "H"
HINGE TRACK
.715.010
18.16mm0.25
"G"
FIG. 2 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY EGRESS (90) 4-BAR HINGE
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
6 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. (LENGTH & THREAD *1.116.030
TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE DESIGN)
"F" 28.350.76
"E" SEE NOTE 1. IF
NOTES: PRE-DRILLING
*1. IF PREDRILLING, TRUTH RECOMMENDS ADDING "D"
.062 [1.5 MM] TO THE NOTED DIMENSIONS
"C"
2. THE 35.11 HINGE OFFERS YOU THE ADVANTAGE OF *1.328.030
ALLOWING THE OUTSIDE OF THE VENT TO BE WASHED "B" 33.730.76
FROM THE INSIDE BY INSERTING A KEY AND SLIDING
THE CASEMEMNT WINDOW TOWARD THE CENTER OF THE SEE NOTE 1. IF
FRAME OPENING GIVING A WASHING SPACE OF PRE-DRILLING
APPROXIMATELY 4 1/2" [114.3mm].
(SEE TRUTH TIP NO. 2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.) " A ".055
" A "1.4
(222SS Series)
HINGE "A" "G" "H"

PART # HINGE LENGTH
"B" "C" "D" "E" "F" MAX ANGLE
MAX
35.09 12.61" [320.3mm] 6.25" [158.6mm] 6.68" [169.8mm] 11.24" [285.4mm] 5.93" [150.6mm] 5.49" [139.4mm] 2.02" [51.3mm] 2.09" [53.1mm] 84
4-BAREGRESS HINGES
5r
5s
.57
RELEASE KEY #16000 14.4 mm
WASHABILITY
POSITION
(Truth 224SS Series)
2.56
65.1 mm 5.61
142.5mm
2.74
69.6 mm
(224SS Series)
4-BARHINGE
STANDARD DUTY
RELEASE KEY #16000

2 REQ'D PER WINDOW
EGRESS/WASHABILITY
EGRESS
POSITION
FIG. 3 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY EGRESS/WASHABILITY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE
2.02 MAX.
51.3mm
HEAVY DUTY
H
CASEMENT
4-BAR EGRESS HINGE
(333SS-334SS Series)
AWNING
F 333SS-334SS Series)
FIG. 4 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR EGRESS CASEMENT HINGE
( )
(Truth
TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE W/ STOP
HINGE
MAT'L CALLOUT PART EGRESS TO
& NUMBER WASHABILITY
(ACTUAL LENGTH)
16.76"
SST 16" 35.12.00.208 N/A
[425.7mm]
16.72"
SST 16" 35.13.00.208 YES
[424.7mm]
35 12 00 208
HEAVY DUTY NO
4-BAR HINGE EGRESS DECORATIVE W/ STOP STD. OPEN
16" LENGTH FINISH (HINGE FEATURE)

(SIDE HUNG) (AS CERTIFIED TO AAMA 904.1)
ULTIMATE
HINGE (SEE NOTE #6)
CALLOUT
&
(ACTUAL LENGTH) SASH/VENT MAX SASH
WIDTH RANGE VENT WEIGHT
16" 16.76" 18"-32" 175 LBS AT 32"

[425.7mm] [457.2 mm-812.8 mm] [79.4 KG AT 812.8 mm]
16" 16.72" 18"-32" 175 LBS AT 32"

[424.7mm] [457.2 mm-812.8 mm] [79.4 KG AT 812.8 mm]
NOTES:
1. THESE HEAVY DUTY EGRESS 4-BAR HINGES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR CASEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY.
3. ALL 333-334 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
4. THE STANDARD STACK HEIGHT OF A HEAVY DUTY HINGE IS .625 (15.9 mm). IF A SHIM OR WASHER IS USED
5t
5u
CENTERLINE OF
SASH BAR
.073 .75
1.85mm 19.0mm
90
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
.030 2.09 MAX.

.625+.000
- 53.1mm
+0.76
15.88mm 0.00
(333SS Series)
.186.010
HEAVY DUTY
4.720.25
1.375.030 *
FIG. 5 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR EGRESS CASEMENT HINGE
"E"
34.9mm0.76
CENTERLINE OF
4-BAREGRESS HINGES
"D"
HINGE TRACK
.448
"C"
11.37mm
1.390.030 *
"B"
35.3mm0.76
.895.0100
22.73mm0.2540
"A" .055 [1mm]
HINGE HINGE "A" DIM NUMBER

CALL PART HINGE "B" DIM "C" DIM "D" DIM "E" DIM OF
OUT NUMBER LENGTH SCREWS
16.76" 6.50" 7.00" 15.01" 8.39"
16" 35.12.00.XXX [177.8mm] [381.3mm] 6
[425.7mm] [165.1mm] [213.1mm]
#10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
NOTE: * IF PREDRILLING, TRUTH RECOMMENDS
CENTERLINE OF DIMENSIONS.
SASH BAR
AWNING
.073
1.85mm
CASEMENT
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
.030 2.09 MAX.

.625+.000
- 12.6mm
+0.76
15.88mm 0.00
.186.010
4.720.25
*
1.375.030
"E"
34.9mm0.76
CENTERLINE OF "D"
HINGE TRACK
.448
"C"
FIG. 6 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR EGRESS/WASHABILITY CASEMENT HINGE
11.37mm
1.391.030 *
"B"
35.3mm0.76
.895.010
22.73mm0.25
(334SS Series)
"A" .055 [1mm]

HEAVY DUTY
4-BAR HINGE
HINGE HINGE "A" DIM NUMBER

CALL PART HINGE "B" DIM "C" DIM "D" DIM "E" DIM OF
OUT NUMBER LENGTH SCREWS
EGRESS/WASHABILITY
16.72" 6.50" 7.00" 14.97" 6.72"

16" 35.13.00.XXX [424.7mm] [165.1mm] [177.8mm] 6
[380.2mm] [170.6mm]
5v
HEAVY DUTY
EGRESS/WASHABILITY
4-BAR HINGE
(334SS Series)
FIG. 7 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY EGRESS/WASHABILITY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE

53.1mm
2.09
134.1mm
5.28
POSITION
EGRESS
WASHABILITY
POSITION
2 REQ'D PER WINDOW

RELEASE KEY #16000
14.4mm
.57
RELEASE KEY #16000
69.7mm
2.74
65.1mm
2.56
5w
STAINLESS STEEL
4-BAR HINGE
CASEMENT
(401-601 SS Series)
AWNING
These Truth 34 Series Standard Duty ORDERING INFORMATION & INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
and Heavy Duty Stainless Steel 4-Bar OPTIONS: YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
Hinges are similar to the Anderberg 1. Choose correct hinge size and style 4-bar type window hinge for casement
201SS & 301SS styles; however, these by part number. (Reference 4-Bar windows, which projects the vent
hinges also have the capability of Hinge Part Number Guide for the while opening to avoid interference
producing 90 of window opening. available options). between frame and sash.
Designed only for casement window
applications, these non-handed, 4-Bar 2. Order two hinges per window. Window hinges to be of 4-bar type
Hinges are designed to project the vent design, allowing 90 opening and
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: washability access to outside of
out as it pivots to avoid interference Standard Duty (401 Series) 6 -- #10
between a lipped vent and frame. window glass. Hinges shall be non-
Slotted or #8 Phillips pan head handed and constructed of 300 series
WARRANTY: stainless steel screws. Length and stainless steel. Hinges used must be
Protected under the terms of the Truth thread type to be determined by profile certified to AAMA 904.1
Warranty for window & Door design. specifications.
Manufacturers & Authorized Heavy Duty (601 Series) 6 -- #10
Distributors. For a copy of this Phillips pan head stainless steel screws. Window hinges shall be 401/601 series
warranty, please contact Truth. Length and thread type to be 4-bar, as manufactured by Truth
determined by profile design. See Hardware.
MATERIAL: Non-magnetic stainless Truth Tip #11 for additional
steel arms and track. information on screw selection.
5x
STANDARDDUTY S
4-BARHINGE
(401SS Series)
FIG. 1 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE

TRUTH STD DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE W/ 90 STOP
HINGE
PART
MAT'L CALLOUT
& NUMBER
(ACTUAL LENGTH)
12.22"
SST 12" [310.4mm] 34.55.00.300

34 55 00 300
STANDARD DUTY NO
4-BAR HINGE 12" DECORATIVE W/ STOP STD. OPEN
LENGTH FINISH ( HINGE FEATURE)

HINGE ULTIMATE
CALLOUT (SEE NOTE #6)
&
12.22" 12"-32" 65 lbs at 32"
12" [310.4mm] [305mm-813mm] [29.5 kg at 813mm]
NOTES:
1. THESE STANDARD DUTY HINGES 90 4-BAR HINGES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR CASEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY.
3. ALL 401 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
5. ULTIMATE SASH WEIGHT & WIDTH FOR HINGES AS SHOWN IN CHARTS ARE BASED ON AAMA 904.1 "SPECIFICATION
5y
#10 SLOTTED OR #8 PHILLIPS,

DIMENSIONS.
AWNING
CASEMENT
CENTERLINE OF
SASH BAR
.625
.045 15.88mm
1.14mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR .030
.500+.000
& HINGE TRACK -
+0.76
12.7mm 0.00
5.76
FIG. 2 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE
146.3mm
5.68
144.3mm
.155 .010
[3.9 .25mm] 7.39 1.186.030 *
187.7mm 30.124mm0.8
7.83
CENTERLINE OF
HINGE TRACK 198.9mm
10.78
.357 273.8mm
(401SS Series)
9.08mm 6.75 1.326.030 *

4-BARHINGE
171.4mm 33.68mm0.8
.715.010
STANDARDDUTY
18.16mm0.25
7.19
182.6mm
12.22.055
310 4mm1 4
5z
H
HEAVYDUTY 4
4-BARHINGE (
(601SS Series)
F
(TRUTH 601SS SERIES)
FIG. 3 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE
TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE W/ 90 STOP

HINGE PART
MAT'L CALLOUT & NUMBER
ACTUAL LENGTH
14.50"
SST 14" [368.3 mm] 34.59.00.208
16.50"
SST 16" [419.1 mm] 34.60.00.208
18.50"
SST 18" [469.9 mm] 34.61.00.208

34 59 00 208
HEAVY DUTY NO W/ STOP STD. OPEN
4-BAR HINGE 14" DECORATIVE
LENGTH FINISH (HINGE FEATURE)

ULTIMATE
HINGE
CALLOUT (SEE NOTE #6)
&
14" 14.52" 14"-36" 120 lbs at 36"

[368.8 mm] [356mm-914mm] [54.4 kg at 914mm]
16" 16.52" 16"-36" 120 lbs at 36"
[419.6 mm] [406mm-914mm] [54.4 kg at 914mm]
18" 18.52" 18"-36" 120 lbs at 36"
[470.4 mm] [457mm-914mm] [54.4 kg at 914mm]
NOTES:
1. THESE HEAVY DUTY HINGES 90 4-BAR HINGES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR CASEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY.
3. ALL 601 SERIES HINGES HAVE A BRASS SHOE.
4. THE STANDARD STACK HEIGHT OF A HEAVY DUTY HINGE IS .625 (15.9 mm). IF A SHIM OR WASHER IS USED
5aa
#10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD STAINLESS
STEEL SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE
DESIGN)
ADDING .062" [1.5 mm] TO THESE

CENTERLINE OF DIMENSIONS.
SASH BAR
AWNING
)
CASEMENT
.750.010
.073in 19.05mm0.3
1.85mm
OFFSET BETWEEN
SASH BAR
& HINGE TRACK
FIG. 4 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY 4-BAR CASEMENT HINGE
.030
.625+.000
-
+0.8
15.88 0.0
"G"
.186.010
4.72mm0.3 1.531in.030
"F" *
38.9mm0.76
"E"
CENTERLINE OF "D"
1.358.030
HINGE TRACK "C" *
34.50.76
(601SS Series)
HEAVY DUTY
4-BARHINGE
.448in
11.37mm
"A" .055 [1mm]

.895in.010
22.7mm0.25
5ab
5ac
FIG
(TRUTH
(Truth 601SS
FIG. 56 TRUTH
601SS
Series)
TRUTHHEAVY
HEAVY
SERIES)
DUTY
DUTY
4-BAR
4-BAR
HINGE HINGE "A" DIM # OF

CALL PART HINGE "C" DIM "D" DIM "E" DIM "F" DIM "G" DIM
CASEMENT
SCREWS
OUT NUMBER LENGTH
14.52" 8.01" 8.51" 12.59" 8.30" 6.59"

(601SS Series)
14" 34.59.00.XXX 7
[368.8 mm] [203.4 mm] [210.9 mm] [167.4 mm]
HEAVYDUTY
[216.1 mm] [319.9 mm]

4-BARHINGE
CASEMENT
16.52" 8.01" 8.51" 14.59" 7.75" 6.09"

16" 34.60.00.XXX 7
[419.6 mm] [203.4 mm] [216.1 mm] [370.7 mm] [196.8 mm] [154.7 mm]
18.52" 8.01" 8.51" 16.59" 7.51" 5.77"

18" 34.61.00.XXX 7
HINGE HINGE
[470.4 mm] [203.4 mm] [216.1 mm] [421.5 mm] [190.7 mm] [146.6 mm]
H
CASEMENT SUPERIOR 4-BAR HINGE
AWNING
Do you have a project requiring you to Hinge comes in a 28" length. The non- MATERIAL:
ventilate a large awning window in a handed design of the Superior Hinge The Superior Hinge is made of a non-
commercial application? If so, Truth helps cut down on expensive magnetic corrosion resistant stainless
Hardware has the answer. The new inventories. steel. Brass shoes which slide the
Superior 4-Bar Hinge. hinge arm along the track help to
OPTIONS: provide the needed friction necessary
STRENGTH & PERFORMANCE Riser Block (#16076) allows the ability for awning applications.
AAMA Certified in excess of 300 lbs. to adjust the maximum opening angle
in load testing. Truth's new 300 series from 20, 18, or 14, depending upon ORDERING INFORMATION &
stainless steel Superior Hinge has been number used (see table). OPTIONS
engineered to work on awning sashes 1. Order Superior Hinge
ranging from 64" - 86" in height, and The Adjustment Block feature #34.87.00.200
will provide a choice of 20, 18, or (#16088) will help enhance flexibility
14 of opening. In addition, the in installation. This will adjust the 2. Order two hinges per window.
Superior Hinge surpasses AAMA's sash in relation to the frame.
Providing plus/minus 2 mm worth of 3. Order optional items:
904.1 Cycle Test measuring durability
(over 8,000 cycles). A positive lead-in adjustment, the Adjustment Block has #16076 Riser Block for establishing
of the hinge arm into the "hat" aids in been load tested to 200 lbs., and can be opening angle. Quantity to be
the travel of the hinge arm while used on all Truth 4-Bar Heavy Duty determined by amount of opening
opening and closing of the window. Hinges required.
INSTALLATION & FLEXIBILTY WARRANTY: #16088 Adjustment Block. Order one
With a standard stack height (5/8") Protected under the terms of the Truth pRECOMMENDED SCREWSer
equal to Truth's popular Heavy Duty Warranty for Window & Door hinge.
Manufacturers and Authorized
4-Bar Hinges, window manufacturing Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms & MATERIAL:
changes are eliminated, allowing for Conditions for further details. The Superior Hinge is made of a non-
continuity in your window profile magnetic corrosion resistant stainless
designs. To accommodate the larger steel. Brass shoes which slide the
window styles of today - the Superior hinge arm along the track help to
5ad
SUPERIOR 4-BAR HINGE
provide the needed friction necessary 3. To increase the overall hinge height
for awning applications. 7 - #10 of 4-Bar Hinges, aluminum shims
Phillips pan head stainless steel screws. applicable to the ventilator bar are
Length and thread type to be available in various thicknesses. Truth
determined by profile design. See provides some popular sizes of shims,
Truth Tips for additional screw however, other sizes must be provided
selection information. by the window manufacturer.
INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON 4. Special consideration should be
YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT given when designing an awning
4-Bar type hinge for awning windows, window. Please consult Truth Tech
which projects the vent while opening Bulletin #2 for further information.
to avoid interference between frame
and sash. 5. For accurate hardware placement in
Window hinges to be of 4-bar type of the window profile is recommended.
design. Hinges shall be non-handed
and constructed of 300 Series non- 6. Mounting screws must pass through
magnetic corrosion resistant stainless two PVC walls or one PVC wall and
steel with a brass shoe. Hinges must one insert wall.
be certified to AAMA 904.1 7. For metal window profiles, Truth
specifications, and will accommodate a recommends machine screws however,
sash height range of between 64" and in most applications sheet metal screws
86", and provide a variety of openings. will provide adequate holding power.
Hinges shall be 34 Series 4-Bar, as 8. Hinge life can be prolonged by
manufactured by Truth Hardware. periodically adding a drop of light
TRUTH TIPS weight oil at each riveted joint.
1. Placement of a 4-Bar Hinge relative 9. For easy correction of out of square,
to the outside edge of the frame or racked window applications, the use
depends upon the amount of overlap of of Truth Jamb Jack frame adjusters is
the sash on the frame. As a general recommended. Frame adjustments can
rule the hinge should be mounted flush improve both weather seal tightness
to .250" (6.3 mm) of the outside edge and sash operation over the life of the
of the frame. This dimension depends window.
upon the amount of overlap. A .250"
(6.3 mm) dimension will allow proper
clearance for a window system having
approximately .312" (7.9 mm) of sash
overlap. If interference occurs
between the sash and the frame then
the hinge must be moved further
outboard on the frame, or the overlap
must be reduced.
2. Particular attention must be given to
that the ventilator bar be offset to a
point where it is flush with the outside
edge of the track. This results in an
offset between the screw centerlines of
the ventilator bar and hinge track (see
the application drawing of the
particular hinge).
5af
TRUTH SUPERIOR 4 BAR HINGE
(ANDERBERG 301 SERIES)
VENTILATOR BAR 49.53mm0.76
.073 (1.84mm)
(Anderberg 301 Series)
16.832
OFFSET BETWEEN .500
VENTILATOR BAR (427.5mm)
(12.7mm)
AWNING
& HINGE TRACK

10.565
CASEMENT
268.4mm
+.030 ANCHOR
TRUTH SUPERIOR 4-BAR HINGE
.625 -.000 HOLES

4.822
(15.87mm+.76mm )
-.00mm 122.5mm
3.18
(80.8mm)
.186 .010
(4.72mm .25mm)
ANCHOR HOLES
.448
(11.37mm)
.895 .010
(22.73mm .25mm)
7.724
CENTERLINE OF 196.2mm
HINGE TRACK 9.619
244.3mm
STAINLESS STEEL
26.590
675.4mm
1.510.030
38.350.76
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
STAINLESS STEEL: 8X NO. 10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. INSTALLATION OF RISER BLOCK
(LENGTH & THREAD TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE DESIGN)
REQUIRED ON BOTH HINGES
OF WINDOW APPLICATION
REQUIRED NO. 1) OPEN HINGE HALF WAY

DEGREE OF
OPENING OF RISER
BLOCKS MAXIMUM 2) INSERT RISER BLOCK INTO THE
PART NO. HINGE LENGTH VENT HEIGHT RANGE STD. STOP PER HINGE VENT WEIGHT TRACK BETWEEN THE SLIDE
SHOE AND THE TRACK STOP
20 NONE
64" (1625.6 mm) TO 300Lb
ROTATE TO LOCK
34.87 28.48" (723.4 mm) 17 ONE 3) ROTATE RISER BLOCK 90 TO
87" (2209.8 mm) (136.05kg)
RISER BLOCK LOCK INTO POSITION USING
14 TWO A SLOTTED SCREW DRIVER
P/N 16076
4) REPEAT STEPS 2 & 3 FOR
TRACK STOP SECOND RISER BLOCK IF
NEEDED
INSTALLATION OF RISER BLOCK

SUPERIOR 4-BAR HINGE
5ag
700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
AWNING SUPERIOR
4-BAR HINGE
Do you have a project requiring you to

ventilate a large awning window in a
commercial application? If so, Truth
Hardware has the answer. The new
Superior 4-Bar Hinge.
STRENGTH & PERFORMANCE ORDERING
AAMA Certified in excess of 300 lbs. INFORMATION & OPTIONS
in load testing. Truths new 300 series 1. Order Superior Hinge -
stainless steel Superior Hinge has been #34.87.00.200
engineered to work on awning sashes
ranging from 64 - 86 in height, and 2. Order two hinges per window.
will provide a choice of 20, 18, or 14
of opening. In addition, the Superior 3. Order optional items:
#16076 - Riser Block for establishing must be moved further outboard on the
Hinge surpasses AAMAs 904.1 Cycle
opening angle. Quantity to be frame, or the overlap must be reduced.
Test measuring durability (over 8,000
cycles). A positive lead-in of the hinge determined by amount of opening
2. Particular attention must be given to
arm into the hat aids in the travel of required.
the hinge arm while opening and #16088 - Adjustment Block. Order that the ventilator bar be offset to a
closing of the window. one per hinge. point where it is flush with the outside
edge of the track. This results in an
INSTALLATION & FLEXIBILITY RECOMMENDED SCREWS offset between the screw centerlines of
With a standard stack height (5/8) 7 - #10 Phillips pan head stainless steel the ventilator bar and hinge track (see
equal to Truths popular Heavy Duty 4- screws. Length and thread type to be the application drawing of the
Bar Hinges, window manufacturing determined by profile design. See particular hinge).
changes are eliminated, allowing for Truth Tips for additional screw
continuity in your window profile selection information. 3. To increase the overall hinge height
designs. To accommodate the larger of 4-Bar Hinges, aluminum shims
window styles of today - the Superior INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON applicable to the ventilator bar are
Hinge comes in a 28 length. The non- YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT available in various thicknesses. Truth
handed design of the Superior Hinge 4-Bar type hinge for awning windows, provides some popular sizes of shims,
helps cut down on expensive which projects the vent while opening however, other sizes must be provided
inventories. to avoid interference between frame by the window manufacturer.
and sash.
OPTIONS: Riser Block (#16076) 4. Special consideration should be
allows the ability to adjust the maximum Window hinges to be of 4-bar type given when designing an awning
opening angle from 20, 18, or 14, design. Hinges shall be non-handed window. Please consult Truth Tech
depending upon number used (see table). and constructed of 300 Series non- Bulletin #2 for further information.
The Adjustment Block feature (#16088) magnetic corrosion resistant stainless
will help enhance flexibility in steel with a brass shoe. Hinges must 5. For accurate hardware placement in
installation. This will adjust the sash in be certified to AAMA 904.1 vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling
relation to the frame. Providing specifications, and will accommodate a of the window profile is recommended.
plus/minus 2 mm worth of adjustment, sash height range of between 64 and
6. Mounting screws must pass through
the Adjustment Block has been load 86, and provide a variety of openings.
two PVC walls or one PVC wall and
tested to 200 lbs., and can be used on all
Hinges shall be 34 Series 4-Bar, as one insert wall.
Truth 4-Bar Heavy Duty Hinges
manufactured by Truth Hardware.
7. For metal window profiles, Truth
WARRANTY:
TRUTH TIPS recommends machine screws however,
Protected under the terms of the Truth
1. Placement of a 4-Bar Hinge relative in most applications sheet metal screws
Warranty for Window and Door
to the outside edge of the frame will provide adequate holding power.
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms depends upon the amount of overlap of
8. Hinge life can be prolonged by
and Conditions for further details. the sash on the frame. As a general
periodically adding a drop of
rule the hinge should be mounted flush
lightweight oil at each riveted joint.
MATERIAL: The Superior Hinge is to .250 (6.3 mm) of the outside edge
made of a non-magnetic non-magnetic of the frame. This dimension depends 9. For easy correction of out of
corrosion resistant stainless steel. upon the amount of overlap. A .250 square, or racked window applications,
Brass shoes which slide the hinge arm (6.3 mm) dimension will allow proper the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame
along the track help to provide the clearance for a window system having adjusters is recommended. Frame
needed friction necessary for awning approximately .312 (7.9 mm) of sash adjustments can improve both weather
applications. overlap. If interference occurs between seal tightness and sash operation over
the sash and the frame, then the hinge the life of the window. 6
6a
TRUTH SUPERIOR 4 BAR HINGE
TRUTH SUPERIOR 4-BAR HINGE

CENTERLINE OF
VENTILATOR BAR 1.950 .030
(49.530.76mm)
.073 (1.84mm) 16.832
OFFSET BETWEEN .500
VENTILATOR BAR (427.5mm)
(12.7mm) 12.010
& HINGE TRACK (305.1mm)
6.267
(159.2mm)
ANCHOR 4.822
+.030 (122.5mm)
.625 -.000 HOLES
(15.87mm) +.76mm
-.00mm
2.14
(54.5mm)
.195 +.008
(4.95mm -.20mm) ANCHOR HOLES
.448
(11.37mm)
SUPERIOR
.895 +- .008
(22.73mm +- .20mm)
4-BAR HINGE
CENTERLINE OF 16.975 7.693

HINGE TRACK (431.2mm) (195.4mm)
STAINLESS STEEL 18.870

(479.3mm)
1.510 .030
(38.350.76mm)
700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060

n
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
STAINLESS STEEL: 8X NO. 10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS. INSTALLATION OF RISER BLOCK
(LENGTH & THREAD TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE DESIGN)
REQUIRED ON BOTH HINGES
OF WINDOW APPLICATION
DEGREE OF REQUIRED NO. 1) OPEN HINGE HALF WAY

OPENING OF RISER
BLOCKS MAXIMUM 2) INSERT RISER BLOCK INTO THE
PART NO. HINGE LENGTH VENT HEIGHT RANGE STD. STOP PER HINGE VENT WEIGHT TRACK BETWEEN THE SLIDE
SHOE AND THE TRACK STOP
20 NONE ROTATE TO LOCK
64" (1625.6 mm) to 300Lb 3) ROTATE RISER BLOCK 90 TO
34.87 28" (711.2 mm) 17 ONE
86" (2184.4 mm) (136.05kg) RISER BLOCK LOCK INTO POSITION USING
14 TWO P/N 16076 A SLOTTED SCREW DRIVER
507.451.5620 800.866.7884
n
4) REPEAT STEPS 2 & 3 FOR
TRACK STOP SECOND RISER BLOCK IF
NEEDED
INSTALLATION OF RISER BLOCK
TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
FRICTION ADJUSTORS:
Friction Adjustors are used either as a
limit device or for additional friction in
conjunction with certain types of
hinging on projected windows. By
tightening a screw in the sliding brass
shoe, a homeowner can easily adjust
the tension required to open and close
the window. When used as a Limit
Device the hardware is designed to
restrict the opening on projected or
casement windows. This mechanism
automatically stops the vent at a safety
position as required by the user, or
required by law. For cleaning and ease
of window assembly, a key may be
used to release the window to its
maximum opening. See Models
#37.26 through #37.34.
LIMIT DEVICES:
Two different varieties of Limit
maintenance and to prevent sudden Duty Friction Adjustors.
Devices are available. When properly
closing during wind gusts. To unlock
installed and operated, the Limit Limit Device
either Support Arm from its maximum-
Device will help prevent damage to 1. Specify product by part number -
open position, simply lift
casement and awning windows under refer to drawings for specific
the sash slightly before closing.
high winds in high-rise applications. information.
Two different methods of The support arm with limited opening 2. Limit Device Key (#16002) sold
disconnecting the Limit Device from feature automatically engages back into separately only required for #37.26
the sash for cleaning purposes - either the first-position opening when closed. through #37.34.
by inserting a key, or by operating the For larger windows, adjustable friction
detach clip. is available in the #37.20 through Support Arms
#37.24 series which helps to stabilize 1. Order 2 arms per vent.
A variety of track and arm lengths are 2. Specify product by part number
the vent and prevent it from closing by
available for this product. Consult the (length of hardware is measured in
its own weight or wind conditions.
attached drawings to determine the extended position).
correct length that will be required for MATERIAL: Friction Adjustor is non- 3. Order Release Key (#16001)
the window based on the application of magnetic stainless steel with nylon separately. Two keys required to open
this product. friction block encased in a sliding brass window for models #37.20 through
shoe. #99 Limit Devices are plated steel 37.24.
SUPPORT ARMS:
arms with stainless steel track and 4. These Support Arms provided
Designed for use on top-hung windows.
detach clip - or, an a non-magnetic without brackets. If brackets are
Two Support Arm models are available
stainless steel model is also available required, please consult the tables
the first opens to full extension and
Support Arms are non-magnetic within Support Arm drawings for the
automatically locks into place for
stainless steel. optional brackets. If brackets are
ventilation or window maintenance. The
ordered, a standard .015 (.4 mm)
second is designed to extend only 1.500 ORDERING INFORMATION: washer will be provided between the
(first-position opening) under normal Friction Adjustor bracket and the Support Arm. To
operating conditions for limited opening 1. From the information available on increase stack height, optional washers
applications. This means an actual the following drawings specify the of .050 or .093 are available. Please
window opening of approximately 4 to correct arm and track length that will be specify when ordering.
8 depending on mounting locations. A required for your window. Reference
key can be inserted to release the arms to numbers in table on next page. RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
achieve its maximum-open position for 2. All Heavy Duty Friction Adjustors Types of screws required determined
window maintenance. The vent can then come equipped with a .235 (5.9 mm) by material of profile used. Refer to
be locked open at this position by bracket unless otherwise specified drawings for complete information on
manually engaging a locking lever. The see Dimension A in Figure 2. Optional screw type and quantity needed (sold
locking lever feature securely locks the brackets not available for Standard separately).
window in the open position for 7
37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
TRUTH TIPS:
1. Truth recommends that a Friction HEAVY DUTY FRICTION ADJUSTORS (See Fig. 2)
Adjustor/Limit Device be used in any PART NUMBER TRACK LENGTH*
application over two stories to protect
the window and hardware from 37.41.00.100 10 (254.0mm)
excessive wind loads in the near fully 37.42.00.100 12 (304.8mm)
open position. The degree of friction
37.43.00.100 14 (355.6mm)
and limited opening depends on
anticipated wind loads. *Bar length is always 2 shorter than Track length.
2. Friction Adjustors can be used
either as a hold-open device or for STANDARD DUTY FRICTION ADJUSTORS (See Fig. 3)
additional friction in conjunction with
some types of hinging on projected or PART NUMBER TRACK LENGTH*
casement sashes. The manufacturer 37.35.00.100 8 (203.2mm)
determines for himself the placement
of the unit and the correct track and 37.36.00.100 10 (254.0mm)
arm length required to obtain whatever 37.37.00.100 12 (304.8mm)
amount of opening is desired.
37.38.00.100 14 (355.6mm)
3. For accurate hardware placement in
*Bar length is always 2 shorter than Track length.
of the window profile is recommended.
4. For vinyl window applications, LIMIT DEVICE WITH THE KEY RELEASE FEATURE (See Fig. 4)
mounting screws should pass through PART NUMBER TRACK LENGTH BAR LENGTH
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
one insert wall. For this reason, it may 37.26.00.200 5 (127.0mm) 5 (127.0mm)
be necessary to use a longer screw than 37.27.00.200 6 (152.4mm) 6 (152.4mm)
is recommended.
37.28.00.200 7 (177.8mm) 7 (177.8mm)
37.29.00.200 8 (203.2mm) 8 (203.2mm)
in most applications sheet metal screws 37.31.00.200 10 (254.0mm) 8 (203.2mm)
will provide adequate holding power. 37.31.00.201 10 (254.0mm) 10 (254.0mm)
6. Support Arms should be mounted 37.33.00.200 12 (304.8mm) 6 (152.4mm)
as low as possible on the sash and
frame for maximum strength. The 37.33.00.201 12 (304.8mm) 10 (254.0mm)
window manufacturer must determine 37.33.00.202 12 (304.8mm) 12 (304.8mm)
the placement of the hardware
dependent upon the amount of 37.34.00.200 14 (355.6mm) 12 (304.8mm)
opening. 37.34.00.201 14 (355.6mm) 14 (355.6mm)
7. For easy correction of out of square
or racked window installations, the use
of Truth Jamb Jack III frame adjusters
is recommended. Frame adjustment 1. The Heavy Duty Friction Adjustor is the only one of these products that has the option of different
bracket heights. If a bracket is not specified it comes with the standard .235 (6.0mm) bracket. For
can improve both weather seal other available brackets see the table in figure 2.
tightness and sash operation over the 2. The accompanying tables show the options available to you in the selection of the limit device or
life of the window. friction adjustors required for your specific application.
INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

Sash control devices as required by
life safety codes. Friction
adjustment features to be provided
which allow fine tuning of sash motion.
Sash control devices of 37/99 series,
as manufactured by Truth Hardware.
7a
37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH FRICTION ADJUSTORS
SASH
JAMB
TRACK
DISTANCE BETWEEN BOTTOM

NOT MOUNTING HOLE IN BRACKET
GREATER AND END MOUNTING HOLE IN
THAN 45
TRACK DETERMINES DEGREE
OF LIMITED OPENING. THE
GREATER THE DISTANCE THE
MORE RESTRICTED THE
OPENING.
FRICTION ADJUSTOR ARM
MOUNTING BRACKET
OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION
FIG. 2 TRUTH HEAVY DUTY FRICTION ADJUSTORS

(Anderberg FA33SS Series)
A
.750 .358
(19.0mm) (9.1mm)
1.750 .312
(44.4mm) (7.9mm)
10.00 (254.0mm) AVAILABLE

12.00 (304.8mm) BRACKET HEIGHT STACK
14.00 (355.6mm) HEIGHT
AA
(SEE HEAVY DUTY FRICTION
.110(2.8mm) .468(11.9mm)
ADJUSTER TABLE)
.180(4.6mm) .538(13.7mm)
*.235(6.0mm) .593(15.1mm)
FRICTION .422(10.7mm) .780(19.8mm)
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW *STANDARD
BRASS SHOE
.892 .312
(22.7mm) (7.9mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
4 (P/N 19640) #10-24x.375 PHILLIPS
.203 UNDERCUT FLATHEAD, STAINLESS STEEL MACHINE SCREWS. 7b
(5.2mm)
37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
F 3 TRUTH STANDARD DUTY FRICTION

FIG. A ADJUSTORS
(Anderberg FA22SS Series)
.625 .500
(15.9mm) (12.7mm)
.312 APPROX.
1.750 (7.9mm)
(44.4mm)
8.00 (203.2mm)
10.00 (254.0mm)
12.00 (304.8mm)
14.00 (355.6mm)
(SEE STANDARD DUTY
FRICTION FRICTION ADJUSTOR TABLE)
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
BRASS SHOE
.719 .312
(18.2mm) (7.9mm) RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
4 (P/N 19640) #10-24X.375 PHILLIPS,
PAN HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL MACHINE
.205 SCREWS
(5.2mm)
FIG.
FIG44.TRUTH LIMIT
TRUTH LIMIT DEVICE
DEVISE WITH WITH KEY RELEASE
KEY RELEASE
(Anderberg
(ANDERBERGFA220SS
FA220SS Series)
SERIES)
KEY (16002)
1.00 .375
(25.4mm) (9.5mm)
3.00 3.50
(76.2mm) (88.9mm)
.312
(7.9mm)
.875
(22.2mm) NOTE:
1. KEY ALLOWS YOU TO DETACH THE
5.00 TO 14.00 BAR LENGTH SUPPORT ARM TO OPEN THE
(127.0mm TO 355.6mm) 5.00 TO 14.00 WINDOW FURTHER FOR MAINTENANCE.
(127.0mm TO 355.6mm)
2. A FRICTION ADJUSTMENT SCREW
IS PROVIDED IN THE SHOE.
.312 .719 .625

(7.9mm) (18.2mm) (15.88mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
4 (P/N 19640) #10-24X.375 PHILLIPS,
PAN HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL MACHINE
SCREWS
7c
37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
FIG.F 5 APPLICATION OF THE TRUTH LIMIT DEVICE

(When Used With Truth Concealed Casement Hinge)
SASH
SILL
3.875 A
(98.4mm)
.438
(11.1mm) 1.688
(42.9mm)
DEGREES
OPENING
A B
10" 5 6.125 (155.6mm) 14.188 (360.4mm)
HINGE 10 .625 (15.9mm) 8.375 (212.7mm)
15 .625 (15.9mm) 7.656 (194.5mm)
20 .625 (15.9mm) 6.625 (168.3mm)
NOTE: MOUNTING DIMENSIONS MAY VARY WHEN USED WITH
OTHER TYPES OF HINGES.
DEGREES
OPENING
A B
ADDITIONAL TYPES OF LIMIT DEVICES ARE 13" 5 6.125 (155.6mm) 14.250 (362.0mm)
AVAILABLE FROM TRUTH HINGE 10 11.344 (288.1mm)
.625 (15.9mm)
15 .625 (15.9mm) 10.156 (258.0mm)
20 .625 (15.9mm) 8.313 (211.2mm)
FIG.6
FIG. 6 99.20
99.20LIMIT DEVICEDEVICE
LIMIT
TRACK
.641 LIMIT ARM
(16.3mm)
4.500 5.453
(114.3mm) (138.5mm)
.625
(15.9mm)
.172
(15.9mm)
SCREWS INCLUDED:
2 (P/N 19090.92) #7 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS
(BKT) - SUPPLIED WITH PRODUCT
2 (P/N 19091.92) #7 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS
(TRACK) - SUPPLIED WITH PRODUCT
7d
37/99 SASH CONTROL
DEVICES
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF TRUTH SUPPORT ARMS
HINGE
VENT
D
SUPPORT ARM
FRAME
FIG. 8 TRUTH SUPPORT ARMS FIG. 9 TRUTH SUPPORT ARMS W/LIMITED OPENING
(Anderberg 88SS Series) (Anderberg 880SS Series)
7e 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
CASEMENTWINDOW
SAFEGARD CASEMENT
TM
WINDOW OPENING
CONTROL DEVICE (WOCD)
SafeGard TM WOCD is tested and

certified to ASTM F2090-10
Window opening control devices have
become a very important subject
among window manufacturers and
onward through to builders, contrac-
tors, and homeowners. Being able to
safely and securely operate a window
which has safe guards in place to help
control the windows opening so as to
prevent accidental falls, while at the
same time being able to be easily
opened for egress purposes in case of
an emergency, is critical in todays
building projects.
As a market leader in fenestration hard-
ware, Truth engineered, patented, and
manufactured a WOCD that meets the
requirements of ASTM F2090-10. The
ASTM F2090 addresses window fall
prevention that helps protect against
potential falls by children through open
windows. This is done by allowing
the window opening to be set at a pre-
determined position of less than four in the standard hinge cavity of refer to application print specific to
inches (4) and automatically re-latch 0.719W X 0.438H (nominal). Arm your profile and installation instruction
when fully closed. Truths Casement assembly has a decal with simple oper- for more details.
SafeGard WOCD provides a means ating instruction, and track is assem-
bled with visible colored plastic to dis- INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN
that the window, when opened in an YOUR NEXT PROJECT
initial operation, will limit the venting cern the separate operations.
REQUIRING A WINDOW
to less than 4. By code, two actions APPLICATION AND EASE OF OPENING CONTROL DEVICE:
are required to open the window fully INSTALLATION: For ease of instal- Window Opening Control Devices as
for egress purposes. This additional lation, the track will self locate to the required by ASTM F2090-10, the stan-
operation can be performed without the frame. The arm is located on the sash dard specification for window control
use of keys, tools, or special knowl- using a template (#92251) with printed devices with emergency (egress) release
edge. instructions. Please see Fig.1 for mechanisms. Product will limit the
SafeGard Window Opening Control installation dimensions on window window opening to less than 4 and
Device is designed to allow for factory mounting surfaces. For additional requires two actions to release the
installation as well as field application information, please see installation and device allowing the window to open
by trained personnel. Please consult operating instructions. fully for egress purposes. Actions to
local building codes for WOCD and (www.truth.com/instructions). release the device for egress purposes
applicable requirements. are to be performed without the use of
keys, tools or special knowledge.
SafeGard is a reliable, easy to install WOCD will automatically re-latch
and easy to operate solution which WARRANTY: Protected under the
terms of the Truth Warranty for when window is fully closed. This
meets todays more stringent safety WOCD shall be SafeGard Casement
requirements. For additional informa- Window and Door Manufacturers and
TM
Authorized Distributors. Refer to Window Opening Control Device as

tion on installation and operation, offered by Truth Hardware, Owatonna,
please review the installation and oper- Truths Terms and Conditions for fur-
ther details. MN.
ation instruction
www.truth.com/instructions or MATERIAL: Austenitic stainless steel ORDERING INFORMATION:
www.truth.com/instructionvideos to track, arm, rivet, and Delrin cover and
ensure proper application and operation Before ordering device for your applica-
tab. This device is recommended to be
of the device. tion, please make sure the handing of
installed with stainless steel screws.
the device is correct for your windows.
SafeGard WOCD: Total of 4 stainless steel #7 undercut
To determine the correct handing, view
Reliable operation and made entirely of Phillip Flat Head screws to be used in
the window from the exterior of the
austenitic stainless steel and plastic. this application; two for the track and
dwelling. When the hinge is on the
WOCD was tested and certified to two for the arm. Due to variation of
left, it is a left handed window.
ASTM F2090-10. It is designed to fit profile, screw length can vary. Please 11
SAFEGARD CASEMENT
TM
WINDOW OPENING
Similarly, when the hinge is on the Please refer to Fig. 1 for WOCD (arm screw type and quantity needed (sold
right it is a right handed window. and track) mounting surface, Fig. 2a separately).
Plastic cover on the device is clear- for arm installation on the sash, and
ly marked with letters L (left) or R 2b for installation position of the track TRUTH TIPS:
(right) for ease of installation. on the frame. If you have any ques- 1. Truth recommends that a case-
Please follow the below steps for tions, please contact the window man- ment WOCD be used in casement
device selection: ufacturer for further information. application where applicable and
1. Before installation, Truth 4. Determine the window handing. building codes require such applica-
Hardware recommends that you con- This will ensure the correct WOCD tion. Please check the local build-
sult with local building codes for device for the application. Specify left ing codes for applicability and
egress size applicability and require- or right hand device for your order egress size requirements.
ments. Standard egress opening (please see table 1 below for part num- 2. Casement WOCD can be factory
typically requires a 24 wide sash bers) installed or field retrofit on all pro-
opening. For other applications, file material types where
5. Determine if your order will be
the minimum sash opening required standard/nominal (0.719W X
OEM* part numbers (bulk pack for
for Truths SafeGardTM device is a 0.438H) hinge cavity is available.
factory installation) or kit part num-
21 wide sash. Please observe all safety instruc-
bers (single packed for field installa-
2. Confirm the hinge cavity (Fig. tion by trained personnel). For OEM tions and consult window manufac-
1) to ensure the mounting surfaces application, additional accessories (*) turer when you have questions or
for the WOCDs track and arm are should also be identified and ordered concerns. Please contact Truth
clearly identified. The WOCDs along with the OEM part numbers. sales for application to ensure form,
track should be the same plane as Field kit will be bagged to include fit, and function for your specific
the hinge track, and the WOCDs complete WOCD arm and track, win- window application
arm should be mounted on the dow label decal, screws, and installa-
3. Standard 2 walls (vinyl, fiber-
same plane as the sash arm on the tion template. If you have any ques-
glass, aluminum and other compos-
sash profile. tions, please contact Truth representa-
ite materials) on the profile is
tive for additional information.
3. Please check the hinge cavity required for proper screw retention
dimension to confirm the casement RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOCD will fit your window. The 4. Correct handing with proper
Types of screws required determined by
standard hinge cavity should nomi- installation are important to ensure
material of profile used. Refer to
nally be 0.719 W x 0.438 H. proper operation of the device
drawings for complete information on
5. For additional product informa-
tion or installation and operating
instruction, please go to
www.Truth.com/instructionvideos
for more detail.
Note:
1. This device is not designed for
Awning application.
11a 2. * Specific SKU to be ordered
separately for OEM application
SAFEGARD CASEMENT
TM
WINDOW OPENING
FIG. 1 FIGURE
SAFEGARD WOCD CASEMENT
1: SAFEGARD APPLICATION
WOCD CASEMENT APPLICATION
.438
11.1mm
.719
SASH
18.3mm
FRAME
WOCD CAVITY
DIMENSIONALLY
SAME AS
HINGE CAVITY
NOTE: WOCD CAVITY DIMENSIONS MUST BE THE SAME
MOUNTING SURFACE AS THE HINGE CAVITY DIMENSIONS. CONSULT THE
FOR HINGE TRACK WINDOW MANUFACTURER TO CONFIRM THESE
DIMENSIONS OR IF HINGE ADJUSTMENT IS NEEDED
WARNING: THE WOCD MAY NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY
IF THESE DIMENSIONS ARE NOT ADHERED TO.
MOUNTING SURFACE
FOR HINGE SASH ARM
11b
SAFEGARD CASEMENT
TM
WINDOW POPENING
SAFEGARD WOCD ( LEFT HAND SHOWN ) - ARM APPLICATION ON SASH
FIG. 2A SAFEGARD WOCD (LEFT HAND SHOWN) ARM APPLICATION ON SASH
LOCATE ARM ASSEMBLY WITH

.265 INSTALLATION TEMPLATE 92251
WARNING: THE WOCD WILL NOT
6.7mm FUNCTION PROPERLY IF THE ARM
IS NOT LOCATED PROPERLY AT
INSTALLATION
8.315
211.2mm
7.265
184.5mm
SASH
ARM TO HANG AT ANGLE

TOWARD HOUSEHOLD INTERIOR
SAFEGARD WOCD ( LEFT HAND SHOWN ) - TRACK APPLICATION ON SASH
FIG. 2B SAFEGARD WOCD (LEFT HAND SHOWN) TRACK APPLICATION ON FRAME
SAFEGARD WOCD ( LEFT HAND SHOWN ) - TRACK APPLICATION ON SASH
6.428
163.3mm
FRAME 4.280
108.7mm
1.530
38.9mm
LOCATE TRACK ASSEMBLY

IN BOTTOM CORNER
OF FRAME
99 SNUBBERS
CASEMENT
AWNING
D.H. / SLIDER
For use with concealed or exposed

hinges, Truth Snubbers prevent bowing
of tall casement windows, or wide
awning windows and have been found
to be useful with double-hung windows
in improving the seals of the bottom
and top rails in the closed position.
Two models feature a PVC insert for
use on Aluminum clad units. This
PVC insert reduces wear on the finish
of the cladding.
Also available is a Concealed Snubber
which fits between the sash and frame
in a Truth 14 Series Hinge cavity. This
hardware eliminates the product from
being visible on the exterior of the
window
WARRANTY: material of profile being used. Refer to in most applications sheet metal screws
Protected under the terms of the Truth drawings for complete information on will provide adequate holding power.
Warranty for Window and Door screw type and quantity needed (sold 8. For easy correction of out of
separately). square, or racked window installations,
TRUTH TIPS:
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms the use of Truth Jamb Jack III frame
and Conditions for further details. adjusters is recommended. Frame
MATERIAL: Heavy gauge steel.

1. Truth recommends that a Snubber adjustment can improve both weather
be used at the center of the hinge side seal tightness and sash operation over
Model #10390 contains a PVC insert. on any casement window which has a the life of the window.
FINISH: #10390 models have a INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

center in the closed position.
phosphate coated, electrostatically 2. Adding a Snubber may increase the
painted baked enamel finish which negative air pressure rating of a Window sash pressure snubber to be
resists chipping and flaking. Standard casement, awning or double hung used to increase weatherseal
colors are: 03 Bronze, 22 Clay, 24 window. effectiveness by maintaining seal
Beige, and 32 or 78 White. Optional 3. If the sash has a cladded exterior contact on large sash sizes.
finishes are available upon request. and requires a Snubber, then a Snubber
E-GARD HARDWARE: Truths
with a PVC insert should be used to Snubbers to be applied to sash and
prevent marring. frame sections at points of high
E-Gard Hardware has a multi-stage 4. For accurate hardware placement in deflection to maintain positive seal
coating process that produces a vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling contact when high negative air
superior physical and aesthetic finish. of the window profile is recommended. pressures are encountered.
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of 5. For vinyl window applications, Constructed of plated steel or stainless
corrosive materials, including industrial mounting screws should pass through steel utilizing a PVC insert where
cleaning materials and environmental two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and required by profile material.
pollutants. This proprietary process one insert wall. For this reason, it may
has been tested to be approximately Snubbers shall be 99 series, as
be necessary to use a longer screw than manufactured by Truth Hardware.
three times better than common zinc is recommended.
plated finishes.
6. When selecting mounting screws
for Truth hardware, coating
1. Choose Snubber style desired compatibility is one of the most
(specify by part number). important criteria. For best corrosion
2. Specify finish number resistance the coating on the screws
(when applicable). should be the same as the coating on
3. Select mounting hardware the hardware. See Tech. Note # 11 for
(sold separately). further details.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
Type of screws required determined by
9
99 SNUBBERS
FIG. 1 32939.XXCONCEALEDSNUBBERAND31496.XXCONCEALEDSNUBBERCOMPRESSION
F SIDE .438in
JAMB 11.1mm RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
31496.XX 4-#8 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREWS
LENGTH AND THREAD DETERMINED
SNUBBER BY PROFILE DESIGN
.250in .031in
6.4mm 0.8mm 1.340in
SASH 34.0mm
.438in
11.1mm
.719in 32939.XX
SNUBBER .344in
18.3mm 8.7mm
.109in
2.8mm 1.840in
.344in
46.7mm .500in
8.7mm
12.7mm
.608in 1.840in
15.4mm 46.7mm
1.340in
.250in
34.0mm
31496.XX SNUBBER 6.4mm 32939.XX SNUBBER
FIG. 2 32938.XX CONCEALED SNUBBERAND FIG. 3 22999.XXCONCEALEDSNUBBER

21642.XXCONCEALEDSNUBBER DIECAST
NEGATIVEAIR
FIG.3 22999.XX CONCEALED SNUBBER
DIE CAST
.438in .250in
SIDE 11.1mm 6.4mm
SIDE .438in
JAMB
JAMB 11.1mm SASH
.719in
. 18.3mm
21642.XX
SNUBBER .031in
0.8mm
.438in
.250in
11.1mm
6.4mm
SASH
1.840in
.370in
46.7mm
9.4mm
.250in 1.340in
32938.XX 6.4mm 34.0mm
.719in SNUBBER
18.3mm .500in
R 12.7mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: R RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
4-#8 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREWS 4-#8 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREWS
LENGTH AND THREAD DETERMINED LENGTH AND THREAD DETERMINED
BY PROFILE DESIGN BY PROFILE DESIGN
WINDOWS&DOORS 45 JAMBJACKS
Now you can install and adjust doors

& windows quicker and easier than
ever before. Truths Jamb Jacks are a
specially designed fastening system for
mounting door & window frames into
rough openings. Jamb Jacks replace
the shims used to square the window or
door in the rough opening.
FASTER INSTALLATION
Using the unique adjustable screws
(Jamb Jacks) a single unit can be
installed without shims in just minutes.
SIMPLE ADJUSTMENT
Jamb Jacks provide quick and precise
window and door adjustment at the
time of installation and when future
problems develop caused by foundation
settlement. No more need to tear apart
a door or window to re-shim it. By
simply turning the Jamb Jack screws
all necessary adjustments can easily be
TRUTH TIPS:
made while the unit is in place.
VERSATILE
Jamb Jack III
Jamb Jacks are available for most 1. Order Insert & Screw separately. 1. When installing the Jamb Jack III
wood door and window systems, screw into the frame, make sure that
2. Order #21146 White Finishing Cap. the screw snaps twice into the insert.
including residential, light commercial (See Truth Tip #3).
or replacement applications, with 2. Truth recommends that six Jamb
wood or masonry openings. Door Application (See Truth Tip #2):
MATERIAL
Jacks be used in every door application
#21150 Door Insert (three per jamb) and four be used in
Steel screws. Acetal insert and window applications (two per jamb).
finishing cap. #21171 Door Screw NOTE: Additional Jamb Jacks may be
ORDERING INFORMATION
required for window applications
Window Application: depending upon the size of the unit.
#21151 Window Insert 3. White Finishing Cap may be
#21175 Window Screw painted to match non-standard colors.
3. Order #21183 Turbo Driver 4. T25 Torx Driver is required for

Installation Bit (power installation of installing and adjusting Jamb Jack III
insert). Screws. Not available from Truth
Hardware.
5. Solid shims are recommended
behind the strike plate locations on
door jamb installations.
6. Due to the design of both Jamb
Jack II and Jamb Jack III, neither
system can be removed once they are
installed. Care must be used when
selecting installation points for any
Jamb Jack unit.
10
45 JAMBJACKS
FIG. 1 INSTALLATION OF JAMB JACK III WINDOWINSERT
TURBO DRIVER
21183 WINDOW INSERT
21151
INSERT TO BE
FLUSH WITH JAMB
TURN INSERT CLOCKWISE

TO INSTALL INTO JAMB
JAMB
FRAME SIDE PILOT HOLE 13.5 mm
OF JAMB (.531 in. APPROX.) DRILL
FIG.
IG. 2 2ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT OF JAMB
OF JAMB JACKJACK IIIFORWINDOWS
III FOR WINDOWS
MAKE SURE SCREW

SNAPS TWICE IN INSERT
WINDOW INSERT
SCREW 21151
21175 T25 TORX SCREWDRIVER
(NOT AVAILABLE FROM TRUTH)
COUNTER CLOCKWISE-PUSHES JAMB OUT

CLOCKWISE-PULLS JAMB IN
FRAME JAMB
COVER HOLE WITH CAP 21146
AFTER ADJUSTMENT IS COMPLETE
10a
45 JAMBJACKS
FIG. 3 INSTALLATION OF JAMB JACK III DOOR INSERT
TURBO DRIVER
DOOR INSERT 21150
21183
INSERT TO BE FLUSH WITH JAMB
OR UNTIL FLANGE (OPPOSITE SIDE)
COMES INTO CONTACT WITH JAMB
TURN INSERT CLOCKWISE

TO INSTALL INTO JAMB
PILOT HOLE 13.5 mm
JAMB (.531 in. APPROX.) DRILL
FRAME SIDE
OF JAMB
FIG.44ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENTOF OF JAMB
JAMB JACK
JACK III DOORS
III FOR FORDOORS
MAKE SURE SCREW

SNAPS TWICE IN INSERT
DOOR INSERT
21150
T25 TORX SCREWDRIVER
SCREW (NOT AVAILABLE FROM TRUTH)
21171
COUNTER CLOCKWISE-PUSHES JAMB OUT

CLOCKWISE-PULLS JAMB IN
FRAME JAMB
COVER HOLE WITH CAP 21146 AFTER

ADJUSTMENT IS COMPLETE.
10b
45 JAMBJACKS
FIG. 5 JAMB JACK III INSERT 21150 (For doors) FIG. 6 JAMB JACK III INSERT 21151 (For windows)
(
1.175 .728
.765 [29.8 mm] .500
[18.5 mm]
[19.4 mm] [12.7 mm]
21183
21183 1.050 INSERT TOOL
INSERT TOOL [26.7 mm] ONLY
ONLY
FIG. 7 JAMB JACK III SCREW 21171 (For doors) FIG. 8 JAMB JACK III 21175 (For windows)
3.150
[80.0 mm]
2.165
[55.0 mm]
.193 .193
[4.9 mm] [4.9 mm]
T25 TORX DRIVE T25 TORX DRIVE
FIG. 9 COVER CAP 21146 FIG. 10 TURBO DRIVER 21183
F
.787
.312
[20.0 mm] .319 [7.9 mm]
1.625
[8.1 mm] [41.3 mm] HEX
.335
.240
[8.5 mm] [6.1 mm]
FOR USE WITH JAMB JACK III WINDOW OR DOOR FOR INSTALLATION OF JAMB JACK III
INSERTS (SNAPS INTO INSERT) INSERT #21150 OR #21151
North American Fenestration Standard (AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-08)
CAUTION: There are many factors in addition to the hardware which influence the maximum size casement window that should be produced. These include sash and frame stiffness and strength, screw holding strength, sash sag, weather tightness, and
weatherstrip drag. For this reason, Truth recommends carefull evaluation of the entire window before producing units as large as this matrix suggests.
Performance Class R: The Maximum Frame Size and Sash Weight are Listed in the Table.
Hinge Approx.
Maxim Washable Maxim Egress Heavy Duty 10" Standard 10" Washable 10" Egress 10" HP Concealed 10" HP Concealed Butt Hinge Minimum
14.97 14.12 14.10 14.75 14.76 14.77 14.96 Egress Frame Width
Operator 14.92 14.13 14.80 14.91 14.93 14.00 to Fit Operator
14.05 14.06
14.19
Maxim Dual Arm 50.00 40"W x 84"H; 108*(96) lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs 38"W x 84"H; 103 lbs* (140)^ 32"W x 84"H; 85 lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs 38"W x 78"H; 95 lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs Not Recommended 24"
Maxim Short Dual Arm 50.04 Not Recommended 28"W x 78"H; 69 lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 84"H; 85 lbs 32"W x 84"H; 85 lbs 28"W x 78"H; 69 lbs 32"W x 84"H; 85 lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs Not Recommended 21"
Maxim Dyad 50.50 32"W x 72"H; 73*(55) lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 76"H; 77 lbs* (132) 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 24"W x 60"H; 45 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 69"H; 49*(44) lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 16"
Maxim Reverse Dyad 50.70 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 83 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 12"
Maxim Single Arm 52.01 Not Recommended 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 70"H; 71*(36) lbs 32"W x 70"H; 71*(29) lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 32"W x 70"H; 71*(36) lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 30"W x 69"H; 65 lbs 20"
Maxim Short Single Arm 52.06 Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs 15"
EntryGard Dual Arm 15.10 Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 32"W x 60"H; 60 lbs 32"W x 60"H; 60*(54) lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 60"H; 60 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 20"
EntryGard Egress D.A. 15.15 Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended 18"
EntryGard Dyad 15.11 Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 26"W x 61"H; 49 lbs 24"W x 67"H; 49 lbs Not Recommended 30"W x 61"H; 57 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 13"
EntryGard Single Arm 15.94 Not Recommended 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 60"H; 40 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs 22"W x 60"H; 40 lbs 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 61"H; 36 lbs 16" - 18"
13.5" Single Arm 15.32 Not Recommended 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended 26"W x 67"H; 54*(50) lbs 26"W x 69"H; 55*(41) lbs 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs 26"W x 67"H; 54(50) lbs 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 22" - 24"
9.5" Single Arm 15.31 Not Recommended 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs Not Recommended 24"W x 61"H; 45*(27) lbs 24"W x 62"H; 45*(19) lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs 24"W x 61"H; 45*(27) lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs 22"W x 65"H; 43 lbs 18" - 20"
7.5" Single Arm 15.56 Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 65"H; 39 lbs 16"
6" Single Arm 15.39 Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs 16"W x 70"H; 33 lbs 15"
Split Arm 15.18 Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 24"W x 70"H; 52 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs Not Recommended 30"W x 64"H; 60*(56) lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 16"
23 Series Single Arm 13.5" 23.03 Not Recommended 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs Not Recommended 26"W x 69"H; 55 lbs 26"W x 71"H; 57*(43) lbs 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs 26"W x 69"H; 55 lbs 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs 26"W x 62"H; 50 lbs 22" - 24"
23 Series Single Arm 9.5" 23.01 Not Recommended 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs Not Recommended 24"W x 65"H; 48*(31) lbs 24"W x 66"H; 48*(22) lbs 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48*(31) lbs 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 69"H; 50 lbs 18" - 20"
23 Series Single Arm 7.5" 23.38 Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 16"
23 Series Single Arm 6" 23.78 Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs 22"W x 68"H; 45 lbs 15"
23 Series Dyad Short Link 23.46 30"W x 63"H; 59 lbs Not Recommended 26"W x 71"H; 58 lbs* (131) 26"W x 63"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 68"H; 50 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 61"H; 53 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 15"
23 Series Dyad Long Link 23.49 32"W x 67"H; 68 lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 60"H; 60 lbs* (140)^ 26"W x 62"H; 50 lbs 24"W x 67"H; 49 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 66"H; 58 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 19"
Dual Arm & Dyad
Other Maxim 1.750 1.563
determined by
EntryGard Dual Arm w/10" Washable Hinge 1.625
2.375 .875 Bracket Position A.
14.XX Concealed Hinges Other EntryGard Dual Arm Operators
-
Entrygard Dyad & Single Arm
1.375 Single Arm per
Traditional & Ellipse 1.563
catalog.
23 Series 2.125
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 1.250
2.812 Determined by
14.10 Heavy Duty Hinges Other Maxim 1.750 2.000
Bracket Position A
23 Series 2.562 1.375 2.000
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 2.437 Catalog Dim B=8.000
4.000
NA NA
If the sash weight in parenthesis exceeds the maximum permitted for the AAMA Hardware Load Test, a counteracting upward force must be applied to the sash during the test to reduce the load to the level specified by AAMA.
^ This is the maximum rating of the hinge. Ease of operation is provided up to this weight.
CASEMENT
AWNING 16 NON-HANDED, LOW
PROFILE SASH LOCK
These specially designed sash locks are

loaded with hidden features! The
clean, low profile design of these locks
requires a stop thickness of only .625
(15.8 mm) while still providing a full
.250 (6.3 mm) screen rabbet. When
properly installed, the revolving cam
locking mechanism provides a .625
(15.8 mm) draw-in at the sash. Using
a #31358 Keeper, when properly
installed this produces a minimum
forced entry resistance capability of 250
lbs. per lock (200 lbs. minimum per
lock using a #31344 Keeper). An
added bonus is that the non-handed
design helps hold down expensive
inventories.
Wherever architect requirements, or
purchasers preference, call for tandem
sash lock operation, the #16.19 sash
lock is readily adaptable to a tandem
configuration. A single rabbet cut into
the lock side of the jamb is all that is
necessary for tie bar installation.
Rabbet and tie bar are completely stability for years in direct sunlight. TIE BARS
concealed by the application of the Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for
customary stop. Tie bar application is examples of Truth's most popular Tie Bar B
optional (please specify when finish options. Truth also offers a Part No. Dimension
ordering). In either case, special profile wide range of decorative "plated"
considerations will need to be finishes - contact Truth for additional 10542 18.500 (469.9mm)
addressed. Contact Truths Technical information on availability of these 10412 20.375 (517.5mm)
Service Department for further finishes on specific product lines. 10309 22.875 (581.0mm)
information.
ORDERING INFORMATION: 10353 23.312 (592.1mm)
WARRANTY: 1. Choose Sash Lock style desired 10492 27.750 (704.9mm)
Protected under the terms of the Truth (specify by part number). 10413 28.875 (733.4mm)
Warranty for Window and Door #16. 18 - Sash Lock
Manufacturers and Authorized #16. 19 - Sash Lock (tandem 10543 30.500 (774.7mm)
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms application) 10310 34.875 (885.8mm)
and Conditions for further details. 10347 35.312 (896.9mm)
2. Specify finish number
E-GARD HARDWARE: 31359 37.375 (949.3mm)
3. Select mounting hardware (sold
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- 10544 38.500 (977.9mm)
separately):
stage coating process that produces a
#31344 - Standard Keeper 10348 43.312 (1100.1mm)
superior physical and aesthetic finish.
#31345 - Offset Keeper 10311 46.875 (1190.6mm)
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of
#31358 - High Strength Keeper
corrosive materials, including industrial
#31437 - Slotted Hole Keeper
cleaning materials and environmental
#91555 - Template (#31344 Keeper)
pollutants. This proprietary process
Tie Bars - See table for the tie bar that
has been tested to be approximately
best meets your application.
three times better than common zinc
plated finishes. RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast
material of profile used. See Tech
zinc case and handle. Painted steel
Note #11. Refer to drawings for
back plate. Steel keeper and steel
complete information on screw type
locking cam.
and quantity needed (sold separately).
FINISH: Electrostatically applied,
durable coatings that provide excellent
resistance to chipping, scratching and
corrosion while maintaining color
11
16 NON-HANDED, LOW
PROFILE SASH LOCK
TRUTH TIPS: INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

1. Mounting templates are available to YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
aid in locating the correct mounting Window sash locks shall be included
hole positions for the sash lock and which will increase both security and
keeper. weather seal tightness. The lock must
also allow easy removal of window
2. When tandem operation of two sash screen panel. The locks must hold
locks are used, the tie bar must be securely up to 200 lbs. of force per
confined to prevent buckling. This is lock for negative air pressure and forced
most easily accomplished by confining entry resistance.
the tie bar route within the frame (See
drawings). Window sash locks will be used which
provide .625 (15.8 mm) of pull-in
3. To apply a tie bar to a pair of sash created by a revolving cam locking
locks, simply insert the pins on the tie mechanism. The lock must also allow
bar into the holes provided on the back tandem operation of two locks to meet
of the tie bar compatible sash locks. ADA hardware height standards.
4. In wood window applications, make The lock shall be constructed of high
sure that fasteners do not interfere with pressure zinc alloy die castings and E-
movement of the tie bar. Gard Hardware internal components.
5. Sash Lock has .625 (15.8 mm) of Window locks shall be 16 series Low
reach-out to pull the sash in tight Profile, as manufactured by Truth
against the weatherstripping. Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
compatibility is one of the most
important criteria. For best corrosion
resistance the coating on the screws
should be the same as the coating on
the hardware.
8. For vinyl window applications,
mounting screws should pass through
one insert wall. For this reason, it
may be necessary to use a longer screw
than is recommended.
recommends machine screws.
However, in most applications, sheet
metal screws will provide adequate
holding power.
10. Truth recommends that a Snubber
on any casement window which has a
tendency to bow outwardly at the center
in the closed position. Adding a
pressure rating of the window.
11a
16 NON-HANDED, LOW
PROFILE SASH LOCK
FIG. 1 16.18 AND

FOR16.19 LOWTIEPROFILE CASEMENT SASH LOCK
(16.19) For Use With Tie Bar)
(16.19 USE WITH BAR)
2.250
(57.2mm)
A
SASH
JAMB
2.750 .875
1.188 (69.9mm) (22.2mm)
2.0 CL
(30.2mm) 3.188 (50.8mm)
(81.0mm)
.938 .032
(23.8mm .8mm)
.375
(9.5mm)
1.406
.625 NON-HANDED (35.7mm)
(15.9mm)
3.032
.969 (77.0mm)
(24.6mm) RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
NOTE: WOOD: 2-(P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
FOR PROPER KEEPER
ALIGNMENT USE A PVC/METAL: 2- #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS
MOUNTING TEMPLATE. (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG.2 2KEEPER
KEEPER FIG.
FIG. 33SLOTTED
SLOTTEDKEEPER
KEEPER 31437 31437 FIG.
FIG. 44OFFSET
OFFSETKEEPER
31344
31344(Steel)
(STEEL) 31359 (SST) 31345 (Steel)
FIG. KEEPER
31358
31358(High-Strength)
31359 (SST) 31345 (STEEL) 31360 (SST)
(HIGH-STRENGTH) .574
.574 (14.6mm) .770
(14.6mm) .348 (19.6mm)
(8.8mm) .885
.348 .885 (22.5mm) .536 .885
(8.8mm) (22.5mm) (13.6mm) (22.5mm)
1.457
1.332 (37.0mm) 1.332
(33.8mm) (33.8mm)
.753
(19.2mm)
.875 .875
(22.2mm) 1.005 (22.2mm)
(25.5mm)
AVAILABLE MOUNTING AVAILABLE MOUNTING AVAILABLE MOUNTING
LOCKS TEMPLATE A LOCKS TEMPLATE A LOCKS TEMPLATE A
16.18 .500 16.18 .500 16.18 .312
91555 91555 91568
16.19 (12.7mm) 16.19 (12.7mm) 16.19 (7.9mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: RECOMMENDED SCREWS: RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0
PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREWS SHEET METAL SCREWS SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC/METAL: LENGTH AND THREAD PVC/METAL: LENGTH AND THREAD PVC/METAL: LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE. TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE. TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE.
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
11b
(P/N 19250) MUST BE USED WITH (P/N 19250) MUST BE USED WITH
SST KEEPERS.
16 NON-HANDED, LOW
PROFILE SASH LOCK
FIG. 5 APPLICATIONOFTIE-BAR FOR LOW PROFILE CASEMENT SASH LOCK
.230 JAMB SASH

1.375 (5.8mm)
(34.9mm)
CL OF LOCK
1.375
(34.9mm) STOP
.750
(19.1mm)
TIE BAR
LENGTH
.094
(2.4mm)
GROOVE REQUIRED
FOR TIE BAR
APPLICATIONS
1.375
(34.9mm)
CL OF LOCK
1.375
(34.9mm)
LEFT HAND SHOWN
CONTACT TRUTH FOR AVAILABLE TIE BAR SIZES
11c 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 16 HOMEGARD
SASH LOCK
HOMEGARD SASH LOCK

Truth Hardwares new HomeGard Sash
Lock with its smooth contemporary
styling and impressive list of features
is certain to be a hit. Designed around
our very popular Low Profile Sash
Lock dimensions, the #16.52
HomeGard Sash Lock will be a perfect
replacement for someone wishing to
upgrade their window system without
having to alter current stops or screen
sizes.
INSTALLATION
The HomeGard Sash Lock is engineered
to be more forgiving when applying the
locks and keepers on the sash and
frame. This benefit is of even greater
importance in the field where
installation and sash drag can affect
lock-up.
CONSISTENT, SECURE FEEL
A strong detent at fully locked and
unlocked positions provide the
homeowner with a consistent feeling of
security each time the lock is operated.
Another advantage of this detent is that E-GARD HARDWARE ORDERING INFORMATION:
it makes this lock virtually pick-proof Truths E-Gard Hardware has a 1. For tandem operation lower
(depending upon window design). multi-stage coating process that (primary) and upper (secondary) locks
produces a superior physical and must be ordered separately (specify by
STYLISH APPEARANCE aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to part number):
The HomeGard Sash Lock has new a wider range of corrosive materials, #16.52 HomeGard Sash Lock
attractive aesthetics which continue including industrial cleaning materials #16.53 HomeGard (secondary) Sash
Truths efforts to design hardware for and environmental pollutants. This Lock. Note: #16.53 only used in tie
the 21st century. The softer lines proprietary process has been tested to bar applications.
follow in the footsteps of Truth
Hardwares Multi-Point Locks, Metal 2. Specify finish number.
Operator Cover and Folding Handle.
We have also eliminated the infamous MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast 3. Select mounting hardware sold
black hole from the front of the zinc locking handle and case with separately.
HomeGard Lock. This change not galvanized steel back plate. High- #41268 LH Keeper with slotted hole.
only improves aesthetics, but also strength plastic latch and steel keeper. #41269 RH Keeper with slotted hole.
increases weathertightness.
FINISH: Electrostatically applied, 4. Specify between galvanized wire tie
SUPERIOR CAPABILITIES durable coatings that provide excellent bars and flat steel tie bars. Contact
Exceptional .625 (15.8 mm) reach-out resistance to chipping, scratching and Truth Hardware for additional
for maximum pull-in of the sash. corrosion while maintaining color information.
When properly installed, the stability for years in direct sunlight.
HomeGard has been tested to 5. Optional mounting hardware:
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for #90082 LH Keeper Template
withstand negative air pressure of a examples of Truth's most popular finish
minimum 275 lbs. per lock. The #90083 RH Keeper Template
options. Truth also offers a wide range
HomeGard Sash Lock is capable of
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
tandem locking when dual locking is
Truth for additional information on Types of screws required determined
required and the #16.53 HomeGard
Secondary Lock and tie bar are used. availability of these finishes on specific by material of profile used. See Tech
product lines. Note #11. Refer to drawings for
WARRANTY: complete information on screw type
Protected under the terms of the Truth and quantity needed (sold separately).
12
and Conditions for further details.
16 HOMEGARD
SASH LOCK

keeper. weather seal tightness. The lock must
confined to prevent buckling. This is lock for negative air pressure and
most easily accomplished by confining forced entry resistance.
the tie bar route within the frame (See
drawings for routing options). Window sash locks will be used which
3. To apply a tie bar to a pair of sash created by a sliding latch locking
of the sash locks. ADA hardware height standards. The
4. In wood window applications, make lock shall be constructed of high
sure that fasteners do not interfere with pressure zinc alloy die castings,
movement of the tie bar. stainless steel spring, high strength
plastic latch, galvanized back plate,
5. Sash Lock has .625 (15.8 mm) of and E-Gard Hardware keepers.
reach-out to pull the sash in tight
against the weatherstripping. Window locks shall be 16 series
HomeGard Sash Locks as
6. When selecting mounting screws manufactured by Truth Hardware,
for Truth hardware, coating Owatonna, Minnesota.
important criteria. For best corrosion
the hardware.
one insert wall. For this reason, it may
be necessary to use a longer screw than
is recommended.
Hardware recommends machine
screws. However, in most applications,
sheet metal screws will provide
adequate holding power.
10. Truth Hardware recommends that a
Snubber be used at the center of the
hinge side on any casement window
which has a tendency to bow outwardly
at the center in the closed position.
Adding a Snubber may increase the
negative air pressure rating of the
window.
12a
16 HOMEGARD
SASH LOCK
FIG. 1 16.52 CASEMENT SASH LOCK
1.188
[30.2 mm] 2.250
.625 [57.2 mm]
[15.9 mm] .490
[12.4 mm] .156
.219 [4.0 mm]
[5.6 mm]
.979
[24.9 mm]
2.312 1.480
2.750 [58.7 mm] [37.6 mm]
[69.8 mm]
.375 2.250
[9.5 mm] [57.1 mm]
3.45
[87.6 mm]
NOTE: 1.509
[38.3 mm]
HANDLELESS SECONDARY LOCK 16.53 HAS SAME DIMENSIONS
RECOMMENDED SCREW: 2.850
[72.4 mm]
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19260) #8 X 1.25 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS (PAINTED)
NON-HANDED
PVC/METAL: 2-#8 PAN HEAD SCREW (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG. 2 16.52 & 16.53 KEEPERS 41268 (LH) & 41269 (RH)
.157
[4.0 mm]
.234
[5.9 mm]
1.401
[35.6 mm]
1.085
[27.5 mm]
2.010 .568
[51.1 mm] [14.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREW:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS (PAINTED) LEFT HAND SHOWN
PVC/METAL: 2-#8 PAN HEAD SCREW (LENGTH AND THREAD
12b
16 HOMEGARD
SASH LOCK
FIG. 3 APPLICATION OF TIE-BAR FOR 16.52 CASEMENT SASH LOCK
.144
(3.7mm)
SECONDARY LOCK
16.53
SASH .092
(2.3mm)
STOP
JAMB
TIE BAR FLAT TIE

LENGTH BAR .750
(19.1mm)
PRIMARY LOCK ROUTE PROFILE FOR FLAT TIE BAR CAVITY

16.52
CONTACT TRUTH FOR AVAILABLE TIE BARS
LEFT HAND SHOWN
SECONDARY LOCK
16.53 .594
(15.1mm)
.406
(10.3mm)
.188 SASH
(4.8mm)
WIRE TIE BAR STOP
JAMB
TIE BAR .218

LENGTH (5.6mm)
PRIMARY LOCK
16.52 ROUTE PROFILE FOR WIRE TIE BAR CAVITY
CONTACT TRUTH FOR AVAILABLE TIE BARS
LEFT HAND SHOWN
CASEMENT
AWNING 16 ENTRYGARD
SASH LOCK
The EntryGard Sash Lock has a big

.625 (15.8 mm) reach-out for
maximum pull-in of the sash. This
lock design comes in handed and non-
handed versions for standard or
optional tandem applications on large
casement windows. When properly
mounted, this lock withstands negative
air pressure in commercial and high-
wind geographic areas up to 200 lbs.
of force per lock. These locks will
securely hold the sash against weather-
stripping to help prevent water and air
leakage. A cut-out along the lock case
allows for continuous weatherstrip.
Designed as a replacement for Truths
#16.16 Sash Lock, this lock features a
keeper larger than that used on the
#16.16 Lock providing better stability
and strength. The EntryGard
Casement Sash Lock will immediately
retrofit into any screen stop profile
presently designed around Truths
#16.16 Sash Lock.
WARRANTY:
ORDERING INFORMATION &
OPTIONS:
Tie Bar B
Manufacturers and Authorized 1. Choose EntryGard Sash Lock style
Part No. Dimension
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms desired (specify by part number):
10542 18.500 (469.9mm)

and Conditions for further details. #16.27 - Handed
#16.30 - Handed (tie bar compatible)
Note: Handing is determined by the 10412 20.375 (517.5mm)
10309 22.875 (581.0mm)
zinc case and locking handle. Zinc side the hinge is on when viewed from
10353 23.312 (592.1mm)
dichromate plated steel back plate and
the outside.
keeper. Steel locking cam.
E-GARD HARDWARE 10492 27.750 (704.9mm)
2. Specify finish number.
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a 10413 28.875 (733.4mm)
10543 30.500 (774.7mm)
multi-stage coating process that separately):
10310 34.875 (885.8mm)
produces a superior physical and #30827 - Keeper
10347 35.312 (896.9mm)
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a #91674 - Template (optional)
10544 38.500 (977.9mm)

wider range of corrosive materials, Tie Bars See table for the tie bar that
including industrial cleaning materials
10348 43.312 (1100.1mm)
best meets your application needs.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
and environmental pollutants. This
10311 46.875 (1190.6mm)
be approximately three times better Types of screws required determined
than common zinc plated finishes. by material of profile used. See Tech
Note #11. Refer to drawings for
complete information on screw type
durable coatings that provide excellent and quantity needed (sold separately).
TIE BARS
stability for years in direct sunlight.
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for
examples of Truth's most popular finish
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact
Truth for additional information on
availability of these finishes on specific
13
product lines.
16 ENTRYGARD
SASH LOCK

keeper. weather seal tightness. The lock will
confined to prevent buckling. This is lock for negative air pressure and
most easily accomplished by confining forced entry resistance.
the tie bar in a route or channel on the
back side of the stop (See drawings). Window sash locks will be used which
3. To apply a tie bar to a pair of sash created by a revolving cam locking
of the tie bar compatible sash locks. ADA hardware height standards. The
4. In wood window applications, make lock shall be constructed of high
sure that fasteners do not interfere with pressure zinc alloy die castings and
movement of the tie bar. E-Gard Hardware internal
components.
for Truth hardware, coating Window locks shall be 16 series,
compatibility is one of the most EntryGard as manufactured by Truth
important criteria. For best corrosion Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
the hardware.
is recommended.
holding power.
13a
16 ENTRYGARD
SASH LOCK
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ENTRYGARD CASEMENT SASH LOCK
1.000
.626 25.4 1.375 .844
15.9 34.9 21.4
.562
14.3
.109 1.187 1.531

2.8 30.1 1.999
38.9
50.8
.781 1.187
19.8 1.000 30.1
25.4 2.374
60.3
LEFT HAND SHOWN 2.998

76.1
FOR PROPER KEEPER ALIGNMENT USE A
MOUNTING TEMPLATE
FIG. 2 16.27 AND 16.30 CASEMENT SASH LOCK

(16.30 For Use With Tie Bars)
AVAILABLE MOUNTING
KEEPERS TEMPLATE
30827 91674
30899 91674
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 ( P/N 19260 ) #8 X 1.25 PHILLIPS HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREWS.
PVC/METAL: 2 #8 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREWS
( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
1.062 BY PROFILE )
27.0
LEFT HAND SHOWN
13b
16 ENTRYGARD
SASH LOCK
FIG. 3 CASEMENT SASH LOCK KEEPERS

30827 (Steel) AND30899 (SST
1.375 .250 .457 AVAILABLE SASH

34.9 6.4 11.6 LOCKS
16.27
16.30
.188
4.8 RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.885 WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS

R
FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS
22.5
PVC/METAL: LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
1.750 DETERMINED BY PROFILE
44.5
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS (P/N 19250)
MUST BE USED WITH STAINLESS KEEPERS
FIG. 4 APPLICATION OF TIE BAR FOR TRUTH CASEMENT SASH LOCK
1.187
30.1
.204
5.2 JAMB SASH
STOP
1.187 .562
30.1 14.3
TIE BAR LENGTH .094

2.4
GROOVE REQUIRED
FOR TIE BAR
1.187 APPLICATIONS
30.1
16.30 SASH LOCK SHOWN

CONTACT TRUTH FOR AVAILABLE
1.187 TIE BAR LENGTHS.
30.1
LEFT HAND SHOWN
CASEMENT
AWNING 16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
SYSTEM(Tie Bar in Jamb version)
PRODUCT APPLICATION
ASSISTANCE
Expanding our product offering in the
line of Multi-Point Locking Systems,
Truth introduces - the Mirage If you are designing a new window
Concealed Multi-Point Locking profile, or are having difficulty
System. selecting hardware for your window,
VERSATILE & EFFICIENT
please contact Truth. Our highly
trained Product Specialists can assist
The attractiveness of this system lies in you with the selection of the
great part to the things that you cant appropriate hardware to meet your
see, because the Mirages slim-line performance requirements, as well as
handle and escutcheon are barely providing personalized application
noticeable! The unique design of this drawings.
CORROSIONRESISTANCE
locking system also allows the handle
and escutcheon to be removable for
color changes in the field, or for Truths E-Gard Hardware has a
painting or staining wood trim. Non- multi-stage coating process that
handed parts will help in ordering, produces a superior physical and
inventory reduction, and applying this aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to
hardware. a wider range of corrosive materials,
CONCEALED MULTI-POINT
LOCKING
Truths multi-point locking feature is be approximately three times better
unique in that it sequentially locks the than common zinc plated finishes.
WARRANTY:
window from bottom to top. Up to
three locking points are achievable
ORDERING INFORMATION
using this system allowing the Protected under the terms of the Truth
homeowner to securely lock tall, or Warranty for Window and Door
poorly installed windows, all from just Contact Truth Hardware for an
one, convenient location. All locking application drawing providing
points are concealed to create a clean complete details.
MATERIAL: High pressure zinc die-
look for your window system. The tie For both Casement & Awning
bar guides are pre-located on the tie windows:
bars for quick and easy installation cast handle and escutcheon. Steel tie
onto the window frame. This system is bar with engineered plastic guides. 1. Order non-handed part:
mounted directly onto the frame thus Keepers made of high strength steel #16.60.XX.001 Mirage Lock with
and UV resistant acetal rollers. insert (for solid wood stops), or
eliminating any modifications to the
frame. Only the stop requires any #16.61.XX.002 Mirage Lock with
routing to accept the hardware. insert (for extended stops or vinyl
PERFORMANCE & FUNCTION

windows.).
The secret behind the smooth, low corrosion while maintaining color 2. Specify finish number
torque, operation of this system is the stability for years in direct sunlight.
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for 3. Order Keeper(s):
unique interaction between the tie bars
examples of Truth's most popular finish #11498.92 Non-handed Keeper
and keeper rollers. Truths new Mirage
Lock has an exceptional .625 (15.9 options. Truth also offers a wide range 4. Determine tie bars required. Refer
mm ) pull-in. The design of this of decorative "plated" finishes - contact to accompanying drawings for part #s
system has been tested to an average Truth for additional information on and standard available lengths (handing
of 245 lbs. per locking point in forced availability of these finishes on specific determined by hinge side when viewed
entry testing. It has + .125 vertical product lines. from the outside).
and + .075 horizontal lock-up and
application forgiveness.
14
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
RECOMMENDED SCREWS INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

Types of screw required determined by YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
material of profile used - see Tech Note Window locking system shall be
#11. Refer to drawings for complete included which will increase both
information on screw type and quantity security and weather seal tightness.
needed on your specific window The locking points must hold securely
profiles (sold separately). for negative air pressure and forced
TRUTH TIPS
entry resistance.
1. Make sure that screen stop fasteners Window sash locks will be used which
do not interfere with the movement of provides .625 (15.9 mm) of pull-in.
the tie bar. The lock must utilize a tie bar driven
by a single locking handle to meet
2. Application drawings show correct ADA hardware height standards. The
orientation of keepers to insure lock must incorporate a multi-point
sequential lock-up. locking feature that sequentially locks
3. When selecting mounting screws the window from bottom to top. The
for Truth hardware, coating lock must provide for a removable
compatibility is a very important handle and escutcheon for ease in color
criteria. For best corrosion resistance, changes and/or for ease in painting or
the coating on the screws should be the staining the window. The lock shall be
same as the coating on the hardware. constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
die castings, internal E-Gard
4. For accurate hardware placement hardware, and high quality engineered
pre-drilling the window profile is plastics.
recommended. The most critical is the
Insert Link screw. Window locks shall be 16 series,
Mirage as manufactured by Truth
5. Truth recommends that a Snubber Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
14a
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 1 APPLICATION WITH TWO OR THREE LOCKING POINTS
1.453
(36.9mm)
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY 2

#6 PH FH SM SCREW
#6 PH FH SM SCREW
3X 1.188
(30.2mm)
BACKPLATE
LINK ASSEMBLY
1
KEEPER
11498.XX 1
SASH ESCUTCHEON
ROTATED 90 ASSEMBLY
FOR CLARITY
.527
(13.4mm)
RIGHT HAND SHOWN 2X #6 PH FH SM SCREW 1

TO SILL
1
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
JAMB
LINK ASSEMBLY- 2 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, HANDLE
PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREW
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY - (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, NOTES:
PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREW ( 1 PER LOCKING POINT)
KEEPER - (P/N 19051.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, 1 VARIABLE DIMENSION - DEPENDENT ON
SHEET METAL SCREW (2 PER LOCKING POINT) CUSTOMER PROFILE. CONTACT TRUTH
FOR YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
16.60.XX ESCUTCHEON, HANDLE AND LINK ASSEMBLY 2 SEE FIGURE 3 FOR PART NUMBERS AND
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (HANDED) DIMENSIONS A, B, C, D AND E
2
3. SEE FIGURE 2 FOR STOP ROUTING DETAIL
11498.XX KEEPER (NON-HANDED) 4. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR PROFILE VIEW.
14b
5. SEQUENTIAL LOCK-UP BETWEEN FIRST AND
SECOND KEEPERS ONLY.
XX DENOTES FINISH CODE
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 2 SIDE STOP ROUTING DETAIL (2 AND 3 LOCKING POINT)

1.635
(41.5mm)
1.064
(27.0mm)
2 POINT LOCKING SYSTEM
TIE BAR E DIM X 1

16.175 in (410.8 mm) 20.536 (521.6mm)
22.175 in (563.2 mm) 26.536 (674.0mm)
4.107
28.175 in (715.6 mm) 32.536 (826.4mm) (104.3mm)
34.175 in (868 mm) 38.536 (978.8mm)
40.175 in (1020.4 mm) 44.536 (1131.2mm)
46.175 in (1172.8 mm) 50.536 (1283.6mm)
52.175 in (1325.2 mm) 56.536 (1436.0mm)
3 POINT LOCKING SYSTEM
TIE BAR E DIM X 1 Y 1

34.175 in (868.0mm) 23.596 (599.3mm) 38.596 (980.3mm) 4.107
40.175 in (1020.4 mm) 26.596 (675.5mm) 44.596 (1132.7mm) (104.3mm)
46.175 in (1172.8 mm) 29.596 (751.7mm) 50.596 (1285.1mm)
52.175 in (1325.2 mm) 32.596 (827.9mm) 56.596 (1437.5mm)
A A Y 1
.375 MIN 1
(9.5mm) (2.000) .705 MIN
(50.8mm) 4.646
(17.9mm) (118.0mm)
1
12.951 X 1
.281 (328.9mm)
.611
(7.1mm)
(15.5mm) 4.381
1.188 MIN (111.3mm)
(30.2mm)
2.250 (57.2mm) MAX
2.000 (50.8mm) MIN
SECTION A-A
5.226
1 .326
(132.7mm) (8.3mm)
1
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
NOTES:
1 VARIABLE DIMENSION - DEPENDENT ON CUSTOMER HANDLE LOCATION

PREFERENCE AND PROFILES. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
EXAMPLE SHOWN OF A 2.000" STOP. CONTACT TRUTH FOR YOUR
SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
14c
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 3 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY CHART

2X TIE BAR GUIDE
(SEE NOTE)
D
E
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
2 POINT TIE BAR ASSEMBLIES KEEPER TO KEEPER

PART NUMBER DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
LH RH D DIM E DIM A DIM
11507.XX 11508.XX 11.75 in (298.5mm) 16.175 in (410.8mm) 12.00 in (304.8mm)
11513.XX 11514.XX 29.75 in (755.7mm) 34.175 in (868mm) 30.00 in (762mm)
3X TIE BAR GUIDE

(SEE NOTE)
C D
E
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
3 POINT TIE BAR ASSEMBLIES KEEPER TO KEEPER

PART NUMBER DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
LH RH C DIM D DIM E DIM A DIM B DIM
14.75 in 15.00 in 34.175 in 15.00 in 15.00 in
11521.XX 11522.XX
(298.5mm) (381 mm) (868 mm) (381 mm) (381 mm)
11524.XX 17.75 in 18.00 in 40.175 in 18.00 in 18.00 in

11523.XX
(450.9mm) (457.2mm) (1020.4 mm) (457.2mm) (457.2mm)
20.75 in 21.00 in 46.175 in 21.00 in 21.00 in
11525.XX 11526.XX
(527.1mm) (533.4mm) (1172.8 mm) (533.4mm) (533.4mm)
23.75 in 24.00 in 52.175 in 24.00 in 24.00 in
11527.XX 11528.XX
(603.3mm) (609.6mm) (1325.2 mm) (609.6mm) (609.6mm)

NOTE:
14d
1. TIE BAR GUIDES ARE PRE-LOCATED ON BAR.
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 4 APPLICATION OF SINGLE LOCKING POINT
2X 1.453 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

(36.9mm)
11506.XX
2X #6 PH FH SM SCREW
KEEPER
11498.XX
7.500 2.881
(190.5mm) (73.2mm)
1.188 BACKPLATE
(30.2mm) LINK ASSEMBLY
1
1
SASH ESCUTCHEON
ROTATED 90 ASSEMBLY
FOR CLARITY
.527
(13.4mm)
1
TO SILL
1 HANDLE
JAMB
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
LINK ASSEMBLY- 2 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, RIGHT HAND SHOWN

TIE BAR ASSEMBLY - 2 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS,
KEEPER- 2 (P/N 19051.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREW
NOTE:
16.60.XX ESCUTCHEON, HANDLE AND LINK ASSEMBLY 1 VARIABLE DIMENSION - DEPENDENT ON
11506.XX RH TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (LH P/N 11505.XX) CUSTOMER PROFILE. CONTACT TRUTH
11498.XX KEEPER (NON-HANDED) FOR YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
2. SEE FIGURE 5 FOR STOP ROUTING DETAIL.
14e
XX DENOTES FINISH CODE 3. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR PROFILE VIEW.
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 5 SIDE STOP ROUTING DETAIL (SINGLE LOCKING POINT)
2X 1.635
(41.5mm)
.470
(11.9mm)
.375 MIN 1
(9.5mm) (2.000) .705 MIN
(50.8mm) (17.9mm)
.281
(7.1mm) .611
(15.5mm)
1.188 MIN
(30.2mm) 7.527
(191.2mm)
2.250 (57.2mm) MAX
2.000 (50.8mm) MIN A A
6.586
SECTION A-A (167.3mm)
4.646
(118.0mm)
4.381
(111.3mm)
1
8.305
(210.9mm)
1 5.810
(147.6mm)
1
1.064
(27.0mm)
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
NOTES:

EXAMPLE SHOWN IS A 2.000" STOP. CONTACT TRUTH FOR YOUR
14f
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 6 APPLICATION OF SINGLE POINT WITH DRIVER MECHANISM
2X 1.454in (TIE BAR GUIDES )

36.9mm
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

( SEE CHART BELOW )
KEEPER ( TIE BAR GUIDES )
( ROTATED 90
FOR CLARITY )
KEEPER
1.188in
30.2mm
E D
1
BACKPLATE
LINK ASSEMBLY
1
ESCUTCHEON
2X #6 PH FH SM SCREW ASSEMBLY
.527in
13.4mm HANDLE
1
PART NUMBER D E 1
11503.XX ( LH ) 5.80in ( 147.3mm ) 10.30in ( 261.6mm ) TO SILL
11504.XX ( RH ) 5.80in ( 147.3mm ) 10.30in ( 261.6mm )

16.60.XX.XXX ESCUTCHEON HANDLE AND LINK ASSEMBLY
SEE CHART ABOVE TIE BAR ASSEMBLY JAMB
11498.XX KEEPER ( NON HANDED ) ( RIGHT HAND SHOWN )
NOTES:
1 VARIABLE DIMENSION - DEPENDENT ON CUSTOMER PROFILE.
CONTACT TRUTH HARDWARE FOR YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
2. SEE FIGURE 7 FOR STOP ROUTING DETAIL.
3. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR PROFILE VIEW.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
LINK ASSEMBLY - 2 ( P/N 19077.XX ) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW.
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY - 2 ( P/N 19077.XX ) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW.
14g
KEEPER - 2 ( P/N 19051.XX ) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW.
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 7 SIDE STOP ROUTING DETAIL (SINGLE POINT WITH DRIVER MECHANISM)
1.635
(41.5mm)
1.064
(27.0mm)
.375 MIN 1
(9.5mm)
(2.000) .705 MIN A A
(50.8mm) (17.9mm)
4.107
(104.3mm)
.281
(7.1mm) .611
(15.5mm)
1.188 MIN
(30.2mm)
2.250 (57.2mm) MAX
2.000 (50.8mm) MIN
SECTION A-A
1
1
4.381 TO SILL
(111.3mm)
.125
(3.2mm)
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
NOTES:

14h
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 8 AWNING APPLICATION
2X 1.453
(36.9mm)
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

11502.XX
INSERT LINK
ASSEMBLY
1
#6 PH FH SM SCREW ESCUTCHEON 12.114

ASSEMBLY (307.7mm)
2X #6 PH FH SM SCREW 1
1
1
1.188
(30.2mm)
KEEPER
11498.XX
SASH 1
ROTATED 90 HANDLE
FOR CLARITY JAMB
RIGHT HAND SHOWN

RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
LINK ASSEMBLY- 1 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS,

TIE BAR ASSEMBLY - 2 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS,
KEEPER- 2 (P/N 19051.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREW NOTE:
1 VARIABLE DIMENSION - DEPENDENT ON
16.61.XX ESCUTCHEON, HANDLE AND LINK ASSEMBLY CUSTOMER PROFILE. CONTACT TRUTH
11502.XX RH TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (LH P/N 11501.XX) FOR YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
11498.XX KEEPER (NON-HANDED) 2. SEE FIGURE 9 FOR STOP ROUTING DETAIL.
3. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR PROFILE VIEW.

14i
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 9 SIDE STOP ROUTING DETAIL (AWNING)
2X 1.635
.375 MIN 1 (41.5mm)
(9.5mm)
(2.000) .705 MIN
(50.8mm) (17.9mm) .125
(3.2mm)
.281
(7.1mm) .611
(15.5mm)
1.188 MIN
(30.2mm)
2.250 (57.2mm) MAX
2.000 (50.8mm) MIN
SECTION A-A
4.381
(111.3mm)
A A
1 1
.375
(9.5mm)
RIGHT HAND SHOWN 1.064
(27.0mm)
NOTES:

14j
16 MIRAGE CONCEALED
MULTI-POINT LOCKING
FIG. 10 END VIEW DETAIL

S
STOP
J JAMB ROUTE
.344
(8.7mm) SASH
SCREW IS INTENDED TO
BE PARTIALLY EMBEDDED
J INTO SIDE WALL OF ROUTE
. .185
JAMB (4.7mm)
. .720
(18.3mm)
1.476
(37.5mm)
FIG. 11 KEEPER 11498.XX FIG. 12 HANDLE (45265), ESCUTCHEON (45376)

.195
.188 1.024 (4.9mm) .370
(4.8mm). (26.0mm)1 (9.4mm)
.281
(7.1mm)
1.188 1.758
(30.2mm) (44.7mm)
4.678 .339
4
(118.8mm)
4.685 (8.6mm)
.375 (119.0mm)
(9.5mm)
OPTIONAL
OFFSET HANDLE (41149)
ORDERED SEPERATELY
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2 (P/N 19051.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, .616

SHEET METAL SCREW (15.6mm) .364
(9.2mm)
FIG. 13B BACKPLATE LINK ASSEMBLY (11645.92) FIG. 14 INSERT LINK ASSEMBLY (11648.92)
(U B (U
(U B .452 (U
.452
(U (11.5mm) (U (11.5mm)
.
2.289
(58.1mm) 2.289
(58.1mm)
2
.778 1.307
(19.8mm) .778
(33.2mm) (19.8mm)
.186 .500
.813 (12.7mm) .186
(20.6mm) (4.7mm)
(4.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: RECOMMENDED SCREW:
R
2 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, 1 (P/N 19077.XX) #6 X 1 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREW SHEET METAL SCREW
14k 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
16 SENTRY 2000
AWNING MOTORIZED SASH LOCK
The world of window automation is

about to take another leap forward, as
Truth is proud to introduce the Sentry
2000 Motorized Sash Lock. This
product enhances the window
automation capabilities of Truths
revolutionary Sentry 2000 Motorized
Window System for casement and
awning windows.
FEATURES: The Sentry 2000
Motorized Sash Lock will fit any wood
casement or awning window currently
designed for use with Truths three
most popular sash lock styles -
EntryGard, Low Profile, and #16.16
Sash Locks. This new system meets
the .625 (15.8 mm) pull-in which is
standard on Truths #16.18 and
EntryGard Sash Locks, and has been
designed with .093 (2.3 mm) kick-out
to free sticky sashes before opening.
The low profile non-handed design
does not protrude into the sight line of
the glass. For an added sense of
ORDERING INFORMATION: HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS:
assurance, the Sentry 2000 Motorized
The motorized lock is powered and Motorized sash lock for awning or case-
Sash Lock has a visual indicator to
controlled by the transformer and ment windows, provides sequential locking
show if the lock is in the locked or
switch supplied with Truths Sentry on Sentry 2000 equipped windows.
unlocked position. The Sentry 2000
2000 Motorized Operator.
Motorized Sash Lock meets all known Window locks must be compatible with
Forced Entry requirements. 1a. Order #16.49 to replace a #16.18 Sentry 2000 Motorized Window
style non-handed Truth Sash Lock. Systems. Locks shall be constructed
SEQUENTIAL LOCKING:
1b. Order a #16.50 to replace an Entry- using high torque motors, hardened
To achieve maximum efficiency during
Gard or #16.16 style Truth Sash Lock. steel gears and a high pressure zinc
the lock-up, this system sequentially
Note: If your window does not use the alloy case. Lock to be provided with
locks your window at two different
listed Truth Sash Locks, contact Truth. a decorative plastic cover. A visual
locking points. In a casement
indicator will verify lock-up of
application, the bottom lock will 2. Specify color. window. Motorized locks will provide
always lock first, thereby pulling the
3. Keepers - Both standard and offset sequential locking with .625 (15.8
sash and frame tightly together to
keepers are supplied with each lock. mm) pull-in and be able to free sticky
insure proper engagement at the
sashes with .093 (2.3 mm) kick-out.
secondary locking point. 4. Handing - The Sentry 2000
Motorized Sash Lock is non-handed. Window locks shall be 16 Series
CONVENIENT INSTALLATION:
Sentry 2000 Motorized Sash Lock,
The lock will be sold with an eight foot RECOMMENDED SCREWS: as manufactured by Truth Hardware,
cable allowing the wiring to be run Screws for wood window applications Owatonna, MN.
from the lock location to the operator included with Lock Kit. Length and
motor location, or to a junction box thread type of screws used on vinyl or
where it can be wired back to the metal applications dependent upon
switch. See drawing for further details. profile design.
This locking system comes complete
with keepers and screws included - as TRUTH TIPS
well as, a complete set of easy to 1. Truth recommends that a Snubber
follow installation instructions. be used at the center of the hinge side
CONSUMER NOTICE: tendency to bow outwardly at the
Truths Sentry 2000 Motorized center in the closed position. Adding a
Window System must be installed by a Snubber may increase the negative air
qualified electrician. pressure rating of the window.
15
16 SENTRY 2000
MOTORIZED SASH LOCK
FIG. 1 PRE-WIRING INSTRUCTION FOR SENTRY 2000 MOTORIZED WINDOW SYSTEM WITH LOCKS
Motor Control
Module Motorized
Locks Motorized Motor Control
Locks Module
Casement
window
with two
motorized locks Awning window with
(max per Motor two motorized locks
Control Module) (Max per Motor Control Module)
Power
24 VAC Power
55 watts 24 VAC
Class II 55 watts
Class II
Wire Code Key Recommended Total distance from

Wire Size transformer to
(Class II) farthest window Standard Wire is
2 Conductor (see chart for size) Recommended. Refer
18 AWG 50 feet Max. to Local and/or State
4 Conductor (see chart for size) Class II codes
14 AWG 100 feet Max.
Supplied with lock 12 AWG 150 feet Max.
FIG. 2 16.49 AND 16.50 MOTORIZED SASH LOCK

2.250
A (57.2mm)
SASH
JAMB
1.204 B 2.0 CL 1.625

(30.6mm) (50.8mm) (41.3mm)
1.0
(25.4mm)
.812
(20.6mm)
.406
(10.3mm)
1.435
(36.5mm)
1.406
(35.7mm)
NOTE:
FOR PROPER KEEPER ALIGNMENT USE
MOUNTING TEMPLATE.
A
AVAILABLE KEEPER B
REPLACES
LOCKS STANDARD OFFSET COVER
16.49 .500 .312 2.750 16.18, *16.19

(12.7mm) (7.9mm) (69.9mm)
.500 .312 3.0 16.16, 16.27, 16.28,
16.50
(12.7mm) (7.9mm) (76.2mm) *16.30, *16.31
* TIE BAR MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE LOCK IS INSTALLED.

LOCK KIT INCLUDES: (1) MOTORIZED LOCK (INCLUDES 8' OF CONNECTING WIRE)
(1) DECORATIVE COVER
(1) HARDWARE PACK: (4) 8 X 1.0 PH FH SM SCREWS
(1) OFFSET KEEPER
(1) STANDARD KEEPER
15a 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 I 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 I TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 24 LOCKINGHANDLE
Designed to compliment Truths Manufacturers and Authorized

window operators. The vertical Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms
movement of these handles lock and and Conditions for further details.
MATERIAL: High pressure zinc die-
unlock the sash. Face-mounted and
rear-mounted styles are available
within this product line. For casement cast locking handle and housing.
Stainless steel strike. Aluminum tie bar.
applications that may have a hard to
reach second locking point, many of
the #24 Series Locking Handles are durable coatings that provide excellent
able to use a Tie Bar which allows the resistance to chipping, scratching and
two locking points to work in tandem. corrosion while maintaining color
Consult the following tables for stability for years in direct sunlight.
detailed information regarding the Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for
dimensional differences of each. examples of Truth's most popular finish
While a number of models are options. Truth also offers a wide range
available from Truth, listed below are a of decorative "plated" finishes - contact
few of the exciting characteristics of Truth for additional information on
Truths new #24.25 Locking Handle availability of these finishes on specific
product lines.
ORDERING INFORMATION &
with its specially designed zinc die-cast
OPTIONS:
handle and housing. The unique
construction of this lock, with its new
gasket, helps to produce a more insect- 1. Choose Locking Handle style
free, air-free and light-free seal.
IMPROVED CAM DESIGN:
desired - specify by part number.
The #24.25 locking cam has been separately).
redesigned with a slight taper to its 4. For metal window profiles, Truth
Stainless Steel Strikes - Specify by part recommends machine screws. However
nose to help improve keeper number per your application requirements.
engagement, and to produce a in most applications, sheet metal screws
Tie Bars - See table located in will provide adequate holding power.
smoother locking action with .437 drawings for the Tie Bar that best
(11.1 mm) pull-in. Alignment meets your application. 5. Keepers with positive pick-up tabs
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
indicators on the cam provide quick cannot be used in tie bar applications.
visual verification of keeper placement.
POSITIVE LOCKING ACTION:
Types of screws required determined 6. Truth recommends that a Snubber
by material of profile used. Refer to be used at the center of the hinge side
A strong detent in both open and drawings for complete information on on any casement window which has a
closed positions creates a solid and screw type and quantity needed (sold tendency to bow outwardly at the
secure feel to the #24.25 Locking separately). For additional information center in the closed position. Adding a
Handle - no more flopping handles. regarding screw selections - see Truth Snubber may increase the negative air
Helps resist window opening during Tips and refer to Tech Note #11. pressure rating of the window.
TRUTH TIPS INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
shipment.
VARIETY OF COLORS: 1. For accurate hardware placement in YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
Available in a variety of standard vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Window locking handles shall be
colors to complement all window of the window profile is recommended. included which will increase both
profiles. The new zinc housing is security and weather seal tightness.
painted to match the handle which 2. For vinyl window applications, The locks must hold securely up to 200
eliminates the possibility of color mounting screws should pass through lbs. of force per lock for negative air
variances between the two components. two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and pressure and forced entry resistance.
A perfect match to your operator also. one insert wall. For this reason, it may
TANDEM OPERATION:
be necessary to use a longer screw than Window sash locks will be used which
is recommended. provide up to .437 (11.1 mm) of pull-
For tandem locking operation, a in. The lock must also allow tandem
concealed tie bar is easily adaptable. 3. Truth recommends that stainless operation of two locks to meet ADA
Unlike other models, this same model steel screws be used to fasten stainless hardware height standards. The lock
(#24.25) can be used in both tie bar and steel components to the window. shall be constructed of high pressure
non-tie bar applications greatly reducing When selecting mounting screws for zinc alloy die castings and utilize a
unnecessary cost and inventory. Truth hardware, coating compatibility
WARRANTY:
stainless steel strike.
is one of the most important criteria.
For best corrosion resistance the Window locks shall be 24 series,
16
Protected under the terms of the Truth coating on the screws should be the Locking Handle as manufactured by
Warranty for Window and Door same as the coating on the hardware. Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
2
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH FACE MOUNTED LOCKING HANDLES
.312in
1.500in
7.92mm
38.10mm
"C" 2.375in
"B" 60.33mm
"A" .375in
2.500in
63.50mm 9.53mm
.266in
PARTS SHOWN 6.76mm
24.11 LOCKING HANDLE
21087 KEEPER
LOCK CUT OUT DETAIL
FIG. 2 LOCKING HANDLE 24.10

.062in
1.57mm
.373in
9.47mm
2.375in
60.33mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
PVC/METAL/WOOD:
2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD
SST SCREWS.
( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
DETERMINED BY PROFILE )
NOTE:
NOT TIE BAR COMPATIBLE.
AVAILABLE KEEPERS "A" "B" "C"
21087 .250 ( 6.4mm ) .594 ( 15.1mm ) .750 ( 19.1mm )
21088 .375 ( 9.5mm ) .594 ( 15.1mm ) .750 ( 19.1mm )
21089 .438 ( 11.1mm ) .594 ( 15.1mm ) .750 ( 19.1mm )
20800 .250 ( 6.4mm ) .688 ( 17.5mm ) .750 ( 19.1mm )
31384 .250 ( 6.4mm ) .594 ( 15.1mm ) .750 ( 19.1mm )
16a
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
.062
.500 (1.6mm)
(12.7mm) ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:
AVAILABLE
KEEPERS A B C RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
21087 .250 (6.4mm) PVC/METAL/WOOD: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SST

21088 .375 (9.5mm) .718 (18.3mm) SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
21089 .438 (11.1mm) TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
.844 (21.4mm)
20800 .250 (6.4mm) .812 (20.6mm)
31376 .438 (11.1mm)
.718 (18.3mm)
31384 .250 (6.4mm)
FIG. 4 LOCKING HANDLE AND LOCKING CAM 24.12

.062 .375 .062
.375 (1.6mm) (9.5mm) (1.6mm)
(9.5mm) ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
2.375 2.375
(60.3mm) (60.3mm)
TIE BAR
CONNECTION
TIE BAR
CONNECTION
LOCKING HANDLE LOCKING CAM

NOTE:
WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY
LOCKING HANDLE AND/OR
LOCKING CAM.
AVAILABLE RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

KEEPERS A B C
PVC/METAL/WOOD: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SST
21087 .250 (6.4mm) SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
21088 .375 (9.5mm) .594 (15.1mm) TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
21089 .438 (11.1mm)
1.0 (25.4mm)
20800 .250 (6.4mm) .688 (17.46mm)
31376 .438 (11.1mm)
.594 (15.1mm)
31384 .250 (6.4mm)
16b
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
FIG. 5 LOCKING HANDLE AND LOCKING CAM 24.13
.500 .062 .500 .062

(12.7mm) (1.6mm) (12.7mm) (1.6mm)
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
2.375 2.375
(60.3mm) (60.3mm)
TIE BAR
CONNECTION
TIE BAR
CONNECTION
NOTE:
LOCKING HANDLE LOCKING CAM
WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY
LOCKING HANDLE AND/OR
LOCKING CAM.

KEEPERS A B C
21089 .438 (11.1mm)
1.0 (25.4mm)
20800 .250 (6.4mm) .812 (20.6mm)
31376 .438 (11.1mm)
.718 (18.3mm)
31384 .250 (6.4mm)

.500 .062
(12.7mm) (1.6mm)
ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:

KEEPERS
A B C
21089 .438 (11.1mm)
1.156 (29.4mm)
20800 .250 (6.4mm) .812 (20.6mm)
31376 .438 (11.1mm)
.718 (18.3mm)
31384 .250 (6.4mm)
16c
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF REAR MOUNTED 24.25 LOCKING HANDLE
CUT OUT
FRONT WALL
.188
(4.8mm) SASH
CUT OUT .188
REAR WALL (4.8mm)
FRAME 1.640
(41.7mm)
2.500 2.125 B MIN.
(63.5mm) (54.0mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
2.875
2X .188
.375
(73.0mm) A
(4.8mm)
(9.5mm)
.625
(15.9mm)
LOCK CUT-OUT DETAIL
* NOTE:
KEEPER MUST BE 1.032
ON CENTER OR BELOW (26.2mm)
PIVOT POINT.
.344
(8.7mm)
.125*
(3.2mm)
OPTIMUM
KEEPER
ALIGNMENT MARKS
21088
KEEPER SHOWN
AVAILABLE
A B
KEEPERS
20800 .218 (5.6mm) 1.375 (34.9mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 21087 .218 (5.6mm)
21088 .344 (8.7mm)
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 (P/N 19214) #8 X .375 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD 21089 .406 (10.3mm) 1.282 (32.5mm)
SELF TAPPING SST SCREWS (LENGTH
31384 .218 (5.6mm)
DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
31376 .406 (10.3mm)
16d
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
FIG. 8 TIE BAR APPLICATION FOR ALL TIE BAR COMPATIBLE LOCKS
TIE BAR G
20049 18.0 (457.2mm)
20050 24.0 (609.6mm)
20051 30.0 (762.0mm) G
20280 36.0 (914.4mm)
20698 42.0 (1066.8mm)
NOTE:
TIE BARS CANNOT BE USED WITH
KEEPERS WITH POSITIVE PICK-UP TABS.
.250
(6.4mm) .500
(12.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2 (P/N 20410) #8-32 X .500

PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHOULDERED STEEL
MACHINE SCREWS
16e
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
FIG. 9 KEEPERS 21087, 21088, 21089 AND 21325
E F 2X .200in
14 GA 2.500 5.1mm
SST 63.50
.562in
1.143in
14.3mm
29.0mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS
WOOD, PVC, METAL - 2 #10 PHILIPS PAN HEAD SST SCREWS.
LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE.
KEEPER NUMBER E F
21087 .375 [9.5mm] 4.735 [120.3mm]
21088 .500 [12.7mm] 4.647 [118.0mm]
21089 .562 [14.3mm] 4.593 [116.7mm]
21325 .688 [17.5mm] 4.647 [118.0mm]
FIG. 10 KEEPER 20800 FIG. 11 KEEPERS 31376 AND 31384

(with positive pick-up tab)
.375in NOTE; CANNOT BE USED IN TIEBAR

9.5mm APPLICATIONS.
14 GA
SST E F
3.750in 2.5in
3
95.3mm 63.5mm
16 GA
2.500in SST
63.5mm
1.143in
POSITIVE 29.0mm
PICK UP
.562in 2X .208in TAB 0.37in .562in
14.3mm 5.3mm 9.5mm 14.3mm
K
KEEPER NO. E F
RECOMMENDED SCREWS 31376 R .590 [15.0mm] 4.593[116.7mm]
WOOD, PVC, METAL - 2 #10 PHILIPS PAN 31384 .373 [9.5mm] 4.735[120.3mm]
R HEAD SST SCREWS. LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE. RECOMMENDED SCREWS
WOOD, PVC, METAL - 2 #10 PHILIPS PAN
HEAD SST SCREWS. LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE. 16f
24 LOCKINGHANDLE
16g 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 24 MAXIM MULTI-POINT&
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
Complementing the already popular CONSUMER ADVANTAGES

Maxim Operator & Hinge System, Secure, solid detent lets you feel
the new Maxim Locking System when the Maxim System is locked.
proves to be the most attractive, easiest
operating, highest performing, best The unique design makes the lock
value in casement and awning window highly pick-resistant.
locking hardware. Homeowners will appreciate the
Check out these amazing features & excellent reach-out capability. No
benefits: need to fully close the window
ORDERING & INSTALLATION

before locking it. Just close the
MADE SIMPLE
window to within .625 (15.8 mm)
and actuate the lock handle.
Non-Handed - You will like the
advantage of ordering and The heart of this system is the
inventorying just one lock for both progressive locking action. Watch
left- and right-hand windows. as the tie bar engages and pulls in
the lowest lock point first, followed
Quick and easy lock-to-tie bar by the remaining keeper(s) in
attachment and the simple one-piece sequence. This zippered effect
lock support plates reduce assures the top lock point on tall
installation time. units always engages and pulls in,
even in less-than-perfect
Most current Truth #24.84 lock installations. Feel the smooth and
system users will be able to use their easy lock operation the sequential
current tie bar guides and keepers lock action also provides.
ATTRACTIVE LOOK
with the new Maxim lock and tie bar
models.
Multi-Point Locks for Casement
On casement windows the addition (#24.30, #24.31 & #24.33 models)
of a lock point below the handle and Single-Point Locks for awning
improves sealing and lock-up (#24.32) look identical for a
Maxim offers a single point system consistent appearance throughout the
for awning windows using existing home.
stainless steel keepers. No tie bars Contemporary aesthetics and styling
or tie bar guides required. complement the Maxim Operator
Custom-designed, profile-specific tie System.
bar guides and keepers offer With its sleek, low-profile design,
maximum hardware application homeowners will love the fact that in
flexibility. Guides index (locate) either the locked or unlocked
the tie bars in two directions for position, these locks wont interfere
consistent and efficient application. with curtains or blinds.
(Contact Truth, or refer to catalog
drawing details, to identify correct With its attractive painted finish, the
guides and keepers for your profile). zinc handle & base precisely match
the color of your vinyl profile.
WARRANTY:
An optional gasket, installed around
the base ensures the assembly is
tightly sealed to protect against air, Protected under the terms of the Truth
water, and light infiltration. Warranty for Window and Door
New tie bar models offer the benefit Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms
of a lock point below the lock itself and Conditions for further details.
when used with the Maxim System.
Truths #24.84 Multi-Point Lock will
also use the new tie bar models,
however the lock-below feature is
not available.
17
24 MAXIM MULTI-POINT&
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
MATERIAL & PROTECTIVE INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

FINISH: YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
4. Order keepers by part number -
refer Fig. 10-20.
High pressure zinc die-cast handle, Window locking system shall be
case, and sliders (liquid or powder coat 5. Specify tie bar needed by length - included which will increase both
painted finish). Steel tie bar (powder refer to Fig. 5 & 6. security and weather seal tightness.
coat painted finish). Keepers made of 6. Specify Tie Bar Guides by number The locking points must hold securely
either E-Gard Hardware, steel or UV - refer to Fig. 7. for negative air pressure and forced
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
stabilized acetal. entry resistance.
E-GARD HARDWARE Types of screws required determined Window sash locks will be used which
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a by material of profile used. See Tech provide sequential locking with up to
multi-stage coating process that Note #11. Refer to drawings for .625" (15.9 mm) of pull-in. The lock
produces a superior physical and complete information on screw type must utilize a tie bar driven by a single
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a and quantity needed (sold separately). locking handle to meet ADA hardware
TRUTH TIPS:
wider range of corrosive materials, height standards. The lock drive handle
including industrial cleaning materials must provide a weather tight seal by
and environmental pollutants. This 1. For accurate hardware placement in providing a gasket between lock and
proprietary process has been tested to vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling window frame. The lock shall be
perform approximately three times of the window profile is recommended. constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
better than common zinc plated die castings and either painted or
finishes. 2. For vinyl window applications, E-Gard components and accessories.
FINISH:
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Window locks shall be 24 series,
Electrostatically applied, durable one insert wall. For this reason, it may Maxim Multi and Single Point Lock
coatings that provide excellent be necessary to use a longer screw than Systems as manufactured by Truth
resistance to chipping, scratching and is recommended. Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
stability for years in direct sunlight. 3. For power drivers used to install
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for mounting screws, recommended torque
examples of Truth's most popular finish for screw installation (#19298) is 35
options. Truth also offers a wide range in./lbs; not to exceed 50 in/lbs.
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact 4. For metal window profiles, Truth
Truth for additional information on recommends machine screws.
availability of these finishes on specific However, in most applications, sheet
product lines.
holding power.
If application assistance is needed, 5. Truth recommends the use of a
please contact Truth Hardwares Snubber at the center of the hinge side
Product Specialists. on any casement window which has a
1. Order Casement or Awning tendency to bow outwardly at the
Maxim Sash Lock by part center in the closed position. Adding a
number. Snubber may increase the negative air
Casement Multi-Point Locks
#24.30 Multi-Point (short slider)
#24.31 Multi-Point (long slider)
#24.33 Multi-Point (medium slider)
Awning Lock
#24.32 Maxim Single Point
3. Specify gasket (.004) or non-gasket
(.003) model.
17a
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
HARDWARE SELECTION FOR

MAXIM MULTI AND SINGLE
have strongest engagement (i.e. -
POINT LOCKS:
screws should engage a double wall
of vinyl or screw boss or insert).
Casement Windows Keeper/weather-strip interference
can occur as the window closes
Lock Selection and must be considered when
Choose a lock based on the hardware selecting a Tie Bar Guide and
cavity depth available. Keeper.
See J dimension if Fig. 1. Choose
lock from Fig. 3.
Tie Bar Selection
Cone Verses Interlock -
Keeper and Tie Bar Guide Selection
Interlock tie bars - Over-size rivet
The keeper and tie bar guide need to head minimizes the potential for
be selected together. To aid in your the keeper to slip off the roller in
hardware selection, you need to performance testing. Also, there
consider: are more Interlock keeper
Hardware Cavity Size. If you options/models to choose from.
currently use the Truth Hardware Cone tie bar - Tapered roller and
24.84 Multi-point system, chances keepers.
are the same Tie Bar Guide and
Keeper can be used with the new Make sure selected tie bar and
Maxim Lock system. keeper models are the same series -
both Cone or both Interlock style.
Refer to Fig. 1. Dimensions given
for keepers and tie bar guides are
to the center of tie bar
roller/keeper engagement point. Awning Windows
These dimensions will allow you #24.32 (Fig. 4) - Single Point Lock
to choose the appropriate
components based on your
hardware cavity dimensions.
Choose a Tie Bar Guide with an Keeper selection
E dimension and a keeper with a Select a keeper with or without
K dimension that add up as close positive pick-up tab. (See fig. 21 and
as possible to the cavity 22) A keeper with positive pick-up tab
dimensions available. will give better negative air pressure
Be aware that the Tie Bar Guide and forced entry ratings, however they
height impacts both the keeper are more sensitive to mounting
selection as well as the locks tolerances.
horizontal location on the frame. Select a keeper with the appropriate M
It is important that the lock be dimension based on the centerline of
positioned to allow clearance for the lock housing.
Support Plate (see fig. 8), if
used.
Mounting screw location - Choose
components that will place the
mounting screws where they will
17b
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 1 MAXIM MULTI-POINT APPLICATION INTERLOCK ROLLERS

REFER TO CATALOG "HARDWARE SELECTION INSTRUCTIONS" FOR STEP-BY-STEP HARDWARE SECTION
ASSISTANCE. IF FURTHER ASSISTANCE IS NEEDED, CALL TRUTH HARDWARE PRODUCT SPECIALIST.
CL
J MIN. F
(SEE FIG. 3)
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 7)
(SEE CHART ON FIG. 5 & 6)
INTERLOCK ROLLER 3X TIE BAR GUIDE

(SEE FIG. 7)
SYSTEM .350
(8.9mm)
(6) #8 PH PH SHEET METAL SCREW RECOMMENDED
3X 1.150
(29.2mm)
K E
3X KEEPER CL
OF LOCK
AND ROLLER
24.31
MULTI-POINT LOCK
(LONG SLIDER SHOWN)
B 21600 SUPPORT
PLATE
.440
(11.1mm)
1.82
C
(46.2mm) 4.250
TRAVEL (107.9mm)
1.223
(31.0mm) FRAME
(2)X #10 SCREWS 2X R.220
P/N 19298 (5.5mm)
2.941
(74.7mm)
CL
CL 5.530 MIN.
(140.4mm)
OF KEEPER
CUTOUT FOR LOCK HOUSING

.250
(6.3mm)
CLEARANCE ABOVE
TOP OF FRAME RIGHT HAND APPLICATION SHOWN
17c
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 2 MAXIM SINGLE-POINT / AWNING APPLICATION
REFER TO CATALOG COPY "HARDWARE SELECTION

INSTRUCTIONS" FOR STEP-BY-STEP HARDWARE
SELECTION ASSISTANCE. IF FURTHER ASSISTANCE
IS NEEDED, CALL TRUTHHARDWARE PRODUCT SPECIALIST.
N
(SEE FIG. 19 & 20)
KEEPER
(SEE FIGURE 19 & 20)
.350
(8.9mm)
RECOMMENDED
CL
M
(SEE FIG. 19 & 20)
SUPPORT PLATE
21600
.440
(11.1mm)
CL
OF KEEPER
MOUNTING
SCREW
2.568
(65.2mm)
CL 4.250
(107.9mm)
OF LOCK
24.32
SINGLE-POINT
LOCK
FRAME
2X R .220
(5.5mm)
CL
.625 MIN
(15.8mm)
CUTOUT FOR
LOCK HOUSING
TO TOP OF FRAME
FRAME
RIGHT HAND APPLICATION SHOWN
17d
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 3 MAXIM MULTI-POINT LOCK
1.040 .801
[26.4 mm] (20.3mm)
4.610
[117.1 mm]
2.907
[73.8 mm]
.79 0
L [20.1 mm]
PART NO. L J
SEE FIG. 1
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 24.30 1.390 1.450
2-P/N 19298 #10-24 PH PH THREAD 24.31 1.890 1.950

FORMING MACHINE SCREW
24.33 1.640 1.700
FIG. 4 24.32 MAXIM SINGLE-POINT LOCK (AWNING)
.100 1.515
(2.54mm) (38.4mm)
.801
(20.3mm)
4.610
[117.1 mm]
.79 0
[20.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2-P/N 19298 #10-24 PH PH THREAD
17e
FORMING MACHINE SCREW
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 5 TIE BAR CHART FOR INTERLOCK ROLLER
LOCK DRIVE POINT
5.62
(142.7mm)
.501
(12.7mm)
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY
RECOMMENDED PART NO.

MINIMUM "A" DIM "B" DIM "C" DIM "D" DIM
2 3 4 5 6 TIEBAR
FRAME HEIGHT ROLLERS ROLLERS ROLLERS ROLLERS ROLLERS LENGTH SEE FIG.1 SEE FIG.1 SEE FIG.1
20in (508.0mm) 11901 NA NA 14.9 (378.5mm) 11.00 (279.4mm) NA NA
11913
28in (711.2mm) 11903 NA 22.9 (581.7mm) 19.00 (482.6mm) 10.00 (254.0mm) NA
11914
32in (812.8mm) 11904 NA 26.9 (683.3mm) 23.00 (584.2mm) 12.00 (304.8mm) NA
11915
36in (914.4mm) 11905 NA 30.9 (784.9mm) 27.00 (685.8mm) 14.00 (355.6mm) NA
11916
40in (1016.0mm) 11906 NA 34.9 (886.5mm) 31.00 (787.4mm) 16.00 (406.4mm) NA
11917
44in (1117.6mm) 11907 NA 38.9 (988.1mm) 35.00 (889.0mm) 18.00 (457.2mm) NA
11918
48in (1219.2mm) 11908 NA 42.9 (1089.7mm) 39.00 (990.6mm) 20.00 (508.0mm) NA
11919 *13092
52in (1320.8mm) 11909 46.9 (1191.3mm) 43.00 (1092.2mm) 22.00 (558.8mm) NA
11920 *13093
56in (1422.4mm) 11910 50.9 (1292.9mm) 47.00 (1193.8mm) 24.00 (609.6mm) NA
11921 *13094
60in (1524.0mm) 11911 54.9 (1394.5mm) 51.00 (1295.4mm) 26.00 (660.4mm) NA
11922 *13095
64in (1625.6mm) 11912 58.9 (1496.1mm) 55.00 (1397.0mm) 28.00 (711.2mm) NA
*12925 *13096
68in (1727.2mm) NA NA 62.9 (1597.6mm) 59.00 (1498.6mm) 39.56 (1004.8mm) 19.78 (50.2mm)
*12926 *13097
*12927 *13098
NOTE:
1. "D" DIMENSION NOT SHOWN. FOR KEEPER AND TIE BAR GUIDE PLACEMENT. DIMENSION "D"
HAS THE SAME ORIGIN AS B AND C DIMENSIONS IN FIG. 1.
2. B AND C DIMENSIONS ARE CONFIGURED TO GIVE SEQUENTIAL AND PROGRESSIVE LOCKING

STARTING WITH THE BOTTOM LOCKING POINT.
*3. TIE BARS WITH ADDITIONAL LOCK POINTS FOR HIGHER DP RATINGS. CONTACT TRUTH
APPLICATION SPECIALIST FOR MORE INFORMATION.
17f
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
F
FIG. 6 TIE BAR CHART FOR CONE ROLLER
.501in LOCK DRIVE POINT

12.7mm
5.62in
142.7mm
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

RECOMMENDED PART NO.
FRAME SIZE
2 ROLLERS 3 ROLLERS 4 ROLLERS "A" DIM "B"SEE FIG.1DIM "C"SEE FIG.1DIM "D" DIM
(MIN.) SEE FIG.1
29in (736.6mm) 12008 12020 NA 22.9 (581.7mm) 19.00 (482.6mm) 10.00 (254.0mm) NA
33in (838.2mm) 12009 12021 NA 26.9 (683.3mm) 23.00 (584.2mm) 12.00 (304.8mm) NA
37in (939.8mm) 12012 12022 NA 30.9 (784.9mm) 27.00 (685.8mm) 14.00 (355.6mm) NA
41in (1041.4mm) 12013 12023 NA 34.9 (886.5mm) 31.00 (787.4mm) 16.00 (406.4mm) NA
45in (1143.0mm) 12015 12024 NA 38.9 (988.1mm) 35.00 (889.0mm) 18.00 (457.2mm) NA
49in (1244.6mm) 12016 12025 NA 42.9 (1089.7mm) 39.00 (990.6mm) 20.00 (508.0mm) NA
53in (1346.2mm) NA 12026 NA 46.9 (1191.3mm) 43.00 (1092.2mm) 22.00 (558.8mm) NA
69in (1752.6mm) NA NA 12058 62.9 (1597.6mm) 59.00 (1498.6mm) 39.56 (1004.8mm) 19.78 (50.2mm)
NOTE:
1. "D" DIMENSION NOT SHOWN. FOR KEEPER AND TIE BAR GUIDE PLACEMENT. DIMENSION "D"
HAS THE SAME ORIGIN AS B AND C DIMENSIONS IN FIG. 1.
2. B AND C DIMENSIONS ARE CONFIGURED TO GIVE SEQUENTIAL AND PROGRESSIVE LOCKING
17g STARTING WITH THE BOTTOM LOCKING POINT.
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 7 TIE BAR GUIDE
E* (TO CL OF ROLLER)
NON HANDED
1.15 in G*
29.2mm
.400in
10.2mm
.722in
18.3mm
F* F*
H*
.162in
4.1mm
.147in
.750in 3.7mm
19.1mm
* DIMENSION CAN BE VARIED TO SUIT CUSTOMER PROFILE

CONTACT TRUTH PRODUCT SPECIALIST FOR ASSISTANCE
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2-#8 PHILLIPS,PAN HEAD,SST
SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILES)
E
PART # INTERLOCK CONE G H F
ROLLER ROLLER SEE FIG. 1
40823 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.219 0.765
45145 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.316 0.862
45148 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.398 0.944
40862 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.466 1.012
40726 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.493 1.039
45143 0.333 0.400 0.010 0.619 1.165
45152 0.363 0.430 0.040 0.628 1.174
45157 0.367 0.434 0.044 0.636 1.182
45172 0.383 0.450 0.060 0.369 0.915
40847 0.386 0.453 0.063 0.501 1.047
45260 0.411 0.478 0.088 0.278 0.824
45363 0.412 0.479 0.089 0.531 1.077
45128 0.420 0.487 0.097 0.601 1.147
45124 0.431 0.496 0.108 0.589 1.135
45224 0.437 0.504 0.114 0.201 0.747
45144 0.422 0.509 0.119 0.617 1.163
45198 0.443 0.510 0.120 0.462 1.008
45151 0.466 0.533 0.143 0.549 1.095
45150 0.471 0.538 0.148 0.671 1.217
45300 0.477 0.544 0.154 0.394 0.940
45222 0.491 0.558 0.168 0.356 0.902
40635 0.492 0.559 0.169 0.552 1.098
45195 0.493 0.560 0.170 0.471 1.017
45147 0.496 0.563 0.173 0.523 1.069
45130 0.496 0.563 0.173 0.545 1.091
40837 0.496 0.563 0.173 0.646 1.192
40910 0.502 0.569 0.179 0.324 0.870
45137 0.515 0.582 0.192 0.631 1.177
45141 0.526 0.593 0.203 0.582 1.128
45248 0.539 0.606 0.216 0.394 0.940
31374 0.539 0.606 0.216 0.454 1.000
31289 0.552 0.619 0.229 0.556 1.102
45177 0.583 0.650 0.260 0.375 0.921
45140 0.583 0.650 0.260 0.462 1.008
45209 0.597 0.664 0.274 0.527 1.073
41604 0.637 0.704 0.314 0.281 0.827
17h
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 8 21600 SUPPORT PLATE FIG. 9 21710 SUPPORT PLATE
.540 .740
[13.7 mm] [18.8 mm]
.170 .370
[4.3 mm] [9.4 mm]
3.810 3.200
[96.8 mm] [81.3 mm]
3.200
[81.3 mm] 4.580
4.580 [116.3 mm]
[116.3 mm]
.113 .074
.385 .010 [2.9 mm] [1.9 mm]
[9.8 mm .254 mm] .385
[9.8 mm] .420
.210 [10.7 mm]
[5.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

2-P/N 19298 #10-24 X 9/16 PH PAN HEAD 2-P/N 19298 #10-24 X 9/16 PH PAN HEAD
THREAD FORMING MACHINE SCREW THREAD FORMING MACHINE SCREW
FIG.1010
FIG. 21709
21709 SPACER
SPACER FIG. 1111 23050
FIG. OFFSETSUPPORTPLATE
23050 OFFSET SUPPORT PLATE
.753
[19.1 mm] .540
[13.7 mm]
.436
[11.1 mm] .370
[9.4 mm]
.210
[5.3 mm]
.176
[4.5 mm]
4.609 4.257 3.810

[117.1 mm] [108.1 mm] [96.8 mm]
4.876 3.200
[123.9 mm] [81.3 mm]
.158
[4.0 mm]
.200 .074
[5.1 mm] .533 [1.9 mm]
[13.5 mm] .210
[5.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
NOTE: FOR USE ON SINGLE WALL PROFILE 2-P/N 19298 #10-24 X 9/16 PH PAN HEAD
OR WHEN ADDED SPACE IS NEEDED THREAD FORMING MACHINE SCREW
17i
FOR THE BAR OR KEEPER CLEARANCE
NOTE: FOR USE ON SINGLE WALL PROFILES
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 12 31964 NON-HANDED INTERLOCK KEEPER
1.776
[45.1 mm]
.353 1.00
[9.0 mm] [25.4 mm]
K
.074 .388
[1.9 mm] .234 [9.9 mm] .50
[5.9 mm] [12.7 mm]
OF ROLLER
.865
[22.0 mm]
.275
[7.0 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: COMPATIBLE WITH INTERLOCK TIE BARS

(QYT 2)-#8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND
THREAD TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFIOLE)
FIG. 13 KEEPER 31218 AND 31217 (FOR CONE ROLLER SYSTEM)
.377
[9.6 mm]
.463 K
[11.8 mm]
.323
OF ROLLER [8.2 mm]
.272 .304
[6.9 mm] [7.7 mm]
.219 1.778
[5.6 mm] [45.2 mm]
.438
[11.1 mm]
.068
1.289 [1.7 mm]
[32.7 mm]
OF ROLLER
RECOMMENED SCREW:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: T
SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO
BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
17j
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 14 ADJUSTABLE KEEPER (FOR INTERLOCK ROLLER SYSTEM)
.380
[9.6 mm]
.249
[6.3 mm] 1.767
[44.9 mm]
K
.510 .626
[13.0 mm] [15.9 mm]
NOTES: K
OF ROLLER
.156
[4.0 mm] .207
[5.3 mm] .419
.362 [10.6 mm]
[9.2 mm] TO FIRST
F SET OF
LEFT HAND SHOWN .518 SEE FIG 7 MOUNTING
[13.2 mm] HOLES
KEEPER NUMBER
K DIMENSION CAN BE VARIED TO SUIT CUSTOMER K
PROFILE CONTACT TRUTH PRODUCT SPECIALIST RH LH
40684 40685 0.278
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 40724 40725 0.331
WOOD/PVC/METAL: (QTY 2) #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SST
SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE 40773 40774 0.228
40709 40710 0.371
FIG. 15 40928 (LH) AND 40929 (RH) KEEPER USEWITHINTERLOCKTIEBARS

USE WITH INTERLOCK TIE BARS
40928 - LH SHOWN
.485
[12.3 mm] 40929 - RH
1.24
.155 [31.5 mm]
1.50 [3.9 mm]
[38.1 mm]
.566
1.270 [14.4 mm]
1.110
[28.2 mm] [32.3 mm] L
2.33
[59.2 mm]
.380 .070
[9.7 mm] [1.8 mm]
.566
[14.4 mm]
L
OF ROLLER
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
#8 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD (LENGTH AND THREAD .293
[7.4 mm]
17k
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 16 31647 (LH) AND 31648 (RH) KEEPER

USE WITH INTERLOCK TIE BARS
31648 - RH SHOWN
31647 - LH
.485
[12.3 mm]
1.24
.16 [31.5 mm]
[3.9 mm] .491
[12.5 mm]
L
1.500 1.110 1.270

[38.1 mm] [28.2 mm] [32.3 mm]
2.331
[59.2 mm]
.070
.380 [1.8 mm]
[9.7 mm]
.491
[12.5 mm]
L .293
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: OF ROLLER [7.4 mm]
#8 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD (LENGTH AND THREAD
FIG. 17 40970 NON-HANDED KEEPER

USE WITH CONE TIE BARS
.533
[13.5 mm]
.315 .979
.218 [24.9 mm]
[8.0 mm] [5.5 mm]
3.106 2.670
[78.9 mm] [67.8 mm]
.046 F
[1.2 mm]
(SEE FIG 7)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.419
WOOD/PVC/METAL: (QTY 2) #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD [10.6 mm]
TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
OF ROLLER
17l
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
FIG. 18 31770 (RH) AND 31771 (LH) KEEPER

.361
[9.2 mm]
.463
[11.8 mm] 31770 - RH SHOWN
31771 - LH
NOTES:
.420
.272 [10.7 mm]
[6.9 mm]
.438 .402
[11.1 mm] [10.2 mm]
K
1.636
[41.5 mm]
.219 F
[5.6 mm] 1.344 (SEE FIG. 7)
[34.1 mm] .145
[3.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: OF ROLLER
WOOD/PVC/METAL: (QTY 2) #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD
FIG. 19 31583 (RH) AND 31584 (LH) KEEPER

.463 .361
[11.8 mm] [9.2 mm]
.402
[10.2 mm]
K
.304
[7.7 mm]
F (SEE FIG. 7)
.272
[6.9 mm] 31584 - RH SHOWN
31583 - LH .067
[1.7 mm]
1.601
[40.7 mm] OF ROLLER
.438
[11.1 mm]
.219 1.106
[5.6 mm] [28.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: (QTY 2) #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD
17m
SINGLEPOINTLOCKING
SYSTEMS
M
FIG. 20 31414 (RH) AND 31415 (LH) KEEPER (USEWITHCONETIEBARS)
RECOMMENDED
R SCREWS:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST SCREWS
( LENGTH AND TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE )
.456in
11.6mm
.674in
17.1mm
1.017in
.799in
.
25.8mm
20.3mm
2.866in
72.8mm
.165in
4.2mm
1.46in
37.1mm 1.631in
41.4mm
FIG. 21 KEEPERS 21087, 21088 AND 21089 FIG. 22 KEEPERS 31384

(WITHPOSITIVEPICK-UP TAB)
.562in
14 GA SST N NOTE: CANNOT BE USED IN TIE BAR APPLICATIONS
14.3mm
16 GA SST 4.500in
E F 114.3mm
0.373in
2.500in 1.143in
9.5mm
63.5mm 29.0mm
.375in .200in .562in

9.5mm 5.1mm 14.3mm
1.143in POSITIVE PICK-UP TAB
29.0mm 2.500in
63.5mm
.200in
KEEPER E F 5.1mm
21087 .375 (9.5mm) 4.735 (120.3mm)
21088 .500 (12.7mm) 4.647 (118.0mm)
21089 .562 (14.3mm) 4.593 (116.7mm)
21325 .688 (17.5mm) 4.647 (118.0mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: R RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST SCREWS WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST SCREWS
( LENGTH AND TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE ) ( LENGTH AND TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE )
17n
CASEMENT
AWNING 15 TEMPO LOCKS
The new Tempo Multipoint Locking

System for commercial aluminum
windows, proves to be the most
attractive, easiest operating, highest
performing, best value in Commercial
casement and awning window
locking hardware.
Check out these amazing

features &
benefits:
Non-Handed Lock Drive- You will
like the advantage of ordering and
inventorying just one lock handle for
both left- and right-hand windows.
The unique handle design is longer

and more robust to meet ADA
requirements on larger windows.
With its sleek, low-profile design,

homeowners will love the fact that in
either the locked or unlocked
position, these locks wont interfere
with curtains or blinds.
Custom-designed, profile-specific tie The heart of this system is the
The casement roller keeper is hex key bar guides and keepers offer progressive locking action. Watch
adjustable for fine tuning operating maximum hardware application as the tie bar engages and pulls in the
force or weather seal compression. flexibility. Guides index (locate) lowest lock point first, followed by
the tie bars in two directions for the remaining keeper(s) in sequence.
The casement lock points are capable consistent and efficient application. This zippered effect assures the top
of resisting up to 350 lbs per lock (Contact Truth to identify correct lock point on tall units always
point. With optional tiebars for sash tiebar assembly and keepers for your engages and pulls in, even in less-
sizes from 16 to 102 in frame profile). than-perfect installations. Feel the
height, and providing up to (5) smooth and easy lock operation the
locking points. A pre-installed gasket, which sequential lock action also provides.
ATTRACTIVE LOOK
surrounds the base ensures the
Quick and easy lock-to-tie bar installation is tightly sealed to protect
attachment and the simple two screw against air, water, and light Multi-Point Locks for Casement
mounting reduce installation time. infiltration. (#24.50) and Single-Point Locks for
Awning (#24.51) look identical for
CONSUMER ADVANTAGES
On some casement windows the a consistent appearance throughout
option of a lock point below the the home.
handle improves sealing and lock-up. Secure, solid detent lets you feel
when the Tempo System is locked. Contemporary aesthetics and styling
Tempo offers a single point system The unique design makes the lock complement the soon to be released
for awning windows using 300 series highly pick-resistant. Tempo Operator System, and existing
stainless steel keepers, with a lock Maxim and Encore operators.
point load resistance of up to 350 lbs. Homeowners will appreciate the
No tie bars required. excellent reach-out capability. No With its attractive painted or plated
need to fully close the window before finish, the zinc handle & base
locking it. Just close the window to precisely match the color of your
within .625 (15.8 mm) and actuate finished profile.
the lock handle.
17.1
TEMPO LOCKS
WARRANTY: ORDERING INFORMATION: INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

Protected under the terms of the Truth Due to the complexity of the possible YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
Warranty for Window and Door variables in the Tempo tiebar and
Manufacturers and Authorized keepers we ask that you please contact Tempo window locking system shall be
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms Truth Hardwares Product Specialists included which will increase both
and Conditions for further details. for custom application drawings. security and weather seal tightness.
MATERIAL & PROTECTIVE

The locking points must hold securely
FINISH:
1. Order Casement or Awning for negative air pressure and forced
Maxim Sash Lock by part number. entry resistance.
High pressure zinc die-cast handle, Casement Multi-Point Lock #24.50
case, and sliders (liquid or powder coat Multi-Point Awning Lock #24.51 Window sash locks will be used which
painted finish). Steel tie bar (powder Maxim Single Point provide sequential locking with up to
coat painted finish). Keepers made of .625" (15.9 mm) of pull-in. The lock
either coated steel, or 300 series 2. Specify finish number. must utilize a tie bar driven by a single
stainless steel. locking handle to meet ADA hardware
E-GARD HARDWARE
3. Order keepers by part number - refer standards. The lock drive handle
to your custom application drawing must provide a weather tight seal by
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a providing a gasket between lock and
multistage coating process that 4. Specify tie bar needed by length - window frame. The lock shall be
produces a superior physical and refer to the sizing chart on your constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a custom application drawing. die castings and either painted, plated
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
wider range of corrosive materials, or E-Gard components and
including industrial cleaning materials accessories. Window locks shall be 24
and environmental pollutants. This Types of screws required determined series, Tempo Multi and Single Point
proprietary process has been tested to by material of profile used. Refer to Lock Systems as manufactured by
perform approximately three times your custom application drawings for Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
better than common zinc plated complete information on screw type
finishes. and quantity needed (sold separately).
FINISH: TRUTH TIPS:

Electrostatically applied, durable 1. For accurate hardware placement
coatings that provide excellent in vinyl or metal applications,
resistance to chipping, scratching and pre-drilling of the window profile
corrosion while maintaining color is recommended.
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for 2. For power drivers used to install
examples of Truth's most popular mounting screws, recommended
finish options. Truth also offers a torque for screw installation
wide range of decorative "plated" (#19298) is 35 in./lbs; not to exceed
finishes - contact Truth for additional 50 in/lbs.
information on availability of these
finishes on specific product lines. 4. For metal window profiles, Truth
holding power. Please review screw
recommendations given in your
custom application drawings.
17.1a
TEMPO LOCKS
FIG. 1 TEMPO MULTI-POINT CASEMENT APPLICATION
.625 MIN TIE BAR ASSEMBLY
CL OF ROLLER
TIE BAR GUIDES
"F"
5.500in TYPICAL
139.70mm "F"
"F" DIMENSIONS VARY BASED ON

PROFILE SHAPE. CONTACT TRUTH
"B" TECHNICAL SERVICES FOR
ASSISTANCE WITH APPLICATION .750in TYPICAL
OF HARDWARE
19.05mm
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1 : 1
"A"
.360in
9.14mm
"B" 4X R.125in
3.18mm
C C
1.250in
31.75mm "A"
3.200in 3.810in
81.28mm 96.77mm
1.483in
37.67mm
.305in
7.75mm
1.220in
30.99mm
9.250in
234.95mm 2X .203in 6.125in
5.16mm 155.58mm
SASH LOCK CUTOUT FRAME
17.1b
TEMPO LOCKS
FIG. 2 TEMPO SINGLE POINT / AWNING APPLICATION
1.073
27.25
"F" DIMENSIONS VARY BASED ON PROFILE SHAPE.

CONTACT TRUTH TECHNICAL SERVICES FOR ASSISTANCE
WITH APPLICATION OF HARDWARE.
SECTION C-C
"G"
"F"
.440
.360 11.18
C C
9.14
2X .203
5.16
2.000
50.80
3.200 3.810
81.28 96.77
2.540
64.52
2X .305
7.75
8.000
4X R.125
203.20
3.18
17.1c
TEMPO LOCKS
FIG. 3A TEMPO LOCKS TIE BARS
TIE BAR GUIDES

SEE FIGURE X
.50
12.70
"F"
"A"
"F" " F " DIMENSIONS VARY BASED ON

PROFILE SHAPE CONTACT TRUTH
TECHNICAL SERVICES FOR ASSISTANCE
WITH APPLICATION OF HARDWARE
"F"
FIG. 3B TEMPO TIEBAR CHART
17.1d
TEMPO LOCKS
FIG. 4 24.50 TEMPO MULTIPOINT LOCK
1.04 .75
.32 26.29 19.00
8.18
4.82
122.43
4.47
.55
113.42
13.97
RECOMMENDEDSCREWS:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2 P/N-19298 #10-24 PH PH THREAD
FORMING MACHINE SCREWS
FIG. 5 24.51 TEMPO SINGLE POINT LOCK
1.34 1.04
34.03 26.29
4.82
122.43
4.47
113.42
RECOMMENDEDSCREWS:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
17.1e
2 P/N-19298 #10-24 PH PH THREAD
FORMING MACHINE SCREWS
TEMPO LOCKS
FIG. 6 NON HANDED ADJUSTABLE KEEPER
.330
8.38
.940
23.88
"A"
1.250
31.75
ROTATE THE KEEPER RIVET

90 WITH A .156 ( 4mm )
HEX WRENCH TO ADJUST
PART NUMBER " A " DIMENSION .440 THE WEATHER STRIP
14481 .089 [2.26mm] 11.18 COMPRESSION
14482 .120 [3.05mm]
14483 .150 [3.81mm]
14484 .180 [4.57mm]
14485 .210 [5.33mm]
14486 .240 [6.10mm]
14487 .270 [6.86mm]
14488 .300 [7.62mm]
RECOMMENDED
RECOMMENDEDSCREWS:
SCREWS:
2 - #10-32 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD
MACHINE SCREWS.
LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO
BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE
FIG. 7 NON HANDED SINGLE POINT (AWNING) KEEPER

1.000
.337
25.40
8.56
"A"
2.000
50.80
.440
PART NUMBER " A " DIMENSION
33702 .133 [ 3.38mm ] 11.18
33703 .223 [ 5.66mm ]
RECOMMENDED
RECOMMENDEDSCREWS:
SCREWS:
2 - #10-32 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD
MACHINE SCREWS.
LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO
BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE
17.1f
TEMPO LOCKS
17.1g 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT ENCORE MULTI-POINT
AWNING LOCKING SYSTEM
Providing trouble free operation with Stainless steel components for

fully concealed locking and sequential coastal applications are also available.
engagement the Encore Multi-Point Convert from Truths Mirage Lock
Locking System is the most complete to the Encore system without
locking system for casement and recertifying your window.
awning windows. The Encore Lock
brings a number of new features unique PRODUCTAPPLICATION
to the window industry including an ASSISTANCE
option for securing round-top windows If you are designing a new window
and a built-in construction handle which profile, or are having difficulty
allows windows to be operable prior to selecting hardware for your window,
painting or staining. In addition, the please contact Truth. Our highly
Encore Lock features the following trained Product Specialists can assist
advancements: you with the selection of the appropriate
Easy to install fewer screws, fewer hardware to meet your performance
parts, prelocated guides and simpler requirements, as well as providing
side stop machining are sure to benefit personalized application drawings.
the manufacturer.
CORROSIONRESISTANCE
Stronger Tested to beyond DP 85 on Truths E-Gard Hardware has a
a 36" x 72" window with only three multi-stage coating process that produces
lock points. The Encore is also rated to a superior physical and aesthetic finish. Encore Lock (locked position)
400 lbs. per lock point, depending Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of
upon application. corrosive materials, including
Handle Action Built-in detents, industrial cleaning materials and
reduced handle to jamb contact and a environmental pollutants. This
tighter escutcheon means the Encore proprietary process has been tested to
lock is more reliable and resistant to be approximately three times better
insect and light infiltration. than common zinc plated finishes.
Stainless steel components for coastal
ADDITIONAL FEATURES & applications are also available.
BENEFITSINCLUDE:
WARRANTY:
Interchangeable handle and
escutcheon allows homeowner to Protected under the terms of the
easily change the color and style of Truth Warranty for Window & Door
the hardware Manufacturers & Authorized
Escutcheon snaps into lock drive
& Conditions for further details.
rather than into wood, producing a
more secure connection. MATERIAL:
Locking points can be both above and Molded in color plastic handle and
below the handle for added flexibility. escutcheon, Stamped steel and
Detent in locked and unlocked engineered plastic lock drive, Steel
positions eliminates tie bar drop in tiebar with engineered plastic guides,
shipping and helps to pass impact keepers of high strength steel or Encore Built-in Construction Handle
testing. stainless steel.
Window preparation for Encore does FINISH: ORDERINGINFORMATION
not require CNC machining of the
The removable handle and escutcheon If application assistance is needed,
stop.
are constructed of durable, fade and please contact Truth Hardwares
Pre-located guides on tie bars makes scratch resistant plastic. These are Product Specialists.
them easier to install. supplied with color molded in for
1. Order Non-handed Encore lock
Single kerf locating allows use of a consistency with our painted products.
drive by part number.
single screw at each guide which Please refer to Truths Color Chart for
examples of Truths most popular #12642.92 Encore lock drive assembly
reduces machining and installation
time and cost. finish options. 2. Order Non-handed Encore Tango
Handed tie bar with 1 to 4 locking Sash Lock handle and escutcheon pack
Truth also offers a wide range of
points. decorative plated finishes contact #12662.XX Encore Tango handle and
Truth for additional information on escutcheon (painted)
Available with surface mount (flange)
or recessed (biscuit-style) keepers availability of these finishes on specific 3. Specify finish number. 18
product lines.
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
4. Order Keepers: B. Screw it down. end of the Lock Drive and place the
#41341.92 non-handed biscuit keeper. C. Move the handle to the locked ribs on the bottom of the Tie Bar
Or position. This is necessary to correctly Guides into the tie bar locating kerf
#33593.92 (LH) and #33592.92 (RH) locate the tie bar guides. in the jamb.
flange keeper. D. Place the hook end of the Tie Bar H. Screw down the straight Tie Bar
over the mating hook on the end of Guides.
5. Determine tie bars required. Refer
to the accompanying drawings for part the Lock Drive and place the ribs on I. Slide Round Top Tie Bar Guide F
numbers and standard available lengths the bottom of the Tie Bar Guides into into contact with the end of the
(handing determined by hinge side the tie bar locating kerf in the jamb. Connecting Link and screw it down.
when viewed from the outside). E. Screw down the Tie Bar Guides. J. The Tie Bar is indexed to the Tie
F. The Tie Bar is indexed to the Tie Bar Guides with tear away tabs.
RECOMMENDEDSCREWS
Bar Guides with tear away tabs. Actuate the handle to break the tie bar
Types of screw required determined by loose so that it can freely slide and
material of profile used - see Tech Note Actuate the handle to break the tie
bar loose so that it can freely slide. then move the lock handle to the
#11. Refer to drawings for complete unlocked position.
information on screw type and quantity G. Pre-drill all screw holes in the sash
needed on your specific window for the keepers. K. Slide Round Top Tie Bar Guide G
profiles (sold separately). against the roller and screw it down.
H. Screw down the keeper. This is
easiest if the lower screw (the one L. Slide Round Top Tie bar Guide H
TRUTH TIPS: onto the top end of the Round Top Tie
under the hook part of the keeper) is
1. Make sure that screen stop fasteners Bar. Position the guide flush with the
applied before the upper one.
do not interfere with the movement of end of the bar and screw it down.
the tie bar. 8. Application of Encore Round Top
Lock and Flange Keepers Because of M. Pre-drill all screw holes in the
2. Application drawings show correct the self-locating features in the Encore straight portion of the sash for the
orientation of keepers to insure Lock System, only one screw hole of keepers.
sequential lock-up. the Lock Drive assembly needs to be N. Move the handle to the locked
3. When selecting mounting screws for pre-marked on the jamb. The locations position and mark the screw holes
Truth hardware, coating compatibility of the Tie Bar Guides do not need to be for the keeper.
is a very important criteria. For best pre-marked. The application steps are O. Screw down the keepers. This is
corrosion resistance, the material and as follows: easiest if the lower screw (the one
coating on the screws should be the under the hook part of the keeper) is
A. Place the Lock Drive assembly in
same as the hardware. applied before the upper one.
its locating kerf in the jamb and
4. Truth recommends that a Snubber position it over the pre-marked hole.
be used at the center of the hinge side INCLUDETRUTHSPECSON
Screw it down.
on any casement window which has a YOUR NEXTWINDOWPROJECT
B. Move the handle to the locked
tendency to bow outwardly at the Window locking system shall be
position. This is necessary to correctly
center in the closed position. Adding included which will increase both
locate the tie bar guides.
a Snubber may increase the negative security and weather seal tightness.
air pressure rating of the window. C. Measure or calculate the length of The locking points must hold securely
the Connecting Link that is needed for negative air pressure and forced
5. For maximum strength, stainless (see fig. 12). Break the connecting entry resistance.
steel keepers are recommended. link to achieve the required length.
6. When converting from Truths The lock must incorporate a multi-point
D. Bend the Round top Tie Bar to locking feature that sequentially locks
Mirage Lock System to the Encore match the radius of the round top
Lock System, recertifying your window the window from bottom to top. The
window. If the radius of the Round lock must provide for a removable
is not necessary. Contact Truth for top Tie Bar does not closely match the
more information. handle and escutcheon for ease in color
radius of the window, the force to changes and/or for ease in painting or
7. Application of Encore Lock and move the lock handle will increase. staining the window. The lock shall
Flange Keepers Because of the self- E. Slide Round Top Tie Bar Guides incorporate a construction handle to
locating features in the Encore Lock F and G onto the Round Top Tie Bar allow operation of the window prior to
System, only one screw hole of the between the roller and Connecting finished hardware being applied. The
Lock Drive assembly needs to be pre- Link, being careful to orient them locking drive and tiebar system shall
marked on the jamb. The locations of correctly. be constructed of stamped steel
the Tie Bar Guides do not need to be F. Screw the Connecting Link to the protected with E-Gard and high
pre-marked. The application steps are ends of the straight and round top tie quality engineered plastics.
as follows: bars. Window locks shall be Encore series,
A. Place the Lock Drive assembly in G. Place the hook end of the straight as manufactured by Truth Hardware.
its locating kerf in the jamb and Tie Bar over the mating hook on the
18a
position it over the pre-marked hole.
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 1 CASEMENT APPLICATION WITH FLANGE KEEPER
(.785)
[19.9 mm]
.165
[4.2 mm] 1
SLOTTED SCREW HOLE
TIE BAR
ASSEMBLY
4.310
[109.5 mm]
SECTION B-B 1
TIE BAR & KEEPER MOUNTING .213
[5.4 mm]
ROUND SCREW HOLE TIE BAR
LENGTH
C 1
LEFT HAND SHOWN
1.025 1
[26.0 mm]
FLANGE
SECTION A-A KEEPER
B B
LOCK DRIVE MOUNTING
B 1
2.250
1.750
[57.1 mm]
[44.4 mm] 1.125
[28.6 mm]
NOTES:
1 ACCURACY OF INDICATED DIMENSIONS

IS CRITICAL TO THE FUNCTION OF
THE MULTI-POINT LOCK 1
A
A A
2. "A", "B" AND "C" DIMENSIONS ARE
ESCUTCHEON LOCK
CONFIGURED TO GIVE SEQUENTIAL
OF DRIVE
LOCKING, STARTING WITH THE
(8.275) LOCK ASSEMBLY
BOTTOM LOCKING POINT. REFER
TO FIG. 4
3. TIE BAR MOVES APPROX. 1.50" (38.1 mm)
4. CONTACT TECHNICAL SERVICES (5.000) 1

FOR TIE BAR INFORMATION 3.690
[93.7 mm]
HANDLE
HARDWARE SHOWN
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
12662.XX ENCORE TANGO HANDLE AND ESCUTCHEON
SEE FIG. 5 ENCORE TIE BAR ASSEMBLY
33593.92 STEEL KEEPER, LH FLANGE (33592.92 RH)(QTY:1 PER LOCK POINT)
12642.92 ENCORE LOCK DRIVE ASSSEMBLY
18b
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
F
FIG. 2 CASEMENT APPLICATION WITH BISCUT KEEPER
(.785)
[19.9 mm]
.285
[7.2 mm] 3.060 X .090 WIDE
SAW BLADE CUT
.470 1 TIE BAR

[11.9 mm] .090 ASSEMBLY 4.310
[2.3 mm] [109.5 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm] SECTION B-B
TIE BAR & KEEPER MOUNTING
1
C
1 1.025
[26.0 mm] TIE
BAR
LENGTH
2.250
1.750 1
[57.1 mm] BISCUIT B
SECTION A-A [44.4 mm] KEEPER
LOCK DRIVE MOUNTING B B

[27.0 mm]
NOTES:
1 ACCURACY OF INDICATED DIMENSIONS

IS CRITICAL TO THE FUNCTION OF THE 1
MULTI-POINT LOCK A
2. "A", "B" AND "C" DIMENSIONS ARE A A
CONFIGURED TO GIVE SEQUENTIAL ESCUTCHEON LOCK
LOCKING, STARTING WITH THE DRIVE
BOTTOM LOCKING POINT. REFER TO (8.275) ASSEMBLY
CL
FIG. 4
OF
3. TIE BAR MOVES APPROX. 1.50"(38.1 mm) LOCK
(5.000) 1
4. CONTACT TECHNICAL SERVICES
FOR TIE BAR INFORMATION 3.690
[93.7 mm]
HANDLE
HARDWARE SHOWN
SEE FIG. 5 ENCORE TIE BAR ASSEMBLY
41341.92 STEEL KEEPER, NON-HANDED BISCUIT(QTY:1 PER LOCK POINT)
18c
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 3 TIE BARS ABOVE AND BELOW LOCK DRIVE
NUMBER OF ADJUSTMENT TO
LOCK POINTS DIMENSIONS IN FIG. 5
ON UPPER
TIE BAR A B C
1 +.310
2 +.155 -.155
3 +.100 -.050 -.050
LEFT HAND SHOWN
NOTES: 1. ADD THE ADJUSTMENTS SHOWN

ABOVE TO DIMENSIONS A,B,
AND C SHOWN IN FIG. 5
TO CORRECTLY SEQUENCE
THE KEEPERS IN TWO TIE BAR
APPLICATIONS.
2. REFER TO CASEMENT
AND AWNING APPLICATIONS
FOR OTHER DIMENSIONS.
18d
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.
F 4 SIDE STOP AND JAMB ROUTING DETAIL
.985
[25.0 mm]
.090
[2.3 mm]
SECTION C-C
.125 PROFILE
[3.2 mm] REQUIREMENTS
.100
[2.5 mm]
.080
[2.0 mm]
.563
[14.3 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN 1.020 MIN

[25.9 mm]
4.750
[120.6 mm]
TO CENTER
OF LOCK DRIVE
D D
CLEARANCE
FOR LOCK
DRIVE
.280
[7.1 mm]
.550
.520
[14.0 mm]
SECTION D-D [13.2 mm]
18e
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 5 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY CHART
TIE BAR LENGTH
.220
RECOMMENDED SCREWS
2 (P/N 19077.92)
LEFT HAND SHOWN #6 X 1 PAN HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW
ENCORE CASEMENT TIE BAR ASSEMBLIES

APPROX. "E" DIM TIE BAR "A" DIM "A" DIM "B" DIM "C" DIM
WINDOW ROUND TOP LENGTH FLANGE 1 BISCUIT 1 1 1
PART NO.
HEIGHT WINDOWS KEEPER KEEPER
ONLY # OF
SEE SEE LOCK
FIG.1&2 LH RH SEE FIGURES 1-3
FIG. 12 POINTS
69"-75" 60"-66" 3 12659 12660 57.44 24.905 24.905
63"-69" 54"-60" 3 12657 12658 51.44 21.905 21.905
3 12696 12697 45.44 18.905 18.905
57"-63" 48"-54"
2 12655 12656 45.44 37.810
3 12694 12695 39.44 15.905 15.905
51"-57" 42"-48"
2 12653 12654 39.44 6.185 6.550 31.810
45"-51" 36"-42" 2 12651 12652 33.44 25.810
39"-45" 30"-36" 2 12649 12650 27.44 19.810
33"-39" 24"-30" 2 12647 12648 21.44 13.810
27"-33" 18"-24" 1 12645 12646 15.44 13.685 14.050
21"-27" 12"-18" 1 12643 12644 9.44 7.685 8.050
18f
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 6 AWNING APPLICATION WITH FLANGE KEEPER
( .785 )
[19.9 mm]
.165
[4.2 mm] FIG. 6 AWNING APPLICATION WITH FLANGE
SLOTTED SCREW HOLE
.213
[5.4 mm]
ROUND SCREW HOLE
SECTION B-B
TIE BAR & KEEPER MOUNTING A A 14.75 MIN.
[374.6 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN
OF
LOCK
1.025
[26.0 mm]
9.690
B B [246.1 mm]
( 11.000 )
[279.4 mm]
1.125
[28.6 mm]
2.250
1.750
57.149 mm 3.775
44.449 mm [95.9 mm]
SECTION A-A
LOCK DRIVE MOUNTING
NOTES:
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT IS 17.5 INCHES.

HARDWARE SHOWN
12665.92 ENCORE TIE BAR ASSEMBLY, AWNING LH (12666.92 RH)
33593.92 STEEL KEEPER, LH FLANGE (33592.92 RH)
18g
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 7 AWNING APPLICATION WITH BISCUIT KEEPER
(.785)
[19.9 mm]
.285
[7.2 mm]
.470
[11.9 mm] .090
[2.3 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm]
SECTION B-B
TIE BAR & KEEPER MOUNTING A A 14.75 MIN.
[374.6 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN CL
OF
LOCK 3.060 X .090 WIDE
SAW BLADE CUT
1.025
[26.0 mm]
9.690
B B [246.1 mm]
(11.000)
[279.4 mm]
1.062
[27.0 mm]
2.250
1.750
[57.1 mm] 3.764
[44.4 mm] [95.6 mm]
SECTION A-A
LOCK DRIVE MOUNTING
NOTES:
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT IS 17.5 INCHES.
HARDWARE SHOWN
12665.92 ENCORE TIE BAR ASSEMBLY. AWNING LH (12666.92 RH)
41341.92 STEEL KEEPER, NON-HANDED BISCUIT
18h
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
P
LOCKING SYSTEM
F
FIG. 8 KEEPER FLANGE 33592 (RH) 33593 (LH) FIG. 9 KEEPER, BISCUIT 41341 (NON-HANDED)
LEFT HAND SHOWN

R1.531 1.000
1.005 [38.9 mm] [25.4 mm]
.140
[25.5 mm] [3.6 mm]
1.060 2.941
[26.9 mm] [74.7 mm]
1.125 2.490
[28.6 mm] [63.2 mm]
.470
[11.9 mm] .090
.188
.810 [2.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: [4.8 mm]
[20.6 mm]
2 (P/N 19051.92) #6 X 1 FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2 (P/N 19230.92) #8 X 1 PAN HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW
FIG.FIG. 10 HANDLE
10 HANDLE ANDESCUTCHEON
AND ESCUTCHEON 12662.XX
12662.XX .360
[9.1 mm]
5.316
[135.0 mm]
.661 .568
[16.8 mm] [14.4 mm]
FIG.F11 LOCK DRIVE ASSEMBLY 12642.92
6.319
2.620 [160.5 mm]
[66.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2
2 (P/N 19077.92)
#6 X 1 PAN HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW
[ 1.494
18i
[37.9 mm]
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 12 ROUND TOP APPLICATION
H
A
ROUND TOP TIE BAR
G TIE BAR GUIDE
FLANGE KEEPER
A
LOCKED
.198 TIE BAR GUIDE

TO BE FLUSH WITH
END OF TIE BAR
IN UNLOCKED POSITION
UNLOCKED
.250
.000 TIE BAR GUIDE
F WHEN WINDOW TO BE UP AGAINST
IS LOCKED ROLLER IN UNLOCKED
POSITION
.75 .50
"D" WHEN WINDOW IS LOCKED.
START OF CONNECTING LINK LENGTH "D"
ROUND TOP RADIUS CONTROLS THIS DIMENSION.
.169 SLOTTED SCREW HOLE

CONNECTING LINK .237 ROUND SCREW HOLE
SCREW
"E"
SEE FIG. 5
FOR STRAIGHT
TIE BAR SELECTION SECTION A-A
KEEPER MOUNTING
CL
NOTES:
OF
LOCK 1. REFER TO FIGURES 1-5 FOR
DRIVE APPLICATION OF STRAIGHT TIE BAR
2. REFER TO FIG. 4 FOR

SIDE STOP AND JAMB
ROUTING DETAIL
3. CONNECTING LINK LENGTH .500 IS

"D"="E" - TIE BAR LENGTH - 2.305 18j
P
ENCORE MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 13 CONNECTING LINK 45459 FIG. 14 TIE BAR GUIDE 41392
MEASURE
"D"
FROM
THIS 6.000
END [152.4 mm] 1.990
RECOMMENDED SCREW:
1 (P/N 19077.92)
#6 X 1 PAN HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW
.155
DISCARD .750 [3.9 mm]
THIS END [19.0 mm]
WHEN
BROKEN
FIG.
FIG.1516ROUNDTOP TIE BAR
ROUNDTOP TIE BAR12667
12667
BREAK CONNECTING LINK
AT APPROPRIATE "V" GROOVE
TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED LENGTH
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(2)#6-32 X 3/8 FLAT HEAD
SELF TAPPING SCREW
FIG. 15 TIE BAR GUIDE 41392
R12.00
TIE BAR RADIUS
MAY BE RESIZED BY
BENDING TO FIT VARIOUS
WINDOW SIZES
RECOMMENDED SCREW:
1 (P/N 19077.92)
#6 X 1 PAN HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW
18k 700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
STYLISH & EFFICIENT WEATHER-TIGHT

With its sleek, low-profile design, A special O-ring around the base is an
homeowners will love the fact that in added feature Truth has included to
either the locked or unlocked position ensure that the assembly is completely
it doesnt interfere with curtains or sealed against the leakage of air, water,
blinds. With its attractive painted or light.
finish, the locks all-metal handle &
base precisely match the color of your WARRANTY:
vinyl profile. Protected under the terms of the Truth
Homeowners will appreciate the Manufacturers and Authorized
extended reach-out capability. Instead Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms
of having to fully close the window and Conditions for further details.
before locking it, all you do now is
close the window to within .625 (15.8 MATERIAL: High pressure zinc die-
mm) and turn the one lock. cast handle and case. Steel tie bar.
Keepers made of either steel or UV
EASE OF INSTALLATION stabilized acetal.
Truths locking system for vinyl
casement windows is now easier to E-GARD HARDWARE
install then ever before. With less Truths E-Gard has a multi-stage
parts than comparable models, Truths coating process that produces a superior
#24.84 Locking System is designed physical and aesthetic finish. Plus, it
with parts that actually align is resistant to a wider range of
themselves! corrosive materials, including industrial
cleaning materials and environmental
The self-locating snap-on tie bar guides pollutants. This proprietary process
have feet protruding from within, that has been tested to be approximately
automatically index the tie bar the three times better than common zinc 4. Order keepers by part number - refer
correct distance away from the frame, plated finishes. to chart. Handed the same as the lock.
for precise installation everytime! The 5. Specify tie bar needed by length -
keepers too, have these unique feet FINISH: Electrostatically applied,
durable coatings that provide excellent refer to chart.
designed into their construction to
insure accurate hardware placement. resistance to chipping, scratching and 6. Specify Tie Bar Guides by number -
Contact Truth for the guides and corrosion while maintaining color refer to chart.
keepers specially created for your stability for years in direct sunlight.
profile. And even the tie bar itself, Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
examples of Truth's most popular Types of screws required determined by
which has been designed so it will
finish options. Truth also offers a material of profile used. See Tech
connect directly to the lock without the
wide range of decorative "plated" Note #11. Refer to drawings for
need for any additional screws, has been
finishes - contact Truth for additional complete information on screw type
created with the manufacturer in mind.
information on availability of these and quantity needed (sold separately).
PROGRESSIVE LOCKING finishes on specific product lines.
OPERATION
The heart of this system is the ORDERING INFORMATION:
progressive locking action. The first Contact Truth for an application
half of the handles rotation fully drawing providing complete details on
engages the keeper closest to the bottom your specific window profiles.
of the window, near the operator. The 1. Order part #24. 84
second half of the handles rotation then
engages and pulls-in the keeper at the 2. Specify finish number.
top of the sash. Thus, you have Truths
3. Specify left or right hand
positive sequential locking of the
(determined by the hinge side when
window.
viewed from the outside).
19
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM

1. For accurate hardware placement in YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Window locking system shall be
of the window profile is recommended. included which will increase both
security and weather seal tightness.
2. For vinyl window applications, The locking points must hold securely
mounting screws should pass through for negative air pressure and forced
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and entry resistance.
one insert wall. For this reason, it
may be necessary to use a longer screw Window sash locks will be used which
than is recommended. provides sequential locking with up to
.625 (15.9 mm) of pull-in. The lock
3. For metal window profiles, Truth must utilize a tie bar driven by a single
recommends machine screws. locking handle to meet ADA hardware
However, in most applications, sheet height standards. The lock drive handle
metal screws will provide adequate must provide a weather tight seal by
holding power. providing a O-ring between lock and
4. Truth recommends that a Snubber window frame. The lock shall be
be used at the center of the hinge side constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
on any casement window which has a die castings and E-Gard internal
tendency to bow outwardly at the center components.
in the closed position. Adding a Window locks shall be 24 series,
Snubber may increase the negative air Multi-Point as manufactured by Truth
pressure rating of the window. Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
19a
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 1 APPLICATION WITH THREE LOCKING POINTS ABOVE MASTER LOCK

SHOWING INTERLOCK ROLLER SYSTEM
1 2
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

6X #8 PH SST SHEET (SEE CHART ON FIG. 5)
METAL SCREW
3X TIE BAR GUIDE (SEE FIG. 11)
3X R.H. KEEPER 6X #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW
(SEE FIG. 10)
3X 1.150
(29.2mm)
3X .800 .645
(20.3mm) (16.4mm)
MIN.
1 2
B
A
1.185
B (30.1mm)
MIN. .350
C (8.9mm)
RECOMMENDED
C
SECTION D-D
D D
2
.595
(15.1mm)
2X 21132
3 SUPPORT PLATE
2
2X 19545 SCREW 3.770

(95.8mm)
SASH SHOWN ROTATED

180 FOR CLARITY
FRAME
FRAME
24.84.XX.101 4X R .156
MULTI-POINT (4.0mm)
DESCRIPTION (RIGHT HAND SHOWN) LOCK CUTOUT FOR LOCK HOUSING
PART NO.
24.84.XX.002 LOCK ASSEMBLY (L.H. 24.84.XX.001)
21132 SUPPORT PLATE NOTE:
19545 #8-32 PHILLIPS SELF THREADING SCREW
* TIE BAR GUIDE (NON HANDED) 1 MOUNTING SCREWS FOR KEEPER AND TIE BAR
GUIDE MUST PASS THRU TWO WALLS.
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW BAR GUIDE
* KEEPER R.H. (L.H. IS * ) DIMENSION VARIABLE-DEPENDENT ON CUSTOMER
2
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW (KEEPER) PROFILES.
SEE CHART *** TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (NON HANDED)
3 WASHERS OR TRUTH PART NO. 31491 MAY ALSO
* DEPENDENT ON PROFILE DESIGN BE USED. (SEE FIG. 7)
19b
** SCREWS NOT FURNISHED BY TRUTH
*** OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST DIMENSIONS A , B , & C FOUND ON TIE BAR
XX PAINT COLOR CODE 4.
CHART (SEE FIG. 5)
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 2 APPLICATION WITH THREE LOCKING POINTS ABOVE MASTER LOCK
1 2 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY

(SEE CHART ON FIG. 5)
6X #8 PH SST SHEET
METAL SCREW 3X TIE BAR GUIDE
3X 31302 R.H. KEEPER (SEE FIG. 11)
(SEE FIG.8)
6X #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREWS
3X 1.150
3X 1.560 (29.2mm)
(39.6mm)
.645
1.185 (16.4mm)
(30.1mm) MIN.
MIN.
B
A .350
B (8.9mm)
RECOMMENDED
C
SECTION D-D
C
D D
2
.595
(15.1mm)
3 2X 21132
SUPPORT PLATE 2
2X 19545 SCREW 3.770

3X
(95.76mm)
SASH SHOWN ROTATED

180 FOR CLARITY
FRAME
FRAME
3X R .156
24.84.XX.101 (4.0mm)
PART NO. DESCRIPTION (RIGHT HAND SHOWN) MULTI-POINT LOCK
CUTOUT FOR
24.84.XX.002 LOCK ASSEMBLY (L.H. 24.84.XX.001) LOCK HOUSING
NOTE:
21132 SUPPORT PLATE
MOUNTING SCREWS FOR KEEPER AND TIE BAR
19545 #8-32 PHILLIPS SELF THREADING SCREW 1 GUIDE MUST PASS THRU TWO WALLS.
* TIE BAR GUIDE (NON HANDED)
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW BAR GUIDE DIMENSION VARIABLE-DEPENDENT ON CUSTOMER
31302 2 PROFILES.
KEEPER R.H. (L.H. IS 31301)
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW (KEEPER)
WASHERS OR TRUTH PART NO. 31491 MAY ALSO
SEE CHART *** TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (NON HANDED) 3 BE USED. (SEE FIG. 7)
* DEPENDENT ON PROFILE DESIGN
** SCREWS NOT FURNISHED BY TRUTH 4. DIMENSIONS A , B, & C FOUND ON TIE BAR
19c
*** OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST CHART. (SEE FIG. 5)
XX PAINT COLOR CODE
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 3 AWNING APPLICATION WITH ONE LOCKING POINT BELOW MASTER LOCK
SHOWING INTERLOCK ROLLER SYSTEM (available with cone roller system)
11925 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY 3
2X TIE BAR GUIDE

(SEE FIG.11)
4X #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREWS
3X 1.150
(29.2mm)
2
.595
(15.1mm)
8.0
(203.2mm)
11.700 3.770
(297.2mm) (95.8mm)
R.H. KEEPER
(SEE FIG. 10)
D 2 FRAME
.800
(20.3mm) 4X R .156
(4.0mm)
2 E CUTOUT FOR
LOCK HOUSING
2X #8 PH SST 7.0
SHEET METAL
SCREW (177.8mm)
SASH SHOWN ROTATED

180 FOR CLARITY FRAME
NOTE:
REFER TO CASEMENT MULTI-POINT APPLICATION
PART NO. DESCRIPTION (RIGHT HAND SHOWN) 1 DRAWING FOR REMAINING DIMENSIONS AND BILL
OF MATERIALS.
24.84.XX.002 LOCK ASSEMBLY (L.H. 24.84.XX.001)
21132 SUPPORT PLATE DIMENSIONS DAND E VARY ACCORDING TO THE
19545 #8-32 PHILLIPS SELF THREADING SCREW 2 PROFILE. DIMENSIONS CAN BE ACQUIRED FROM
TRUTH.
* TIE BAR GUIDE (NON HANDED)
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW BAR GUIDE TIE BAR ASSEMBLIES TRUTH PART N0. 12032
* KEEPER R.H. (L.H. IS 31301) 3 (CONE ROLLER) OR PART NO. 11901 (INTERLOCK
** #8 PH SST SHEET METAL SCREW (KEEPER) ROLLER) MAY BE USED.
11925 TIE BAR ASSEMBLY (NON HANDED)
4 THIS SYSTEM WOULD BE REPEATED ON BOTH
* DEPENDENT ON PROFILE DESIGN JAMBS OF AN AWNING WINDOW.
** SCREWS NOT FURNISHED BY TRUTH
XX PAINT COLOR CODE
19d
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 4 TIE BAR CHART FOR INTERLOCK ROLLER
.500
(12.7mm)
A
TIE BAR ASSEMBLY
PART NO.
WINDOW SIZE
2 ROLLERS 3 ROLLERS
A DIM B DIM C DIM
22 in (558.8mm) 11113 NA 10.9 (276.9mm) 7.0 (177.8mm) NA

26 in (660.4mm) 11114 NA 14.9 (378.5mm) 11.0 (279.4mm) NA
30 in (762.0mm) 11115 NA 18.9 (480.1mm) 15.0 (381.0mm) NA
34 in (863.6mm) 11116 11126 22.9 (581.7mm) 19.0 (482.6mm) 10.0 (254.0mm)
38 in (965.2mm) 11117 11127 26.9 (683.3mm) 23.0 (584.2mm) 12.0 (304.8mm)
42 in (1066.8mm) 11118 11128 30.9 (784.9mm) 27.0 (685.8mm) 14.0 (355.6mm)
46 in (1168.4mm) 11119 11129 34.9 (886.5mm) 31.0 (787.4mm) 16.0 (406.4mm)
50 in (1270.0mm) 11120 11130 38.9 (988.1mm) 35.0 (889.0mm) 18.0 (457.2mm)
54 in (1371.6mm) 11121 11131 42.9 (1089.7mm) 39.0 (990.6mm) 20.0 (508.0mm)
58 in (1473.2mm) 11122 11132 46.9 (1191.3mm) 43.0 (1092.2mm) 22.0 (558.8mm)
62 in (1574.8mm) 11123 11133 50.9 (1292.9mm) 47.0 (1193.8mm) 24.0 (609.6mm)
66 in (1676.4mm) 11124 11134 54.9 (1394.5mm) 51.0 (1295.4mm) 26.0 (660.4mm)
70 in (1778.0mm) 11125 11135 58.9 (1496.1mm) 55.0 (1397.0mm) 28.0 (711.2mm)
19e
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG. 5 SUPPORT PLATES

.074
(1.9mm)
.156
.590
(4.0mm)
(15.0mm)
.590
(15.0mm) .278
.350 (7.1mm)
2X .170
(4.3mm) (8.9mm)
.295 .080
.660 (7.5mm) (2.0mm) 4.152
(16.8mm) (105.5mm)
21132 SUPPORT PLATE SUPPORT PLATE 31491
FIG. 6 KEEPER 31302 AND 31301 FIG. 7 SUPPORT WASHER

(FOR INTERLOCK ROLLER SYSTEM)
31302 - RH SHOWN
31301 - LH
.320
.070 1.562 (8.0mm)
(1.8mm) (39.7mm)
.188
(4.8mm)
1.930
(49.0mm)
.625
(15.9mm)
2.375
(60.3mm) 21134 WASHER
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SST
FIG. 8 ADJUSTABLE KEEPER FIG. 9 ADJUSTABLE TIE BAR GUIDE

(FOR INTERLOCK ROLLER SYSTEM) NON HANDED
RIGHT HAND SHOWN 1.150
(29.2mm)
.625 .400
.362 .286
(15.9mm) (10.2mm)
(9.2mm) .246 (7.2mm)
(6.2mm)
.325 A
.800 (8.2mm)
(20.3mm) A .715
1.850
(47.0mm) (18.2mm) B
.162
(4.1mm)
.750
A DIMENSION WILL VARY TO SUIT CUSTOMER PROFILE (19.1mm)
A & B DIMENSIONS WILL VARY TO SUIT CUSTOMER PROFILE
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
19f
24 MULTI-POINT
LOCKING SYSTEM
19g 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
15 PUSH OUT HARDWARE
When your project requires hardware

that looks like casement window from
the turn of the century, turn to Truth
Hardware for our new line of hardware
for push-out windows which combines
the aesthetic characteristics from
yesteryear with the performance
requirements of today.
Push-out window systems have seen a
resurgence in recent times with the
popularity of timber frame, log and
craftsman style homes, and builders are
also incorporating this manual style
window into sidelights for doors.
Following extensive research and
engineering, Truth is launching a full
line of hinges, locks and related push-
out hardware to meet the requirements
of this popular market segment.
Available in both classic and retro
looks, Truths hardware systems for
push-out windows are designed to meet
your historic application needs.
LOCK BAR SYSTEMS HINGES PRODUCT APPLICATION
Truth has designed two types of lock Truth also offers special high friction ASSISTANCE:
bar systems one for standard push- hinges which were engineered to fit the If you are designing a new window
out windows and the other specifically standard hinge cavity to help provide profile, or are having difficulty
designed for French style double resistance to wind moving the sash selecting hardware for your window,
casement window applications. while in the open position. Available please contact Truth. Our highly
in stainless steel as a standard, these trained Product Specialists can assist
The standard lock bar system is hinges are available in two sizes (10 you with the selection of the
available in either steel or stainless and 14). With egress or washability appropriate hardware to meet your
steel and allows up to four locking options to choose from, these hinges performance requirements, as well as
points on sash heights up to 7 feet use the same snap-stud design as providing personalized application
high. With a standard backset of Truths standard 2-Bar hinges and drawings.
22mm, this lock bar is a single optional hinge stops are available for
integrated unit which allows for quick larger window applications. WARRANTY:
installation by the window Protected under the terms of the Truth
manufacturer. STAY BARS Warranty for Window & Door
If even more wind resistance is Manufacturers & Authorized
The locking systems provide a range of required, or the window sash is too Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms &
handle activation heights which large to reach the activation handle on Conditions for further details.
permits the manufacturer to place the the lock bar system, then Truth
handle wherever they would like, recommends using our sill mounted MATERIALS:
including centered low on the window Stay Bars. Available in 2 lengths, this Locking bars: Steel with zinc plating
sash to help comply with ADA hardware provides more stability when or 300 series Stainless Steel
restricted applications. open and will assist the homeowner Locking handles: High pressure zinc
when closing a wider sash. One unique diecast, powder coated or decorative
The French locking system is even
feature of our stay bar is the ability to plate
more flexible since the lock drive box
hold the sash in any position and not
is separate from the driven lock bars.
interfere with the closed screen. Hinges: 300 series Stainless Steel
This allows the upper and lower lock
bars to be selected from a wide range Stay Bars: Solid brass with powder
OPTIONAL HARDWARE
of lengths and then cut to specific size coat or decorative plate
Truth Hardware also offers a full
for applications. All French lock bars
complement of swing screen hardware Screen Handles: High pressure zinc
incorporate a shoot bolt for added
including hinges which allow easy diecast, powder coated or decorative
security. The French locking system is
seasonal removal of the screens. In plate
available in steel with a coastal plating
addition, Truth offers an assortment of
package as an option. Screen Hinges: Solid brass with 20.1
screen handle options to complement
the sash hardware. powder coat or decorative plate
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FINISH: 5. The tongued version of the classic 11. On some window designs, binding
Available in a wide range of powder or retro handles are intended for can be experienced on the hinge side of
coat paint or decorative plating aesthetic purposes only, they are the window between the outermost
intended to be used in conjunction with edge of the sash and the jamb. This
ORDERING INFORMATION: a locking bar system to carry weather problem often occurs when switching
Because of the variety of push out and forced entry loads applied to the from standard to and egress hinge.
window profile designs on the market, sash. Use of these handles as single If a window system is designed to
Truth suggests that you contact Truth point locks is not recommended. work with an egress hinge, the
Hardwares Product Specialists to help window system will work with all
you identify the components that will other Truth Concealed Casement
best meet your requirements and to 6. Truth recommends that when Hinges. When binding is encountered,
provide application assistance when designing a casement window the sash three solutions are available: a) move
requested. To assist us in helping you width should be limited to no greater hinge location toward outside of sash,
identify the product that need, please than 66% of the sash height. A sash b0 increase the clearance between the
be prepared to provide Truth with the width that exceeds 66% could develop sash and jamb, and c) decrease the
type and style of profile that you are sash sag over the life of the window. thickness of the sash.
mounting your hardware to. Refer to Truth Technical Note # 3 for
more information dealing with sash sag INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: prevention. YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
Types of screws required determined Push out window hinges shall be
7. The Concealed Casement Hinge provided which allow easy adjustment
by material of profile used. See Tech with snap stud attachment was
Note #11. Refer to drawings for of window position and maintain
designed to be used on a casement position in light wind conditions. The
complete information on screw type window only. Under no circumstances
and quantity needed (sold separately). locking system will provide a
should a casement hinge with a snap craftsman period aesthetic with hidden
stud be used on an awning window multiple security points. The Stay bar
TRUTH TIPS
1. Screen hinges are designed to be 8. With the flat bottom track, screw must allow a 90 open sash projection
detachable to allow seasonal screen heads will be raised above the track and not interfere with the screen in any
removal, therefore orientation of the when installed. Truths Delrin shoe position.
hinges must be considered when now has a higher bridge to clear screw Push out window hardware shall be
selecting and mounting hinge heads (.060 high). provided by Truth Hardware,
components. Owatonna, MN.
9. A standard 3/8 wrench can be used
2. The Stay Bar utilizes a loose rivet at to adjust a hinge equipped with the
the sash bracket to allow easy sash adjustable stud, however this will
disconnection for maintenance. require detaching the support arms
Orientation of the sash bracket and pin from the track. To adjust this hinge
must be considered to avoid the pin without detaching the support arms it is
falling out and becoming lost. necessary to use Truths slim-line
wrench #31887
3. Friction hinges and Stay bars
provide only limited resistance to wind 10. When selecting mounting screws
driven sash movement. Push out for Truth hardware, coating
windows using this hardware should compatibility is one of the most
not be left unattended in windy important criteria. For best corrosion
conditions. resistance the coating on the screws
4. A construction handle (PN 23377) the hardware. For more information
is available for operation of the locking see Tech Note #11.
systems without having the decorative
handles in place.
20.1a
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.1CLASSICMULTI-POINT60.00.XX.001/.002 FIG.2CLASSICSINGLEPOINT60.01.XX.001/.002
.90 .34
.75 .59
.75
1.27
1.70 2.26
1.70 2.26
3.85
3.85
1.12
L.H. SHOWN L.H. SHOWN 1.12
.67
.67
SCREWS: 19146 SCREWS: 19146
10-32 X 1 PH OH MS 10-32 X 1 PH OH MS
FIG.3RETROMULTI-POINT60.02.XX.001/.002 FIG.4RETROSINGLEPOINT60.03.XX.001/.002
.34
.75 .90 .59
.75
1.70 2.26 1.27
1.70 2.26
3.77
3.77
1.09
L.H. SHOWN L.H. SHOWN 1.09
.79 .79
SCREWS: 19146 SCREWS: 19146
10-32 X 1 PH OH MS 10-32 X 1 PH OH MS
FIG.5SPINDLE22852
7 mm
1.220
7 mm
CUSTOM LENGTHS
NOTE: OFFERED
CLEARANCE HOLE
IS .4375
20.1b
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
?%Q.A% F%Q.A% G<!%;I.&9>J%%K<K%L%??MM G*N-O,

&9=%!I#$.G%K9K
!">9.:"#;% !">9.:"#;% 7MM%="!!I= G,23P+
MM 2N K&K K>K ;.II! ;;. KIK
?EB 7A5F 4DE7F 4DCB? FA7?
FBB 4EA@E 44A?C 4DE7E 4DCBD @A55
CBB ?DAC? 47A4D 4DE7C 4DCBF 44A54
5BB D4AEB ?@AB4 4DE7@ 4DCBE 4EA@E
4BBB D7AD@ DFA55 44AE@ 4DE75 4DCBC 47AC7
4?BB F@A?F F?A@C 4EAE4 4DE77 4DCB@ ?DAC?
4FBB EEA44 EBAC? 47AFE 4DCBB 4DCB5 ?DAC?
4CBB CDABB E5AE4 ?DAD7 4DCB4 4DCB7 ?DAC?
FIG.6LOCKBARCENTERHANDLE FIG.7APPLICATIONOFLOCKBARINTOSASHROUTING
(SEECHARTABOVE) ANDDRILLINGPATTERN
.47
4.00
.430
+.010
.080
-.000
"C"
"A"+.125
"D"
SPINDLE 1.25
"B" HOLE
FOR
HANDLE 1.70
3.29 6.75 3.80

"A" .4375
.219
1.70
1.18
"D"
"A"-1.80
.40
"E"
"C"
"E"
.635
4.00
.250
.12 .63 .47

20.1c
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
?%Q.A% F%Q.A% G<!%;I.&9>J%%K<K%L%??MM G*N-O,%

&9=%!I#$.G%K9K
!">9.:"#;% !">9.:"#;% 7MM%="!!I= G,23P+
MM 2N K&K K>K ;.II! ;;.
CBB ?DAC? 47A4D 4D@EB 4D@CB 5ABB
5BB D4AEB ?@AB4 4D@E4 4D@C4 5ABB
4BBB D7AD@ DFA55 44AE@ 4D@E? 4D@C? 5ABB
4?BB F@A?F F?A@C 4EAE4 4D@ED 4D@CD 5ABB
4FBB EEA44 EBAC? 47AFE 4D@EF 4D@CF 5ABB
4CBB CDABB E5AE4 ?DAD7 4D@EE 4D@CE 5ABB
FIG.8LOCKBARLOWHANDLE FIG.9APPLICATIONOFLOCKBARINTOSASH
(SEECHARTABOVE) ROUTINGANDDRILLINGPATTERN
.47
4.00
.430
"C"
"B"
6.75 "A"+.030
"A"
"A"-1.80
"D"
1.18 +.010
.080
-.000
SPINDLE
HOLE 1.25
.40
FOR
HANDLE
"C"
3.29 1.70 3.80
.4375
.219
1.70
"D"
8.00 .635
4.00
.250
2.24
.12 .63 .47

20.1d
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.10KEEPER-JAMB23230 FIG.11KEEPER-JAMB23321
.75
.25 2.75
.29 .25 1.54 .15

.50
2X .24
.07
.38 .55 .37
.28
.72
.42
.25
.09 TYP. .25
1.75
1.94 .18
NOTE: ALSO FUNCTIONS AS SHOOT BOLT KEEPER
SCREWS: 19240 - 8 X 1 PH FH SMS
FIG.12SHOOTBOLTKEEPER23323 FIG.13KEEPER-JAMB33004
2X .37
2X .25 2X .21
.09 TYP.
2X .18
.28
2.02
.39 .07
.57
.35 .75
.37
2X .25 .12
1.92
2X .41
1.75
SCREWS: 19240 - 8 X 1 PH FH SMS 2X .25
FIG.14SHOOTBOLTINSERT23298 FIG.15KEEPER-SINGLEPOINT30569
.54 .82
COLOR: BLACK
2X .34 .50
.05
.10
.44
.57
.29
.25
1.00 .41
1.50
2.94
NOTE: FITS BELOW 23323 SHOOT BOLT KEEPER 3.62
.12
.40
20.1e .27
SCREWS: 19110 - 7 X 3/4 PH FH SMS

PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.16FRENCHLONGLOCKBOX13485
SLIDE CLIPS OUT

TO COVER LOCK BAR
6.500
LOCK BAR
6.100
.800
AMOUNT
OF TRAVEL
.866 2X .838
[22]
3.250
.625
.100
.255 1.228 SCREWS: 19240 - 8 X 1 PH FH SMS
.475
FIG.17FRENCHSHORTLOCKBOX7COVER13875
LOCK BAR COVER

INCLUDED
.628
3.23
6.06
AMOUNT OF
TRAVEL 3.75
.785 .237
2.18
LOCK BAR
.29
2X .843
.866
[22]
1.875 .630
SCREWS: 19240 - 8 X 1 PH FH SMS 1.403

.254 .916
20.1f
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
:":9*:$;)* D"&*()%8E9*************************************6D6 ('AF*G'$%E*9)$89E********************* ('AF$%8************* :A&)I*******************************************

9"%H()*
6"6****** 6A6 G'$%E: 9'():
9)$89E*
9<=>?@* !"# !$% 5!!
6H6 6)6 676 686 696 6$6
A@=B@C@> !! $% $% &'(()& %'*&'(()&
+,-.+ +/. 0.-10 2-00 013/. 014/5 01-20 4-0, 0-3,
1,-+/ 15. 02-41 0.-+1 013/0 014,. 03-/1 5-1. 0-3, /-53
4,-1/ 2+. +.-43 02-+3 013/+ 014,0 +1-/3 04-+0 0-3, 2-,. 0+-.4
2,-,/ /2. +2-/3 +.-43 013/1 014,+ +3-33 05-44 0-3, 3-1/ 0,-+/
/,-3/ ,3. 1.-,1 +2-21 013/4 014,1 11-51 4-13 +4-/2 +-./ 0+-0+ ++-1/
,3-0+ 50. 12-3/ 1.-// 013/2 014,4 15-./ 4-+1 +5-/1 +-./ 04-/3 +,-4,
33-13 0.4. 4.-55 12-,5 013// 014,2 44-05 4-13 14-35 +-./ 0,-++ 1+-2/
FIG.18FRENCHCASEMENTLOCKBAR- FIG.19APPLICATIONOFLOCKBARINTOSASH
LONGBOX(SEECHARTABOVE) ROUTINGANDDRILLINGPATTERN
.667
1.178
2.006
.570 .093
2.360
"G"
"H" .430
"I"
+.010
.080
"B" -.000
"A"-.160
"C"
1.25
1.68
"A" 6.500 6.78

.4375
.219
.866
[22 mm]
"D"
"B"
"F" .40
.635
"E"
.250
.63
20.1g .570 2.360 .093
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
6"67*6$8)* B"&*()%CD7*************************************9B9 ('?E*F'$%D*7)$C7D********************* ('?E$%C************* 6?&)H*******************************************

7"%G()*
9"9****** 9?9 F'$%D6 7'()6
7)$C7D*
7:;<=>* !"# !$% 4!!
9G9 9)9 9I9 9C9 979 9$9
?>;@>A>< !! $% $% &'(()& %'*&'(()&
+,-./ +01 21-.2 3-22 2./01 2.,04 2+-24 ,-25 2-/5
.,-02 .41 23-,. 21-+. 2./02 2.,51 25-.2 4-.1 2-/5 0-4/
,,-,2 3+1 +1-,/ 23-+/ 2./0+ 2.,52 ++-+2 2,-+2 2-/5 3-51 2+-1,
33-2 031 +3-0/ +1-,/ 2./0. 2.,5+ +5-33 24-,, 2-/5 /-.0 25-+0
03-+2 5/1 .1-5. +3-3. 2./0, 2.,5. .+-02 ,-./ +,-03 +-10 2+-2+ ++-.0
53-,0 421 .3-/0 .1-00 2./03 2.,5, .5-5. ,-+. +4-0. +-10 2,-0/ +5-,5
/3-5+ 21,1 ,1-44 .3-54 2./00 2.,53 ,+-/0 ,-./ .,-/4 +-10 25-++ .+-30
FIG.20FRENCHCASEMENTLOCKBAR- FIG.21APPLICATIONOFLOCKBARINTOSASH
SHORTBOX(SEECHARTABOVE) ROUTINGANDDRILLINGPATTERN
.667
1.178
2.006
.093
.570 2.360
"G"
"H" .430
"I"
+.010
.080
"B" -.000
"C"
1.25 "A"-.160
1.68
"A" 3.750 2.85

.4375
.219
.866
[22 mm]
"B" "D"
"F" .40
.635
"E"
.250
20.1h
.63
2.360 .093
.570
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.22SCREENHINGE-METAL29.20.XX.00/.002
L.H. SHOWN
.03
LOOSE PIN
.25 .25
.50
1.00
.31 .30
.58
.88 .70
1.03 1.02
SCREWS: 19051 - 6 X 1 T17 PH FH SMS
FIG.23SCREENHINGE-WOOD29.21.XX.001/.002
.06
.24
1.50
.75
.25
L.H. SHOWN
.25
1.50
2.00 SCREWS: 19187 - 7 X 1 T17 PH FU SMS
FIG.24SCREENKNOB13301.XX FIG.25SCREENPULL
.62
41678.XX/41679.XX
.31
.28
1.25 .62
1.80 1.24
.50
3.98
.15
.65
L.H. SHOWN
SCREW INCLUDED: 8-32 X 1

PH/SL TH MS
20.1i .69 .68

SCREWS: 19146
.89 10-32 X 1 PH OH MS
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.2612.81STAYBAR
PART NUMBER "A" "B"

12.81.XX.001 17.00 12.00
12.81.XX.002 12.00 7.00
SCREWS: #8 X 1 FH WS (QTY:2
(INCLUDED) #8 X 1.5 FH WS (QTY:4)
"B"
1.00
"A"
1.25
2.12
.61
.93 20.1j
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.2712.81STAYBAR
2X 1.00
2X 1.15 2X .40
1.25
4X .19 4X .35
15.40
4X .30
PART NUMBER "A" "B"

12.81.XX.001 12.00 17.00
12.81.XX.002 7.00 12.00 2.12
.93
.93
.80 .39
.80
PIN IS REMOVABLE
TO DISCONNECT SASH
"A"
"B"
1.00
.875
.50 .625
2.00
2X .27 2X .25
.54
1.500
20.1k
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.2814.61FRICTIONHINGE14-STANDARDWASH
7.19
4.25
2.625
1.25
1.250
5.250
9.250
13.625
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
LEFT HAND SHOWN (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
FOR SASH ARM:(QTY:8)

#7 X 3/4 FH SMS
FOR TRACK:(QTY:8)
#7 X 3/4 FU SMS SST
86 MAX.
.4430
.7180
6.5660
OPTIONAL
20.1l
STOP
33045
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.2914.60FRICTIONHINGE10-STANDARDWASH
7.19
OPTIONAL
STOP 4.94
33047(LH)
33048(RH)
2.625
1.25
1.254
5.254
9.629
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE

LEFT HAND SHOWN
FOR SASH ARM:(QTY:8) #7 X 3/4 FH SMS
FOR TRACK:(QTY:8) #7 X 3/4 FU SMS SST
85 MAX.
.4430
5.2460 .7180
20.1m
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.3014.60FRICTIONHINGE10-EGRESS
7.19
4.94
2.945
1.25
1.250
5.250
9.625
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

LEFT HAND SHOWN DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FOR SASH ARM:(QTY:8)

#7 X 3/4 FH SMS
FOR TRACK:(QTY:8)
84.5 MAX.
#7 X 3/4 FU SMS SST
.4430
2.648 .7180
OPTIONAL
STOP
33045 20.1n
%
PUSH OUT HARDWARE
FIG.31HINGESASHSIZETABLE
% % % %
(>?(#@A>B!>C;#:<,(C<!#(>;?D#E,&4)*9%77#,&%%9#)7#,&4*=41=F
$4G)2H2#A%5"22%*=%=#E747IF
'12#3#!1456#'77%289/## J%)+I&#
()*+%#,)-%.!/0% LM#'12#'77%289/##:.; ,&"07#<7%=
:.; J)=&I#E)*KF (%)+I&#E)*KF E987F !"#$%%&#''$'
678%9'.(## 6:);7)77)77<=77; 6:);7)77)77>=77? @2%A."BC%*$2&# 6? D? EF G2HH(.B,"3
678%9'.(## 6:);7)77)77<=77; 6:);7)77)77>=77? @2%A."BC%*$2&# E7 :E EF I(#,J(0/"3
6:8%K"#+ 6:);6)77)77<=77; 6:);6)77)77>=77? @2%A."BC%*$2&# E: :; :> G2HH(.B,"3
6:8%K"#+ 6:);6)77)77<=77; 6:);6)77)77>=77? @2%A."BC%*$2&# E; <: :> I(#,J(0/"3
678%K"#+ 6:);7)77)776=77E 6:);7)77)77D=77: @2%A."BC%*$2&# E: <: <: G2HH(.B,"3
678%K"#+ 6:);7)77)776=77E 6:);7)77)77D=77: @2%A."BC%*$2&# E? <; <: I(#,J(0/"3
678%K"#+ 6:);7)77)776=77E 6:);7)77)77D=77: DD7:>=? D: ;7 ?E G2HH(.B,"3
678%K"#+ 6:);7)77)776=77E 6:);7)77)77D=77: DD7:>=? D; ;; ?E I(#,J(0/"3
678%9'.(## 6:);7)77)77<=77; 6:);7)77)77>=77? DD7:< D; ;; F7 G2HH(.B,"3
678%9'.(## 6:);7)77)77<=77; 6:);7)77)77>=77? DD7:< D; >E F7 I(#,J(0/"3
6:8%K"#+ 6:);6)77)77<=77; 6:);6)77)77>=77? E;667 D; >E 677 G2HH(.B,"3
6:8%K"#+ 6:);6)77)77<=77; 6:);6)77)77>=77? E;667 D? >; 677 I(#,J(0/"3
20.1o 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
HANDLES&LOCKSETS
MORTISELOCKAPPLICATIONS
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
The Ascent Lock by Truth Hardware is

our ultra flexible variation on the clas- Our window lock system provides a
WINDOW SYSTEMS
sic European style Euro Groove wide range of available drive compo-
Locking System. With multi-point sys- nents which enable almost any locking
tems available for both hinged window application to be accommodated.
and door systems, the Ascent Lock From corner drives which allow lock-
allows for plug n play adaptability ing of up to 3 sides on the same sash,
for a wide range of applications with- to shoot bolts for integrated terrace
out sparing on the quality and reliabili- door applications, our system provides
ty that you expect from Truth a solution. Rollers on all active lock
Hardware. points help reduce operating force to
support ADA requirements.
Designed for aluminum hinged win-
dow and doors, this multi-point locking
system is designed to fit most common We also have door handles and
DOOR SYSTEMS
European style profile grooves. With escutcheons style matched to the win-
various keeper designs to fit a wide dow handles to provide coordinated
Classic
range of frame styles and handles styling from window to door for com-
#14051
which are interchangeable and recon- bination applications. The door lock
#14056
figurable for maximum in-house drive also utilizes the same lock drive Radius
flexibility, the Ascent System has been components for easy integration in to
designed to help manufacturers pro- your profile systems.
#14054
duce a reliable and attractive window

#14058
and door system PRODUCT APPLICATION
If you are designing a new window or

ASSISTANCE:
The Ascent System consists of pre- door profile, or having difficulty select-
EASY INSTALLATION
assembled components which, com- ing hardware, please contact Truth

pared to competitive systems, greatly Hardware. Our highly trained Product
reduces the effort needed to install this
Adjustable
Specialists can assist you with the
hardware. Simple slide-in design selection of the appropriate hardware
Lock Point
ensures quick production rates and vir- to meet your performance require-
tually mistake proof installation. ments, as well as providing personal-
Combine this with standardized fasten- ized application drawings.
ers which helps keep the number of
installation tools to a minimum and
your manufacturing efficiencies have
been greatly enhanced. Aluminum compatible design ensures
MATERIALS:
maximum corrosion resistance.

Truths Ascent System offers adjusta- Coatings allow no direct contact with
ADJUSTABILITY
bility of both the lock point and the ferrous materials.

keeper producing maximum mounting Locking Handles: Cast zinc or alu-
flexibility and allows each installation minum for high quality feel and relia-
Center
to be optimized for peak performance bility.
Drive Block
and ease of operation. Lock point load
capacity is +300 lbs per roller. Lock Components: Cast zinc for
strength and durability.
Ascent handles are available in both
STYLISH
classic and radius styling across

the window and door offering to help
complement the dcor of their sur-
roundings. Both handle designs are
available in single- or double-throw
locking mechanisms and a range of 4
standard finishes which coordinate
with existing Truth Hardware offerings.
Adjustable
Lock Point
20.2
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
jamb. This problem occurs when

Protected under the terms of the switching from standard to and
WARRANTY:
Truth Warranty for Window & Door egress hinge. If a window system
Manufacturers & Authorized is designed to work with an
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms egress hinge, the window system
& Conditions for further details. will work with all other Truth
Concealed Casement Hinges. When
binding is encountered, three solu-
Handles are available in a range of 4
FINISH:
tions are available; a) move hinge
standard decorative powder coated location toward outside of the sash,
finishes. All functional components b) increase the clearance between
are finished in satin anodized alu- the sash and jamb, and c) decrease
minum plating for maximum dura- the thickness of the sash.
bility and corrosion resistance.
4. Truths Euro style door lock sys-
tem utilizes a commonly available
Because of the variety of window
European style lock cylinder, avail-
and door profiles on the market, able from Truth hardware.
Truth recommends that you contact
Truth Hardwares Product
Specialists to help you identify the
components that will best meet your

YOUR NEXT WINDOW OR
requirements and to provide applica- European locking system integrated

DOOR PROJECT
tion assistance when requested. To into window profiles to provide

assist us in helping you identify the maximum performance for case-
products you need, please be pre- ment and awning window applica-
pared to provide Truth with the type tions. All components are high
and style of profile that you are pressure die castings protected with
mounting your hardware to. durable powder coat finishes.
Locking points offer adjustability of
both lock roller and independent
Types of screws required determined
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
keepers. Ascent locking system as
by material of profile used. See provided by Truth Hardware.
Tech Note #11. Refer to drawings
for complete information on screw
type and quantity needed (sold sepa-
rately).
1. Truth recommends that when

TRUTH TIPS:
designing a hinged window the sash

width should be limited to no greater
than 66% of the sash height. A sash
width that exceeds 66% could devel-
op sash sag over the life of the win-
dow. Refer to Truth Tech Note # 3
for more information dealing with
sash sag prevention.
for Truth hardware, coating compati-
bility is one of the most important
criteria. For best corrosion resis-
tance the coating on the screws show
be the same as the coating on the
hardware. For more information see
Truth Tech Note #11.
3. On some window designs, bind-
ing can be experienced on the hinge
side of the window between the out-
ermost edge of the sash and the
20.2a
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.1STANDARD2POINTLOCK
FIG. 1 STANDARD 2 POINT LOCK
3 5
NO. QTY PART NO. DESCRIPTION
1 2 14048 SHORT KEEPER
2 1 14061 SHORT END LOCK PT
3 1 14049 DRIVE BLOCK
4 1 14062 LONG END LOCK PT
5 1 14051 CLASSIC STD HANDLE
20.2b
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.22POINTLOCKWITHSHOOTBOLTS(DUALDRIVEHANDLE)
FIG. 2 2 POINT LOCK WITH SHOOT BOLTS (DUAL DRIVE HANDLE)
1 2 14063 SHOOT BOLT
2 2 14050 CENTER LOCK PT

1
3 1 14058 BI - DRIVE BLOCK
4 1 14056 CLASSIC DUAL HANDLE
5 2 14048 SHORT KEEPERS
20.2c
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.36POINTLOCKINGON3SIDESOFVENT
FIG. 3 6 POINT LOCKING ON 3 SIDES OF VENT

1
2 2 14050 CENTER LOCK PT

2
3 1 14049 DRIVE BLOCK
1 5 1 14054 RADIUS STD HANDLE
6 2 14057 CORNER DRIVE
4 7 1 14061 SHORT END LOCK PT

6
20.2d
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.4TERRACEDOORSYSTEMWITH2POINTLOCKING
F TERRACE DOOR SYSTEM WITH 2 POINT LOCKING
3
5

2
3 1 14059 DOOR LOCK BOX
4 1 14053 CLASSIC DOOR SET

5 6 1 14060 DOOR STRIKE
20.2e
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.5SPECIFICATIONOFTHESLOTSECTIONFORMOVEABLEFITTINGS
FIG. 5 .590
15.0
.787
20.0 .43
10.8
.77
.866 .453 .18
19.5
22.0 11.5 4.5
.827 .08
21.0 .10 2.0
.138
2.5 .57
3.5
.709 14.5
18.0
.551
14.0
HOLESFORTRANSMISSIONRODS
HOLES FOR TRANSMISSION RODS
.77
19.5
.31 .31 .18

.24
8.0 8.0 4.5
6.0
DIMENSIONFORTHEHANDLEINSTALLATION
DIMENSION FOR THE HANDLE INSTALLATION
3.94
100.0
R.12 .24
3.0 6.0
2.68
.22
68.0 .18
5.5
4.7
.06
1.5
20.2f
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.6OUTSWING2POINTLOCK
FIG. 6 OUTSWING 2 POINT LOCK
2X .31 2X .47 2X .24

8.0 12.0 6.0
.39
10.0
4
1.93
49.0
3.86
98.0
1 3 1 14062 LONG END LOCK PT
4 1 14051 CLASSIC STD HANDLE
20.2g
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.7OUT-SWINGMOUNTINGCUTOUT
OUT-SWING MOUNTING CUTOUT
3.94
.39 100.0
10.0 1.61 2X .22
41.0 5.5 A
2X .06 1.16 A
1.5 29.5
SECTION A-A
20.2h
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.8DRIVEBLOCK14049
FIG. 8 DRIVE BLOCK 14049 FIG.9CENTERLOCKPOINT14050
FIG. 9 CENTER LOCK POINT 14050
3.82
2.33 97.0
.76
59.2
19.3
.77 3.82
19.6 97.0
.45 .99 .43
11.5 25.1 11.0
2.32
.51 3.35 59.0
.99 .22
12.9 85.0
25.1 5.6
FIG.10SHORTENDLOCKPOINT14061
FIG. 10 SHORT END LOCK POINT 14061
1.98
2.36
50.3
59.9
FIG.11DUAL-DRIVEBLOCK14058
FIG. 11 BI-DRIVE BLOCK 14058 .77 1.28
19.6 .43 32.4
.77 11.0
19.6
.51 .22
12.9 5.6
FIG.12LONGENDLOCKPOINT14062
FIG. 12 LONG END LOCK POINT 14062
.50
3.78
12.6 .77 96.1
19.6
4.06
2.72
103.0
69.0
.43
11.0
2.65 .51 .22

67.4 13.0 5.6
20.2i
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.13CURTAINWALLPOINT14046
CURTINWALL POINT 14046 FIG.14SHOOTBOLT14063
F SHOOT BOLT 14063
.06 .39 .75

1.5 9.9 18.9
.45
11.4
.48
.32
12.2 .40
8.1 3.15
10.2
79.9
.21
.73 5.3
18.5
1.58
40.1 2.83
.31 71.8
7.8
FIG.15CORNERDRIVE14057
FIG. 15 CORNER DRIVE 14057
.91
23.1 .22
5.6
1.68
.24
42.6
2.88 6.0
73.2
3.10
78.7
20.2j
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.16CLASSICSTANDARDHANDLE14051
FIG. 16 CLASSIC STANDARD HANDLE 14051

.06 2.55 1.26
1.6 64.8 32.0
4X M5
3.94
100.0
3.35
85.0
6.96
.70
176.7
17.7
TRAVEL
4.78
121.4
FIG.17CLASSICDUALHANDLE14056
FIG. 17 CLASSIC DUAL HANDLE 14056
.06 2.55 1.26

1.5 64.8 32.0
4X M5
3.94
100.0
3.35
6.96
85.0
176.7
.70
4.78
17.7
121.4
TRAVEL
20.2k
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.18RADIUSSTANDARDHANDLE14054
1.26
2.92
.06 32.0
74.1
1.4
4X M5
4.03
102.4
3.27
83.1 7.40
.70
188.0
17.7
TRAVEL
5.60
142.2
FIG.19RADIUSDUALHANDLE14148
FIG. 19 RADIUS DUAL HANDLE 14148 1.26
.06 2.92 32.0
1.4 74.1
4X M5
4.03
102.4
3.27 7.40
83.1 188.0
.70
17.7
5.60
142.2
20.2l
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.20LOCKBOX14059
F LOCK BOX 14059
2.21 .91
56.1 23.1
1.25
31.8
1.38
35.1
1.21
30.6
.28 4.94
7.2 125.5
13.53
343.6
3.61
8.69 91.6 4.94
220.7 1.96
125.5
49.7
.11 1.58
2.8 40.0
.58
14.7
FIG.21DOORSTRIKE14060
FIG. 21 DOOR STRIKE 14060 .06
.83 1.4 .19
21.1
4.9
3.92
99.6
7.84 7.04
199.1 178.8
.54
13.6
20.2m
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.22CLASSICDOORHANDLE14053
CLASSIC DOOR HANDLE 14053
2.53 1.38
64.3 34.9
.27
6.9
.80 2.17
20.4 55.0
8.23
209.0
3.63
2.83 92.1
71.8
4.51
114.5
1.69
42.8
2.41 MAX
61.2
.58 MIN
[14.7]
2.92 4.33
74.2 110.0
SCREWS SPINDLE .27

6.9
20.2n
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.23#14228CLASSICSTANDARDHANDLEWITHCYLINDERLOCKANDKEYS
FIG. 23 CLASSIC STANDARD HANDLE W/KEYS 14228 1.28
.06 2.93
32.5
1.5 74.4
4X M5
3.94
3.35
100.0
85.0 6.98
177.3
.72
18.2
TRAVEL 4.81
122.2
FIG.24#14230CLASSICDUALHANDLEWITHCYLINDERLOCKANDKEYS
FIG. 24 CLASSIC DUAL HANDLE W/KEYS 14230
.06 2.93 1.28
1.5 74.4 32.5
4X M5
3.35 3.94
85.0 100.0
6.98
177.3
.72
18.2
4.81
TRAVEL
122.2
20.2o
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.2514232KEYSONLY
FIG. 25 14232 KEYS ONLY FIG.2614231THUMBTURNANDKEY
FIG. 26 14231 THUMB TURN AND KEY
"C" "C"
"A" "B" "A" "B"
PART NO. "A" "B" "C"

14231 1.08 [27.5] 1.08 [27.5] 2.16 [54.9]
14232 1.25 [31.8] 1.25 [31.8] 2.50 [63.5]
20.2p
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
FIG.27TALLKEEPER14047
FIG. 27 TALL KEEPER 14047 FIG.28SHORTKEEPER14048
FIG. 28 SHORT KEEPER 14048
.87 .78
22.1 19.8
.87
.79 22.1
20.1
.53 .46
.28 13.5 .26 11.6
7.2 6.7
FIG.29ADJUSTABLEKEEPER14064
FIG. 29 ADJUSTABLE KEEPER 14064
.80
20.3
1.50
38.10
.51
.30 12.8
7.5
20.2q 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM 20.2r
ASCENT EURO GROOVE
LOCKING SYSTEM
20.2s 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
AWNING
25 TRIMLINE
CAMHANDLE LOCKS
Truth cam handle locks are designed to

provide long and trouble-free service.
Two-piece strike design includes a
black polyester insert to provide a
smooth operation and reduce wear.
Inserts are available in various heights
to assure tight lock-up of ventilator up
to 300 lbs. of forced entry resistance
per locking point. The 90 rotation of
the handle locks or unlocks the sash.
Easily mounts to the face of the
window frame.
Truth has also come up with a unique
combination of lock and keeper to fill
the void in the area of locking handles
for basement/hopper windows. By
slightly modifying Truths TrimLine
Cam Handle Lock and designing a new
high strength steel keeper that can
easily be mounted to the window
frame, Truth has developed a hardware
system that, by simply rotating the
handle 90, easily locks or unlocks
these basement/hopper vents.
WARRANTY:
Protected under the terms of the Truth (determined by which direction the 2. For vinyl window applications,
Warranty for Window and Door handle points, when viewed from the mounting screws should pass through
Manufacturers and Authorized inside on an awning window). two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms one insert wall. For this reason, it may
4. Select mounting hardware be necessary to use a longer screw than
(sold separately): is recommended.
a. Choose strike and insert part 3. For metal window profiles, Truth
zinc handle, base and strike housing.
numbers. Make sure strike coincides recommends machine screws.
Strike for use on basement/hopper
with handle (offset or in-line). NOTE: However, in most applications, sheet
windows made of high strength steel.
#25.29 and #25.31 can be used with a metal screws will provide adequate
#30569 Strike made of painted steel.
#30569 strike plate allowing use of holding power.
either left- or right-hand cam handles

durable coatings that provide excellent with the same strike placement.
b. Optional Cam handle locks shall be included
(1) #20408 Rubber-cork adhesive which will increase both security and
backed gasket for In-line bases weather seal tightness. The locks must
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for
(1) #20556 Rubber-cork adhesive hold securely up to 300 lbs. of force
backed cam handle gasket for Offset per lock for negative air pressure and
bases.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact forced entry resistance.
Window locks shall be of cam handle
availability of these finishes on specific Types of screws required determined design and utilize a two-piece strike.
product lines.
by material of profile used. Refer to The cam handle must be constructed of
drawings for complete information on high pressure zinc alloy die castings.
screw type and quantity needed (sold Marring of window surfaces will be
1. Choose cam handle mounting style
separately). For additional information eliminated by using a plastic insert
desired by part number (see drawings
regarding screw selection - see Truth mounted in a high pressure zinc die
for various options). Note: for
Tips and refer to Tech Note #11.
TRUTH TIPS:
basement/hopper window applications, cast strike housing.
order part #25.80 or #25.81 and
Window locks shall be 25 series,
appropriate steel keepers. 1. For accurate hardware placement in TrimLine as manufactured by Truth
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
2. Specify finish number desired.
3. Specify left- or right-hand 20
25 TRIMLINE
CAMHANDLE PLOCKS
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF INLINE AND ANGLE BASE TRIMLINE CAM HANDLES
SASH
HARDWARE SHOWN
25.31 CAM HANDLE
20236 STRIKE HOUSING
20233 INSERT
INLINE BASE FRAME

LEFT HAND SHOWN A
SASH
HARDWARE SHOWN
25.39 CAM HANDLE
20233 STRIKE INSERT
ANGLED BASE FRAME
LEFT HAND SHOWN A
FIG. 2 25.29 CAMHANDLE(Offset Base) 1.00in

25.4mm
3.312in
84.1mm .250in
6.4mm
.563in 0.875in
LEFT HAND SHOWN 14.3mm 22.2mm
1.500in
38.1mm 0.344in
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 8.7mm
METAL: 2 (P/N 19630) #10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST MACHINE SCREWS
PVC / WOOD: 2 -#10 PHILLIPS FLAT SST SCREWS ( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG. 3 25.31 CAMHANDLE(In-Line Base)

1.00in
3.304in
25.5mm
83.9mm
.562in
14.3mm .875in
LEFT HAND SHOWN 1.000in 22.2mm
25.4mm
1.500in
38.1mm .344in
METAL: 2 (P/N 19630) #10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST MACHINE SCREWS
PVC / WOOD: 2 -#10 PHILLIPS FLAT SST SCREWS ( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
20a
25 TRIMLINE
CAMHANDLE LOCKS
P
FIG. 4 25.39 CAMHANDLE(A-1 angle base)
1.938
49.2mm
1.375
34.9mm
.938
23.8mm LEFT HAND SHOWN
1.000 .656 .938

25.4mm 16.7mm 23.8mm
.188
4.8mm .188
4.8mm
.875
22.2mm
.812
20.6mm
.140
2.125 3.6mm
54.0mm .438
.344
11.1mm
8.7mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
METAL : 2 ( P/N 19640 ) #10 - 24 X .375 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST METAL MACHINE SCREWS
PVC / WOOD : 2 - #10-24 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST METAL MACHINE SCREWS
( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE )
FIG. 5 25.80 CAMHANDLE FOR LOOPER WINDOWS

25.81 (inline base)
HARDWARE SHOWN
.570in
14.5mm
25.80
31329
CAM HANDLE
KEEPER
.305in
7.7mm
A
FRAME
SASH
RECOMMENDED 2.060in .610in
.750 (19.1) MAX. 52.3mm 15.5mm
.562 (14.3) MIN. 1.0in
1.500in 25.4mm
38.1mm
RIGHT HAND SHOWN KEEPER A DIMENSION
31447 .350 (8.9mm)
31439 .407 (10.3mm)
31329 .593 (15.1mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
PVC / WOOD / METAL: 4 - #10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS.

20b
25 TRIMLINE
CAMHANDLE LOCKS
FIG. 6 STRIKE PLATE 30569 FRAME
F
SASH
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
.625in
15.9mm
.500in
12.7mm
1.469in
2.938in
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 74.6mm
4 - #10 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS.
LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE.
FIG. 7 IN-LINE STRIKE HOUSING 20236 FIG. 8 OFFSET STRIKE HOUSING 20237
.437in 2.063in
2.061in
11.1mm 52.4mm
52.4mm
1.500in 1.500in
38.1mm 38.1mm
.750in
.623in
19.1mm
15.8mm
STRIKE INSERT STRIKE INSERT

A HOUSING
NUMBER NUMBER A HOUSING
NUMBER NUMBER
.218 20231 .218 20231

.282 20236 20232 .282 20237 20232
.344 20233 .344 20233
INSERT INSERT
A STRIKE A
STRIKE
R HOUSING
HOUSING
METAL: 2 ( P/N 19630 ) FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS METAL: 2 ( P/N 19630 ) FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
PVC/WOOD: 2-#10 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS PVC/WOOD: 2-#10 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE) BY PROFILE)
20c
25 TRIMLINE
CAMHANDLE LOCKS
FIG. 9 GASKET 20556 (offset base)
1.437in .043in
36.5mm 1.1mm
FIG. 10 GASKET 20406 (inline base)
1.437in .043in
36.5mm 1.1mm
20d
AWNING
25 POLE-OPERATED
CAM HANDLE LOCKS
Truth Cam Handle Locks are designed

to provide long and trouble-free
service. The hole in the handle allows
operation of cam lock in elevated
locations. Two-piece strike design
includes a black polyester insert to
provide a smooth operation and reduce
wear. Inserts are available in various
heights to assure tight lock-up of
window. The 90 rotation of the handle
locks or unlocks the sash. This product
can exceed 300 lbs. of forced entry
resistance per locking point.
Truth offers two different ways in
which this product can be mounted to
ORDERING INFORMATION & TRUTH TIPS:
the window sash - Face Mounted (In-
OPTIONS:
line or Offset options), or for concealed
mounting applications, an Angle Base 1. For accurate hardware placement in
feature is available. Consult the 1. Choose cam handle mounting vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling
drawings for further details. desired by part number (see drawings of the window profile is recommended.
WARRANTY:
for various options).
Protected under the terms of the Truth 2. Specify finish number desired. mounting screws should pass through
Warranty for Window and Door two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
3. Specify left- or right-hand one insert wall. For this reason, it may
Manufacturers and Authorized (determined by which direction the
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms be necessary to use a longer screw than
handle points in the locked position, is recommended.
when viewed from the inside, on a
project out bottom window). 3. For metal window profiles, Truth
zinc handle, base and strike housing. recommends machine screws.
4. Select mounting hardware (sold However, in most applications, sheet
Strike housing materials and finishes separately):
match cam handles. Inserts are black metal screws will provide adequate
holding power.
polyester. #30569 Strike made of a. Choose strike and insert part

painted steel. numbers. Make sure strike coincides
with handle (offset or in-line). NOTE:
#25.70 and #25.72 can be used with a Cam handle locks shall be included
durable coatings that provide excellent #30569 strike plate allowing use of
resistance to chipping, scratching and which will increase both security and
either left- or right-hand cam handles weather seal tightness. The locks must
corrosion while maintaining color with the same strike placement.
stability for years in direct sunlight. hold securely up to 300 lbs. of force
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for b. Optional per lock for negative air pressure and
examples of Truth's most popular finish (1) #20408 Rubber-cork adhesive forced entry resistance. A hole shall
options. Truth also offers a wide range backed gasket for In-line bases. be provided in the handle for pole
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact (1) #20556 Rubber-cork adhesive operation in out-of-reach applications.
Truth for additional information on backed cam handle gasket for Offset Window locks shall be of cam handle
availability of these finishes on specific bases.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
design and utilize a two-piece strike.
product lines. The cam handle must be constructed of
Types of screws required determined high pressure zinc alloy die castings.
by material of profile used. Refer to Marring of window surfaces will be
drawings for complete information on eliminated by using a plastic insert
screw type and quantity needed (sold mounted in a high pressure zinc die
separately). For additional information cast strike housing.
regarding screw selection - see Truth Window locks shall be 25 series Pole
Tips and refer to Tech Note #11. Operated, as manufactured by Truth
Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
21
25 POLE-OPERATED
CAM HANDLE LOCKS
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF IN-LINE AND ANGLE BASE POLE OPERATED CAM HANDLES
LEFT HAND SHOWN

HARDWARE SHOWN
SASH
25.74 CAM HANDLE
20233 INSERT FRAME
STRIKE HOUSING AND INSERT
SEE FIG. 5 AND 6
HARDWARE SHOWN
FRAME
25.72 CAM HANDLE
20233 INSERT SASH
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
R
FIG. 2 CAM HANDLE 25.70 (offset base)
1.292in 3.441in
32.8mm 87.4mm
.250in
6.4mm
.880in
22.4mm
.758in
LEFT HAND SHOWN 19.2mm
.343in
1.500in
8.7mm
38.1mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
METAL: 2(P/N 19630) #10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST MACHINE SCREWS
PVC / WOOD: 2- #10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS.
FIG. 3 CAM HANDLE 25.72 (in-line base)

1.292in
3.441in 32.8mm
87.4mm
.880in
22.4mm
.755in
19.2mm
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
1.500in
.343in
R 38.1mm
8.7mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
METAL: 2(P/N 19630) #10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST MACHINE SCREWS
PVC / WOOD: 2- #10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS.
21a
25 POLE-OPERATED
CAM HANDLE LOCKS
FIG. 4 CAM HANDLE 25.41 (A-3 angle base)

1.985in
50.4mm
1.380in
35.1mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: .951in
METAL: 2 ( P/N 19640 ) #10-24 X .375 PHILLIPS 24.2mm
PAN HEAD SST MACHINE SCREWS .660in
16.8mm
PVC/WOOD: 2 #10-24 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SST
MACHINE SCREWS ( LENGTH AND
THREAD
PAN HEAD TYPE DETERMINED
SST MACHINE SCREWSBY 1.292in
PROFILE ) 32.8mm
P
MACHINE SCREWS ( LENGTH AND
THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY
PROFILE )
.205in
5.2mm .940in
.440in
23.9mm 3.441in
11.2mm
.168in .190in 87.4mm
4.3mm 4.8mm
.880in
22.4mm
.990in .343in
25.1mm 8.7mm
FIG. 5 IN-LINE STRIKE HOUSING 20236 FIG. 6 OFFSET STRIKE HOUSING 20237
2.063in 2.063in
52.4mm 52.4mm
.313in
.625in 8.0mm
15.9mm .750in
19.1mm
A 1.500in
1.500in
38.1mm
38.1mm
A STRIKE INSERT STRIKE

HOUSING A HOUSING INSERT
.218 (5.6mm) 20231 .218 (5.6mm) 20231
.282 (7.1mm) 20236 20232 .282 (7.1mm) 20237 20232
.344 (8.7mm) 20233 .344 (8.7mm) 20233
INSERT INSERT
STRIKE STRIKE
R
HOUSING R
A HOUSING A
MACHINE SCREWS MACHINE SCREWS

P P
METAL: 2 ( P/N 19630 )#10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST METAL: 2 ( P/N 19630 )#10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST
MACHINE BYSCREWS
PROFILE) MACHINE BYSCREWS
PROFILE)
PVC / WOOD: 2-#10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS PVC / WOOD: 2-#10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
21b
24 POLE-OPERATED
CAM HANDLE LOCKS
FIG. 7 STRIKE PLATE 30569 APPLICATION
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
METAL: 2 (P/N 19630) #10-24 X .312 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD
SST MACHINE SCREWS
PVC/WOOD: 2 #10-24 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
( LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE )
FRAME
SASH
.625in .500in
15.9mm 12.7mm
2.938in
1.469in 74.6mm
37.3mm
.570in
14.5mm
FIG. 8 GASKET 20408 (in-line base) FIG. 9 GASKET 20556 (offset base)
1.437in
1.437in
36.5mm
36.5mm
.043in .043in
1.1mm 1.1mm
AWNING
27 TRIMLINE CAMHANDLE
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
Concealed pawl design provides

internal lock-up of in-swinging
ventilator. Various concealed pawl and
keeper designs are available to
accommodate most window styles on
the market today. A 90 rotation of
handle locks or unlocks sash.
WARRANTY:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 6. For metal window profiles, Truth
zinc handle and base. Zinc-plated steel recommends machine screws.
Types of screws required determined
pawl. Non-magnetic (300 Series) However, in most applications, sheet
by material of profile used. Refer to
stainless steel keepers.
drawings for complete information on metal screws will provide adequate
screw type and quantity needed (sold holding power.
separately). For additional information
resistance to chipping, scratching and regarding screw selection - see Truth
TRUTH TIPS:
corrosion while maintaining color Cam handle locks shall be included
stability for years in direct sunlight. which will increase both security and
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for weather seal tightness. The locks must
1. Keeper part #30238 is recommended
examples of Truth's most popular finish hold securely up to 150 lbs. of force
because the lead-in provided helps
options. Truth also offers a wide range per lock for negative air pressure and
insure smooth lock operation.
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact forced entry resistance.
Truth for additional information on 2. Keepers #20303 and #20404 must
availability of these finishes on specific be backed up against a PVC wall to Window locks shall be of concealed
product lines. pawl design and utilize a stainless
prevent failure of the keeper.
steel keeper. The cam handle must be
3. For accurate hardware placement in constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
1. Choose style of cam handle desired vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling die castings and a nickel plated steel
(specify by part number). of the window profile is recommended. pawl.
2. Specify finish number. 4. For vinyl window applications, Window locks shall be 27 series
mounting screws should pass through TrimLine, as manufactured by Truth
3. Specify left- or right-hand
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
(determined by the direction the handle
points in the locked position, when
viewed from the inside on an awning
is recommended.
window). Handle points in opposite
direction when used on a hopper 5. Truth recommends that stainless
window (see Figure 1). steel screws be used to fasten stainless
steel components to the window. When
selecting mounting screws for Truth
separately):
hardware, coating compatibility is one
a. Choose keeper style (specify by part of the most important criteria. For best
number). corrosion resistance the coating on the
screws should be the same as the
b. Optional: coating on the hardware.
(1) #20408 - Rubber-cork adhesive
backed gasket for In-line bases.
(1) #20556 Rubber-cork adhesive
backed gasket for Offset base.
22
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRIMLINE CAM HANDLES WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
1.500in 0.828in
38.1mm 21.0mm A
FRAME
SASH B
3.312in
84.1mm
1.500in
LEFT HAND SHOWN 38.1mm
AS USED O A PROJECTED IN HOPPER WINDOW
2X .204in
.750in 5.2mm
19.1mm
HOLES REQUIRED IN PROFILE TO MOUNT
CAM HANDLES ( INLINE BASE SHOWN )
FIG. 2 TRIMLINECAM HANDLE WITHCONCEALEDPAWL

.250in
A INLINE BASE 6.4mm
OFFSET BASE
B
1.0in .187in
25.4mm LEFT HAND SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION 4.7mm
PAWL AS USED ON A PROJECT IN HOPPER WINDOW
NOTE: SPECIFY HANDLE ROTATION TO OPEN ( CW ) OR ( CCW )
PAWL OFFSET
PART A B BASE DIRECTION
NUMBER TYPE CLOSED
POSITION
27.13 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) OFFSET UP

27.19 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) INLINE UP
27.20 .500 (12.7mm) .218 (5.6mm) INLINE UP
27.21 .523 (13.3mm) .344 (8.7mm) INLINE UP
27.46 .562 (14.3mm) .625 (15.9mm) INLINE UP
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/METAL/PVC: 2-#10 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
22a
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
FIG. 3 20303 AND 20404 KEEPERS FIG. 4 30238 KEEPER
1.875 .312 2.0 .250

(47.6mm) (7.9mm) (50.8mm) (6.4mm)
A DIA.
.640 .562
(16.3mm) (14.3mm)
.075 .112
(1.9mm) (2.8mm)
.250 .625
(6.4mm) (15.9mm) .390
(9.9mm)
1.375 1.375
(34.9mm) (34.9mm)
PART NO. A DIA.

20303 .204 (5.2mm)
20404 .250 (6.4mm)
WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, WOOD/PVC/METAL: 2 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG. 5 20408 GASKET (in-line base) FIG. 6 20556 GASKET (offset base)
.032 .032
(.8mm) (.8mm)
1.438 1.438
(36.5mm) (36.5mm)
22b
AWNING
27 POLE-OPERATED
CAMHANDLE
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
Truth cam locks are designed to give

long and trouble-free service. Hole in
handle allows operation of cam lock in
elevated locations. Concealed pawl
design provides internal lock-up of in-
swinging ventilator. Various concealed
pawl and keeper designs are available
to accommodate most window styles
on the market today. A 90 rotation of
the handle locks or unlocks the sash.
WARRANTY:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
Types of screws required determined recommends machine screws. However,
zinc handle and base. Zinc-plated steel by material of profile used. Refer to in most applications, sheet metal screws
pawl. Non-magnetic (300 Series) drawings for complete information on will provide adequate holding power.
stainless steel keepers. screw type and quantity needed (sold
FINISH: Electrostatically applied, YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
separately). For additional information
regarding screw selection - see Truth
durable coatings that provide excellent Cam handle locks shall be included
TRUTH TIPS:
resistance to chipping, scratching and which will increase both security and
corrosion while maintaining color weather seal tightness. The locks must
stability for years in direct sunlight. 1. Keeper part #30238 is recommended hold securely up to 150 lbs. of force per
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for because the lead-in provided helps lock for negative air pressure and forced
examples of Truth's most popular finish insure smooth lock operation. entry resistance. A hole shall be
options. Truth also offers a wide range provided in the handle for pole
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact 2. Keepers #20303 and #20404 must operation in
Truth for additional information on be backed up against a PVC wall to out-of-reach applications.
availability of these finishes on specific prevent failure of the keeper.
product lines. Window locks shall be of concealed
3. For accurate hardware placement in pawl design and utilize a stainless steel
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling keeper. The cam handle must be
1. Choose style of cam handle desired of the window profile is recommended. constructed of high pressure zinc alloy
(specify by part number). 4. For vinyl window applications, die castings and a nickel plated steel
mounting screws should pass through pawl.
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Window locks shall be 27 series Pole
3. Specify left- or right-hand one insert wall. For this reason, it may Operated, as manufactured by Truth
(determined by the direction the handle be necessary to use a longer screw than Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
points when viewed from the inside on is recommended.
an awning window). Handle points in
opposite direction when used on a 5. Truth recommends that stainless
hopper top window (see drawings). steel screws be used to fasten stainless
steel components to the window. When
4. Select mounting hardware (sold selecting mounting screws for Truth
separately): hardware, coating compatibility is one
of the most important criteria. For best
a. Choose keeper style (specify by part
corrosion resistance the coating on the
number).
screws should be the same as the
b. Optional: coating on the hardware.
backed gasket for offset base (1 per
handle).
backed gasket for in-line base (1 per
handle).
23
27 POLE-OPERATED
CAMHANDLE
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF CAM HANDLE WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
.737in
18.7mm
FRAME
.567in
14.4mm
SASH
LEFT HAND SHOWN
( AS USED ON A PROJECT IN HOPPER WINDOW )
NOTE: THE OFFSET ON ALL PAWLS POINT UP IN THE CLOSED POSITION
FIG. 2 CAM HANDLE WITHCONCEALEDPAWL

.440in INLINE BASE
.880in 11.2mm
"A" 22.4mm
.305in
7.7mm
1.296in
32.9mm
OFFSET BASE
"B" LEFT HAND SHOWN .250in

6.4mm
2X .204
5.2
.750
19.1mm
PART "A" "B" BASE

NUMBER TYPE
27.25 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) OFFSET
1.500
27.31 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) INLINE 38.1mm
27.32 .500 (12.7mm) .218 (5.6mm) INLINE
27.33 .500 (12.7mm) .344 (8.7mm) INLINE HOLES REQUIRED IN PROFILE
TO MOUNT CAM HANDLE LOCK
27.53 .563 (14.3mm) .625 (15.8mm) INLINE ( INLINE BASE SHOWN )
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD/METAL/PVC: 2-#10 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SST SCREWS
23a
27 POLE-OPERATED
CAMHANDLE
WITHCONCEALEDPAWL
FIG. 3 KEEPERS20303 AND 20404 FIG. 4 KEEPER30238
.312
1.875 (7.9mm) 2.0 .112
(47.6mm) (50.8mm) .250
.640 A DIA. .562 (6.4mm)
(2.8mm)
(16.3mm) (14.3mm)
.075 .625
1.375 (1.9mm) .390
(34.9mm) (15.9mm) (9.9mm)
.250 1.375
(6.4mm) (34.9mm)
PART NO. A DIA.

20303 .204 (5.2mm)
20404 .250 (6.4mm)
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG. 5 GASKET20408 (in-line base) FIG. 6 GASKET 20556 (offset base)
.032
.032 (.8mm)
(.8mm)
1.438
1.438 (36.5mm)
(36.5mm)
23b
AWNING KEY OPERATED
28 CUSTODIAL LOCK
(REMOVEABLE HANDLE)
This spring-loaded lock design

provides tamper-resistant lock-up of
ventilator. A key slot in the housing
requires a special key to operate the
lock. One end of the key is removable
only in the locked position, while the
opposite end of the key is removable in
either the locked or unlocked position.
This key also acts as a handle when
operating the vent. A 90 movement
of the operating key locks or unlocks
the vent.
Custodial locks unlock by turning
counter-clockwise. Special clockwise-
turning models are also available upon
request. Rear mounted models have
concealed screws, while front-mounted
models have in-line elongated holes for
mounting. Up to 300 lbs. of forced
entry resistance per locking point is RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 6. For metal window profiles, Truth
achievable with this product see Types of screws required determined recommends machine screws.
table for further details. by material of profile used. Refer to However, in most applications, sheet
drawings for complete information on metal screws will provide adequate
WARRANTY: screw type and quantity needed (sold holding power.
Protected under the terms of the Truth separately). For additional information
Warranty for Window and Door regarding screw selection - see Truth INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
Manufacturers and Authorized Tips and refer to Tech Note #11. YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms Custodial locks must be provided
and Conditions for further details. TRUTH TIPS: which allow tamper-resistant
1. Keeper #30238 is recommended key/handle operation. The locks must
MATERIAL: High-pressure die cast because the lead-in provided helps hold securely up to 300 lbs. of force
zinc housing, zinc-plated steel pawl, insure smooth lock operation. per lock for negative air pressure and
stainless steel spiral pin, zinc plated forced entry resistance.
steel operating key, and stainless steel 2. Keeper #20303 and #20404 must be
keepers. backed up against a PVC wall to Window locks shall be of concealed
prevent failure of the keeper. pawl type design which allows
FINISH: Electrostatically applied, operation with a removable key/handle.
durable coatings that provide excellent 3. For accurate hardware placement in The lock must be constructed of a high
resistance to chipping, scratching and vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling pressure zinc housing, zinc-plated steel
corrosion while maintaining color of the window profile is recommended. pawl and stainless steel spiral pin.
stability for years in direct sunlight. Keepers used with this lock will be
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for 4. For vinyl window applications,
mounting screws should pass through stainless steel.
options. Truth also offers a wide range two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Window locks shall be 28 series
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact one insert wall. For this reason, it may Custodial, as manufactured by Truth
Truth for additional information on be necessary to use a longer screw than Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
availability of these finishes on specific is recommended.
product lines. 5. Truth recommends that stainless
ORDERING INFORMATION: steel screws be used to fasten stainless
1. Choose lock style desired (specify steel components to the window.
by part number). When selecting mounting screws for
Truth hardware, coating compatibility
2. Specify finish number. is one of the most important criteria.
3. Select mounting hardware (sold For best corrosion resistance the
separately): coating on the screws should be the
same as the coating on the hardware.
a. Specify keeper number.
b. Optional:
backed gasket (1 per lock).
24
(1) #20313 - Key (removable handle).
28 KEY OPERATED
CUSTODIAL LOCK
(REMOVEABLE HANDLE)
FIG. 1 CUSTODIAL LOCK (key operated)
2.0 A
(50.8mm)
C C
FRAME
.875
(22.2mm)
.438 B
(11.1mm) TURN COUNTER
CLOCKWISE TO SASH
UNLOCK
FRONT MOUNT (SEE NOTE 1)
REAR MOUNT
NOTE:
1. SPECIAL LOCKS ARE AVAILABLE THAT
UNLOCK IN A CLOCKWISE ROTATION;
SPECIFY OPPOSITE HAND.
1.122
(28.5mm) .369
(9.4mm)
C
.484
(12.3mm) .312
(7.9mm) 2X .204 .750
(5.2mm) (19.1mm)
*RECOMMENDED SCREWS: LOCK CUT-OUT

(BOTH TYPES)
WOOD/PVC/METAL:
FRONT MOUNT: 2 - #10-24 PHILLIPS,PAN HEAD,
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
REAR MOUNT: 2 - #10-24 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,

SELF TAPPING, STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
(LENGTH TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FORCED ENTRY
PART NO. A B C MOUNTING
RESISTANCE
28.23 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) 1.500 (38.1mm) REAR 300 LBS.
28.24 .438 (11.1mm) .344 (8.7mm) 1.500 (38.1mm) REAR 250 LBS.
28.26 .875 (22.2mm) .218 (5.6mm) 1.500 (38.1mm) REAR 300 LBS.
28.27 .875 (22.2mm) .344 (8.7mm) 1.500 (38.1mm) REAR 250 LBS.
28.29 .438 (11.1mm) .218 (5.6mm) FRONT 300 LBS.
28.31 .438 (11.1mm) .562 (14.3mm) 1.375 - 1.500 FRONT 160 LBS.
28.32 .875 (22.2mm) .218 (5.6mm) (34.9mm-38.1mm) FRONT 300 LBS.
28.34 .875 (22.2mm) .562 (14.3mm) SLOTTED HOLES FRONT 160 LBS.
28.66 .875 (22.2mm) .938 (23.8mm) FRONT 50 LBS.
24a
28 KEY OPERATED
CUSTODIAL LOCK
(REMOVEABLE HANDLE)
FIG. 2 20303 AND 20404 KEEPERS FIG. 3 30238 KEEPER
1.875
(47.6mm) .315 2.0
.562 .250 .112
(8.0mm) (14.3mm) (50.8mm)
A (6.4mm) (2.8mm)
.640
(16.3mm) .075
(1.9mm)
1.375 .250 .390
(34.9mm) (6.4mm) .625 (9.9mm)
(15.9mm)
1.375
(34.9mm)
PART NO. A DIA
20303 .204
(5.2mm)
.250
20404 (6.4mm)
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO
BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
FIG. 4 20313 KEY
3.156 .310
(80.2mm) (7.8mm)
2.156
(54.8mm)
REMOVABLE HANDLE
24b
700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 I 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 I TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT MAXIM SYSTEM
AWNING OPERATORS
The Maxim Series is a window

operating system where the hinges
and operators are developed to work
together to meet or exceed the
maximum performance requirements
of larger more versatile casement and
awning windows.
HANDLE & COVER OPTIONS
The Maxim Operators are available
with a unique combination of aesthetic
options.
Standard is Maxims zinc die-cast
case and handle. Each of which are
available in a wide variety of standard
and plated finishes.
An optional Folding Handle can be
added to minimize interference with
window treatments, and a plastic
nesting cover designed to cradle
Truths Folding Handle is also available.
The uniqueness of this Folding
Handle and Nesting Cover combination
is such that it allows the homeowner to
easily change the color of their window
hardware after the windows have been Maxim Dual Arm Operator
installed in the home. with Folding Handle and
SEALABLE HOUSING/GASKET Nesting Cover option shown
The Maxim Operators streamlined
design helps: SMOOTH & EFFICIENT in same operator) is available on
Reduce water/air infiltration and certain models for companies
eliminates need for caulking. 33% less effort to operate than
EntryGard style operators manufacturing both wood & vinyl
Minimize mounting surface damage windows. Other benefits include:
in punching or routing of operator Provides Maxim-size large window
operation Easily mounts to thin wall profiles
cut-out. such as fiberglass, aluminum, and steel
Create a more stable mounting Allows larger applications to meet
ADA requirements Increases gasket compression
surface and improves seal endurance resulting in enhanced water and air
with its overlapping lip design. Certified to meet AAMA 901-07 tightness on rear mount.
Enclosed gear train keeps dirt and cycle test at commercial rating
construction debris out of the operator Based on application, the Maxim and PRODUCT APPLICATION
for smoother operation and longer life. Encore systems provide reduced sash ASSISTANCE:
play - thus reducing the tendency of the If you are designing a new window
STANDARDIZATION OF window to walk in buffeting wind
PRODUCT & PROCESSES profile, or are having difficulty
conditions when compared to selecting hardware for your window,
Allows manufacturer to use same EntryGard and similar style operators. please contact Truth. Our highly trained
operator mounting location on every Time proven design. Technical Service Staff can assist you
window size whether it be a small with the selection of the appropriate
window with a dyad operator or a LOW PROFILE AND REAR hardware to meet your performance
larger window with a dual arm, thus MOUNT OPERATOR STYLES requirements, as well as providing
helping to reduce manufacturing and AVAILABLE personalized application drawings.
inventory costs. Designed to fit a wider range of
Dual arm is specially designed to profiles and window types, Truths LOGO OPTIONS:
support both washability and egress Maxim Operators design options Have you considered personalizing
applications while mounted in a greatly increase the mounting stability your window? Contact Truth for
consistent location. of the system. further details on how you can add
Brackets and track have been While sill mounting is standard, dual- your own signature to the Maxim
standardized and include features axis mounting (sill and rear mounting handle and cover. 25
designed to reduce installation time.
MAXIM SYSTEM
OPERATORS
WARRANTY: Protected under the terms 2. Handing of the optional Maxim

of the Truth Warranty for Window & Nesting Cover is determined by the
Door Manufacturers & Authorized direction the handle points when in the
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms nested position.
& Conditions for further details. 3. For accurate hardware placement,
MATERIAL: pre-drilling of the screw holes in the
window profile is recommended.
High-pressure die-cast zinc operator
housing, crank handle and knob. 4. For PVC and composite window
Hardened steel drive worm and gear. applications, mounting screws should
300 series stainless steel packages are pass through two profile walls, or one
available for most models. wall and one insert wall. For this
reason, it may be necessary to use a
CORROSION RESISTANCE: longer screw than is recommended.
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- 5. For metal window profiles, Truth MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR
stage coating process that produces a recommends machine screws. Drawings begin on pg. 25d.
superior physical and aesthetic finish. However, in most applications, sheet
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of metal screws will provide adequate Provides for egress or washability
corrosive materials, including industrial holding power. with the same operator in the same
cleaning materials and environmental location thereby minimizing sill cover
pollutants. This proprietary process has 6. When operator is installed in high- inventory.
been tested to be approximately three rise applications over two stories, a
Truth Limit Device, to restrict the Operates sash sizes up to 24" to 40"
times better than common zinc plated wide, and 84" high and weighing up to
finishes. For coastal applications, amount of opening, is recommended.
Contact Truth for wind load 108 lbs. No need to change operators
Truth also has stainless steel packages for standard and custom-sized
available (see Tech Note #7). information.
windows.
7. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
FINISH: to protect the operator splines from Maxim Dual Arm provides over 7"
dirt and other windows from damage of washability with the standard
Electrostatically applied, durable
during shipping, installation, and final Maxim 13" hinge and is compatible
coatings provide excellent resistance
building construction. with Truths standard 10" hinge, with
to chipping, scratching and corrosion
reduced washability.
while maintaining color stability for 8. Truth recommends that Snubbers
years in direct sunlight. Please refer Maxim Dual Arm and Dyad
be used on the hinge side on any
to Truths Color Chart for examples of Operators share standardized bracket
casement window that has a tendency
Truths most popular finish options. and mounting location reducing
to bow outwardly at the center in the
Truth also offers a wide range of inventory and manufacturing
closed position. Adding Snubbers may
decorative plated finishes contact complexities.
increase the negative air pressure rating
Truth for additional information on of a casement window. ORDERING INFORMATION:
availability of these finishes on specific
product lines (see Truth Tip #9). 9. Decorative plated finishes are not 1. Specify standard or coastal
recommended for coastal or highly package.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: corrosive environments.
2. Order item number:
All Maxim Operator components have INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
been designed to use the same #50.00 or
standardized screw style and size, #50.01 (low profile) or
please refer to the drawings for further Window operators shall be provided
which allow easy adjustment of #50.02 (rear-mount)
details. Coating compatibility between
the screws and the operator components window position. The mechanism 3. Specify finish number.
is very important in order to optimize should be crank operated.
4. Specify right- or left-hand
the corrosion resistance performance. The operator must be constructed of (determined by the side the hinge is on
Refer to drawings for complete E-Gard coated components. High- when viewed from the outside).
information on screw type and quantity pressure die-cast zinc operator base,
needed (sold separately). For additional 5. Select mounting hardware (sold
crank handle and knob. Hardened steel
information regarding screw selection - separately).
drive worm and gear.
see Truth Tips and Tech Note #11. #12510.XX LH Bracket
Window Operators shall be Maxim
TRUTH TIPS: Series Operators as manufactured by #12511.XX RH Bracket, or
1. Operator base handing is Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
#11661.XX LH Bracket (low profile)
determined by the window hinge side
#11662.XX RH Bracket (low profile)
25a when viewed from the outside.
NOTE: Handing of Brackets does not
CASEMENT MAXIM SYSTEM
OPERATORS
necessarily match handing of Operator 1. Specify standard or coastal

refer to table within application package.
drawing page, or contact Truths 2. Order item number:
Technical Service Department for
further information. #50.50 or
Optional brackets for unique profile #50.51 (low profile) or
applications are available see Truths #50.52 (rear-mount)
Stud Bracket & Track section, or 3. Specify finish number.
contact Truth Hardware for further
details. 4. specify right- or left-hand
(determined by the side the hinge is on
#11576.XX Track & Slider, or when viewed from the outside).
#32384.92 Low profile track
Optional Accessories: separately).
#11329.XX Folding Handle #12510.XX LH Bracket
#41211.XX LH Nesting Cover #12511.XX RH Bracket, or
#41212.XX RH Nesting Cover #11661.XX LH Bracket (low profile) Uniquely designed for narrow
#31882 Gasket #11662.XX RH Bracket (low profile) windows and specialty windows like
#31883 Gasket Applicator round tops, half round, trapezoid,
NOTE: Handing of Brackets does not garden, octagon and windows that
#23058.92 Backplate (required for necessarily match handing of Operator require Butt Hinges.
Rear Mount options refer to table within application
drawing page, or contact Truths Will work on frame widths down to
#21306 Protective red plastic spline a minimum of 12" depending upon the
cap. thickness of the frame.
further information.
MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR Optional brackets for unique profile Uses a non-handed bracket which
applications are available see Truths will help reduce inventory issues.
Stud Bracket & Track section, or ORDERING INFORMATION:
details. 1. Specify standard or coastal
package.
Optional Accessories:
#11329.XX Folding Handle
#50.70 or
#41211.XX LH Nesting Cover
#50.71 (low profile) or
#41212.XX RH Nesting
#50.72 (rear-mount)
#31882 Gasket
#31883 Gasket Applicator
4. specify right- or left-hand
#23058.92 Backplate (required for (determined by the side the hinge is on
Rear Mount options when viewed from the outside).
#21306 Protective red plastic spline
cap.
separately).
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD #11674.XX Non-Handed Bracket
Drawings begin on pg. 25l. OPERATOR
Designed for narrow windows, but Optional brackets for unique profile
will operate a frame width from 16" to Drawings begin on pg. 25r. applications are available see Truths
32", and up to 72" high and a sash Stud Bracket & Track section, or
weight of 55 lbs. contact Truth Hardware for further
Fits in all profiles currently using the details.
EntryGard or Encore Dyad operators. Optional Accessories:
Maxim Dyad provides over 7" of #11329.XX Folding Handle
washability with the standard Maxim
#41211.XX LH Nesting Cover
13" hinge and is compatible with
Truths standard 10" hinge, with #41212.XX RH Nesting Cover
reduced washability. #31882 Gasket
ORDERING INFORMATION: #31883 Gasket Applicator 25b
MAXIM SYSTEM
OPERATORS
#23058.92 Backplate (required for #41211.XX LH Nesting Cover #11329.XX Folding Handle
Rear mount options #41212.XX RH Nesting Cover #41211.XX LH Nesting Cover
#21306 Protective red plastic spline #31882 Gasket #41212.XX RH Nesting Cover
cap.
#31883 Gasket Applicator #31882 Gasket
MAXIM SINGLE ARM OPERATOR #21306 Protective red plastic spline #31883 Gasket Applicator
Drawings begin on pg. 25x. cap. #23058.92 Backplate (required for
Rear mount options
MAXIM AWNING OPERATORS
#21306 Protective red plastic spline
cap.
Maxim25hh.
Drawings begin on pg. 25ee and Narrow Awning Operator Shown
Created for casements which are
Allows the manufacturer to offer the
20"-32" wide up to 72" high and with a
same look throughout the home on
73lb. sash weight.
both casements and awnings.
Fits in all profiles currently using the
Will provide for maximum opening
EntryGard or Encore Single Arm
combined with wide pull-in
operators.
connection to sash.
ORDERING INFORMATION: Operates frame widths from 20" to
1. Specify standard or coastal 60", reducing inventory requirements
package. for operator sizes.
2. Order item number: New narrow gauge version (#51.01)
fits smaller cavity profiles and smaller
#52.01 or window sizes.
#52.03 (low profile) Quick disconnect feature on
NOTE: Rear-mount version available operator arms does not require tools.
upon request.
1. Specify standard or coastal
4. Specify right- or left-hand package.
when viewed from the outside). 2. Order Operator item number:
5. Select mounting hardware (sold #51.00 or

separately). #51.02 (rear-mount) or
#11576.XX Track & Slider, or #51.01 (Narrow Awning Operator)
#30175 Low profile track 3. Specify finish number.
Optional Accessories: 4. Select mounting hardware (sold
separately).
#11329.XX Folding Handle
#11577.XX Track and Pivot Slides
Optional Accessories:
25c
MAXIM DUAL ARM
OPERATORS (SILL MOUNT)
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR

(SILL MOUNT VERSION)
21.000
[533.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12
4.938 EGRESS
[125.4 mm] SASH AT 90 HINGE
BASE WITH 14.97
WASHABILITY 1.000 MAX
MOUNTING .250 MIN
FLANGE HINGE
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.125 MIN .250

[3.2 mm] [6.3 mm]

[44.5 mm]
SEE FIG. 2 FOR BILL OF
MATERIAL AND NOTES 7.250
5.200 [184.2 mm]
[132.1 mm]
8.000
[203.2 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN

[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
[2.4 mm]
SEE 3
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[3.0 cm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX
SEE 3 .353
1.625 MIN [9.0 mm]
53.975 mm FIG 2
41.275 mm
.595 MIN
SEE 2 [15.1 mm]
FIG 2
SEE 3
FIG 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] [2.4 mm]
BELOW SEE 3
OPERATOR FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
"A"
MIN. .080 REQUIRED FOR
.810 [2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
[20.6 mm] 25d
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.420
[10.7 mm]
.062
[1.6 mm] .420
[10.7 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
12511.XX 11576.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT TRACK PLACEMENT
HARDWARE SHOWN FOR LEFT HAND WINDOW, SEE FIG.1

50.00.XX.011 DUAL ARM OPERATOR
12511.XX STUD BRACKET
11576.XX TRACK ASSEMBLY
14.97.00.XXX WASHABILITY HINGE
11454.XX CONTOUR HANDLE
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
SERIES .250 [6.4 mm]
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTES:
1. STUD BRACKET 12510.XX AND 12511.XX REQUIRES THE SAME MOUNTING LOCATION
FOR BOTH THE ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR AND THE ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR.
2 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX AND 12511.XX MAY NOT FIT IF 2.125/1.625 DIMENSION
IS LESS THAN 1.875. CONTACT TRUTH FOR RECOMMENDATIONS.
3 HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES

ALLOW. A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING
25e
4. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED AIR AND WATER
SEAL
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 3 STANDARD MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR

4.938 STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE

[125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625 50.00.XX.011
[92.1 mm] LEFT HAND SHOWN
3.000
[76.2 mm]
1.250
[31.7 mm]
.938 .625
[23.8 mm] [15.9 mm]
1.186 .437
[30.1 mm] [11.1 mm]
.606
[15.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL

SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD

MACHINE SCREW PN 19545.XX
FIG. 4 MAXIM COVER 41211.XX / HANDLE 11329.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm] 4.725
[120.0 mm]
5.600
[142.2 mm]
1.845
[46.9 mm]
25f
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 5 BACK PLATE 23058.92

4.434
.362 [112.6 mm]
.630
[9.2 mm] [16.0 mm]
FOR USE WITH

51.02 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY
.185
[4.7 mm]
FIG. 6 TRACK & SLIDER ASSEMBLY 11576.XX STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE
14.500
[368.3 mm]
.750
[19.0 mm] .220 .750
.610 [5.6 mm] [19.0 mm]
[15.5 mm]
6.500 6.500
[165.1 mm] [165.1 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm] 41014
TRACK
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) 31877
SLIDER
FIG. 7 STUD BRACKET 12511.XX(RH) (SHOWN) 12510.XX(LH)

.459 2.970
[11.7 mm] [75.4 mm]
1.380 1.125
[35.1 mm] [28.6 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE 2.186 .250

[55.5 mm] [6.4 mm]
HAND OF BRACKET DOES NOT
NECESSARILY MATCH HAND .500
OF OPERATOR [12.7 mm]
.336 .186
[8.5 mm] [4.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
1.093
.062 [27.8 mm]
25g (QTY 3)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL [1.6 mm]
MAXIM DUAL ARM
OPERATORS (LOW PROFILE)
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR

(SILL MOUNT VERSION) (LOW PROFILE)
21.000
[533.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12
4.938
[125.4 mm] EGRESS
HINGE
BASE
MOUNTING SASH AT 90 1.000 MAX
FLANGE WITH 14.97 .250 MIN
WASHABILITY 25.400 mm
HINGE 6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.125 1.750
[3.2 mm] [44.5 mm]

[196.9 mm]
8.000
MATERIAL AND NOTES [203.2 mm]
5.200
[132.1 mm]
SASH
FRAME
.353
1.188 [9.0 mm]
[30.2 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN
54.0 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm]
41.3 mm
SEE 2
.420 MAX FIG 7 4.955 MIN
[10.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
BELOW SEE 2 [2.4 mm]
OPERATOR FIG 7
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
"A"
.625
18.288 mm 25h
15.875 mm
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 9 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM DUAL ARM OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.312
[7.9 mm] .438
[11.1 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
11661.XX 32384.XX

50.01.XX.011 DUAL ARM OPERATOR
32384.XX TRACK
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.422 [10.7 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTES:
1. STUD BRACKET 11661.XX AND 11662.XX WILL BE PLACED IN THE SAME LOCATION FOR
BOTH THE ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR AND THE ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR.

ALLOW. A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE THE OPERATOR AGAINST
ROCKING.
SEAL
25i
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 10 MAXIM STANDARD DUAL ARM OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE)
4.938
[125.4 mm] 50.01.XX.011
LEFT HAND SHOWN
4.250
[108.0 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
.937 [76.2 mm]
[23.8 mm] 1.250
[31.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
.437
[11.1 mm]
.486
[12.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX) #8 X 1 FLAT HEAD

SHEET METAL SCREWS (SEE TRUTH TIPS
FOR MORE INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD

G. 1111
FIG. MAXIM COVER
MAXIM 41211.XX/HANDLE
COVER 11329.XX(LH)
41211.XX / HANDLE (SHOWN)
11329.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm] 4.725
[120.0 mm]
5.600
[142.2 mm]
1.845
[46.9 mm]
25j
MAXIM DUAL ARM
FIG. 12 TRACK 32384.XX
14.438
[366.7 mm]
.374
[9.5 mm] 1.125
.438
[28.6 mm]
[11.1 mm]
.718 4.125 4.375 3.625

[18.2 mm] [104.8 mm] [111.1 mm] [92.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 4) (PN 19070.XX) #7 X 1/2 FLAT HEAD UNDERCUT

SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE
INFORMATION)
FIG. 13 STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 11662.XX(RH)

FIG. 13 STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 11662.XX(RH)
2.689
[68.3 mm]
.630
[16.0 mm]
NECESSARILY MATCH HAND
OF OPERATOR
1.125
[28.6 mm]
.312 .875
[7.9 mm] [22.2 mm]
1.380
[35.1 mm]
2.130
[54.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.062
(QTY 4) (PN 19205.XX) #8 X 1/2 SHEET METAL SCREW [1.6 mm]
(SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION)
.150
.090 [3.8 mm]
[2.3 mm]
25k
MAXIM DYAD OPERATORS
(SILL MOUNT)
FIG.( 1 APPLICATION) OF STANDARD MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR

13.000
[330.2 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
4.938
[125.4 mm] SASH AT 90 WITH
BASE 14.97 WASHABILITY
LEFT HAND SHOWN MOUNTING HINGE
1.000 MAX
FLANGE .250 MIN
SEE FIG.2 FOR BILL
OF MATERIAL AND NOTES 25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.250
[6.3 mm]
1.750
[44.5 mm]
8.000
[203.2 mm]
5.200
[132.1 mm]
4.955 MIN
.500 MAX [125.9 mm]
[12.7 mm] 2X R.094
SEE 3 [2.4 mm]
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN SEE 3
.353
53.975 mm FIG 2 [9.0 mm]
41.275 mm .595 MIN
SEE 2 [15.1 mm]
FIG 2 SEE 3
FIG 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] [2.4 mm]
SEE 3
BELOW FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
FRAME
(PVC)
"A"
.810 25l
[20.6 mm] [2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
MAXIM DYAD
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.420
[10.7 mm]
SASH
.062
[1.6 mm] FRAME
12511.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT
HARDWARE SHOWN FOR LEFT HAND WINDOW, SEE FIG. 1

50.50.XX.011 DYAD OPERATOR
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGE
NOTES:
2 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX AND 12511.XX MAY NOT FIT IF 2.125/1.625 DIMENSION (SEE FIG. 1)

ROCKING.
4. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED AIR AND WATER SEAL
25m 5. HANDLE/COVER IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATORS. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE DYAD
OPERATORS REQUIRE RH HANDLE/COVER
MAXIM DYAD
FIG. 3 STANDARD MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR

STAINLESS STEEL VERSION
(SILL MOUNT AVAILABLE
VERSION) 4.938
[125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
50.50.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN 3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
50.52 REAR MOUNT [76.2 mm]
VERSION AVAILABLE 1.250
.938 [31.7 mm]
1.186 [23.8 mm]
[30.1 mm] .625
[15.9 mm]
.437
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD .606

SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR [15.4 mm]
MORE INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:(PN 19545.XX)
#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREW
G. 44MAXIM
FIG. MAXIMCOVER 41211.XX/HANDLE
COVER 11329.XX(LH)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm] 4.725
[120.0 mm]
1.845 5.600
[46.9 mm] [142.2 mm]
FIG.
G. 55BACK
BACK PLATE
PLATE 23058.92
23058.92 4.434
.362 [112.6 mm] .630
[9.2 mm] [16.0 mm]
FOR USE WITH
50.52 REAR MOUNT .185
VERSION ONLY [4.7 mm]
FIG. 6 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX(LH) (SHOWN) 12511.XX(RH)

G. 6 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX(LH) (SHOWN),12511.XX(RH) 2.970
[75.4 mm]
.459 .560
[11.7 mm] [14.2 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE
HAND OF BRACKET DOES NOT NECESSARILY 1.125

[28.6 mm]
MATCH HAND OF OPERATOR
1.380 2.186
[35.1 mm] [55.5 mm] .250
1.093 [6.3 mm]
.553 [27.8 mm] .500
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: [14.0 mm] [12.7 mm]
(QTY 3)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT

HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH .336
TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) [8.5 mm] .186
.062 [4.7 mm]
[1.6 mm] 25n
MAXIM DYAD
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR

13.000
[330.2 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90 WITH
4.938 14.97 WASHABILITY
[125.4 mm] HINGE
BASE 1.000 MAX
MOUNTING .250 MIN
FLANGE 25.4 mm
6.3 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
1.750
LEFT HAND SHOWN [44.5 mm]
[203.2 mm]
.875
[22.2 mm]
COVER
HEIGHT 5.200
[132.1 mm]
1.188
[30.2 mm] .353
[9.0 mm]
2.125
1.625
53.975 mm .595 MIN
41.275 mm [15.1 mm]
SEE 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX FIG 6 [125.9 mm]
[10.7 mm] 4X R.094
BELOW SEE 2
[2.4 mm]
OPERATOR FIG 6
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
.720 MAX "A"

.625 MIN MIN.
18.288 mm .080 REQUIRED FOR
15.875 mm [2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
25o
MAXIM DYAD
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.312
[7.9 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11661.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT

50.51.XX.XXX DYAD OPERATOR
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.422 [10.7 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:
1. ENCORE LOW PROFILE DYAD OPERATOR WITH 11661.XX L.H. OR 11662.XX R.H. STUD
BRACKET REQUIRES THE SAME MOUNTING POSITION AS ENCORE LOW PROFILE DUAL
ARM OPERATOR

ROCKING
3. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED AIR
AND WATER SEAL
4. HANDLE/COVER IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATORS. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE

DYAD OPERATORS REQUIRE RH HANDLE/COVER 25p
MAXIM DYAD
FIG.(SILL MOUNT VERSION)

9 MAXIM DYAD OPERATOR
(LOW(SILL
PROFILE)
MOUNT VERSION) 4.937
(LOW PROFILE) [125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
.937 [76.2 mm]
[23.8 mm] 1.250
[31.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186 .437
[30.1 mm] [11.1 mm]
50.51.XX.XXX LEFT HAND SHOWN
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH .470
TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) [11.9 mm]
FIG. 10 MAXIM COVER 41212.XX / HANDLE 11329.XX (RH) (SHOWN)

G. 10 MAXIM COVER 41212.XX/HANDLE 11329.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm]
4.725
5.600 [120.0 mm]
1.845 [142.2 mm]
[46.9 mm]
FIG.
G. 11 11 STUD
STUD BRACKET
BRACKET 11661.XX(LH)
11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 11662.XX(RH)
SHOWN,11662.XX(RH)
2.689
[68.3 mm]
HANDING OF BRACKET DOES NOT
NECESSARILY MATCH HANDING OF .312
.630
OPERATOR [16.0 mm] [7.9 mm]
1.125 .875
[28.6 mm] 1.380 [22.2 mm]
[35.1 mm]
.071
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 2.130 [1.8 mm]
[54.1 mm]
(QTY 4)(PN 19205.XX)#8 X 1/2 FLAT HEAD
SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS
FOR MORE INFORMATION) .090 .150
25q [2.3 mm] [3.8 mm]
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 1 (SILL MOUNT VERSION)

APPLICATION OF MAXIM REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
10.785
[273.9 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
WITH 14.77
4.938 SASH AT 60
HINGE
[125.4 mm] WITH 14.05
BASE HINGE
MOUNTING
FLANGE
1.000 MAX
.250 MIN
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
LEFT HAND SHOWN

"A"
MATERIAL AND NOTES
5.200
[132.1 mm]
4.955 MIN 2X R.094

[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
.500
[12.7 mm] SEE 1
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (WOOD)
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
SEE 1
FIG 2 .353
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN [9.0 mm]
53.975 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm]
41.275 mm
SEE 1 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX FIG 2 [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] SEE 1 [2.4 mm]
BELOW FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (PVC)
.810 MIN .250 MIN .080 REQUIRED FOR

[20.6 mm] 25r
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF MAXIM REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.420 .375
[10.7 mm] [9.5 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
11674.XX 11674.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT BRACKET PLACEMENT

50.70.XX.XXX REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
14.05.00.XXX HINGE
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.05.00.XXX 5.973 [151.7 mm]
14.77.00.XXX 5.532 [140.5 mm]
NOTES:
1 HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING

TOLERANCES ALLOW. A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE
THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING
2. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED

AIR AND WATER SEAL
3. HANDLE/COVER PACK IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR. EXAMPLE:

LH ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR REQUIRES A RH HANDLE/COVER
25s
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 3 STANDARD MAXIM REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR

[125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm] RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
3.625
[92.1 mm] 3.000 (QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD
[76.2 mm] SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS
1.250 FOR MORE INFORMATION)
.937 [31.7 mm]
[23.8 mm]
(QTY 2)REAR MOUNT:8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD
.625
[15.9 mm] MACHINE SCREW PN 19545.XX
1.186
[30.1 mm]
50.70.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN

.437 50.72 REAR MOUNT
[11.1 mm] VERSION AVAILABLE
.606
[15.4 mm]
FIG. 4 MAXIM COVER 41211.XX / HANDLE 11329.XX (LH) (SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm]
4.725
1.845 5.600 [120.0 mm]
[46.9 mm] [142.2 mm]
G. 5 BACK PLATE 23958.92
FIG. 5 BACK PLATE 23058.92 4.434
.362 [112.6 mm] .630
[9.2 mm] [16.0 mm]
FOR USE WITH
50.72 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY .185
[4.7 mm]
G. 6 STUD BRACKET 11674.XX(NON HANDED)

FIG. 6 STUD BRACKET 11674.XX (NON-HANDED)
3.500 .625
[88.9 mm] [15.9 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE .375

[9.5 mm] 2X .500
[12.7 mm]
2X 1.000
[25.4 mm]
2X 1.500
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: [38.1 mm] 2X .500
[12.7 mm] .336
[8.5 mm]
FOR MORE INFORMATION) .556 .186 25t
[14.1 mm] [4.7 mm]
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
(LOW PROFILE)
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF MAXIM REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
10.785
[273.9 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH A 60
4.938 SASH AT 60
WITH 14.77
[125.4 mm] WITH 14.05
HINGE
BASE HINGE
MOUNTING
FLANGE 1.000 MAX
.250 MIN
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
LEFT HAND SHOWN "A"

[77.8 mm]
5.200
[132.1 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN
[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
[2.4 mm]
SEE 1
FIG 6
OPERATOR
SASH
CUT-OUT
FRAME (WOOD)
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX SEE 1 .353
1.625 MIN FIG 6 [9.0 mm]
53.975 mm
41.275 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm]
.420 MAX SEE 1 4.955 MIN
[125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] FIG 6 [2.4 mm]
BELOW SEE 1
OPERATOR FIG 6
SASH OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME
(PVC)
.720 MAX "A"

.625 MIN [2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
18.288 mm
25u 15.875 mm
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF MAXIM REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.375
[9.5 mm]
.289
[7.3 mm]
SASH
SASH
FRAME FRAME
11674.XX 11674.XX
50.71.XX.011 REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
14.05.00.XXX HINGE

31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.05.00.XXX 5.973 [151.7 mm]
14.77.00.XXX 5.532 [140.5 mm]
NOTES:
1 HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES ALLOW.

A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING.
3. HANDLE/COVER PACK IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE REVERSE
DYAD OPERATOR REQUIRES A RH HANDLE/COVER
25v
MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
FIG.99 STANDARD
FIG. STANDARDMAXIM MAXIM REVERSE DYAD
REVERSE OPERATOR
DYAD OPERATOR
(LOW PROFILE)
(LOW PROFILE)
4.938
[125.4 mm] STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm] 3.000 50.71.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN
[76.2 mm]
1.250
.937 [31.7 mm]
[23.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
.437
[11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: .469

[11.9 mm]
SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH
TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION)
FIG. 10MAXIM
FIG. 10 MAXIM COVER
COVER 41212.XX / HANDLE
41212.XX/HANDLE 11329.XX
11329.XX(RH) (RH) (SHOWN)
(SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm]
4.725
5.600 [120.0 mm]
1.845 [142.2 mm]
[46.9 mm]
FIG. 11 STUD
FIG. 11 STUD BRACKET
BRACKET 11661.XX(LH)
11661.XX(LH) ( SHOWN), 11662.XX(RH)
SHOWN,11662.XX(RH)
3.500
.625
.375 [88.9 mm]
[15.9 mm]
[9.5 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE 2X .500

[12.7 mm]
2X 1.500 2X 1.000
[38.1 mm] [25.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 2X .500
[12.7 mm] .336
(QTY 4)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD [8.5 mm]
.556 .186
25w [14.1 mm] [4.7 mm]
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

16.590
[421.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM 2.840
COMPONENT WIDTH [72.1 mm]
SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12 1.000 MAX
EGRESS HINGE .250 MIN
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL
FILLER
.125 MIN
[3.2 mm]
2.375
[60.3 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN

SEE FIG.2 FOR BASE
BILL OF MATERIAL 4.938 MOUNTING
AND NOTES [125.4 mm] FLANGE
5.200
[132.1 mm]
4.955 MIN 2X R.094

[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
SEE 1
FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
.675 MIN
1.188 [17.1 mm]
[30.2 mm] .353
SEE 1 [9.0 mm]
FIG 2
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN
53.975 mm
.595 MIN
41.275 mm [15.1 mm] 4.955 MIN 4X R.094
[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
.420 MAX SEE 1
[10.7 mm] FIG 2 SEE 1
BELOW FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
A
.810 MIN MIN. .080 REQUIRED FOR 25x
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF MAXIMOF

FIG. 2 APPLICATION SINGLE
MAXIMARM OPERATOR
SINGLE (CONTINUED)
ARM OPERATOR CONTINUED
.420
[10.7 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11576.XX
TRACK PLACEMENT
52.01.XX.XXX SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
14.12.00.XXX EGRESS HINGE
31882 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
SERIES
.250 [6.4 mm]
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:
1. HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES

ROCKING
2. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED AIR AND
WATER SEAL
25y
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
FIG. 3 STANDARD MAXIM SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

4.938
[125.4 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE 4.250

[107.9 mm]
3.625
52.01.XX.XXX LEFT HAND SHOWN [92.1 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm]
.937 1.250
[23.8 mm] [31.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.188 .437
[30.2 mm] [11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX) #8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL

(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE

SCREW PN 19545.XX
FIG.
G. 4 MAXIM
4 MAXIM COVER
41211.XX/HANDLE 11329.XX(LH)
(SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658 4.725
[42.1 mm] [120.0 mm]
5.600
1.845 [142.2 mm]
[46.9 mm]
25z
MAXIM SINGLE ARM

FOR USE WITH

REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY
4.434
[112.6 mm]
.362
[9.2 mm] .630
[16.0 mm]
.185
[4.7 mm]
FIG. 6 TRACK & SLIDER ASSEMBLY 11576.XX

14.500
[368.3 mm]
.610
[15.5 mm] .750 .750
[19.0 mm] .220 [19.0 mm]
[5.6 mm]
6.500 6.500
[165.1 mm] [165.1 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm] 41014
TRACK
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
31877
SLIDER
25aa
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

17.000
[431.8 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12 1.000 MAX
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
13.125
[333.4 mm] 2.375
[60.3 mm]

[90.5 mm]
SEE FIG.6 FOR BILL
OF MATERIAL NOTES 4.938 BASE
[125.4 mm] MOUNTING
5.200 FLANGE
[132.1 mm]
SASH OPERATOR CUT-OUT

METAL
(SAME AS PVC)
FRAME
1.188
[30.2 mm]
.353
[9.0 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.750 MIN
53.975 mm
44.450 mm .595 MIN 4.953 MIN
[15.1 mm] [125.8 mm] 4X R.094
[2.4 mm]
.420 MAX SEE 1 SEE 1
[10.7 mm] FIG 6
FIG 6
BELOW
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
A
.720 MIN. .080 REQUIRED FOR
18.288 mm
25bb
15.875 mm
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
(SILL MOUNT
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OFVERSION)
MAXIM SINGLE ARM OPERATOR (CONTINUED)
(LOW PROFILE)
.320 MIN
[8.1 mm]
SASH
FRAME
30175
TRACK PLACEMENT
52.03.XX.011 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
30175 TRACK
31882 GASKET
HINGE "A"
14.12.00.XXX .322 [8.2 mm]
OTHER 14
SERIES
.275 [7.0 mm]
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:

ROCKING
AND WATER SEAL
25cc
MAXIM SINGLE ARM
9 STANDARD
FIG. MAXIMMAXIM
9 STANDARD SINGLESINGLE
ARM OPERATOR
ARM OPERATOR
(SILL MOUNT VERSION) (LOW PROFILE) 4.936
(LOW PROFILE) [125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE [92.1 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm]
52.03.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN .937 1.250
[23.8 mm] [31.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
.437
[11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT

HEAD SHEET METAL (SEE TRUTH

FIG. 10MAXIM
FIG. 10 MAXIM COVER
41212.XX/HANDLE 11329.XX(RH)
11329.XX(RH) (SHOWN)
(SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm]
4.725
5.600 [120.0 mm]
[142.2 mm]
1.845
[46.9 mm]
FIG. 11TRACK
FIG. 11 TRACK 30175
30175
13.750
[349.2 mm]
.640 .313
[16.3 mm] [8.0 mm]
.166 .320
13.125 [8.1 mm]
[4.2 mm] [333.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 2)(PN 19214.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT

TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) 25dd
MAXIM AWNING
FIG.FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF
1 APPLICATION OFSTANDARD MAXIM
STANDARD AWNING
MAXIM OPERATOR
AWNING OPERATOR
(SILL (SILL
MOUNT MOUNTVERSION)
VERSION)
16.000
[406.4 mm]
2.779
[70.6 mm]
.404
CL OF OPERATOR [10.3 mm]
AWNING HINGE 1.971

DETERMINED CL OF TRACK [50.1 mm]
BY SASH
WEIGHT AND 5.000 5.000
HEIGHT [127.0 mm] [127.0 mm]
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
BASE
4.938 MOUNTING
[125.4 mm] FLANGE
5.200
[132.1 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN

[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm]
SEE 1 2X R.094
FIG 2 [2.4 mm]
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN SEE 1 .353
[ 54.0 mm ] FIG 2 [9.0 mm]
[ 41.3 mm ]
.595 MIN
[15.1 mm] 4.955 MIN
SEE 1 [125.9 mm]
.420 MAX FIG 2 SEE 1
[10.7 mm] 4X R.094
FIG 2 [2.4 mm]
BELOW
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
.080 REQUIRED FOR

[20.6 mm]
25ee
MAXIM AWNING
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF STANDARD MAXIM AWNING OPERATOR (CONTINUED)

.500
[12.70 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11577.92
TRACK PLACEMENT
HARDWARE SHOWN, SEE FIG.1
51.00.XX.011 AWNING OPERATOR
11577.92 TRACK ASSEMBLY
13.XX.XX.XXX HINGE
31882 GASKET (PVC)
NOTE:

ROCKING

AIR AND WATER SEAL
25ff
MAXIM AWNING
FIG. 3
FIG. 3 STANDARD
STANDARD MAXIM AWNING
MAXIM OPERATOR
AWNING OPERATOR
(SILL MOUNT VERSION) 4.250
(SILL MOUNT VERSION) [107.9 mm] 3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
.437 1.250
[11.1 mm] [31.8 mm]
51.00.XX.011 SHOWN
.938
51.02 REAR MOUNT VERSION [23.8 mm] .625
ALSO AVAILABLE [15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET

METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE
INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE

SCREW PN 19545.XX
FIG. 4 MAXIM
FIG. MAXIMCOVER
COVER41212.XX/HANDLE 11329.XX(RH)
11329.XX (LH) (SHOWN)
1.650
[41.9 mm]
1.658
[42.1 mm] 4.725
[120.0 mm]
5.600
1.845 [142.2 mm]
[46.9 mm]
FIG.
FIG. 5 BACKPLATE
5 BACK PLATE 23058.92
23058.92
4.434
.362 [112.6 mm] .630
[9.2 mm] [16.0 mm]
FOR USE WITH
51.02 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY .185
[4.7 mm]
FIG.
FIG. 6 MAXIM
6 MAXIM AWNING
AWNING TRACK
TRACK & SLIDER
& SLIDER ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY 11577.9211577.92
16.000
[406.4 mm]
.625 .614
[15.9 mm] [15.6 mm]
.263 5.000 4.750 5.000 41015

[6.7 mm] [127.0 mm] [120.6 mm] [127.0 mm] TRACK
11647
PIVOT
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: SLIDE
ASSEMBLY
(QTY 4)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET (2 INCLUDED)
METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE ASSEMBLY
25gg INFORMATION)
MAXIM NARROW
OPERATORS
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF MAXIM NARROW AWNING OPERATOR
10.955
[278.3 mm]
AWNING HINGE 1.688
DETERMINED BY [42.9 mm]
SASH WEIGHT .844
AND HEIGHT [21.4 mm]
.384
[9.8 mm]
CL OF FRAME
BASE
2.125 MAX. 4.938 MOUNTING
[125.4 mm] FLANGE
1.625 MIN.
53.975 mm
41.275 mm
5.20
.500 MAX [132.0 mm]
.353
[12.7 mm]
[9.0 mm]
.875 4.955 MIN.

.810 MIN [22.2 mm]
[20.6 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
COVER (SEE 1 FIG. 2) [2.4 mm]
HEIGHT
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
SASH (WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN.

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
(SEE 1 FIG. 2)
2.125 MAX. .595 MIN.
1.625 MIN. [15.1 mm]
53.975 mm
41.275 mm (SEE 1 FIG. 2)
4.955 MIN. 4X R.094

.420 MAX. [125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
[10.7 mm]
BELOW (SEE 1 FIG. 2)
OPERATOR
(PVC)
FRAME
.810 MIN
[20.6 mm] .080 REQUIRED FOR
[2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
25hh
MAXIM NARROW
OPERATORS
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF MAXIM NARROW AWNING OPERATOR (CONTINUED)
.810
.420 .625
[10.7 mm] 20.6 mm
15.9 mm
SASH
FRAME
BRACKET PLACEMENT
.406 X .169
CLEARANCE HOLE "B"
REQUIRED FOR SASH .625
CAVITY HEIGHTS [15.9 mm]
LESS THAN .810
SASH
FRAME
BRACKET PLACEMENT
HARDWARE SHOWN SEE FIG. 1

22143 BRACKET
13.XX.XX.XXX HINGE
31882 GASKET (PVC)
NOTE:

ROCKING
2. USE 31882 GASKET ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES
3. ALL AWNING OPERATORS USE 41211.XX COVER/11329.XX L.H. HANDLE
4. MINIMUM RECOMMENDED SASH HEIGHT 16" (DEPENDENT ON PROFILE)
5. SASH OVERHANG "B" SHOULD BE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE

BRACKET MAY NEED TO BE MOUNTED CLOSER TO SASH EDGE TO ELIMINATE
BRACKET DETACH AT FULL OPEN ON SHORT SASH SIZES
25ii
MAXIM NARROW
FIG. 3 MAXIM NARROW AWNING OPERATOR (SILL MOUNT VERSION)
"A"
4.250
[108.0 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
VERSION AVAILABLE [76.2 mm]
1.250
[31.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
NON-HANDED
.938
[23.8 mm] .438
[11.1 mm]
APPROXIMATE
PART NO. "A" AMOUNT OF OPENING
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
51.01 11" 8"
(QTY 6)(P/N 19240.XX)#8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS,
FLAT HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS
FIG. 4 BRACKET 22143

FIG. 4 BRACKET 22143 1.688
[42.9 mm]
.844
[21.4 mm]
.125 .344
[3.2 mm] [8.7 mm]
NOTE:
1. BRACKET IS SUPPLIED
WITH OPERATOR. DO .125 .688
NOT ORDER SEPARATELY [3.2 mm] [17.5 mm]
.688
[17.5 mm] 4X .190
[4.8 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS .500
(SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) [12.7 mm]
2.375
[60.3 mm]
25jj
25kk
North American Fenestration Standard (ANSI/AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS-02)
CAUTION: There are many factors in addition to the hardware which influence the maximum size casement window that should be produced. These include sash and frame stiffness and strength, screw holding strength, sash
sag, weather tightness, and weatherstrip drag. For this reason, Truth recommends carefull evaluation of the entire window before producing units as large as this matrix suggests.
Performance Class R: The Maximum Frame Size and Sash Weight are Listed in the Table .
Hinge Approx.
Maxim Washable Maxim Egress 10" Standard 10" Washable 10" Egress 10" HP Concealed 10" HP Concealed Butt Hinge Minimum
14.97 14.12 14.75 14.76 14.77 14.96 Egress Frame
Operator 14.92 14.13 14.80 14.91 14.93 14.00 Width to Fit
14.05 14.06 Operator
14.19
Maxim Dual Arm 50.00 40"W x 84"H; 108*(96) lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs 32"W x 84"H; 85 lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs 38"W x 78"H; 95 lbs 32"W x 68"H; 69 lbs Not Recommended 24"
Maxim Dyad 50.50 32"W x 72"H; 73*(55) lbs Not Recommended 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 24"W x 60"H; 45 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 69"H; 49*(44) lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 16"
Maxim Reverse Dyad 50.70 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 24"W x 72"H; 53 lbs** 12"
Maxim Single Arm 52.01 Not Recommended 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 32"W x 70"H; 71*(36) lbs 32"W x 70"H; 71*(29) lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 32"W x 70"H; 71*(36) lbs 32"W x 72"H; 73 lbs 30"W x 69"H; 65 lbs 20"
Maxim Short Single Arm 52.06 Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs 15"
EntryGard Dual Arm 15.10 Not Recommended Not Recommended 32"W x 60"H; 60 lbs 32"W x 60"H; 60*(54) lbs Not Recommended 32"W x 60"H; 60 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 20"
EntryGard Egress D.A. 15.15 Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 60"H; 52 lbs Not Recommended 18"
EntryGard Dyad 15.11 Not Recommended Not Recommended 26"W x 61"H; 49 lbs 24"W x 67"H; 49 lbs Not Recommended 30"W x 61"H; 57 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 13"
EntryGard Single Arm 15.94 Not Recommended 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs 22"W x 60"H; 40 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs 22"W x 60"H; 40 lbs 22"W x 62"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 61"H; 36 lbs 16" - 18"
13.5" Single Arm 15.32 Not Recommended 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs 26"W x 67"H; 54*(50) lbs 26"W x 69"H; 55*(41) lbs 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs 26"W x 67"H; 54(50) lbs 26"W x 65"H; 52 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 22" - 24"
9.5" Single Arm 15.31 Not Recommended 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs 24"W x 61"H; 45*(27) lbs 24"W x 62"H; 45*(19) lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs 24"W x 61"H; 45*(27) lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48 lbs 22"W x 65"H; 43 lbs 18" - 20"
7.5" Single Arm 15.56 Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 63"H; 42 lbs 20"W x 65"H; 39 lbs 16"
6" Single Arm 15.39 Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs Not Recommended 18"W x 66"H; 35 lbs 16"W x 70"H; 33 lbs 15"
OPERATORS
Split Arm 15.18 Not Recommended Not Recommended 24"W x 70"H; 52 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs Not Recommended 30"W x 64"H; 60*(56) lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 16"
23 Series Single Arm 13.5" 23.03 Not Recommended 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs 26"W x 69"H; 55 lbs 26"W x 71"H; 57*(43) lbs 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs 26"W x 69"H; 55 lbs 26"W x 66"H; 53 lbs 26"W x 62"H; 50 lbs 22" - 24"
23 Series Single Arm 9.5" 23.01 Not Recommended 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48*(31) lbs 24"W x 66"H; 48*(22) lbs 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 65"H; 48*(31) lbs 24"W x 69"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 69"H; 50 lbs 18" - 20"
MAXIM AWNING
23 Series Single Arm 7.5" 23.38 Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs Not Recommended 22"W x 69"H; 46 lbs 24"W x 64"H; 47 lbs 16"
23 Series Single Arm 6" 23.78 Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs Not Recommended 20"W x 60"H; 36 lbs 22"W x 68"H; 45 lbs 15"
23 Series Dyad Short Link 23.46 30"W x 63"H; 59 lbs Not Recommended 26"W x 63"H; 51 lbs 24"W x 68"H; 50 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 61"H; 53 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 15"
23 Series Dyad Long Link 23.32 32"W x 67"H; 68 lbs Not Recommended 26"W x 62"H; 50 lbs 24"W x 67"H; 49 lbs Not Recommended 28"W x 66"H; 58 lbs Not Recommended Not Recommended 19"
Other Maxim 1.750 1.563 Dual Arm & Dyad
EntryGard Dual Arm w/10" Washable Hinge 1.625 determined by Bracket
2.375 .875
14.XX Concealed Hinges Other EntryGard Dual Arm Operators Position A.
Entrygard Dyad & Single Arm -
1.375
Traditional & Ellipse 1.563 Single Arm per catalog.
22 Series 2.125
Maxim Reverse Dyad 11.062 2.437 Catalog Dim A=8.000
4.000
NA NA
CASEMENT THE MAXIM SYSTEM
AWNING OPERATOR ACCESSORIES
There are numerous accessories that Applicator are two such items. In ORDERING INFORMATION
have been designed to help provide the instances where an additional level of 1. Please refer to the following
optimum results in both installation sealing is necessary the Maxim drawings for specific information
and function. The items listed here, Gaskets will help you achieve this. regarding the item numbers to order.
such as the #31882 Gasket and #31883
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF MAXIM OPERATOR GASKET
31883
APPLICATOR
31882
GASKET
FIG. 2 MAXIM OPERATOR GASKET 31882

4.900 .590
[124.5 mm] [14.9 mm]
.865 .062
[22.0 mm] 5.150 [1.6 mm]
[130.8 mm]
FIG. 3 MAXIM OPERATOR GASKET APPLICATOR 31883
1.210
[30.7 mm]
5.205
[132.2 mm] .985
[25.0 mm]
FIG. 4 MAXIM OPERATOR SHIMS

4.938
[125.4 mm] A
SHIM "A"
21544 .048 [1.2 mm]
21545 .096 [2.4 mm]
.624 21546 .138 [3.5 mm]
1.750
[15.8 mm] [44.4 mm] 21547 .189 [4.8 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm] 21548 .205 [5.2 mm]
4.250
[108.0 mm]
25ll
THE MAXIM SYSTEM
OPERATOR ACCESSORIES
FIG. 5 APPLICATION OF MAXIM FOLDING HANDLE COVER
11329.XX
FOLDING HANDLE
41211.XX
LEFT HAND SHOWN COVER
OPERATOR ARMS REMOVED

FOR CLARITY MAXIM OPERATOR
FIG. 6 MAXIM FOLDING HANDLE COVER 41211.XX (LH) (SHOWN) 41212.XX (RH)
1.35
.95
[34.3 mm]
[24.3 mm]
5.60 1.48
[142.2 mm] [37.5 mm]
NOTES:
1. FURNISHED WITH DOUBLE SIDED TAPE PRE-APPLIED TO COVER FOR ATTACHING

COVER TO MAXIM OPERATOR.
25mm
Hinge Approx.
14.97 14.12 14.75 14.76 14.77 14.96 Egress Frame
14.19
2.375 .875
1.375
22 Series 2.125
4.000
NA NA
OPERATORS
MAXIM AWNING
25nn
MAXIM AWNING
OPERATORS
25oo 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT ENCORE
AWNING SYSTEM OPERATORS
The Encore Operator from Truth

Hardware style and versatility all in
one brand new package. Truth
Hardware, the name synonymous with
quality, reliability and innovation has
once again proven why we are the
leaders in the industry. The Encore
family of operators, with all its features
and benefits is arguably the industrys
best value in window hardware.
Engineered to incorporate all of the
strength and performance characteristics
of Truths Maxim Series of operators,
the Encore has been created to take
window manufacturers to a level of Encore Dual Arm Operator with Tango Series
differentiation that they have been Handle & Cover option shown
searching for. Manufacturers will also
appreciate the cost savings they will
realize through standardization of
operators and manufacturing efficiencies.
The Encore, from Truth Hardware, the
beginning of a whole new show!
FULL-FLIPFOLDINGHANDLE
The new Encore folding handle
offers a smoother, more contemporary,
integrated look when nesting in the
operator cover.
This system is uniquely designed to
prevent handle collapse during Plated finishes are less expensive larger window with a dual arm, thus
operation. and more durable. helping to reduce manufacturing and
The streamlined design allows for Installation of both the cover and inventory costs.
easy screen release without removing handle after the home is completed Dual arm is specially designed to
the crank handle. helps eliminate damage during support both washability and egress
Interference with window treatments construction. applications while mounted in a
such as curtains and blinds is also consistent location.
greatly reduced. SMALLERSEALABLE
HOUSING/GASKET Brackets and track have been
REMOVABLE SNAP-FITCOVER standardized and include features
Designed to drop in the same location designed to reduce installation time.
The removable cover design has as Truths Maxim System, the Encore
numerous advantages to the manufacturer Operators streamlined design helps: ENCOREISBASEDONMAXIM
and the homeowner alike. Reduce water/air infiltration and MECHANICALS
The window manufacturer will notice eliminates need for caulking. 33% less effort to operate than
the reduced inventory costs by allowing Minimize mounting surface damage in EntryGard style operators
non-color specific operators to be punching or routing of operator cut-out. Provides Maxim-size large window
stocked. operation
Create a more stable mounting
An integrated snap-fit feature allows surface and improves seal endurance Allows larger applications to meet
fastenerless cover attachment offering with its overlapping lip design. ADA requirements
the product a cleaner look, and removes
easily for painting and staining of the Enclosed gear train keeps dirt and Certified to meet AAMA 901-07
window. construction debris out of the operator cycle test at commercial rating
for smoother operation and longer life.
This product opens the door to Based on application, the Maxim and
additional cover and handle design STANDARDIZATIONOF Encore systems provide reduced sash
possibilities that will soon be available. PRODUCT&PROCESSES play - thus reducing the tendency of
The manufacturer can also take Allows manufacturer to use same the window to walk in buffeting wind
advantage of the possibility for unique operator mounting location on every conditions when compared to
cover designs to help them personalize window size whether it be a small EntryGard and similar style operators.
and differentiate their window line. window with a dyad operator or a Time proven design. 26
ENCORE
SYSTEM OPERATORS
LOWPROFILEANDREARMOUNT CORROSIONRESISTANCE: 5. For PVC and composite window

OPERATORSTYLESAVAILABLE Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- applications, mounting screws should
Designed to fit a wider range of profiles stage coating process that produces a pass through two profile walls, or one
and window types, Truths Encore superior physical and aesthetic finish. wall and one insert wall. For this
Operators design options greatly increase Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of reason, it may be necessary to use a
the mounting stability of the system. corrosive materials, including longer screw than is recommended.
industrial cleaning materials and 6. For metal window profiles, Truth
While sill mounting is standard, dual-
environmental pollutants. This recommends machine screws. However,
axis mounting (sill and rear mounting
proprietary process has been tested to in most applications, sheet metal screws
in same operator) is available on
be approximately three times better will provide adequate holding power.
certain models for companies
than common zinc plated finishes. For 7. Rear mount back plate #21969.92 is
manufacturing both wood & vinyl
coastal applications, Truth also has designed for use on profiles up to .25"
windows. Other benefits include:
stainless steel packages available (see (6.35mm) thick. Contact Truth regarding
Easily mounts to thin wall profiles Tech Note #7).
such as fiberglass, aluminum, and steel back plates for thicker applications.
FINISH: 8. When operator is installed in high-
Increases gasket compression rise applications over two stories, a
Electrostatically applied, durable
resulting in enhanced water and air Truth Limit Device, to restrict the
coatings in combination with our high
tightness on rear mount. amount of opening, is recommended.
quality molded plastic cover provide
excellent resistance to chipping, Contact Truth for wind load information.
PRODUCTAPPLICATION
scratching and corrosion while 9. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
ASSISTANCE:
maintaining color stability for years in to protect the operator splines from dirt
Truth Hardware has prepared a matrix direct sunlight. Please refer to Truths and other windows from damage during
based on AAMA 101 Load Tests which Color Chart for examples of Truths shipping, installation, and final building
will help you choose the best hardware most popular finish options. Truth also construction.
for your window requirements. The sizes offers a wide range of decorative
and weights which Truth recommends 10.Truth recommends that Snubbers be
plated finishes contact Truth for used on the hinge side on any casement
throughout this catalog section are based additional information on availability
upon typical mounting locations as window that has a tendency to bow
of these finishes on specific product outwardly at the center in the closed
outlined in the matrix on page 40hh. lines (see Truth Tip #9). position. Adding Snubbers may increase
If you are designing a new window the negative air pressure rating of a
profile, or are having difficulty selecting RECOMMENDEDSCREWS:
casement window.
hardware for your window, please All Encore Operator components have
been designed to use the same 11. Decorative plated finishes are not
contact Truth. Our highly trained
standardized screw style and size, recommended for coastal or highly
Technical Service Staff can assist you
please refer to the drawings for further corrosive environments.
with the selection of the appropriate
hardware to meet your performance details. Coating compatibility between
the screws and the operator components INCLUDETRUTHSPECS ON
requirements, as well as providing
is very important in order to optimize YOURNEXTWINDOWPROJECT
personalized application drawings.
the corrosion resistance performance. Window operators shall be provided
LOGOOPTIONS: Refer to drawings for complete which allow easy adjustment of window
Have you considered personalizing information on screw type and quantity position. The mechanism should be
your window? Contact Truth for needed (sold separately). For additional crank operated.
further details on how you can add information regarding screw selection -
Window operators will have removable
your own signature to the Encore see Truth Tips and Tech Note #11.
cover with folding handle that nests in
handle and cover. TRUTHTIPS: the operator cover when retracted. The
operator must be constructed of E-Gard
WARRANTY: Protected under the 1. Operator base handing is determined
coated components. High-pressure
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window by the window hinge side when viewed
die-cast zinc operator base, crank
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized from the outside.
handle and knob. Hardened steel drive
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms 2. Handing of Encore Handle and worm and gear. High-strength plastic
& Conditions for further details. cover is determined by the direction operator cover.
the handle points when in the nested
MATERIAL: position. Window Operators shall be Encore
High-pressure die-cast zinc operator Series Operators as manufactured by
3. Encores unique spline design will Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
housing, crank handle and knob. only accept Tango or Encore specific
Hardened steel drive worm and gear. handle designs.
High-quality plastic operator cover.
300 series stainless steel packages are 4. For accurate hardware placement,
available for most models. pre-drilling of the screw holes in the
26a window profile is recommended.
ENCORE
SYSTEM OPERATORS
refer to table within application ORDERINGINFORMATION:

drawing page, or contact Truths 1. Specify standard or coastal
Technical Service Department for package.
Optional brackets for unique profile
applications are available see Truths #50.60 or
Stud Bracket & Track section, or #50.61 (low profile) or
details. #50.62 (rear-mount)
#11576.XX Track & Slider, or
4. specify right- or left-hand
ENCORE DUALARM #32384.92 Low profile track (determined by the side the hinge is on
OPERATOR when viewed from the outside).
Drawings begin on pg. 26d Tango Style Cover & Handle pack
(handed*) 5. Select mounting hardware (sold
Provides for egress or washability separately).
with the same operator in the same #12614.XX Left-hand
location thereby minimizing sill cover #12616.XX Right-hand #12510.XX LH Bracket
inventory.
#12511.XX RH Bracket, or
*NOTE: Handle & cover handing is
Operates sash sizes up to 24" to 40" determined by direction the handle
wide, and 84" high and weighing up to #11661.XX LH Bracket (low profile)
points in the nested position.
108 lbs. No need to change operators #11662.XX RH Bracket (low profile)
for standard and custom-sized windows. Optional accessories:
Encore Dual Arm provides over 7" #32658 Gasket necessarily match handing of Operator
of washability with the standard #31883 Gasket Applicator refer to table within application
Maxim 13" hinge and is compatible drawing page, or contact Truths
with Truths standard 10" hinge, with #21969.92 Backplate (required for
reduced washability. Rear mount options
Encore Dual Arm and Dyad #21306 Protective red plastic spline
Optional brackets for unique profile
Operators share standardized bracket cap.
applications are available see Truths
and mounting location reducing Stud Bracket & Track section, or contact
inventory and manufacturing Truth Hardware for further details.
complexities.
Tango Style Cover & Handle pack
(handed*)
ORDERINGINFORMATION:
1. Specify standard or coastal #12614.XX Left-hand
package. #12616.XX Right-hand
2. Order item number: *NOTE: Handle & cover handing is
#50.10 or ENCORE DYADOPERATOR determined by direction the handle
#50.11 (low profile) or Drawings begin on pg. 26l points in the nested position.
#50.12 (rear-mount) Designed for narrow windows, but Optional accessories:

will operate a frame width from 16" to
3. Specify finish number. 32", and up to 72" high and a sash #32658 Gasket
4. Specify right- or left-hand weight of 55 lbs. #31883 Gasket Applicator
(determined by the side the hinge is on #21969.92 Backplate (required for
when viewed from the outside). Fits in all profiles currently using the
EntryGard or Maxim Dyad operators. Rear mount options
5. Select mounting hardware (sold #21306 Protective red plastic spline
separately). Encore Dyad provides over 7" of
cap.
washability with the standard Maxim
#12510.XX LH Bracket 13" hinge and is compatible with
#12511.XX RH Bracket, or Truths standard 10" hinge, with
reduced washability.
#11661.XX LH Bracket (low profile)
Provides over 7" of washability with
#11662.XX RH Bracket (low profile) standard Maxim Hinge.
necessarily match handing of Operator 26b
ENCORE
SYSTEM OPERATORS
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD ENCORE SINGLEARM

OPERATOR OPERATOR ENCORE AWNINGOPERATORS
Drawings begin on pg. 26r Drawings begin on pg. 26x Drawings begin on pg. 26ee and 26hh
Uniquely designed for narrow Created for casements which are Allows the manufacturer to offer the
windows and specialty windows like 20"-32" wide up to 72" high and with a same look throughout the home on
round tops, half round, trapezoid, 73lb. sash weight. both casements and awnings.
garden, octagon and windows that
require Butt Hinges. Fits in all profiles currently using the Will provide for maximum opening
EntryGard or Maxim Single Arm combined with wide pull-in
Will work on frame widths down to operators. connection to sash.
a minimum of 12" depending upon the
thickness of the frame. ORDERINGINFORMATION: Operates frame widths from 20" to
60", reducing inventory requirements
Uses a non-handed bracket which 1. Specify standard or coastal for operator sizes.
will help reduce inventory issues. package.
New narrow gauge version (#51.13)
2. Order item number: fits smaller cavity profiles and smaller
ORDERINGINFORMATION:
#52.11 or window sizes.
1. Specify standard or coastal
package. #52.13 (low profile) Quick disconnect feature on
Note: Rear-mount version available operator arms does not require tools.
upon request. ORDERINGINFORMATION:
#50.80 or
3. Specify finish number. 1. Specify standard or coastal
#50.81 (low profile) or
4. Specify right- or left-hand package.
#50.82 (rear-mount) (determined by the side the hinge is on 2. Order Operator item number:
3. Specify finish number. when viewed from the outside).
#51.10 or
4 Specify right- or left-hand 5. Select mounting hardware (sold
(determined by the side the hinge is on separately). #51.12 (rear-mount) or
when viewed from the outside). #51.11 (narrow awning)
#11576.XX Track & Slider, or
5. Select mounting hardware (sold 3. Specify finish number.
separately). #30175 Low profile track
#11674.XX Non-Handed Bracket Tango Style Cover & Handle pack separately).
Optional brackets for unique profile (handed*) #11577.XX Track and Pivot Slides
applications are available see Truths #12614.XX Left-hand Tango Style Cover & Handle pack
Stud Bracket & Track section, or contact (handed*)
Truth Hardware for further details. #12616.XX Right-hand
#12614.XX Left-hand
Tango Style Cover & Handle pack *NOTE: Handle & cover handing is
(handed*) determined by direction the handle *NOTE: Handle & cover handing is
#12614.XX Left-hand points in the nested position. determined by direction the handle
points in the nested position.
#12616.XX Right-hand Optional accessories:
*NOTE: Handle & cover handing is #32658 Gasket Optional accessories:
determined by direction the handle #32658 Gasket
points in the nested position. #31883 Gasket Applicator
#21306 Protective red plastic spline #31883 Gasket Applicator
Optional accessories:
cap. #21969.92 Backplate (required for
#32658 Gasket Rear mount options
#31883 Gasket Applicator #21306 Protective red plastic spline
#21969.92 Backplate (required for cap.
Rear mount options
26c #21306 Protective red plastic spline cap.
ENCORE DUAL ARM
OPERATOR (SILL MOUNT)
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR

21.000
[533.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
WITH 14.12
4.938 EGRESS
[125.4 mm] SASH AT 90 HINGE
BASE WITH 14.97
WASHABILITY 1.000 MAX
MOUNTING .250 MIN
FLANGE HINGE
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.125 MIN .250

[3.2 mm] [6.3 mm]
1.750
SEE FIG.2 FOR BILL OF
MATERIAL AND NOTES 5.330 7.250
[135.4 mm] [184.2 mm]
8.000
[203.2 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN

[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
[2.4 mm]
SEE 3
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[3.0 cm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX
SEE 3 .353
1.625 MIN [9.0 mm]
53.975 mm FIG 2
41.275 mm
.595 MIN
SEE 2 [15.1 mm]
FIG 2
SEE 3
FIG 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] [2.4 mm]
BELOW SEE 3
OPERATOR FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
"A"
[20.6 mm] 26d
ENCORE DUAL ARM
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR CONTINUED

.420
[10.7 mm]
.062
[1.6 mm] .420
[10.7 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
12511.XX 11576.XX

50.10.00.011 DUAL ARM OPERATOR
12614.XX TANGO HANDLE/COVER PACK
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTES:
2 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX AND 12511.XX MAY NOT FIT IF 2.125/1.625 DIMENSION

ALLOW. A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING
SEAL
26e
ENCORE DUAL ARM
FIG. 3 ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR

(SILLMOUNT
VERSION)

4.938
[125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625 50.10.XX.011
3.000
[76.2 mm]
1.250
[31.7 mm]
.938 .625
[23.8 mm] [15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm] .437
[11.1 mm] .606
[15.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD

FIG.
FIG. 4 4ENCORE
ENCORE TANGO
TANGOHANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 12616.XX(RH)
1.607
[40.8 mm]
1.513
[38.4 mm]
1.616 5.084
[41.0 mm] [129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
26f
ENCORE DUAL ARM

4.540
.286 [115.3 mm] .665
[7.3 mm] [16.9 mm]
FOR USE WITH

51.12 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY
.185 .730
[4.7 mm] [18.5 mm]
FIG. 6 6TRACK
FIG. TRACK&& SLIDER ASSEMBLY11576.XX
SLIDER ASSEMBLY 11576.XX STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE
14.500
[368.3 mm]
.750
[19.0 mm] .220 .750
.610 [19.0 mm]
[15.5 mm] [5.6 mm]
6.500 6.500
[165.1 mm] [165.1 mm]
.810 41014
[20.6 mm] TRACK
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 3)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL 31877

SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) SLIDER
FIG. 7 7STUD
FIG. STUDBRACKET 12511.XX(LH)
BRACKET 12511.XX(LH) (SHOWN) 12510.XX(RH)
(SHOWN)12510.XX(RH)
.459 2.970
[11.7 mm] [75.4 mm]
1.380 1.125
[35.1 mm] [28.6 mm]
2.186 .250
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE [55.5 mm] [6.4 mm]
HAND OF BRACKET DOES NOT .500

[12.7 mm]
OF OPERATOR
.336 .186
[8.5 mm] [4.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
1.093
(QTY 3)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL .062 [27.8 mm]
SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) [1.6 mm]
26g
ENCORE DUAL ARM
OPERATOR (LOW PROFILE)
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR

(LOW
(SILLPROFILE)
MOUNT VERSION)
(LOW PROFILE)
21.000
[533.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90
4.938 WITH 14.12
[125.4 mm] EGRESS
HINGE
BASE
MOUNTING SASH AT 90 1.000 MAX
FLANGE WITH 14.97 .250 MIN
WASHABILITY 25.4 mm
HINGE 6.4 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.125 1.750
[3.2 mm] [44.5 mm]
7.750
SEE FIG. 9 FOR BILL OF 8.000

MATERIAL AND NOTES [203.2 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
SASH
FRAME
.353
[9.0 mm]
1.188
[30.2 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN
54.0 mm .595 MIN
41.3 mm [15.1 mm]
SEE 2
.105 MAX FIG 7 4.955 MIN
[2.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
BELOW SEE 2 [2.4 mm]
OPERATOR FIG 7
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
"A"
.720 MIN. .080 REQUIRED FOR
18.3 mm
15.9 mm
26h
ENCORE DUAL ARM
FIG. 9 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR CONTINUED

(LOW PROFILE)
.312 .438
[7.9 mm] [11.1 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
11661.XX 32384.XX

50.11.00.011 DUAL ARM OPERATOR
32384.XX TRACK
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.422 [10.7 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTES:
1. STUD BRACKET 11661.XX AND 11662.XX WILL BE PLACED IN THE SAME LOCATION FOR
BOTH THE ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR AND THE ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR.

ROCKING.
SEAL
26i
ENCORE DUAL ARM
FIG. 10 ENCORE DUAL ARM OPERATOR

0 ENCORE STANDARD DUAL ARM OPERATOR
(SILL MOUNT
(LOW VERSION)
PROFILE)
(LOW PROFILE)
4.938
[125.4 mm] 50.11.XX.011
LEFT HAND SHOWN
4.250
[108.0 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm]
.937
[23.8 mm] 1.250
[31.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm] .437
[11.1 mm]
.486
[12.3 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX) #8 X 1 FLAT HEAD

SHEET METAL SCREWS (SEE TRUTH TIPS
FOR MORE INFORMATION)

FIG. 11 ENCORE
1 ENCORE TANGOTANGO HANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER 12614.XX(LH)
12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN),(SHOWN),
12616.XX 12616.XX (RH)
1.607
[40.8 mm]
1.616
[41.0 mm]
5.084
[129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
26j
ENCORE DUAL ARM
FIG. 12 TRACK 32384.XX

2 TRACK 32384.XX
14.438
[366.7 mm]
.374
[9.5 mm] 1.125 .438
[28.6 mm] [11.1 mm]
.718 4.125 4.375 3.625

[18.2 mm] [104.8 mm] [111.1 mm] [92.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 4)(PN 19070.XX) #7 X 1/2 FLAT HEAD UNDERCUT

SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE
INFORMATION)
FIG. 13 STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN) 11662.XX(RH)

3 STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 11662.XX(RH)
2.689
[68.3 mm]
.630
[16.0 mm]
OF OPERATOR
1.125
[28.6 mm]
.312 .875
[7.9 mm] [22.2 mm]
1.380
[35.1 mm]
2.130
[54.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.062
(QTY 4)(PN 19205.XX)#8 X 1/2 SHEET METAL SCREW [1.6 mm]
.150
.090 [3.8 mm]
[2.3 mm]
26k
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR

13.000
[330.2 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
4.938
[125.4 mm] SASH AT 90 WITH
LEFT HAND SHOWN BASE 14.97 WASHABILITY
MOUNTING HINGE 1.000 MAX
SEE FIG.2 FOR BILL FLANGE .250 MIN
OF MATERIAL AND NOTES 25.4 mm
6.3 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
.250
[6.3 mm]
1.750
[44.5 mm]
8.000
[203.2 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
4.955 MIN
.500 MAX [125.9 mm]
[12.7 mm] 2X R.094
SEE 3 [2.4 mm]
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.625 MIN SEE 3
FIG 2 .353
54.0 mm [9.0 mm]
41.3 mm
.595 MIN
SEE 2 [15.1 mm]
FIG 2
SEE 3
FIG 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] [2.4 mm]
SEE 3
BELOW
FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
"A" MIN.
.810 .080 REQUIRED FOR
26l
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR CONTINUED

.420
[10.7 mm]
SASH
.062
[1.6 mm] FRAME
12511.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT

50.60.00.011 DYAD OPERATOR
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGE
NOTES:
2 STUD BRACKET 12510.XX AND 12511.XX MAY NOT FIT IF 2.125/1.625 DIMENSION (SEE FIG. 1)

ROCKING.
5. HANDLE/COVER IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATORS. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE DYAD

OPERATORS REQUIRE RH HANDLE/COVER
26m
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 3 ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR

[125.4 mm]
4.250
3.625
50.60.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN [92.1 mm] 3.000
50.62 REAR MOUNT [76.2 mm]
VERSION AVAILABLE
1.250
[31.7 mm]
1.186 .938
[30.1 mm] [23.8 mm] .625
[15.9 mm]

[11.1 mm]
.606
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD [15.4 mm]
SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR
MORE INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:(PN 19545.XX)
#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE SCREW
FIG. 4 ENCORE
FIG. 4 ENCORETANGO
TANGO HANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER 12616.XX(RH) (SHOWN)
12616.XX(RH)(SHOWN), 12614.XX(LH)
12614.XX(LH)
1.513
[38.4 mm]
1.607
[40.8 mm] 5.084
[129.1 mm]
1.616 5.330
[41.0 mm] [135.4 mm]
FIG. 5 BACK
FIG. 5 BACKPLATE
PLATE 21969.92
21969.92 4.540 .665
[115.3 mm] [16.9 mm]
FOR USE WITH
50.62 REAR MOUNT .286 .730
[7.3 mm] [18.5 mm] .185
VERSION ONLY [4.7 mm]
FIG. 6
FIG. 6 STUD
STUDBRACKET
BRACKET12510.XX(LH) (SHOWN),12511.XX(RH)
12510.XX(LH) (SHOWN) 12511.XX(RH)
2.970
[75.4 mm]
.459 .560
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE [11.7 mm] [14.2 mm]
HAND OF BRACKET DOES NOT NECESSARILY 1.125

MATCH HAND OF OPERATOR [28.6 mm]
1.380 2.186
[35.1 mm] [55.5 mm] .250
1.093 [6.3 mm]
.553 [27.8 mm] .500
[14.0 mm] [12.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 3)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT .336 .186

HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH [8.5 mm] .062 [4.7 mm] 26n
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE)
13.000
[330.2 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90 WITH
4.938 14.97 WASHABILITY
[125.4 mm] HINGE
BASE 1.000 MAX
MOUNTING .250 MIN
FLANGE 25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
1.750
[44.5 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN

[203.2 mm]
.845
[21.5 mm]
COVER
HEIGHT
5.330
[135.4 mm]
1.188
[30.2 mm] .353
[9.0 mm]
2.125
1.625
53.975 mm .595 MIN
41.275 mm [15.1 mm]
SEE 2
4.955 MIN
.420 MAX FIG 6 [125.9 mm]
[10.7 mm]
BELOW SEE 2 4X R.094
[2.4 mm]
OPERATOR FIG 6
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
.720 MAX "A"

.625 MIN MIN.
18.288 mm REQUIRED FOR
.080
15.875 mm [2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
26o
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR CONTINUED

(LOW PROFILE)
.312
[7.9 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11661.XX
BRACKET PLACEMENT

50.61.00.XXX DYAD OPERATOR
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.422 [10.7 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:
1. ENCORE LOW PROFILE DYAD OPERATOR WITH 11661.XX L.H. OR 11662.XX R.H. STUD
BRACKET REQUIRES THE SAME MOUNTING POSITION AS ENCORE LOW PROFILE DUAL
ARM OPERATOR

ROCKING
AND WATER SEAL
4. HANDLE/COVER IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATORS. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE

DYAD OPERATORS REQUIRE RH HANDLE/COVER
26p
ENCORE DYAD
FIG. 9 9ENCORE
FIG. ENCORE DYADDYADOPERATOR
OPERATOR
(SILL(SILL MOUNT VERSION)
MOUNT VERSION) 4.937
(LOW (LOW PROFILE)
PROFILE) [125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
.937 [76.2 mm]
[23.8 mm] 1.250
[31.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186 .437
[30.1 mm] [11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.470
[11.9 mm]

FIG. 1010ENCORE
FIG. TANGOHANDLE/COVER
ENCORE TANGO HANDLE/COVER 12616.XX(RH) (SHOWN)
12616.XX(RH)(SHOWN), 12614.XX(LH)
12614.XX(LH)
1.607 1.513
[40.8 mm] [38.4 mm]
1.616 5.084
[41.0 mm] 5.330 [129.1 mm]
[135.4 mm]
FIG. 1111STUD
FIG. BRACKET11661.XX(LH)
STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) (SHOWN) 11662.XX(RH)
SHOWN,11662.XX(RH)
2.689
[68.3 mm]
HANDING OF BRACKET DOES NOT
NECESSARILY MATCH HANDING OF .312
OPERATOR .630
[16.0 mm] [7.9 mm]
1.125
[28.6 mm] .875
1.380 [22.2 mm]
[35.1 mm]
2.130 [1.8 mm]
[54.1 mm]
(QTY 4)(PN 19205.XX)#8 X 1/2 FLAT HEAD
FOR MORE INFORMATION) .090 .150
[2.3 mm] [3.8 mm]
26q
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR

10.785
[273.9 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
WITH 14.77
4.938 SASH AT 60
[125.4 mm] HINGE
WITH 14.05
BASE HINGE
MOUNTING
FLANGE
1.000 MAX
.250 MIN
25.4 mm
6.4 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
LEFT HAND SHOWN

"A"
MATERIAL AND NOTES
5.330
[135.4 mm]
4.955 MIN 2X R.094

[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
.500
[12.7 mm] SEE 1
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (WOOD)
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
SEE 1
2.125 MAX FIG 2 .353
1.625 MIN [9.0 mm]
54.0 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm]
41.3 mm
SEE 1
FIG 2 4.955 MIN
.420 MAX [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
[10.7 mm] [2.4 mm]
BELOW SEE 1
OPERATOR FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (PVC)
.250 MIN
.810 MIN [6.4 mm] .080 REQUIRED FOR
26r
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR CONTINUED

.420 .375
[10.7 mm] [9.5 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
11674.XX 11674.XX

50.80.00.XXX REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
14.05.00.XXX HINGE
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.05.00.XXX 5.973 [151.7 mm]
14.77.00.XXX 5.532 [140.5 mm]
NOTES:
1 HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING

TOLERANCES ALLOW. A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE
THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING

AIR AND WATER SEAL
3. HANDLE/COVER PACK IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR. EXAMPLE:

LH ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR REQUIRES A RH HANDLE/COVER
26s
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 3 ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR

4.937
[125.4 mm]
4.250
3.625 (QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD
[92.1 mm] 3.000 SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS
[76.2 mm] FOR MORE INFORMATION)
.937 1.250
[23.8 mm] [31.7 mm] (QTY 2)REAR MOUNT:8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186 50.80.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN
[30.1 mm]
50.82 REAR MOUNT
VERSION AVAILABLE
.437
[11.1 mm] .606
[15.4 mm]
FIG.
FIG. 44 ENCORE
ENCORE TANGO
TANGO HANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER 12616.XX(RH) (SHOWN)
12616.XX(RH)(SHOWN), 12614.XX(LH)
12614.XX(LH)
1.513
1.607 1.616 [38.4 mm]
[40.8 mm] [41.0 mm]
5.084
[129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
FIG.
FIG. 55 BACK
BACKPLATE
PLATE 21969.92
21969.92
.286 4.540 .665
[7.3 mm] [115.3 mm] [16.9 mm]
FOR USE WITH

50.82 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY .185 .730
[4.7 mm] [18.5 mm]
FIG.
FIG. 66 STUD
STUDBRACKET
BRACKET 11674.XX(NON-HANDED)
11674.XX(NON-HANDED)
3.500 .625
[88.9 mm] [15.9 mm]
.375 2X .500
[9.5 mm] [12.7 mm]
2X 1.000
[25.4 mm]
2X 1.500
[38.1 mm] 2X .500
[12.7 mm] .336
.556 .186
FOR MORE INFORMATION) [14.1 mm] 26t
[4.7 mm]
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE)
(LOW PROFILE)
10.785
[273.9 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 60 SASH A 60
4.938 WITH 14.77
[125.4 mm] WITH 14.05
HINGE HINGE
BASE
MOUNTING
FLANGE
1.000 MAX
.250 MIN
25.400 mm
6.350 mm
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
LEFT HAND SHOWN "A"

[77.8 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN

[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
[2.4 mm]
SEE 1
FIG 6
SASH
OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (WOOD)
.675 MIN
1.188 [17.1 mm]
[30.2 mm] 2.125 MAX
SEE 1 .353
1.625 MIN [9.0 mm]
53.975 mm FIG 6
41.275 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm]
.420 MAX SEE 1
[10.7 mm] 4.955 MIN
FIG 6 [125.9 mm] 4X R.094
BELOW [2.4 mm]
OPERATOR SEE 1
FIG 6
SASH
OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME (PVC)
"A"
.720 MAX MIN. .080 REQUIRED FOR
18.288 mm
26u 15.875 mm
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR CONTINUED

(LOW PROFILE)
.375
[9.5 mm]
.289
[7.3 mm]
SASH SASH
FRAME FRAME
11674.XX 11674.XX

50.81.00.011 REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR
14.05.00.XXX HINGE
32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.05.00.XXX 5.973 [151.7 mm]
14.77.00.XXX 5.532 [140.5 mm]
NOTES:
1 HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES ALLOW.

A CLOSE FITTING CUT-OUT HELPS TO STABILIZE THE OPERATOR AGAINST ROCKING.
3. HANDLE/COVER PACK IS OPPOSITE HAND ON ENCORE DYAD OPERATOR. EXAMPLE: LH ENCORE REVERSE
DYAD OPERATOR REQUIRES A RH HANDLE/COVER
26v
ENCORE REVERSE DYAD
FIG. 9 ENCORE REVERSE DYAD OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE)
[125.4 mm]
4.250
[107.9 mm]
3.625 50.81.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN
[92.1 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm]
1.250
[31.7 mm]
.937
[23.8 mm] .625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
.437
[11.1 mm] .469
[11.9 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

FIG.
FIG.10
10 ENCORE TANGOHANDLE/COVER
ENCORE TANGO HANDLE/COVER 12616.XX(RH) (SHOWN)
12616.XX(RH)(SHOWN), 12614.XX(LH)
12614.XX(LH)
1.513
1.607 [38.4 mm]
[40.8 mm]
5.084
1.616 [129.1 mm]
[41.0 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
FIG.
FIG.11
11 STUD BRACKET11661.XX(LH)
STUD BRACKET 11661.XX(LH) SHOWN, 11662.XX(RH)
SHOWN,11662.XX(RH)
3.500
.375 .625 [88.9 mm]
[9.5 mm] [15.9 mm]
2X .500
[12.7 mm]
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION AVAILABLE 2X 1.500 2X 1.000
[38.1 mm] [25.4 mm]
2X .500
[12.7 mm] .336
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: [8.5 m

SHEET METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH .556
[14.1 mm] .186
26w
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

(SILL MOUNT
(SILL VERSION)
MOUNT VERSION)
16.590
[421.4 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM 2.840
COMPONENT WIDTH [72.1 mm]
SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12 1.000 MAX
25.4 mm
6.3 mm
SILL
FILLER
.125 MIN
[3.2 mm] 2.375
[60.3 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN

SEE FIG.2 FOR BASE
BILL OF MATERIAL 4.938 MOUNTING
AND NOTES [125.4 mm] FLANGE
5.330
[135.4 mm]
4.955 MIN 2X R.094

[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
SEE 1
FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH
CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
.675 MIN
1.188 [17.1 mm]
[30.2 mm] SEE 1 .353
2.125 MAX FIG 2 [9.0 mm]
1.625 MIN
54.0 mm
41.3 mm .595 MIN
[15.1 mm] 4.955 MIN 4X R.094
[125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
.420 MAX
[10.7 mm] SEE 1
FIG 2 SEE 1
BELOW FIG 2
OPERATOR
SASH OPERATOR
CUT-OUT
FRAME
(PVC)
A
[20.6 mm]
26x
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR CONTINUED

.420
[10.7 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11576.XX
TRACK PLACEMENT

52.11.00.XXX SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

32658 GASKET (PVC)
HINGE "A"
14.97.00.XXX
.300 [7.6 mm]
14.12.00.XXX
OTHER 14
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:
1. HOLD THIS DIMENSION AS CLOSE TO THE MINIMUM AS MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES

ROCKING
2. GASKET 32658 IS REQUIRED ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES FOR AN IMPROVED AIR AND
WATER SEAL
26y
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 3 ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

4.938
[125.4 mm]
4.250
3.625
[92.1 mm]
3.000
[76.2 mm]
.937 1.250
[23.8 mm] [31.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.188 .437
[30.2 mm] [11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

(QTY 2)FOR REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE

SCREW PN 19545.XX
FIG.
FIG. 44 ENCORE
ENCORETANGO
TANGOHANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER 12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
12614.XX(LH)(SHOWN), 12616.XX(RH)
12616.XX(RH)
1.607
[40.8 mm]
1.513
[38.4 mm]
1.616
[41.0 mm]
5.084
[129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
26z
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FOR USE WITH

REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY
4.540
.286 [115.3 mm]
[0.7 cm] .665
[16.9 mm]
.185
[4.7 mm]

14.500
[368.3 mm]
.610
[15.5 mm] .750 .750
[19.0 mm] .220 [19.0 mm]
[5.6 mm]
6.500 6.500
[165.1 mm] [165.1 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm] 41014
TRACK
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
31877
SLIDER
26aa
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE)
17.000
[431.8 mm]
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM
COMPONENT WIDTH
SASH AT 90
WITH 14.12
EGRESS HINGE 1.000 MAX
.250 MIN
25.4 mm
6.3 mm
13.125 2.375
[333.4 mm] [60.3 mm]

[90.5 mm]
SEE FIG. 8 FOR BILL
OF MATERIAL NOTES 4.938 BASE
[125.4 mm] MOUNTING
FLANGE
5.330
[135.4 mm]

METAL
(SAME AS PVC)
FRAME
1.188
[30.2 mm] .353
[9.0 mm]
2.125 MAX
1.750 MIN
54.0 mm
44.4 mm .595 MIN 4.953 MIN
[15.1 mm] [125.8 mm] 4X R.094
[2.4 mm]
.420 MAX
[10.7 mm] SEE 1 SEE 1
FIG 6 FIG 6
BELOW
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
A
.720 MIN.
.080 REQUIRED FOR
18.3 mm
15.9 mm 26bb
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 8 APPLICATION OF ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR CONTINUED

(LOW PROFILE)
.320 MIN
[8.1 mm]
SASH
FRAME
30175
TRACK PLACEMENT

52.13.00.011 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
30175 TRACK
32658 GASKET
HINGE "A"
14.12.00.XXX .322 [8.2 mm]
OTHER 14
SERIES
.275 [7.0 mm]
CASEMENT
HINGES
NOTE:

ROCKING
AND WATER SEAL
26cc
ENCORE SINGLE ARM
FIG. 9 ENCORE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR

(LOW PROFILE) 4.936
[125.4 mm]
[107.9 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
52.13.XX.011 LEFT HAND SHOWN 3.000
[76.2 mm]
1.250
.937 [31.7 mm]
[23.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
.437
[11.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT


FIG. 10 ENCORE
FIG. 10 ENCORE TANGO
TANGO HANDLE/COVER
HANDLE/COVER 12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN)
12614.XX(LH)(SHOWN), 12616.XX(RH)
12616.XX(RH)
1.607
[40.8 mm]
1.513
1.616 [38.4 mm]
[41.0 mm]
5.084
[129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
FIG. 11TRACK
FIG. 11 TRACK 30175
30175
13.750
[349.2 mm]
.640 .313
[16.3 mm] [8.0 mm]
.320
.166 13.125 [8.1 mm]
[4.2 mm] [333.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 2)(PN 19214.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT

26dd
ENCORE AWNING
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE AWNING OPERATOR

16.000
[406.4 mm]
2.779
[70.6 mm]
.404
CL OF OPERATOR [10.3 mm]
AWNING HINGE 1.971
DETERMINED CL OF TRACK [50.1 mm]
BY SASH
WEIGHT AND 5.000 5.000
HEIGHT [127.0 mm] [127.0 mm]
SILL SILL
FILLER FILLER
BASE
4.938 MOUNTING
[125.4 mm] FLANGE
5.330
[135.4 mm]
.500 MAX 4.955 MIN

[12.7 mm] [125.9 mm]
SEE 1 2X R.094
[2.4 mm]
FIG 2
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
2.125 MAX SEE 1 .353
1.625 MIN FIG 2 [9.0 mm]
[ 54.0 mm ]
[ 41.3 mm ] .595 MIN
[15.1 mm] 4.955 MIN
SEE 1 [125.9 mm]
.420 MAX FIG 2 SEE 1 4X R.094
[10.7 mm]
FIG 2 [2.4 mm]
BELOW
OPERATOR
SASH
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
(PVC)
FRAME
.810 MIN .080 REQUIRED FOR

26ee
ENCORE AWNING
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE AWNING OPERATOR CONTINUED

.500
[12.77 mm]
SASH
FRAME
11577.92
TRACK PLACEMENT
51.10.00.X11 AWNING OPERATOR
13.XX.XX.XXX HINGE
32658 GASKET (PVC)
NOTE:

ROCKING

AIR AND WATER SEAL
3. ALL AWNING OPERATORS USE 12614.XX LEFT HAND TANGO HANDLE/COVER PACK
26ff
ENCORE AWNING
FIG. 3 ENCORE AWNING OPERATOR

[107.9 mm] 3.625
[92.1 mm]
[76.2 mm]
.437 1.274
[11.1 mm]
51.10.XX.011 SHOWN [32.4 mm]
51.12 REAR MOUNT VERSION .938
[23.8 mm] .625
ALSO AVAILABLE [15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
(QTY 6)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET

METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE
INFORMATION)
(QTY 2)REAR MOUNT:#8-32 X 3/8 PAN HEAD MACHINE

SCREW PN 19545.XX
G. 4 4
FIG. ENCORE TANGO
ENCORE HANDLE/COVER
TANGO 12614.XX(LH)
HANDLE/COVER (SHOWN)
12614.XX(LH) (SHOWN), 12616.XX(RH)
1.513
1.616 1.607 [38.4 mm]
[41.0 mm] [40.8 mm]
5.084
[129.1 mm]
5.330
[135.4 mm]
G. 5 5
FIG. BACK PLATE
BACK 21969.92
PLATE 21969.92
.286 4.540
[115.3 mm] .665
[7.3 mm] [16.9 mm]
FOR USE WITH
51.12 REAR MOUNT
VERSION ONLY .185
[4.7 mm]
G. 6 6
FIG. ENCORE AWNING
ENCORE TRACK
AWNING & SLIDER
TRACK ASSEMBLY
& SLIDER 11577.XX
ASSEMBLY 11577.XX
16.000
[406.4 mm]
.625 .614
[15.9 mm] [15.6 mm]
.263 5.000 4.750 5.000 41015

[6.7 mm] [127.0 mm] [120.6 mm] [127.0 mm] TRACK
11647
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: PIVOT
SLIDE
(QTY 4)(PN 19240.XX)#8 X 1 FLAT HEAD SHEET ASSEMBLY
METAL SCREW (SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE (2 INCLUDED) ASSEMBLY
26gg
INFORMATION)
ENCORE
SYSTEM OPERATORS
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF ENCORE NARROW AWNING OPERATOR
10.955
(SILL MOUNT VERSION) [278.3 mm]
AWNING HINGE 1.688
DETERMINED BY [42.9 mm]
SASH WEIGHT .844
AND HEIGHT [21.4 mm]
.384
[9.8 mm]
CL OF FRAME
BASE
2.125 MAX. 4.938 MOUNTING
[125.4 mm] FLANGE
1.625 MIN.
53.975 mm 5.330
41.275 mm [135.4 mm]
.500 MAX
[12.7 mm] .353
[9.0 mm]
.845 4.955 MIN.

.810 MIN [21.5 mm]
[20.6 mm] [125.9 mm] 2X R.094
COVER (SEE 1 FIG. 2) [2.4 mm]
HEIGHT
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
SASH
(WOOD)
FRAME
1.188 .675 MIN.

[30.2 mm] [17.1 mm]
(SEE 1 FIG. 2)
2.125 MAX. .595 MIN.
1.625 MIN. [15.1 mm]
53.975 mm (SEE 1 FIG. 2)
41.275 mm
4.955 MIN. 4X R.094
.420 MAX. [125.9 mm] [2.4 mm]
[10.7 mm] (SEE 1 FIG. 2)
BELOW
OPERATOR
(PVC)
FRAME
.810 MIN
[20.6 mm] .080 REQUIRED FOR
[2.0 mm] BOTTOM SEAL
26hh
ENCORE AWNING
FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF ENCORE NARROW AWNING OPERATOR (CONTINUED)
.810
.420 .625
[10.7 mm] 20.6 mm
15.9 mm
SASH
FRAME
BRACKET PLACEMENT
.406 X .169
CLEARANCE HOLE "B"
REQUIRED FOR SASH
CAVITY HEIGHTS .625
[15.9 mm]
LESS THAN .810
SASH
FRAME
BRACKET PLACEMENT
HARDWARE SHOWN SEE FIG. 1

22143 BRACKET
13.XX.XX.XXX HINGE
32658 GASKET (PVC)
NOTE:

ROCKING
2. USE 32658 GASKET ON PVC AND METAL PROFILES
3. ALL AWNING OPERATORS USE 12614.XX LEFT HAND TANGO HANDLE/COVER PACK
4. MINIMUM RECOMMENDED SASH HEIGHT 16" (DEPENDENT ON PROFILE)
5. SASH OVERHANG "B" SHOULD BE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE

BRACKET MAY NEED TO BE MOUNTED CLOSER TO SASH EDGE TO ELIMINATE
BRACKET DETACH AT FULL OPEN ON SHORT SASH SIZES
26ii
ENCORE
SYSTEM OPERATORS
FIG. 3 ENCORE NARROW AWNING OPERATOR (SILL MOUNT VERSION)
"A"
4.250
[108.0 mm]
3.625
[92.1 mm]
VERSION AVAILABLE [76.2 mm]
1.250
[31.8 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
1.186
[30.1 mm]
NON-HANDED
.938
[23.8 mm] .438
[11.1 mm]
APPROXIMATE
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: PART NO. "A" AMOUNT OF OPENING
(QTY 6)(P/N 19240.XX)#8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, 51.11 11" 8"
FLAT HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS
FIG.FIG. 4 BRACKET
4 BRACKET 22143
22143
1.688
[42.9 mm]
.844
[21.4 mm]
.125 .344
[3.2 mm] [8.7 mm]
NOTE:
1. BRACKET IS SUPPLIED
WITH OPERATOR. DO .125 .688
NOT ORDER SEPARATELY [3.2 mm] [17.5 mm]
.688
[17.5 mm] 4X .190
[4.8 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS .500
(SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR MORE INFORMATION) [12.7 mm]
2.375
[60.3 mm] 26JJ
Hinge Approx.
14.97 14.12 14.75 14.76 14.77 14.96 Egress Frame
14.19
2.375 .875
1.375
22 Series 2.125
4.000
NA NA
OPERATORS
MAXIM AWNING
25nn
MAXIM AWNING
OPERATORS
25oo 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT THEENCORE SYSTEM
AWNING OPERATOR ACCESSORIES
There are numerous accessories that Gaskets and the #31883 Applicator are ORDERING INFORMATION
have been designed to help provide the examples of such. In instances where 1. Please refer to the following
optimum results in both installation an additional level of sealing is drawings for specific information
and function. The items listed here necessary, the Encore Gaskets will help regarding the item numbers to order.
such as the #32658 and #32855 you achieve this.
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF 32658 ENCORE

OPERATOR GASKET (.062 thickness)
32658
GASKET
31883
APPLICATOR
FIG. 2 ENCORE OPERATOR GASKET 32658 (32855 Gasket with .093 thickness not shown)
4.900
4.900 .062
.062
124.46 1.57
124.46 1.57
. .590
.590
14.99
14.99
.775
.775
19.69
19.69
5.150
5.150
130.81
130.81
FIG. 3 ENCORE OPERATOR GASKET APPLICATOR

5
31883
1
.
1.210
1.210
30.73
30.73
5
5.150
5.205 .985
.985
132.21
130.81 25.02
25.02
FIG. 4 ENCORE OPERATOR SHIMS
.
4.874
5 A
123.80
.624 SHIM "A'

. 15.85 21544 .048,[1.22]
21545 .096,[2.44]
21546 .138,[3.51]
4.250 21547 .189,[4.80]
21548 .205,[5.21]
107.95
3.000
76.20
26oo
1.750
44.45
THEENCORE SYSTEM
FIG. 5 APPLICATION OF TANGO FOLDING HANDLE COVER 12614.XX (LH) (SHOWN) 12616.XX (RH)
(Sold as cover and handle package only)
FOLDING HANDLE
COVER
ENCORE OPERATOR
LEFT HAND SHOWN
FOR CLARITY
FIG. 6 DIMENSIONS FOR TANGO FOLDING HANDLE COVER (LH) (SHOWN)
1.27
32.2
5
5.33 1.45
135.4 36.9
26pp
THEENCORE SYSTEM
FIG. 7 APPLICATION OF CLASSIC FOLDING HANDLE COVER 13342.XX (LH) (SHOWN) 13343.XX (RH)
FOLDING HANDLE
COVER
ENCORE OPERATOR
LEFT HAND SHOWN
FOR CLARITY
FIG. 8 DIMENSIONS FOR CLASSIC FOLDING HANDLE COVER (LH) (SHOWN)
1.33
33.7
5.36 1.43
136.1 136.3
26qq
THEENCORE SYSTEM
FIG. 9 APPLICATION OF FOLDING HANDLE COVER 13541.XX (LH) (SHOWN) 13542.XX (RH)
FOLDING HANDLE
COVER
ENCORE OPERATOR
LEFT HAND SHOWN
FOR CLARITY
FIG. 10 DIMENSIONS FOR FOLDING HANDLE COVER (LH) (SHOWN)
1.35
34.4
5.58 5 1.47 .94

141.8 37.4 23.8
26rr
THEENCORE SYSTEM
FIG. 11 APPLICATION OF ADA HANDLE COVER 14267.XX (LH) (SHOWN) 14268.XX (RH)
FOLDING HANDLE
COVER
ENCORE OPERATOR
LEFT HAND SHOWN
FOR CLARITY
FIG. 12 DIMENSIONS FOR FOLDING HANDLE COVER (LH) (SHOWN)
1.35
34.4
5
.94
5.58 1.47
23.8
141.8 37.4
26ss
THEENCORE SYSTEM
26tt 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
Dual arm action pushes the sash open

while pulling the hinge side of the
sash to the open position. When
properly installed this operator results
in almost effortless operation of both
casement and awning-type windows of
many sizes and weights, even those
with insulated and double-insulated
glass (typical operating torque is less
than one foot-pound to open and close
a 60 lb. sash 90).
INVENTORY/COST REDUCTIONS
The same operator, when mounted on
the side jamb, and combined with the
recommended awning hinge, can be
used on an awning window also. The
result is reduced volume of both
hardware and window parts and fewer
sizes and models to inventory which
turns inventory faster and reduces cost.
The snap-on cover has a flange which
(Inset photo) EntryGard
with new
11454 Contour Handle &
works as an escutcheon. The cover 11553 Contour Cover
eliminates visible light around the
operator and also saves time and money
by hiding any cover routing
imperfections. Note, also, that the CORROSION PROTECTION: 2. Specify finish number.
mounting location and the full 90 Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi-
3. Specify right-or left-hand
opening capability provides unrestricted stage coating process that produces a
egress access. superior physical and aesthetic finish.
when viewed from the outside).
Plus, it is resistant to
PRODUCT APPLICATION a wider range of corrosive materials, 4. Select mounting hardware (sold
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing including industrial cleaning materials separately):
a new window profile, or are having and environmental pollutants. This #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or
difficulty selecting hardware for your proprietary process has been tested to #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle
window, please contact Truth. Our be approximately three times better shown above (painted). Optional
highly trained Product Specialists can than common zinc plated finishes. handle and cover style, such as
assist you with the selection of the Truths Folding Handle, are also
appropriate hardware to meet your For the severe conditions associated with
available.
performance requirements, as well as coastal areas, Truth has developed certain
#10341 - Operator cover (specify finish
providing personalized application product lines utilizing either
number).
drawings. CoastGard Hardware, or stainless
Face-mounted Track and handed
steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you ever Stud Brackets - select from tables in
further information about corrosion
considered personalizing your window? the following drawings. Optional
protection and these special hardware
The operator handle has the ability to brackets for special profile applications
options.
attractively display your company - see Brackets & Track Section.
name or logo. For further details on FINISH: Electrostatically applied, #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
where your company identification durable coatings that provide excellent cap (optional).
would appear, please refer to the resistance to chipping, scratching and
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
following drawings. corrosion while maintaining color
material of profile used. Refer to
WARRANTY: Please refer to Truths Color Chart for
Protected under the terms of the Truth drawings for complete information on
examples of Truths most popular finish
Warranty for Window and Door screw type and quantity needed (sold
Manufacturers and Authorized separately). For additional information
of decorative plated finishes - contact
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms regarding screw selection, see Truth
and Conditions for further details. Tips and Tech Note #11.
availability of these finishes on
specific product lines. TRUTH TIPS:
zinc operator base. Hardened steel drive 1. Operator handing is determined by
worm and gears. High-strength plastic the hinge side when viewed from the
1. Choose operator style desired
operator cover. outside. 27
(specify by part number).
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 6. A Spline Cap (part #21306) is 12. When selecting mounting screws
2. If operator placement, as calculated available to protect the operator splines for Truth hardware, coating
in Figure #1, is not desirable, the from dirt and other windows from compatibility Is one of the most
operator can be shifted up to .343" damage during shipping, installation important criteria. For best corrosion
(8.7 mm) away from the hinge side of and final building construction. resistance the coating on the screws
the window. Shifting the operator will should be the same as the coating on
cause slightly higher operator torque 7. The Dual Arm Operator should not the hardware. For more information
and reduces resistance to wind load. be used in conjunction with Butt Hinge see Tech Note #11.
If 90 of opening is not necessary, or 4-Bar Hinges (except the #34.81).
the operator can be shifted toward the In most cases, the motion of the two INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
hinge side of the window. The best operating arms do not complement the YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
operator performance can be achieved motion of these types of hinges Window operators shall be provided
by minimizing dimensions A and resulting in higher operating torque. which allow easy adjustment of
X - see Figure 1. window position. The mechanism
8. The location of the operator and should be crank operated and provide
3. When a Dual Arm Operator is stud bracket (dimension A and B) is superior operation throughout the
installed in high rise applications over based on a sill cover width of 1.938" windows range of motion. Connection
two stories, a Truth Limit Device, to (23.8 mm) as specified in Figure. 1. If to the movable sash must be easily
restrict the amount of opening, is the sill cover depth must be increased, detachable for window cleaning and
recommended. Contact Truth for wind dimensions A & B will be decreased maintenance. Removable EntryGard
load information. proportionately and operator torque interior cover will allow matching
may increase. hardware styling as well as easier
4. Sash weight should be limited to finishing of frame and sill.
60 lbs. to insure ease of operation for 9. For accurate hardware placement in
the lifetime of the window. When used vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Window operators will be of combined
on a sash weighing over 60 lbs., of the window profile is recommended. push arm and drag arm/link design
operating torque will noticeably 10. For vinyl window applications, driven by a hand crank. The operator
increase and operator life will be mounting screws should pass through must be constructed of E-Gard
reduced. two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and components, hardened steel worm and
one insert wall. For this reason, it gearing and high pressure zinc alloy die
5. Truth recommends that a Snubber castings. High-strength plastic trim
be used at the center of the hinge side may be necessary to use a longer screw
than is recommended. cover.
tendency to bow outward at the center 11. For metal window profiles, Truth Window operators shall be 15 series
in the closed position. Adding a recommends machine screws. EntryGard Dual Arm Operator as
Snubber may increase the negative air However, in most applications, sheet manufactured by Truth Hardware,
pressure rating of a casement window. metal screws will provide adequate Owatonna, MN.
holding power.
27a
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ENTRYGARD DUAL ARM OPERATOR
4.938
TRACK (125.4mm)
STUD BRACKET
2.469
(62.7mm)
SASH
FRAME
1.521
HARDWARE SHOWN (38.6mm)
15.10 OPERATOR .417
10339 STUD BRACKET (10.6mm)
30473 TRACK
14.05 HINGE
10341 COVER
10579 HANDLE
B
10.750*
(273.1mm)
A
*15.15 = 11.500 (292.0mm) 5.220
(132.6mm)
17.0 (431.8mm) APPROXIMATE MINIMUM SASH WIDTH (USING 14.05)

LEFT HAND SHOWN
1.938
(49.2mm)
.468
D (11.9mm)
MAX. WALL THICKNESS
SASH
F
SEE FIG. 2
TABLE OF APPLICATION
.282 FRAME FOR 90 SASH OPENING
(7.1mm) AVAILABLE Y
1.312 HINGES HINGE CONSTANT
(33.3mm) 14.05 5.932 (150.7mm)
NOTE:
1. TO DETERMINE THE A DIMENSION FOR OPERATOR PLACEMENT 14.06 6.560 (166.8mm)
ADD SASH DIMENSION XTO HINGE CONSTANT Y ( A = X + Y ) 14.75 5.932 (150.7mm)
SEE TRUTH TIP NO. 8. 14.76 6.560 (166.8mm)
2. MINIMIZE THE X DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR PERFORMANCE. 14.77 3.591 (91.2mm)
THE RECOMMENDED RANGE FOR DIMENSION X IS .250 (6.4mm)
TO 1.0 (25.4mm). 14.80 5.932 (150.7mm)
3. NOT ALL DUAL ARM OPERATORS CAN BE USED WITH ALL HINGES. 14.91 6.560 (166.8mm)
CONSULT THE TABLE IN FIG. 2. 14.93 3.591 (91.2mm)
4. OPERATOR CUTOUT SIZE 5.0 (127.0mm) X .750 (19.1mm). 34.81 5.692 (144.6mm)
5. USE L, F, AND LINK THICKNESS TO CALCULATE MOUNTING HEIGHT.
27b
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 2 ENTRYGARDDUALARMOPERATOR
4.438
(112.7mm)
3.938
(100.0mm)
3.090 CLIP
(78.5mm)
B
.623 .657
(15.8mm) (16.7mm)
1 .500
(12.7mm)
1 LINK .125
OFFSET (3.2mm)
LINK UP .663
(16.8mm)
L LINK DOWN .521
LEFT HAND 15.10 SHOWN (13.2mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
1 PREFERRED MOUNTING HOLES
WOOD: 5 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREWS. USE L, F, AND LINK THICKNESS TO
PVC & METAL: 5 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS. CALCULATE BRACKET MOUNTING HEIGHT
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
(SEE STUD BRACKETS FOR "F" DIM.)
B BRACKET CLEARANCE D
LINK STUD
OPERATORS CLIP HINGES 10339 L 10402 L 10498 L 10745 L 10986 L 10558
OFFSET LOCATION 10340 R 10403 R 10499 R 10746 R 10987 R
15.10 UP 14.05 .900 1.130 .900 .900 .900

(22.9mm) N/C
14.06 (28.7mm) (22.9mm) (22.9mm) (22.9mm)
14.75
TOP 14.76
34.81 1.000
15.61 DOWN N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C
5.270 (25.4mm)
(133.9mm)
1.430 * .960 1.430 * 1.430 * 1.430 .952

15.63 UP
(36.3mm) (24.4mm) (36.3mm) (36.3mm) (36.3mm) (24.2mm)
BOTTOM
1.280 * .780 1.280 * 1.280 * 1.280 * .810

15.73 DOWN (20.6mm)
(32.5mm) (19.8mm) (32.5mm) (32.5mm) (32.5mm)
15.15 14.77 2.929 .900

EGRESS UP TOP EGRESS (74.4mm) N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C
(22.9mm)
D=MINIMUM CLEARANCE HEIGHT AT STUD BRACKET

*=OPPOSITE HAND INVERTED BRACKET
N/C=NOT COMPATIBLE
27c
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 3 CASEMENT OPERATOR (4 HOLE) TRACK 30473.XX

11.380
(289.1mm)
.810 3.250 3.250 3.250
(20.6mm) (82.6mm) (82.6mm) (82.6mm)
.668
(17.0mm)
.670
(17.0mm) .220
(5.6mm)
NOTE: ALSO AVAILABLE AS 31727 LIMITER TRACK
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 4 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
FIG. 4 CASEMENT OPERATOR (3 HOLE) TRACK 30706.XX
11.380
(289.1mm)
.810 4.880 4.880
(20.6mm) (124.0mm) (124.0mm)
.668
(17.0mm)
.
.670
(17.0mm) .220
(5.6mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
PVC
R & METAL: 4 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
FIG. 5 ENTRYGARD OPERATOR COVER 10341
1.400
(35.6mm)
.
.930
(23.6mm)
1
5.220
(132.6mm) .350
(8.9mm)
NOTE: 1.125 LOGO AREA AVAILABLE

COVER SNAPS ONTO OPERATOR (28.6mm) HOT STAMPED
FULL SCALE
NO FASTENERS NEEDED.
27d
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 6 STUD BRACKET 10339.XX, 10340.XX
1.625
(41.3mm)
.385 F
(11.1mm)
. .438
.625 .250 (11.1mm)
(15.9mm) (6.4mm) .688
2 (17.5mm)
2.875
(73.0mm) 10339 LEFT HAND SHOWN
N
NOTE: 10340 RIGHT HAND
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2.875
.250 (73.0mm) .625 .438
(6.4mm) . (11.1mm)
(15.9mm)
.190 FF
.688
.
(4.8mm) (17.5mm)
.298 1.625 .375

(7.6mm) (41.3mm) (9.5mm) 10402 LEFT HAND SHOWN
1
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS
1.625 .375
(41.3mm) (9.5mm) .358 F
(9.1mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
.438
(11.1mm)
.688
.625 (17.5mm)
(15.9mm)
2.560
2 10498 LEFT HAND SHOWN
(65.5mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: NOTE: 10499 RIGHT HAND
27e WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND
T
15 ENTRYGARD
DUAL ARM OPERATOR
.298 .438
(7.6mm) .358 (11.1mm)
(9.1mm)
F
.313 .688
.250 (8.0mm) (17.5mm)
(6.4mm) 2.250 .063
(57.2mm) (1.6mm)
2.875
(73.0mm)
10745 LEFT HAND SHOWN
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS,

FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD

SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
FIG. 10 STUD BRACKET 10558.XX
F
.164 .104
(4.2mm) (2.6mm)
NON HANDED
.750
.310 (19.1mm)
(7.9mm)
.500
.630 .750 (12.7mm)
(16.0mm) (19.1mm)
2.750 .250
(69.9mm) (6.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:


27f
CASEMENT
AWNING 15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
Designed for use on windows that are

too narrow to accept the EntryGard
Dual Arm Operator, this hardware can
be used on windows as narrow as
eleven inches between stops (nine
inches between stops if less than 90 of
opening is acceptable). The result is
excellent low-torque operation of
narrow casement windows through a
full 90 of opening.
VERSATILE & ECONOMICAL:
By using the same cover as on the
EntryGard Dual Arm Operator, the
same family appearance can be
maintained. The cover has a flange
which acts as an escutcheon. That
means lower cost in the making of sill
covers since the cut around the
operator can be less exacting. The (Inset photo) EntryGard with new
EntryGard Dyad Operator also adapts 11454 Contour Handle &
to an awning window application when 11553 Contour Cover
mounted to the side jamb and used
with Truth Awning Hinges. This dual CORROSION PROTECTION: 3. Specify right- or left-hand
purpose feature allows for Truths E-Gard Hardware has a (determined by the side the hinge is
casement/awning unit standardization, multi-stage coating process that on when viewed from the outside).
reducing costs of exterior cladding, produces a superior physical and
parts inventory and dealers 4. Select mounting hardware (sold
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to
inventories. separately):
a wider range of corrosive materials,
#11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or
PRODUCT APPLICATION #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing shown above (painted). Optional handle
a new window profile, or are having and cover style, such as Truths Folding
difficulty selecting hardware for your Handle, are also available.
window, please contact Truth. Our #10341 - Operator cover (specify finish
highly trained Technical Service Staff For the severe conditions associated number).
can assist you with the selection of the with coastal areas, Truth has developed LH and RH Stud Bracket - Select a
appropriate hardware to meet your certain product lines utilizing either bracket from the following drawings.
performance requirements, as well as CoastGard Hardware, or stainless Optional brackets for special profile
providing personalized application steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for applications - see Brackets & Track
drawings. further information about corrosion Section.
protection and these special hardware #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you cap (optional).
considered personalizing your options.
window? The EntryGard series of FINISH: Electrostatically applied, RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
Truth Operators provide a unique area durable coatings that provide excellent Types of screws required determined
in which to feature your companys resistance to chipping, scratching and by material of profile used. Refer to
name &/or logo. All of Truths corrosion while maintaining color drawings for complete information on
operator handles are capable of stability for years in direct sunlight. screw type and quantity needed (sold
accepting your own signature. Please refer to Truths Color Chart for separately). For additional information
Contact Truth for further details. examples of Truths most popular regarding screw selection - see Truth
finish options. Truth also offers a wide Tips and Tech Note #11.
WARRANTY:
Protected under the terms of the Truth range of decorative plated finishes - TRUTH TIPS:
Warranty for Window and Door contact Truth for additional 1. Operator handing is determined by the
Manufacturers and Authorized information on availability of these hinge side when viewed from the outside.
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms finishes on specific product lines.
and Conditions for further details. 2. Sash weight should be limited to 45
ORDERING INFORMATION: lbs. to insure ease of operation for the
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast 1. Choose operator style desired lifetime of the window. When used on
zinc base, crank handle and knob. (specify by part number). a sash weighing over 45 lbs., operating
Hardened steel worm and gear. High- 2. Specify finish number. torque will noticeably increase and
28
strength plastic cover. operator life will be reduced.
15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 9. The EntryGard Dyad Operator is 16. Truth recommends that a Snubber
3. The EntryGard Dyad Operator not recommended for windows with be used at the center of the hinge side
can be used with the following Truth stiff, slide-by weatherstrip. To insure on any casement window which has a
Hinges: proper operation and long operator life, tendency to bow outwardly at the
#14.05, #14.06, #14.75, #14.76. center in the closed position. Adding a
Concealed Casement Hinges. 10. Weatherstrip forces should be Snubber may increase the negative air
All 8", 10", and 12" Standard Duty minimized. To find out if the pressure rating of a casement window.
4-Bar Hinges. weatherstrip forces are acceptable, the
All 10" and 12" Heavy Duty 4-Bar following procedure is suggested using 17. When selecting mounting screws
Hinges with standard stops (except the largest window size: A. From a for Truth hardware, coating
#34.85). complete window package, disconnect compatibility is one of the most
Note: This Operator should not be the operator so that the sash opens and important criteria. For best corrosion
used with egress style or Butt Hinges. closes freely. B. Mount window plumb resistance the coating on the screws
and square. C. Connect spring scale or should be the same as the coating on
4. Dimensions A and B become more other force measuring device to lower the hardware. For more information
critical as sash weight increases. lock side of the sash and measure the see Tech Note #11.
Decreasing the B dimension increases force required to completely close the
operator performance. Increasing the window through its final one inch of INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
travel. D. Multiply the force from Step YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
5. A dimension increases operator C by the sash width and divide by Window operators shall be provided
performance near the fully closed dimension A from Figure 1. For which allow easy adjustment of window
position, but may decrease operator acceptable performance, this calculated position. The mechanism should be
performance near the fully open force must be less than 150 lbs. crank operated and provide smooth
position. Recommended A dimension operation out to 90 of sash opening.
range: 1.375" (35.3 mm) to 2.125" 11. If your window exceeds the forces Connection to the movable sash must
(54.0 mm). Recommended B as measured by the procedure outlined be easily detachable for window
dimension range: 1.00" (19.1 mm) to above, Truth recommends that the cleaning and maintenance. Removable
1.750" (44.5 mm). Dyad Operator not be used. EntryGard interior cover will allow
matching hardware styling as well as
6. #10917 and #10918 Stud Brackets 12. For accurate hardware placement easier finishing of frame and sill.
are recommended because of the added in vinyl or metal applications, pre-
strength given by the third mounting drilling of the window profile is Window operators will be of drag
hole, and in most cases the A recommended. arm/link design driven by a hand
dimension is maximized. crank. The operator must be
13. For vinyl window applications, constructed of E-Gard components,
7. Application of indicated brackets mounting screws should pass through hardened steel worm and gearing and
can vary greatly. Dimension C locates two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and high pressure zinc alloy die castings.
the operator in relation to the bracket. one insert wall. For this reason, it may High-strength plastic trim cover.
If there is interference between the be necessary to use a longer screw than
operator linkage and the window, is recommended. Window Operators shall be 15 series
dimension C must be increased. If the EntryGard Dyad Operator as
window does not close fully, 14. For metal window profiles, Truth manufactured by Truth Hardware,
dimension C must be reduced. recommends machine screws. Owatonna, MN.
8. When a Dyad Operator is installed metal screws will provide adequate
in high-rise applications over two holding power.
stories, a Truth Limit Device, to restrict
the amount of opening, is 15. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
recommended. Contact Truth for wind to protect the operator splines from dirt
load information. and other windows from damage
during shipping, installation, and final
building construction.
28a
15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ENTRYGARD DYAD OPERATOR
11.0 (279.4mm)
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM SASH WIDTH
FOR 90 OPENING (USING 14.05 HINGE)
5.220
(132.6mm)
4.938
(125.4mm)
A RECOMMENDED:
1.375 (34.9mm) TO
2.125 (54.0mm)
SEE TRUTH TIPS #4
1.521
(38.6mm)
.417
.062 (1.6mm)
RECOMMENDED
TO MINIMIZE
BDIMENSION
B RECOMMENDED:
LEFT HAND SHOWN .750 (19.1mm) TO
C 5.637 (143.2mm) 1.750 (44.5mm)
SEE TRUTH TIPS #7 SEE TRUTH TIPS #4
1.938
.468 (49.2mm)
(11.9mm) SILL COVER
D
PARTS SHOWN
SASH SEE FIG.2 15.62 OPERATOR
12512 STUD BRACKET
FRAME 14.05 HINGE
10341 COVER
10579 HANDLE
NOTES:
1. CRITICAL A RANGES FROM 1.375 (34.9mm) TO 2.125 (54.0mm).
CRITICAL B RANGES FROM .750 (19.1mm) TO 1.750 (44.5mm).
2. MAXIMIZE THE A DIMENSION AND MINIMIZE THE

B DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR PERFORMANCE.
3. CONTACT TRUTH IF YOUR PROFILE DOES NOT FIT
INTO A OR B RANGES.
4. THIS OPERATOR MUST NOT BE USED WITH BUTT

HINGES, 4 BAR EGRESS HINGES OR ANY CONCEALED
CASEMENT HINGES WITH AN A DIM. OF LESS THAN 4.00 (101.6mm).
5. OPERATOR CUTOUT 5.0(127.0mm) X .750(19.1mm). 28b

15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 2 ENTRYGARD DYAD OPERATOR
3.938
(100.0mm)
1.820
(46.2mm)
3.950
1 (100.3mm)
1
.657 1
(16.7mm) CLIP
.500 NOTE:
(12.7mm)
4.438
(112.7mm)
15.11 LEFT HAND SHOWN .125

(3.2mm)
LINK
OFFSET
LINK UP .663
(16.8mm)
LINK DOWN.521
(13.2mm)
BRACKET MOUNTING HEIGHT= "L" = "F"

(SEE STUD BRACKETS FOR "F" DIM.)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
AVAILABLE LINK BRACKETS
WOOD: 5 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, CLIP 10917 L
OPERATORS OFFSET
FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL, SCREWS. 10918 R
D= .95
PVC & METAL: 5 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS 15.11 DOWN
(24.1mm)
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE TOP
DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 15.62 D= 1.09
UP (27.7mm)
D= .952 *
15.64 UP
24.1mm)
BOTTOM
D= .810 *
15.76 DOWN (20.6mm)
(*= OPPOSITE HAND INVERTED BRACKET)
28c
15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
FFIG. 3 ENTRYGARD OPERATOR COVER 10341
LOGO AREA AVAILABLE
1.40
[35.6 mm]
1.125
[28.6 mm]
.930
[23.6 mm]
NOTE:
COVER SNAPS ONTO OPERATOR
NO FASTENERS NEEDED
.350
[8.9 mm]
FIG. 4 STUD BRACKETS 12512.XX, 12513.XX

G. 4 STUD BRACKETS 12512.XX, 12513.XX

2.970
[75.4 mm]
2.186 .500
1.380
[55.5 mm] [12.7 mm]
.217 [35.1 mm]
[5.5 mm]
1.093
[27.8 mm]
.187
[4.7 mm]
.336
[8.5 mm] .062 1.130
[1.6 mm] .250 [28.7 mm]
[6.4 mm]
NOTE:12513 RIGHT HAND
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.XX)#7 X .875 PHILLIPS,FLAT HEAD,SHEET METAL SCREWS:

PVC&METAL: (QTY 3)#7 PHILLIPS,FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE) 28d
15 ENTRYGARD
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 5 STUD BRACKETS 10558.XX
F
.164
(4.2mm)
.310 .750
(7.9mm) (19.1mm)
NON HANDED
.630 .750 .500

(16.0mm) (19.1mm) (12.7mm)
2.750 .250
(69.9mm) (6.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
F
.120
(3.0mm)
. 2.38
(60.5mm)
.590 11257 LEFT HAND SHOWN
(15.0mm)
1.043 .663
(26.5mm) (16.8mm) .560
(14.2mm)
2X.19
(4.8mm) .862 2X .509
(21.9mm) (12.9mm)
2X.250
(6.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
28e 700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT ENTRYGARD
15 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
New to Truths family of EntryGard

Operators is our Single Arm Model.
This product combines all the
functional advantages of Truths
Standard Single Arm Operator with the
aesthetic features of our popular
EntryGard model. Recommended for
use on narrow windows, or for round-
top and trapezoid windows that use a
Butt Hinge.
VERSATILE: The roto gear casement
operator arm can be easily
disconnected from the sash to aid in
cleaning and installation. When
properly mounted, this operator will
provide a full 90 of window opening.
For smooth operation, a nylon roller
located on the end of the arm, glides
easily along the track.
STYLISH & ECONOMIC: (Inset photo) EntryGard with new
To tie this product in with the 11454 Contour Handle &
EntryGard family, Truth has designed 11553 Contour Cover
this Single Arm Operator to accept the
standard operator cover. The cover,
available in a variety of colors, has a MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast further information about corrosion
flange which acts as an escutcheon. zinc base, crank handle, and knob. protection and these special hardware
This will result in lower costs in the Hardened steel worm and gear. High- options
making of the sill covers since the cut strength plastic cover.
around the operator can be less FINISH: Electrostatically applied, 1. Choose operator style desired:
exacting. durable coatings that provide excellent #15.94 - Single Arm Operator.
PRODUCT APPLICATION resistance to chipping, scratching and
corrosion while maintaining color 2. Specify right- or left-hand
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing (determined by the side the hinge is
a new window profile, or are having stability for years in direct sunlight.
Please refer to Truths Color Chart for on when viewed from the outside).
difficulty selecting hardware for your
window, please contact Truth. Our examples of Truths most popular 3. Specify operator track number.
highly trained Product Specialists can finish options. Truth also offers a wide #30706.XX Track - 3-hole.
assist you with the selection of the range of decorative plated finishes -
appropriate hardware to meet your contact Truth for additional 4. Order mounting hardware (sold
performance requirements, as well as information on availability of these separately).
providing personalized application finishes on specific product lines. #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or
drawings. #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle -
CORROSION PROTECTION: shown above (painted). Optional
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you Truths E-Gard Hardware has a handle and cover style, such as Truths
considered personalizing your multi-stage coating process that Folding Handle, are also available.
window? The EntryGard Single Arm produces a superior physical and #10341 - Operator cover (specify finish
Operator provides a unique area in aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to number).
which to feature your companys name a wider range of corrosive materials, #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
and/or logo. All of Truths operator including industrial cleaning materials cap (optional).
handles are capable of accepting your and environmental pollutants. This
own signature. Contact Truth for proprietary process has been tested to RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
further details. be approximately three times better Types of screws required determined
than common zinc plated finishes. by material of profile used. Refer to
WARRANTY: drawings for complete information on
Protected under the terms of the Truth For the severe conditions associated screw type and quantity needed (sold
Warranty for Window and Door with coastal areas, Truth has developed separately). For additional information
Manufacturers and Authorized certain product lines utilizing either regarding screw selection - see Truth
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms CoastGard Hardware, or stainless Tips and Tech Note #11.
and Conditions for further details. steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for
29
15 ENTRYGARD
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS: 6. For accurate hardware placement in INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

1. Operator handing is determined by vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
the hinge side when viewed from the of the window profile is recommended. Window operators shall be provided
outside. which allow easy adjustment of
7. For vinyl window applications, window position. The mechanism
2. When used in high rise applications mounting screws should pass through should be crank operated and provide
of over two stories, Truth recommends two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and smooth operation of egress or butt
using a Truth Limit Device. one insert wall. For this reason, it may hinges. Connection to the movable
be necessary to use a longer screw than sash must be easily detachable for
3. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available is recommended.
to protect the operator splines from dirt window cleaning and maintenance.
and other windows from damage 8. For metal window profiles, Truth Removable EntryGard interior cover
during shipping, installation, and final recommends machine screws. will allow matching hardware styling
building construction. However, in most applications, sheet as well as easier finishing of frame and
metal screws will provide adequate sill.
4. Truth recommends that a Truth holding power.
Snubber be used at the center of the Window operators will be of single
hinge side on any casement window 9. When selecting mounting screws push arm design driven by a hand
which has a tendency to bow outward for Truth hardware, coating crank. The operator must be
at the center in the closed position. compatibility is one of the most constructed of E-Gard components,
Adding a Snubber may increase the important criteria. For best corrosion hardened steel worm and gearing and
negative air pressure rating of a resistance the coating on the screws high pressure zinc alloy die castings.
casement window. should be the same as the coating on High-strength plastic trim cover.
the hardware. For more information Window Operators shall be 15 series
5. Sash weight should be limited to see Tech Note #11.
40 lbs. to insure ease of operation for EntryGard Single Arm Operator as
the lifetime of the window. When used 10. This operator may be mounted manufactured by Truth Hardware,
on a sash weighing over 40 lbs., closer to the lock side of the window to Owatonna, MN.
operating torque will noticeably effectively limit opening and improve
increase and operator life will be corner pull-in performance.
reduced.
29a
15 ENTRYGARD
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ENTRYGARD SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
SASH
X
FRAME
1.521
(38.6mm)
.417
(10.6mm)
HARDWARE SHOWN
15.94 OPERATOR
30706 TRACK
14.05 HINGE
10341 COVER
10579 HANDLE 4.938
(125.4mm)
LEFT HAND SHOWN
7.375 A
(187.3mm)
5.220
(132.6mm)
14.250
(362.0mm)
APPROXIMATE MINIMUM SASH WIDTH WITH 14.05 HINGE
TABLE OF APPLICATION
FOR 90 SASH OPENING
1.938
(49.2mm) AVAILABLE Y
MIN. .468 MAX HINGES HINGE CONSTANT
(11.9mm) 7.997 (203.1mm)
WALL THICKNESS *14.02
14.05 7.008 (178.0mm)
SASH 14.06 7.655 (194.4mm)
14.75 6.947 (176.5mm)
14.76 7.575 (192.4mm)
FRAME 14.77 4.318 (109.7mm)
*14.80 6.947 (176.5mm)
.282
(7.2mm) *14.91 7.575 (192.4mm)
*14.93 4.068 (103.3mm)
.710 14.96 6.986 (177.4mm)
(18.0mm)
MIN. * STAINLESS STEEL HINGES
NOTE:
1. TO DETERMINE THE A DIMENSION FOR OPERATOR
PLACEMENT ADD SASH DIMENSION X TO HINGE
CONSTANT Y. ( A = X +Y )
2. MINIMIZE THE X DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR PERFORMANCE.

THE RECOMMENDED RANGE FOR DIMENSION X IS .250 TO 1.00.
3. OPERATOR CUT OUT SIZE: 5.0 (127.0mm) X .750 (19.1mm)
29b
15 ENTRYGARD
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 2 TRUTH ENTRYGARD SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
4.438
(112.7mm)
3.938
(100.0mm)
1.820
(46.2mm)
1
1
.657 .500
(16.7mm) (12.7mm)
4.938
(125.4mm) LEFT HAND SHOWN
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
NOTE:
OPERATOR: 1 PREFERRED MOUNTING HOLES
WOOD: 5 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS,

FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS AVAILABLE
OPERATORS
PVC & METAL: 5 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED 15.94
BY PROFILE)
FIG. 3 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK 30706
11.380
(289.0mm)
4.880 4.880
.668 (124.0mm) (124.0mm)
(17.0mm)
0 .810
(20.6mm)
.670
(17.0mm) .220
(5.6mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:


(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
29c 700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 I 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 I TRUTH . COM
AWNING ENTRYGARD
11 AWNING OPERATOR
Now an awning operator that offers the

same family appearance thats
available with Truths popular
EntryGard Casement Operators.
Designed to accept the same operator
cover that the casement models use.
VERSATILE & EFFICIENT:
With three different arm lengths avail-
able (12.0", 20.750", & 28.750") in
both steel and stainless steel, this
operator reduces the torque needed to
open or close the sash. Truths new
guide bar type operator does a
beautiful job of pulling the sash snug
to the weatherstrip, even on wide
awning windows. A simple detach
feature disengages the operator from (Inset photo) EntryGard with new
the sash for quick window removal. 11454 Contour Handle & 11328 Metal Cover
PRODUCT APPLICATION For the severe conditions associated #31641 - Guide Bar (used with #11.43
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing a with coastal areas, Truth has & #11.46) or,
new window profile, or are having developed certain product lines #31642 - (used with #11.44 & #11.47).
difficulty selecting hardware for your utilizing either CoastGard #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
window, please contact Truth. Our highly Hardware, or stainless steel hardware. cap (optional).
trained Product Specialists can assist you See Tech Note #7 for further
with the selection of the appropriate information about corrosion protection RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
hardware to meet your performance and these special hardware options. Types of screws required determined
requirements, as well as providing by material of profile used. Refer to
personalized application drawings. FINISH: Electrostatically applied, drawings for complete information on
durable coatings that provide excellent screw type and quantity needed (sold
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you resistance to chipping, scratching and separately). For additional information
considered personalizing your window? corrosion while maintaining color regarding screw selection - see Truth
The EntryGard series of Truth Operators stability for years in direct sunlight. Tips and Tech Note #11.
provide a unique area in which to feature Please refer to Truths Color Chart for
your companys name &/or logo. All of examples of Truths most popular TRUTH TIPS:
Truths operator handles are capable of finish options. Truth also offers a wide 1. The EntryGard Awning Operator
accepting your own signature. range of decorative plated finishes - can be used with all Truth 13 Series
Contact Truth for further details. contact Truth for additional Awning Hinges. To insure maximum
information on availability of these operator efficiency and avoid sash
WARRANTY: chatter, it is important that the operator,
Protected under the terms of the Truth finishes on specific product lines.
hinge, and sash height be properly
Warranty for Window and Door ORDERING INFORMATION: matched. For more complete
Manufacturers and Authorized 1. Choose operator style desired information on proper hinge sizing and
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms (specify by part number). how to overcome corner pull-in
and Conditions for further details. problems, see Truth Tech Note #2.
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast 2. Butt Hinges can be used with the
zinc operator base. Hardened steel 3. Select mounting hardware (sold EntryGard Awning Operator, however,
drive worm and gears. High-strength separately): some degree of sash chatter will
polycarbonate operator cover. #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or usually occur. Chatter is caused by the
#10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle - weight of the window pushing the
CORROSION PROTECTION: shown above (painted).
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a operator closed rather than the operator
#10341 - Operator Cover (specify pulling the window closed.
multi-stage coating process that finish number).
produces a superior physical and Optional handle and cover styles, such 3. When security and/or a tighter
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to as Truths Folding Handle and metal weather seal is desired, sash locks should
a wider range of corrosive materials, cover, are also available. be added to either the sill or side jambs.
including industrial cleaning materials Sash Hook- three styles to choose
and environmental pollutants. This from - refer to drawings for sizes and 4. A Truth Spline Cap (#21306) is
proprietary process has been tested to part numbers (used with #11.42). available to protect the operator spline
be approximately three times better #10005 - Shoes Studs (#11.43, #11.44, from dirt and damage during shipping,
than common zinc plated finishes. window installation, and final building 30
#11.46, #11.47) require 2 each.
construction.
11 ENTRYGARD
AWNING OPERATOR
5. Adding a Truth Snubber to the 9. When selecting mounting screws Window operators will be of scissors
center of the top rail on an awning for Truth hardware, coating arm design driven by hand crank.
window may increase the negative air compatibility is one of the most The operator must be constructed of
pressure rating of the window. important criteria. For best corrosion E-Gard components, hardened steel
resistance the coating on the screws worm and gearing and high pressure
6. For accurate hardware placement in should be the same as the coating on zinc alloy die castings. High-strength
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling the hardware. For more information plastic trim cover.
of the window profile is recommended. see Tech Note #11.
Window Operators shall be 11 series
7. For vinyl window applications, INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON EntryGard Awning Operator as
mounting screws should pass through YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT manufactured by Truth Hardware,
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Window operators shall be provided Owatonna, MN.
one insert wall. For this reason, it may which allow easy adjustment of
be necessary to use a longer screw than window position. The mechanism
is recommended. should be crank operated and provide
8. For metal window profiles Truth wide range of open positions.
recommends machine screws. Connection to the movable sash must
However, in most applications, sheet be easily detachable for window
metal screws will provide adequate cleaning and maintenance. Removable
holding power. EntryGard interior cover will allow
matching hardware styling to casement
windows.
30a
11 ENTRYGARD
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ENTRYGARD AWNING OPERATOR
12.000
(304.8mm)
4.938
(125.4mm)
HARDWARE SHOWN
11.42 OPERATOR
SASH 20008 SASH HOOK
FRAME 13 SERIES HINGE
W 1.528 O 10341 COVER
(38.8mm)
10579 HANDLE
1 1
.417
(10.6mm)
.468 MAX.
NOTE:
1. TO DETERMINE THE W DIMENSION FOR OPERATOR SASH
SPACE REQUIREMENTS ADD HOOK DIMENSION H TO
OPERATOR CONSTANT O . ( W = O + H )
FRAME B
2. OPERATOR CUTOUT SIZE 5.0(127.0mm) X .750 (19.1mm)
FIG. 2 ENTRYGARD AWNING OPERATOR (single pull)

12.000
(304.8mm)
3.938
(100.0mm)
3.090
(78.5mm)
.123
(3.2mm)
.157
(4.0mm)
.500
(12.7mm)
4.438
(112.7mm)
4.938
(125.4mm)
AVAILABLE SASH SASH DIMENSION DIMENSION

OPERATOR OPENING HOOKS B H
20008 .555 (14.1mm) +.410 (10.4mm)
11.42 7.25
*31336 +.160 (4.1mm)
(184.2mm) N/A
40543 .845 (21.5mm)
*31336 MAY ADD OR SUBTRACT FROM O
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATORS:
WOOD: 5 (P/N 19240.XX) STEEL #8 X 1.0
PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 5 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH

AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
30b
11 ENTRYGARD
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 3 ENTRYGARD AWNING OPERATOR (GUIDE BAR)
1.021 MIN
(25.9mm)
SASH
FRAME
1 1
1.938
(49.4mm)
HARDWARE SHOWN
.468 MAX 11.43 OPERATOR
(11.9mm)
31641 GUIDE BAR
(2) 10005 SHOE STUDS
SASH 10341 COVER
10579 HANDLE
FRAME .555
(14.1mm)
.816 MIN
(20.7mm)
FIG. 4 ENTRYGARD AWNING OPERATOR (GUIDE BAR)

GUIDE BAR
A
.312 CENTER HOLE APPLICABLE
(7.9mm) (31642 ONLY)
B .204
(5.2mm)
SHOE STUD (QTY 2)

10005
NOTE: MOUNTING HOLE LOCATIONS

SHOWN IN FIG. 2.
AVAILABLE AVAILABLE SCREW GUIDE BAR OVERALL GUIDE BAR HOLE APPROXIMATE DIMENSION
OPERATOR GUIDE BAR REQD. LENGTH A TO HOLE DIM B SASH OPENING C
11.43 31641 2 22.750 (577.9mm) 22.125 (562.0mm) 7.688 (195.3mm)
.599 (14.2mm)
11.44 31642 3 30.750 (781.1mm) 30.125 (765.2mm) 11.312 (287.3mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATORS:
WOOD: 5 (P/N 19240.XX) STEEL #8 X 1.0
PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
GUIDE BAR: (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREWS
NOTE: *2 (30385) CLIPS INCLUDED WITH OPERATOR.
30c GUIDE BAR (PN/31641 AND 31642) AND SHOE (P/N 10005) MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY.
11 ENTRYGARD
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 5 SASH HOOK 20008

.250 .500
(6.4mm) (12.7mm)
.410 (H)
2.625 (10.4mm)
(66.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET

METAL SCREWS

STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS REQUIRED WITH STAINLESS STEEL SASH HOOK

1.312
(33.3mm)
.938 .845 (H)
(23.8mm)
(21.5mm)
.776 1.122
(19.7mm) (28.5mm)
.188
(4.8mm) .409
(10.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19230.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SHEET

METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH


.160 (H)
(4.1mm)
.688
(17.5mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
.500
(12.7mm)
2.625
(66.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET

METAL SCREWS

AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 30d
700 WEST BRIDGE ST REET, OWATONNA , MN 55060 I 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 I TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
Made of the highest quality materials,

the Ellipse Single Arm Casement
Operator has provided years of
continuous and trouble-free service for
our customers. This operator will
provide a full 90 window opening and
disconnects easily from the sash.
Nylon roller runs in the steel track to
further assure smooth operation.
Concealed mounting screws produce a
neat overall appearance.
SEALABLE CASE: The unique case
design complements the smooth
contour styling of the Maxim family
of products, while retaining the same
mounting and mechanical features of
Truths Traditional Operator lines. A
special lip around the operators case
will accept a gasket, which will help
the window achieve a higher air and
water performance rating, while at the
same time; eliminate the need for slow,
messy and often expensive caulking FINISH: Electrostatically applied, RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
during the installation process. durable coatings that provide excellent Types of screws required determined
resistance to chipping, scratching and by material of profile used. Refer to
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you corrosion while maintaining color drawings for complete information on
considered personalizing your window stability for years in direct sunlight. screw type and quantity needed (sold
with your company name or logo? All Please refer to Truths Color Chart for separately). For additional information
of Truths operator handles are capable examples of Truths most popular regarding screw selection-see Truth
of accepting your own signature. finish options. Truth also offers a wide Tips and Tech Note #11.
Contact Truth for further details. range of decorative plated finishes -
contact Truth for additional TRUTH TIPS:
WARRANTY: Protected under the information on availability of these 1. Operator handing is determined by
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window finishes on specific product lines. the hinge side when viewed from the
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized outside.
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms & ORDERING INFORMATION:
Conditions for further details. 1. Choose operator model desired (see 2. Before selecting an operator, the
table in Fig. 3 for options). hinge model should be chosen based
CORROSION RESISTANCE: upon desired window hinging
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a 2. Specify Ellipse style housing. requirements (example: egress vs.
multi-stage coating process that washability).
produces a superior physical and 3. Specify finish number.
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a 3. Sash weight should be limited to
4. Specify right- or left-hand 40 lbs. to insure ease of operation for the
wider range of corrosive materials, (determined by the side the hinge is on
including industrial cleaning materials lifetime of the window. When used on
when viewed from the outside). a sash weighing over 40 lbs., operating
proprietary process has been tested to 5. Select mounting hardware (sold torque will noticeably increase and
be approximately three times better separately): operator life will be reduced.
than common zinc plated finishes. #11454.XX - Contour Handle - 4. Operator torque can be kept to a
shown above (painted) or minimum by using the longest possible
For the severe conditions associated #11329.XX - Folding Handle (painted)
with coastal areas, Truth has developed arm that will fit between the side
#30706.92 - Face-mount track (3-hole) jambs.
certain product lines utilizing either Optional track for special profile
CoastGard Hardware, or stainless steel applications - see Brackets & Track 5. Recommended range for Dimension
hardware. See Tech Note #7 for further Section. X is .250" (6.4 mm) to 1.000"
information about corrosion protection #21306 - Protective red plastic spline (25.4 mm).
and these special hardware options. cap (optional)
#21504 - Ellipse Gasket (optional) 6. Selecting the longest operator arm
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast possible and minimizing dimensions
zinc case, crank handle and knob. #21494 - Gasket Applicator (optional)
X and C will result in best
Hardened steel drive worm and gear operator performance.
arm with nylon roller. Track available 31
in steel or 300 Series stainless steel.
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
7. Arm lengths shorter than 9.5" will 14.For accurate hardware placement in INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
not allow easy operation of a window vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
to 90 unless used with Truths #14.77 of the window profile is recommended. Window operators shall be provided
hinge. which allow easy adjustment of
15.For vinyl window applications, window position. The mechanism
8. When used in high rise applications mounting screws should pass through should be crank operated and provide
of over two stories, Truth recommends two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and smooth operation of egress or butt
using a Limit Device (or see Tip 10). one insert wall. For this reason, it may hinges. Connection to the movable
be necessary to use a longer screw than sash must be easily detachable for
9. For limited opening applications, is recommended.
Truth recommends using #31727 Track. window cleaning and maintenance.
16.For metal window profiles, Truth Window operators will be of single
10.This operator may be mounted recommends machine screws.
closer to the lock side of the window to push arm design driven by a hand
However, in most applications, sheet crank. The operator must be
effectively limit opening and improve metal screws will provide adequate
corner pull-in performance. constructed of E-Gard components,
holding power. hardened steel worm and gear arm and
11. A spline cap (#21306) is available 17. When selecting mounting screws high pressure zinc alloy die cast base.
to protect the operator splines from dirt for Truth hardware, coating
and other windows from damage Window Operators shall be 15 series
compatibility is one of the most Ellipse Single Arm Operator as
during shipping, installation, and final important criteria. For best corrosion
building construction. manufactured by Truth Hardware,
resistance the coating on the screws Owatonna, MN.
12.Truth recommends that a Snubber should be the same as the coating on
be used at the center of the hinge side the hardware. For more information
on any casement window which has a see Tech Note #11.
tendency to bow outwardly at the 18.Single Arm Operators do not work
center in the closed position. Adding a well with 4-Bar Hinges unless the
Snubber may increase the negative air 4-Bar Hinge is an egress hinge. If a
pressure rating of a casement window. 4-Bar Hinge other than an egress hinge
13.The Truth Single Arm Operator is required, a Truth Dyad or Split Arm
works well with a Butt Hinge. Always Operator is the best choice.
use an operator with the longest arm
possible for best operation.
31a
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
ARM AND HINGE

AT 90
LEFT HAND SHOWN
.390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
A C
TRACK LOCATION SEE FIG. 3 SEE NOTE 1
AVAILABLE Y
HINGES HINGE CONSTANT
14.05 5.290 (134.4mm)
14.06 5.915 (150.2mm)
14.75 5.290 (134.4mm)
14.76 5.915 (150.2mm)
.390 14.77 3.110 (79.0mm)
[9.9 mm]
14.91 5.915 (150.2mm)
35.10 1.758 (44.7mm)
.500 35.11 1.758 (44.7mm)
[12.7 mm] 35.12 1.645 (41.8mm)
35.13 1.645 (41.8mm)
HARDWARE
SHOWN
.390
[9.9 mm] 15.31 OPERATO R
30706.92 TRAC K
NOTE: 14.05 HINGE
1. TO DETERMINE THE C DIMENSION, ADD DIMENSIONS 11454.XX HANDL E
X TO HINGE CONSTANT Y TAKEN FROM TABLE . C = X + Y
2. SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR ADDITIONAL HINGE INFORMATION 31b
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 2 ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM WOOD/PVC CUT-OUT DETAIL
.227
[5.8 mm]
.100 .400 .750

[2.5 mm] [10.2 mm] [19.0 mm]
1
.390
1.125 [9.9 mm]
[28.6 mm]
.400 MAX. WALL 1
[10.2 mm] 1
3.780 4X R.060 MAX
THICKNESS [96.0 mm] [1.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED MIN
CUTOUT
.490 MIN
[12.4 mm]
SASH
SILL FRAME .085

[2.2 mm]
PVC PROFILE RECOMMENDED
FOR BOTTOM
SEAL C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
SEE FIG. 1
3.780
.420 MAX. WALL [96.0 mm]
[10.7 mm] MIN.
THICKNESS CUTOUT
RECOMMENDED .390
[9.9 mm]
.575 MIN
[14.6 mm]
SASH
FRAME
WOOD PROFILE
C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
SEE FIG. 1
1 HOLD THESE DIMENSIONS AS CLOSE TO MINIMUM AS POSSIBLE

FOR PROPER GASKET FIT.
31c
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 3 ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
3.75
[95.2 mm]
3.0
[76.2 mm]
2.222
[56.4 mm]
1.625 .843
[41.3 mm] [21.4 mm]
1.444
[36.7 mm]
1.125
[28.6 mm]
1 .375
[9.5 mm]
.609
E [15.5 mm]
1
4.100
[104.1 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN
C
L OF ARM PIVOT
.309
[7.9 mm]

(WOOD APPLICATIONS)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 4) (P/N 19380.92) #10 X 1.0 PHILLIPS

PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD

TRACK FOR TRACK FOR

AVAILABLE ARM LENGTH A USE WITH
USE WITH
OPERATOR E SEE FIG. 1 EGRESS HINGE WASHABILITY
HINGE
15.32 13.500 (342.9mm) 15.310 (388.9mm)
30150.92 30706.92
15.31 9.500 (241.3mm) 11.310 (287.3mm)
15.56 7.500 (190.5mm) 9.310 (236.5mm) 30706.92 NOT
15.39 6.0 (152.4mm) 7.810 (198.4mm) 31375.92 RECOMMENDED
31d
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
P
FIG. 4 GASKET APPLICATION FOR ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET
21504
GASKET
APPLICATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
21494
1. PLACE GASKET ONTO APPLICATOR WITH
STICKY SIDE OUT
2. PRESS APPLICATOR INTO FRAME CUT-OUT
TO SECURE GASKET
FIG. 5 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK (3 HOLE) 30706.92
11.380
[289.1 mm]
4.880 4.880
[124.0 mm] [124.0 mm]
.668
[17.0 mm] .810 OPERATOR ARM
[20.6 mm] DETACH SLOT
.220
.677 [5.6 mm]
[17.2 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS

PVC & METAL: (QTY 3) #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS

31e
15 ELLIPSE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
P
13.750
[349.2 mm]
4.125 4.125 4.125

[104.8 mm] [104.8 mm] [104.8 mm]
.668
[17.0 mm]
.680
[17.3 mm]
OPERATOR ARM .220

.677 RECOMMENDED SCREWS: DETACH SLOT [5.6 mm]
[17.2 mm]
R
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS,

8.875
[225.4 mm]
.668 3.250 3.250
[17.0 mm] [82.5 mm] [82.5 mm] .220
[5.6 mm]
.677 OPERATOR ARM

[17.2 mm]
DETACH SLOT 3.185
FIG. 8 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK FOR LIMITED OPENING (4 HOLE) 31727.92
.668 3.063
[17.0 mm] 3.250 [77.8 mm]
.810 [82.5 mm]
[20.6 mm]
.220
[5.6 mm]
3.250 3.250
[82.5 mm] O [82.5 mm]
.677
[17.2 mm] OPERATOR ARM
DETACH SLOT
11.380
PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS 31f
700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
CASEMENT
AWNING 15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
Truths Ellipse Dyad Operator features

a peak operating torque approximately
28% lower than the #15 Series Single
Arm Operators, (depending on mounting
locations). Profile changes will not be
necessary if you are currently using
Truths #15 Series Ellipse or Traditional
Single Arm Operators (see drawings
for operator locations). This operator
was designed to specifically work with
Truths #14.05 Hinge. The operator
arm is detachable from the stud bracket
for easy sash removal.
SEALABLE CASE: The unique case
design complements the smooth
contour styling of the Maxim family
of products, while retaining the same
mounting and mechanical features of
Truths Traditional Operator lines. A
special lip around the operators case
will accept a gasket, which will help
the window achieve a higher air and
water performance rating, while at the
same time; eliminate the need for slow,
messy and often expensive caulking
during the installation process.
PRODUCT APPLICATION
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing
a new window profile, or are having For the severe conditions associated 4. Specify right- or left-hand
difficulty selecting hardware for your with coastal areas, Truth has developed (determined by the side hinge is on
window, please contact Truth. Our highly certain product lines utilizing either when viewed from the outside).
trained Product Specialists can assist CoastGard Hardware, or stainless
you with the selection of the appropriate steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for 5. Select mounting hardware required
hardware to meet your performance further information about corrosion (sold separately):
requirements, as well as providing protection and these special hardware Handed Stud Brackets - select from
personalized application drawings. options. tables in the following drawings.
Optional brackets for special profile
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast applications available - see Brackets &
considered personalizing your window zinc case. Hardened steel drive worm Track Section. Note: Handing is
with your company name or logo? All and gear arms. determined on handed stud brackets
of Truths operator handles are capable with the stud pointed upward. Handing
of accepting your own signature. FINISH: Electrostatically applied, is reversed for inverted applications.
Contact Truth for further details. durable coatings that provide excellent Operator Handle Styles:
resistance to chipping, scratching and #11454.XX - Contour Handle -
WARRANTY: Protected under the corrosion while maintaining color shown above (painted) or
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window stability for years in direct sunlight. #11329.XX - Folding Handle
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized Please refer to Truths Color Chart for #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms & examples of Truths most popular cap (optional)
Conditions for further details. finish options. Truth also offers a wide #21504 - Ellipse Gasket (optional)
range of decorative plated finishes - #21494 - Gasket Applicator (optional)
CORROSION RESISTANCE: contact Truth for additional
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a information on availability of these RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
multi-stage coating process that finishes on specific product lines. Types of screws required determined
produces a superior physical and by material of profile used. Refer to
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a ORDERING INFORMATION: drawings for complete information on
wider range of corrosive materials, 1. Specify operator by model number screw type and quantity needed (sold
including industrial cleaning materials (see table in Fig. 3 for options). separately). For additional information
and environmental pollutants. This regarding screw selection - see Truth
proprietary process has been tested to 2. Specify Ellipse style housing.
Tips and Tech Note #11.
be approximately three times better 3. Specify finish number. 32
15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS: 8. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

1. Operator handing is determined by to protect the operator splines from dirt YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
the hinge side when viewed from the and other windows from damage Window operators shall be provided
outside. Bracket handing is during shipping, installation, and final which allow easy adjustment of
determined on handed stud brackets building construction. window position. The mechanism
with the stud pointed upward. should be crank operated and provide
Handing is reversed for inverted 9. For accurate hardware placement in smooth operation out to 90 of sash
applications. vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling opening. Connection to the movable
of the window profile is recommended. sash must be easily detachable for
2. Sash weight should be limited to window cleaning and maintenance.
50 lbs. to maintain ease of operation 10.For vinyl window applications,
over the lifetime of the window. When mounting screws should pass through Window operators will be of drag
used on a sash weighing over 50 lbs., two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and arm/link design driven by a hand crank.
operating effort will noticeably increase one insert wall. For this reason, it may
and operator life will be reduced. be necessary to use a longer screw than The operator must be constructed of
is recommended. E-Gard components, hardened steel
3. Before selecting an operator, the worm and gear arm and high pressure
hinge model should be chosen based 11. For metal window profiles, Truth zinc alloy die cast base.
upon desired window hinging recommends machine screws.
requirements (example: egress vs. However, in most applications, sheet Window Operators shall be 15 series
washability). metal screws will provide adequate Ellipse Dyad Operator as manufactured
holding power. by Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
4. Truth does not recommend the
Dyad Operator be used in combination 12. When selecting mounting screws
with an egress style or Butt Hinge. for Truth hardware, coating
5. When a Dyad Operator is installed important criteria. For best corrosion
in windows used in high rise resistance the coating on the screws
applications over two stories, a Truth should be the same as the coating on
Limit Device, to restrict the amount of the hardware. For more information
opening, is recommended. see Tech Note #11.
6. Minimum sash width is 12 inches.
32a
15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ELLIPSE DYAD OPERATOR
C
L OF
HINGE
ARM
D
A
(CRITICAL)
1
B (CRITICAL) 1
LEFT HAND SHOWN

STUD LOCATION
C .062 (1.6mm)
.390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
.625
[15.9 mm]
4.062
[103.2 mm]
D C
DIMENSION DIMENSION
1.500 (38.1mm) 7.663 (194.6mm)
1.750 (44.5mm) 7.607 (193.2mm)
2.000 (50.8mm) 7.540 (191.5mm)
.890
[22.6 mm] HARDWARE
RECOMMENDED SHOWN
15.18 OPERATOR
12510.92 LH* STUD BRACKET
12511.92 RH* STUD BRACKET
14.05 HINGE
11454 HANDLE
* SEE TRUTH TIP #1 FOR HANDING OF BRACKET
NOTE:
1 CRITICAL A RANGES FROM 1.375 (34.9mm) TO 2.125 (54.0mm)

CRITICAL B RANGES FROM .750 (19.1mm) TO 1.750 (44.5mm)
2. MAXIMIZE THE A DIMENSION AND MINIMIZE THE B

DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR PERFORMANCE.
3. CONTACT TRUTH IF PROFILE DOES NOT FIT INTO THE A OR B RANGES
32b
15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 2 ELLIPSE DYAD WOOD/PVC CUT-OUT DETAIL

.227
[5.8 mm]
.400
.100 [10.2 mm] .750
[2.5 mm] [19.0 mm]
1.125
[29 mm] 3.780 1
[96.0 mm]
.400 MAX. WALL MIN
[10.2 mm] 1
CUTOUT
THICKNESS 4X R.060 MAX
RECOMMENDED .085 [1.5 mm]
.390
[2.2 mm] [9.9 mm]
.490 MIN
RECOMMENDED 1 [12.4 mm]
FOR BOTTOM
SASH
SEAL 1
SILL FRAME
PVC PROFILE
C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
.420 MAX. WALL SEE FIG. 1
[10.7 mm] 3.780
THICKNESS [96.0 mm]
RECOMMENDED MIN.
CUTOUT .575 MIN
[14.6 mm]
SASH
FRAME
WOOD PROFILE
.390
[9.9 mm] C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
1 HOLD THESE DIMENSIONS AS CLOSE TO SEE FIG. 1
MINIMUM AS POSSIBLE FOR PROPER GASKET FIT.

W
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET
21504 INSTRUCTIONS:
GASKET
APPLICATOR 1. PLACE GASKET ONTO APPLICATOR WITH
21494 STICKY SIDE OUT

32c TO SECURE GASKET
15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 4 ELLIPSE DYAD OPERATOR
3.0
[76.2 mm]
2.222 LEFT HAND SHOWN
[56.4 mm] 1.625
[41.3 mm]
.375 1.444
[9.5 mm] [36.7 mm]
.843
[21.4 mm]
1 1.125
1 [28.6 mm]
.609
[15.5 mm]
(WOOD APPLICATION) .125
[3.2 mm]
15.18
OPERATOR
.437
[11.1 mm]
.125
[3.2 mm]
15.30
OPERATOR
.439
[11.1 mm]
.125
[3.2 mm]
15.26
OPERATOR
.235
[6.0 mm]
AVAILABLE *RECOMMENED AVAILABLE

OPERATOR STUD HINGES
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: BRACKET
15.18 12510.92 LH
12511.92 RH 14.05
WOOD:(QTY 4) (P/N 19380.92) #10 X 1.0
PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL 14.06
15.26 12510.92 LH 14.75
SCREWS 12511.92 RH 14.76
PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT 12510.92 LH
15.30
HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD 12511.92 RH
*SEE TRUTH TIP #1 FOR HANDING OF BRACKET
32d
15 ELLIPSE
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG.5 5 BRACKET
FIG. BRACKET 12510.92
12510.92(LH),
(LH),12511.92 (RH)
12511.92 (RH)
.250
.186
[6.3 mm]
[4.7 mm]
2.970
[75.4 mm]
.062 1.380
[1.6 mm] 2.186 .250 [35.1 mm]
[55.5 mm] [6.4 mm]
.217 1.093 .500 1.125

[5.5 mm] [27.8 mm] [12.7 mm] [28.6 mm]
.336
[8.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED
PH SCREWS:
SC 12510.92 LEFT HAND SHOWN
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) #7 X .875
PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL (USE OPPOSITE HAND BRACKET
SCREWS H FOR INVERTED APPLICATIONS)
T
PVC & METAL: (QTY 3) #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) NOTE: 12511.92 RIGHT HAND
FIG. 6 BRACKET 10558.92 (NON HANDED)
.492
[12.5 mm]
.750 .750
[19.0 mm] [19.0 mm]
NON HANDED .310 .500

[7.9 mm] [12.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.630 .250
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) [16.0 mm] [6.3 mm]
#7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT
HEAD, METAL SCREWS 2.750
[69.8 mm]
#7 X
HEAD
PVC & METAL: (QTY 3) #7 FLAT HEAD SCREWS
(
D
32e 700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 TRUTH . COM
AWNING
15 ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
STRENGTH & PERFORMANCE:

Designed for narrow awning windows,
Truths 15 Series Ellipse Single Arm
Awning Operator brings with it all of
the style and performance characteristics
of the Ellipse family of operators.
To help make the transition to this new
system easier, the Ellipse Single Arm
Awning Operator works with all of
Truths current Awning Hinges.
MANUFACTURING BENEFITS:
Manufacturers will appreciate the
similarities in design of this new operator,
in that the Ellipse Single Arm Awning
Operator conforms to the same frame
preparation, and screw hole pattern that
the other Ellipse Operators use. The & Conditions for further details.
operator will be shipped with the arm in MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast
an open position, so it can be inserted zinc cover, crank handle and knob.
through the cut-out for easy mounting. Hardened steel drive worm and gear.
STYLE: Incorporating the same cover Stainless steel track and plastic pivot
as other Ellipse Operators, allows the slides.
homeowner to have a similar family CORROSION RESISTANCE:
appearance throughout the home. The Truths E-Gard Hardware has a
cover, along with the new Contour multi-stage coating process that
Handle, has been streamlined to minimize produces a superior physical and
interference with window treatments, aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a
such as mini-blinds and drapery. #30169 - Stainless Steel Track
wider range of corrosive materials, #21504 - Ellipse Gasket (optional)
SEALABLE CASE: A special lip including industrial cleaning materials #21494 - Gasket Applicator (optional)
around the operators case will accept a and environmental pollutants. This #21306 - Protective red plastic spline cap.
gasket, which will help the window proprietary process has been tested to
achieve a higher air and water be approximately three times better RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
performance rating, while at the same than common zinc plated finishes. Types of screws required determined by
time eliminate the need for slow, messy material of profile used. Refer to
DECORATIVE FINISH: drawings for complete information on
and often expensive caulking during Electrostatically applied, durable
the installation process. screw type and quantity needed (sold
coatings that provide excellent separately). For additional information
PRODUCT APPLICATION resistance to chipping, scratching and regarding screw selection - see Truth
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing corrosion while maintaining color Tips and Tech Note #11.
a new window profile, or are having stability for years in direct sunlight.
difficulty selecting hardware for your Please refer to Truths Color Chart for TRUTH TIPS:
window, please contact Truth. Our highly examples of Truths most popular 1. The Ellipse Single Arm Awning
trained Technical Service Staff can assist finish options. Truth also offers a wide Operator can be used with all Truth
you with the selection of the appropriate range of decorative plated finishes - 13 & 34 Series Awning Hinges. To
hardware to meet your performance contact Truth for additional insure maximum operator efficiency
requirements, as well as providing information on availability of these and avoid sash chatter, it is important
personalized application drawings. finishes on specific product lines. that the hinge and sash height be
properly matched. For more complete
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you ORDERING INFORMATION: information on proper hinge sizing and
considered personalizing your window 1. Specify operator model number (see how to overcome corner pull-in
with your company name or logo? All table in Fig. 3 for options) problems, see Truth Tech Note #2.
of Truths operator handles are capable 2. Specify Ellipse style housing
of accepting your own signature. 2. Due to the larger opening provided
Contact Truth for further details. 3. Specify finish number. by this awning operator, binding can be
experienced on narrower sash heights.
WARRANTY: Protected under the 4. Select mounting hardware (sold Windows with sash heights less than 16
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window separately): inches may need to use a Limit Stop.
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized #11454.XX - Contour Handle - Please contact Truth for availability of
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms shown above (painted) or this stop device. 33
#11329.XX - Folding Handle
AWNING OPERATOR
3. Operator position becomes more INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

important as window size increases. YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
With operator in closed position, center Window operators shall be provided
the end of the arm on the sash for which allow easy adjustment of the
optimum pull-in performance. windows open position. The
mechanism should be crank operated
4. When selecting mounting screws and provide a continuous range of open
for Truth hardware, coating positions.
important criteria. For best corrosion Window operators will be of single
resistance the coating on the screws arm and track/pivot slide design driven
should be the same as the coating on by hand crank. The operator must be
the hardware. For more information constructed of E-Gard coated
see Tech Note #11. components. High-pressure die-cast
zinc cover, crank handle and knob.
5. For accurate hardware placement, Hardened steel drive worm and gear.
pre-drilling of the screw holes in the Stainless steel track and plastic pivot
window profile is recommended. slides.
6. For vinyl window applications, Window Operators shall be 15 series
mounting screws should pass through Ellipse Single Arm Awning Operator
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and as manufactured by Truth Hardware,
one insert wall. For this reason, it may Owatonna, MN.
is recommended.
recommends machine screws. However,
in most applications, sheet metal screws
will provide adequate holding power.
8. Truth recommends that Sash Locks
be used on all awning windows. Sash
Locks will provide security and a
tighter weatherseal to the window.
9. A Truth Spline Cap (#21306) is
available to protect the operator spline
from dirt and damage during shipping,
window installation, and final building
construction.
10.Adding Truth Snubbers to the top
rail on an awning window may increase
the negative air pressure rating of the
window.
33a
PAGE 3.23B; SCALE: 3.5:1 (.2857142 IN PLOT)
15 SERIES ELLIPSE SA AWNING OPERATOR 15
ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 1 ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR APPLICATION
C
L CENTER SLIDE SHOE ON THE SASH.
(THIS BECOMES MORE IMPORTANT
AS THE WINDOW WIDTH INCREASES)
SEE TRUTH TIPS #3
PIVOT SHOE
15.60 SHOWN
1
B .390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
.810 MAX 3.780 1

[20.6 mm] [96.0 mm] 4X R.060 MAX
.625 MIN 1 MIN [1.5 mm]
.400 CUTOUT
[10.2 mm]
.490 MIN
[12.4 mm]
1
.085 MIN
[2.2 mm] C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
WATER DAM
AVAILABLE AVAILABLE A B
OPERATOR TRACK
15.71 30169 13.50 (342.9mm) 16.039 (407.4mm)
15.60 30169 9.500 (241.3mm) 12.039 (305.8mm)
NOTE:

FOR PROPER GASKET FIT
33b
PAGE 3.23C; SCALE: 3:1 (.3333333 IN PLOT)
15 SERIES ELLIPSE SA AWNING OPERATOR (SURFACE MOUNT )
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 2 ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR
3.750
[95.2 mm]
1 3.000
[76.2 mm] 1
2.222
[56.4 mm]
1.625
[41.3 mm]
1.444
[36.7 mm] .609
[15.5 mm]
.843
[21.4 mm]
.375
[9.5 mm]
NON-HANDED 4.111
[104.4 mm]
C
L
1 PREFERRED MOUNTING HOLES .227
(PVC/ALUMINUM) [5.8 mm]
.750
[19.0 mm]
.309
[7.9 mm] .400
[10.2 mm]
.100
[2.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) - #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD

33c
PAGE 3.23D; SCALE: 2.5:1 (.40 IN PLOT)
15 SERIES ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR 15
ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
PAGE 3.23D; SCALE: 2.5:1 (.40 IN PLOT)
15 SERIES ELLIPSE SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET WINDOW FRAME

21504
GASKET
21504
GASKET
APPLICATOR
21494 INSTRUCTIONS:
GASKET
21494 INSTRUCTIONS:
STICKY SIDE OUT
1.2.PLACE
PRESSGASKET ONTOINTO
APPLICATOR APPLICATOR WITH
FRAME CUT-OUT
STICKY SIDE GASKET
TO SECURE OUT

TO SECURE GASKET
FIG. 4 SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR TRACK 30169
13.900
[353.1 mm]
13.900
.684 13.000
[353.1 mm]
[17.4 mm] [330.2 mm]
.684 13.000
[17.4 mm] [330.2 mm]
.438
[11.1 mm]
.152
[3.9 mm] .438
[11.1 mm]
.152
[3.9 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
PVC & METAL: (QTY 2) #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS

RECOMMENDED(LENGTH
SCREWS: AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)

(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 33d
CASEMENT
15 TRADITIONAL STYLE
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
Madeofthehighestqualitymaterials,
thetraditionalstyleSingleArm
CasementOperatorhasprovidedyears
ofcontinuousandtrouble-freeservice
forourcustomers.Thisoperatorwill
provideafull90windowopeningand
disconnectseasilyfromthesash.
Nylonrollerrunsinthesteeltrackto
furtherassuresmoothoperation.
Concealedmountingscrewsproducea
neatoverallappearance.
LOGO OPTIONS: Haveyou
consideredpersonalizing yourwindow
withyourcompanynameorlogo?All
ofTruthsoperatorhandlesarecapable
ofacceptingyourownsignature.
ContactTruthforfurtherdetails.
WARRANTY: Protectedunderthe
termsoftheTruthWarrantyforWindow
&DoorManufacturers&Authorized
Distributors.RefertoTruthsTerms&
Conditionsforfurtherdetails.
CORROSION RESISTANCE:
TruthsE-GardHardwarehasa
multi-stagecoatingprocessthat
producesasuperiorphysicaland
aestheticfinish.Plus,itisresistanttoa
widerrangeofcorrosivematerials,
includingindustrialcleaningmaterials
andenvironmentalpollutants.This
proprietaryprocesshasbeentestedto
beapproximatelythreetimesbetter
thancommonzincplatedfinishes.
Forthesevereconditionsassociatedwith
ORDERING INFORMATION: RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
coastalareas,Truthhasdeveloped
1. Chooseoperatormodeldesired(see Typesofscrewsrequireddetermined
certainproductlinesutilizingeither
tableinFig.3foroptions). bymaterialofprofileused.Referto
CoastGardHardware,orstainlesssteel
drawingsforcompleteinformationon
hardware.SeeTechNote#7forfurther 2. SpecifyTraditionalstylehousing. screwtypeandquantityneeded(sold
informationaboutcorrosionprotection
3. Specifyfinishnumber. separately).Foradditionalinformation
andthesespecialhardwareoptions.
regardingscrewselection-seeTruth
MATERIAL: High-pressuredie-cast 4. Specifyright-orleft-hand TipsandTechNote#11.
zinccase,crankhandleandknob. (determinedbythesidethehingeison
whenviewedfromtheoutside). TRUTH TIPS:
Hardenedsteeldrivewormandgear
1. Operatorhandingisdeterminedby
armwithnylonroller.Trackavailable
5. Selectmountinghardware(sold thehingesidewhenviewedfromthe
insteelor300Seriesstainlesssteel.
separately): outside.
FINISH: Electrostaticallyapplied, #11454.XX -ContourHandle
(painted)or 2. Beforeselectinganoperator,the
durablecoatingsthatprovideexcellent
#11329.XX -FoldingHandle(painted) hingemodelshouldbechosenbased
resistancetochipping,scratchingand
#30706.92 -Face-mounttrack(3-hole) upondesiredwindowhinging
corrosionwhilemaintainingcolor
Optional track for special profile requirements(example:egressvs.
stabilityforyearsindirectsunlight.
applications -seeBrackets&Track washability).
PleaserefertoTruthsColorChartfor
examplesofTruthsmostpopular Section. 3. Sashweightshouldbelimitedto
finishoptions.Truthalsooffersawide #21306 -Protectiveredplasticspline 40lbs.toinsureeaseofoperationfor
rangeofdecorativeplatedfinishes- cap(optional) thelifetimeofthewindow.When
contactTruthforadditional #21495 -TraditionalGasket(optional) usedonasashweighingover40lbs.,
informationonavailabilityofthese #21494 -GasketApplicator(optional) operatingtorquewillnoticeablyincrease
finishesonspecificproductlines. andoperatorlifewillbereduced. 34
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
4. Operatortorquecanbekepttoa 13.TheTruthSingleArmOperator INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON

minimumbyusingthelongestpossible workswellwithaButtHinge.Always YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
armthatwillfitbetweenthesidejambs. useanoperatorwiththelongestarm Windowoperatorsshallbeprovided
possibleforbestoperation. whichalloweasyadjustmentof
5. RecommendedrangeforDimension windowposition.Themechanism
Xis.250"(6.4mm)to1.000" 14. Foraccuratehardwareplacementin shouldbecrankoperatedandprovide
(25.4mm). vinylormetalapplications,pre-drilling smoothoperationofegressorbutt
ofthewindowprofileisrecommended. hinges.Connectiontothemovable
6. Selectingthelongestoperatorarm
possibleandminimizingdimensions 15.Forvinylwindowapplications, sashmustbeeasilydetachablefor
XandCwillresultinbest mountingscrewsshouldpassthrough windowcleaningandmaintenance.
operatorperformance. twoPVCwalls,oronePVCwalland Windowoperatorswillbeofsingle
oneinsertwall.Forthisreason,itmay pusharmdesigndrivenbyahand
7. Armlengthsshorterthan9.5"will benecessarytousealongerscrewthan
notalloweasyoperationofawindow crank. Theoperatormustbe
isrecommended. constructedof
to90unlessusedwithTruths#14.77
hinge. 16.Formetalwindowprofiles,Truth E-Gardcomponents,hardenedsteel
recommendsmachinescrews. wormandgeararmandhighpressure
8. Whenusedinhighriseapplications However,inmostapplications,sheet zincalloydiecastbase.
ofovertwostories,Truthrecommends metalscrewswillprovideadequate
usingaLimitDevice(orseeTip10). WindowOperatorsshallbe15series
holdingpower. SingleArmOperatorasmanufactured
9. Forlimitedopeningapplications, 17. Whenselectingmountingscrews byTruthHardware,Owatonna,MN.
Truthrecommendsusing#31727Track. forTruthhardware,coating
10.Thisoperatormaybemounted compatibilityisoneofthemost
closertothelocksideofthewindowto importantcriteria.Forbestcorrosion
effectivelylimitopeningandimprove resistancethecoatingonthescrews
cornerpull-inperformance. shouldbethesameasthecoatingon
thehardware.Formoreinformation
11. Asplinecap(#21306)isavailable seeTechNote#11.
toprotecttheoperatorsplinesfromdirt
andotherwindowsfromdamage 18.SingleArmOperatorsdonotwork
duringshipping,installation,andfinal wellwith4-BarHingesunlessthe
buildingconstruction. 4-BarHingeisanegresshinge.Ifa
4-BarHingeotherthananegresshinge
12.TruthrecommendsthataSnubber isrequired,aTruthDyadisthebest
beusedatthecenterofthehingeside choice.
onanycasementwindowwhichhasa
tendencytobowoutwardlyatthe
center intheclosedposition.Addinga
Snubbermayincreasethenegativeair
pressureratingofacasementwindow.
34a
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
ARM AND HINGE

AT 90
LEFT HAND SHOWN
.390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
A C
TRACK LOCATION SEE FIG. 3 SEE NOTE 1
AVAILABLE Y
HINGES HINGE CONSTANT
14.05 5.290 (134.4mm)
14.06 5.915 (150.2mm)
14.75 5.290 (134.4mm)
.390
9.9 mm 14.76 5.915 (150.2mm)
14.77 3.110 (79.0mm)
14.91 5.915 (150.2mm)
.500 35.10 1.758 (44.7mm)
[12.7 mm] 35.11 1.758 (44.7mm)
35.12 1.645 (41.8mm)
35.13 1.645 (41.8mm)
.390
[9.9 mm] HARDWARE
SHOWN
15.31 OPERATO R
NOTE: 30706.92 TRAC K
1. TO DETERMINE THE C DIMENSION, ADD DIMENSIONS 14.05 HINGE
X TO HINGE CONSTANT Y TAKEN FROM TABLE. C = X + Y 11454.XX HANDL E
2. SEE TRUTH TIPS FOR ADDITIONAL HINGE INFORMATIO N 34b
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 2 TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM WOOD/PVC CUT-OUT DETAIL
.227
[5.8 mm]
.100 .400 .750

[2.5 mm] [10.2 mm] [19.0 mm]
1
.390
1.125 [9.9 mm]
[28.6 mm]
.400 MAX. WALL 1
[10.2 mm] 1
3.780 4X R.060 MAX
THICKNESS [96.0 mm] [1.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED MIN
CUTOUT
.490 MIN
[12.4 mm]
SASH
SILL FRAME .085

[2.2 mm]
PVC PROFILE RECOMMENDED
FOR BOTTOM
SEAL C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
SEE FIG. 1
3.780
.420 MAX. WALL [96.0 mm]
[10.7 mm] MIN.
THICKNESS CUTOUT
RECOMMENDED .390
[9.9 mm]
.575 MIN
[14.6 mm]
SASH
FRAME
WOOD PROFILE
C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
SEE FIG. 1

FOR PROPER GASKET FIT.
34c
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 3 TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
3.750
[95.2 mm] 3.0
[7.62 cm]
2.222
[56.4 mm]
1.625
[41.3 mm]
1.444 .843
[36.7 mm] .375 [21.4 mm]
[9.5 mm]
1 1 .609
[15.5 mm]
4.062
[103.2 mm]
E
LEFT HAND SHOWN
C
L OF ARM PIVOT
.309
[7.8 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 4) (P/N 19380.92) #10 X 1.0 PHILLIPS (WOOD APPLICATION)
PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD
TRACK FOR
AVAILABLE ARM LENGTH A TRACK FOR
USE WITH
OPERATOR E SEE FIG. 1 USE WITH WASHABILITY
EGRESS HINGE HINGE
15.32 13.500 (342.9mm) 15.310 (388.9mm)
30150.92 30706.92
15.31 9.500 (241.3mm) 11.310 (287.3mm)
15.56 7.500 (190.5mm) 9.310 (236.5mm) 30706.92
NA
15.39 6.000 (15.24mm) 7.810 (198.4mm) 31375.92
34d
SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
FIG. 4 GASKET APPLICATION FOR TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET
21504
GASKET
APPLICATOR
21494
INSTRUCTIONS:

STICKY SIDE OUT

TO SECURE GASKET
FIG. 5 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK (4 HOLE) 30473.XX
11.380
[289.1 mm]
9.750
[247.6 mm]
6.500
[165.1 mm]
3.250
.668 [82.6 mm]
[17.0 mm]
.810
[20.6 mm]
OPERATOR ARM .220

.677 [5.6 mm]
[17.2 mm] DETACH SLOT
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS


34e (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
CASEMENT
AWNING 15 TRADITIONAL STYLE
DYAD OPERATOR
Truths traditional style Dyad Operator

features a peak operating torque
approximately 28% lower than the
#15 Series Single Arm Operators,
(depending on mounting locations).
Profile changes will not be necessary if
you are currently using Truths
#15 Series Ellipse or Traditional Single
Arm Operators (see drawings for
operator locations). This operator was
designed to specifically work with
Truths #14.05 Hinge. The operator
arm is detachable from the stud bracket
for easy sash removal.
PRODUCT APPLICATION
a new window profile, or are having
difficulty selecting hardware for your
window, please contact Truth. Our
highly trained Product Specialists can
assist you with the selection of the
appropriate hardware to meet your
performance requirements, as well as
providing personalized application
drawings.
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you
considered personalizing your window
with your company name or logo? All
of Truths operator handles are capable
of accepting your own signature.
Contact Truth for further details. FINISH: Electrostatically applied, Track Section. Note: Handing is
durable coatings that provide excellent determined on handed stud brackets
WARRANTY: Protected under the resistance to chipping, scratching and with the stud pointed upward. Handing
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window corrosion while maintaining color is reversed for inverted applications.
& Door Manufacturers & Authorized stability for years in direct sunlight. Operator Handle Styles:
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms & Please refer to Truths Color Chart for #11454.XX - Contour Handle
Conditions for further details. examples of Truths most popular (painted) or
CORROSION RESISTANCE: finish options. Truth also offers a wide #11329.XX - Folding Handle (painted)
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a range of decorative plated finishes - #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
multi-stage coating process that contact Truth for additional information cap (optional)
produces a superior physical and on availability of these finishes on #21495 - Traditional Gasket (optional)
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a specific product lines. #21494 - Gasket Applicator (optional)
wider range of corrosive materials, ORDERING INFORMATION: RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
including industrial cleaning materials 1. Specify operator by model number Types of screws required determined
and environmental pollutants. This (see table in Fig. 3 for options). by material of profile used. Refer to
proprietary process has been tested to drawings for complete information on
be approximately three times better 2. Specify Traditional style housing. screw type and quantity needed (sold
than common zinc plated finishes. separately). For additional information
For the severe conditions associated with regarding screw selection - see Truth
coastal areas, Truth has developed 4. Specify right- or left-hand Tips and Tech Note #11.
certain product lines utilizing either (determined by the side hinge is on
when viewed from the outside). TRUTH TIPS:
CoastGard Hardware, or stainless 1. Operator handing is determined by
steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for 5. Select mounting hardware required the hinge side when viewed from the
further information about corrosion (sold separately): outside. Bracket handing is determined
protection and these special hardware Handed Stud Brackets - select from on handed stud brackets with the stud
options. tables in the following drawings. pointed upward. Handing is reversed
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast Optional brackets for special profile for inverted applications.
zinc case. Hardened steel drive worm applications available - see Brackets & 35
2. Sash weight should be limited to
and gear arms. 50 lbs. to maintain ease of operation
DYAD OPERATOR
over the lifetime of the window. When to protect the operator splines from dirt INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
used on a sash weighing over 50 lbs., and other windows from damage YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
operating effort will noticeably increase during shipping, installation, and final Window operators shall be provided
and operator life will be reduced. building construction. which allow easy adjustment of
window position. The mechanism
3. Before selecting an operator, the 9. For accurate hardware placement in should be crank operated and provide
hinge model should be chosen based vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling smooth operation out to 90 of sash
upon desired window hinging of the window profile is recommended. opening. Connection to the movable
requirements (example: egress vs. sash must be easily detachable for
washability). 10.For vinyl window applications,
mounting screws should pass through window cleaning and maintenance.
4. Truth does not recommend the two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and Window operators will be of drag arm/
Dyad Operator be used in combination one insert wall. For this reason, it may link design driven by a hand crank.
with an egress style or Butt Hinge. be necessary to use a longer screw than
is recommended. The operator must be constructed of
5. When a Dyad Operator is installed E-Gard components, hardened steel
in windows used in high rise 11. For metal window profiles, Truth worm and gear arm and high pressure
applications over two stories, a Truth recommends machine screws. zinc alloy die cast base.
Limit Device, to restrict the amount of However, in most applications, sheet
opening, is recommended. metal screws will provide adequate Window Operators shall be 15 series
holding power. Dyad Operator as manufactured by
6. Minimum sash width is 12 inches. Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
12. When selecting mounting screws for
7. Truth recommends that a Snubber Truth hardware, coating compatibility
be used at the center of the hinge side is one of the most important criteria.
on any casement window which has a For best corrosion resistance the coating
tendency to bow outwardly at the on the screws should be the same as
center in the closed position. Adding a the coating on the hardware. For more
Snubber may increase the negative air information see Tech Note #11.
8. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
35a
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH TRADITIONAL DYAD OPERATOR
C
L OF
HINGE
ARM
D
A
(CRITICAL)
B (CRITICAL)
LEFT HAND SHOWN

STUD LOCATION
C .062 (1.6mm)
.390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
4.062
[103.2 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
D C
DIMENSION DIMENSION
1.500 (38.1mm) 7.663 (194.6mm)
1.750 (44.5mm) 5.915 (150.2mm)
2.000 (50.8mm) 5.290 (134.4mm)
HARDWARE
.890
[22.6 mm] SHOWN
RECOMMENDED 15.18 OPERATO R
12510.92 LH* STUD BRACKET (WOOD)
12511.92 RH* STUD BRACKET (PVC/ALUM)
14.05 HINGE
10579.92 HANDL E
*SEE TRUTH TIP #1 FOR HANDING OF BRACKET
NOTE:
1. CRITICAL A RANGES FROM 1.375 (34.9mm) TO 2.125 (54.0mm)

CRITICAL B RANGES FROM .750 (19.1mm) TO 1.750 (44.5mm)
2. MAXIMIZE THE A DIMENSIONS AND MINIMIZE THE B
DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR PERFORMANCE.
3. CONTACT TRUTH IF PROFILE DOES NOT FIT INTO THE A OR B RANGES 35b
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 2 TRADITIONAL DYAD WOOD/PVC CUT-OUT DETAIL

.227
[5.8 mm]
.400
.100 [10.2 mm] .750
[2.5 mm] [19.0 mm]
1.125
[29 mm] 3.780 1
[96.0 mm]
.400 MAX. WALL MIN 1
[10.2 mm] CUTOUT
THICKNESS 4X R.060 MAX
RECOMMENDED .085 [1.5 mm]
.390
[2.2 mm] [9.9 mm]
1 .490 MIN
RECOMMENDED [12.4 mm]
FOR BOTTOM
SASH
SEAL 1
SILL FRAME
PVC PROFILE
C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
.420 MAX. WALL SEE FIG. 1
[10.7 mm] 3.780
THICKNESS [96.0 mm]
RECOMMENDED MIN.
CUTOUT .575 MIN
[14.6 mm]
SASH
FRAME
WOOD PROFILE
.390
[9.9 mm] C
1 HOLD THESE DIMENSIONS AS CLOSE TO L OF SCREW LOCATION
MINIMUM AS POSSIBLE FOR PROPER GASKET FIT. SEE FIG. 1
FIG. 3 GASKET APPLICATION FOR TRADITIONAL DYAD OPERATOR
W
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET
21495 INSTRUCTIONS:
GASKET
21494 STICKY SIDE OUT

35c TO SECURE GASKET
DYAD OPERATOR
FIG. 4 TRADITIONAL DYAD OPERATOR
3.0
[76.2 mm] 2.222
1.625
[41.3 mm]
.375
[9.5 mm] 1.444
[36.7 mm]
.843
[21.4 mm]
1.125
1 [28.6 mm]
1
.609
[15.5 mm]
(WOOD APPLICATION)
.125
[3.2 mm]
15.18
OPERATOR
.437
[11.1 mm]
.125
[3.2 mm]
15.30
OPERATOR
.438
[11.1 mm]
.125
15.26 [3.2 mm]
OPERATOR
.235
[6.0 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
*RECOMMENED
AVAILBALE STUD AVAILBALE
OPERATOR BRACKET HINGES
WOOD: (QTY 4) (P/N 19380.92)
#10 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, 15.18 12510.92 LH
FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS 12511.92 RH 14.05
14.06
PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) #10 PHILLIPS, 15.26 12510.92 LH
FLAT HEAD SCREWS 14.75
12511.92 RH
(LENGTH AND THREAD 14.76
TYPE DETERMINED BY 15.30 12510.92 LH
PROFILE) 12511.92 RH
*SEE TRUTH TIP #1 FOR HANDING OF BRACKET 35d

DYAD OPERATOR
F
FIG. 5 BRACKET 12510.92 (LH), 12511.92 (RH)
.250
.186
[6.3 mm]
[4.7 mm]
2.970
[75.4 mm]
.062 1.380
[1.6 mm] 2.186 .250 [35.1 mm]
[55.5 mm] [6.4 mm]
.217 1.093 .500 1.125

[5.5 mm] [27.8 mm] [12.7 mm] [28.6 mm]
PHI .336
SCRE [8.5 mm] (
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) #7 X .875 12510.92 LEFT HAND SHOWN
HESHEET METAL
PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD,
SCREWS T (USE OPPOSITE HAND BRACKET
FOR INVERTED APPLICATIONS)
PVC & METAL: (QTY 3) #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) NOTE: 12511.92 RIGHT HAND
FIG. 6 BRACKET 10558.92 (NON HANDED)
.492
[12.5 mm]
.750 .750
[19.0 mm] [19.0 mm]
NON HANDED
.310 .500
[7.9 mm] [12.7 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
.630
[16.0 mm] .250
WOOD: (QTY 3) (P/N 19140.92) [6.3 mm]
#7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT
R HEAD, METAL SCREWS 2.750
[69.8 mm]
PVC & METAL: (QTY 3) #7 FLAT HEAD SCREWS
#7 (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE
HE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
(LEN
DE
35e 700 west bridge st reet , owatonna , mn 55060 n 507.451.5620 800.866.7884 n TRUTH . COM
AWNING
SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
STRENGTH & PERFORMANCE:

Designed for narrow awning windows,
Truths 15 Series traditional style
Single Arm Awning Operator brings
with it all of the style and performance
characteristics of the 15 series
traditional style operators.
To help make the transition to this new
system easier, this traditional style
Single Arm Awning Operator works
with all of Truths current Awning
Hinges.
MANUFACTURING BENEFITS:
Manufacturers will appreciate the
similarities in design of this new
operator, in that the traditional style
Single Arm Awning Operator conforms
to the same frame preparation, and
screw hole pattern that the other
Ellipse Operators use. The operator
will be shipped with the arm in an
open position, so it can be inserted
CORROSION RESISTANCE: #21494 - Gasket Applicator (optional)
through the cut-out for easy mounting.
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
STYLE: Incorporating the same cover multi-stage coating process that cap (optional).
as other traditional style operators, produces a superior physical and
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
allows the homeowner to have a
wider range of corrosive materials, Types of screws required determined
similar family appearance throughout
including industrial cleaning materials by material of profile used. Refer to
the home.
and environmental pollutants. This drawings for complete information on
PRODUCT APPLICATION proprietary process has been tested to screw type and quantity needed (sold
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing be approximately three times better separately). For additional information
a new window profile, or are having than common zinc plated finishes. regarding screw selection - see Truth
difficulty selecting hardware for your Tips and Tech Note #11.
window, please contact Truth. Our DECORATIVE FINISH:
Electrostatically applied, durable TRUTH TIPS:
highly trained Technical Service Staff
coatings that provide excellent 1. The Single Arm Awning Operator
can assist you with the selection of the
resistance to chipping, scratching and can be used with all Truth 13 & 34
appropriate hardware to meet your
corrosion while maintaining color Series Awning Hinges. To insure
stability for years in direct sunlight. maximum operator efficiency and
providing personalized application
Please refer to Truths Color Chart for avoid sash chatter, it is important that
drawings.
examples of Truths most popular the hinge and sash height be properly
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you finish options. Truth also offers a wide matched. For more complete
considered personalizing your window range of decorative plated finishes - information on proper hinge sizing and
with your company name or logo? All contact Truth for additional information how to overcome corner pull-in
of Truths operator handles are capable on availability of these finishes on problems, see Truth Tech Note #2.
of accepting your own signature. specific product lines. 2. Due to the larger opening provided
Contact Truth for further details.
ORDERING INFORMATION: by this awning operator, binding can be
WARRANTY: Protected under the 1. Specify Operator model number experienced on narrower sash heights.
terms of the Truth Warranty for (see table in Fig. 3 for options). Windows with sash heights less than
Window & Door Manufacturers & 16 inches may need to use a Limit
Authorized Distributors. Refer to 2. Specify Traditional style housing Stop. Please contact Truth for
Truths Terms & Conditions for further availability of this stop device.
details.
3. Operator position becomes more
4. Select mounting hardware (sold important as window size increases.
separately): With operator in closed position, center
zinc cover, crank handle and knob.
#11454.XX - Contour Handle the end of the arm on the sash for
Hardened steel drive worm and gear.
(painted) or optimum pull-in performance.
Stainless steel track and plastic pivot
#11329.XX - Folding Handle (painted)
slides. 36
#30169 - Stainless Steel Track
#21495 - Traditional Gasket (optional)
SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 8. Truth recommends that Sash Locks Window operators will be of scissors
4. When selecting mounting screws be used on all awning windows. Sash arm and track/pivot slide design driven
for Truth hardware, coating Locks will provide security and a by hand crank. The operator must be
compatibility is one of the most tighter weatherseal to the window. constructed of E-Gard coated
important criteria. For best corrosion components. High-pressure die-cast
resistance the coating on the screws 9. A Truth Spline Cap (#21306) is zinc cover, crank handle and knob.
should be the same as the coating on available to protect the operator spline Hardened steel drive worm and gear.
the hardware. For more information from dirt and damage during shipping, Steel track and plastic pivot slides.
see Tech Note #11. window installation, and final building
construction. Window Operators shall be 15 series
5. For accurate hardware placement, Single Arm Awning Operator as
pre-drilling of the screw holes in the 10.Adding Truth Snubbers to the top manufactured by Truth Hardware,
window profile is recommended. rail on an awning window may Owatonna, MN.
increase the negative air pressure rating
6. For vinyl window applications, of the window.
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
one insert wall. For this reason, it may YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
be necessary to use a longer screw than Window operators shall be provided
is recommended. which allow easy adjustment of
window position. The mechanism
7. For metal window profiles Truth should be crank operated and provide a
recommends machine screws. continuous range of open positions.
However, in most applications, sheet Connection to the movable sash must
metal screws will provide adequate be easily detachable for original
holding power. installation and maintenance.
36a
SINGLE ARM
P AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 1 TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR APPLICATION
C
L CENTER OPERATOR ON THE SASH.
(THIS BECOMES MORE IMPORTANT
AS THE WINDOW WIDTH INCREASES)
SEE TRUTH TIPS #3
PIVOT SHOE
15.60 SHOWN
1
B .390
[9.9 mm]
(CUT-OUT LOCATION)
3.780
[96.0 mm]
.810 MAX 1 MIN
CUTOUT 1
[20.6 mm] 4X R.060 MAX
.625 MIN [1.5 mm]
.400
[10.2 mm]
.490 MIN
[12.4 mm]
1
.085 MIN
[2.2 mm]
WATER DAM C
L OF SCREW LOCATION
AVAILABLE AVAILABLE A B
OPERATOR TRACK
15.71 30169 13.50 (342.9mm) 16.039 (407.4mm)
15.60 30169 9.500 (241.3mm) 12.039 (305.8mm)
NOTE:

FOR PROPER GASKET FIT
36b
SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 2 TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR
3.750
[95.2 mm]
1 3.000
[76.2 mm] 1
2.222
[56.4 mm]
1.625
[41.3 mm]
1.444
[36.7 mm] .609
[15.5 mm]
.843
[21.4 mm]
.375
[9.5 mm]
4.062
[103.2 mm]
LEFT HAND SHOWN
C
L
1 PREFERRED MOUNTING HOLES .086
(PVC/ALUMINUM) [2.2 mm]
.631
[16.0 mm]
.309
[7.8 mm] .100
[2.5 mm] .400
[10.2 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

PVC & METAL: (QTY 4) - #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD

36c
SINGLE ARM
AWNING OPERATOR
FIG. 3 GASKET APPLICATION FOR TRADITIONAL SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
WINDOW FRAME
GASKET
21495
GASKET
APPLICATOR
21494 INSTRUCTIONS:

STICKY SIDE OUT

TO SECURE GASKET
FIG. 4 SINGLE ARM AWNING OPERATOR TRACK 30169
13.900
[353.1 mm]
.684 13.000
[17.4 mm] [330.2 mm]
.438
[11.1 mm]
.152
[3.9 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:

36d
CASEMENT
23 SINGLE ARM
OPERATOR (FACE-MOUNT)
Contemporary styling of Truths face

mounted Single Arm Operator
complements the overall window
design. Created for use with Truths
14 Series Concealed Casement Hinges
or 29 Series Butt Hinges. The Single
Arm Operator provides arm movement
for 90 of the window opening. These
operators can also be used with Truths
4-Bar Hinges. See Truth Tips for
additional clarification.
PRODUCT APPLICATION
a new window profile, or are having FINISH: Electrostatically applied, TRUTH TIPS:
difficulty selecting hardware for your durable coatings that provide excellent 1. 23 Series Single Arm Operators are
window, please contact Truth. Our resistance to chipping, scratching and handed by the hinge side when viewed
highly trained Product Specialists can corrosion while maintaining color from the inside (commercially handed).
assist you with the selection of the stability for years in direct sunlight.
appropriate hardware to meet your Please refer to Truths Color Chart for 2. Sash weight should be limited to 35
performance requirements, as well as examples of Truths most popular lbs. to insure ease of operation for the
providing personalized application finish options. Truth also offers a wide lifetime of the window. When used on
drawings. range of decorative plated finishes - a sash weighing over 35 lbs., operating
contact Truth for additional torque will noticeably increase and
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you information on availability of these operator life will be reduced.
considered personalizing your window finishes on specific product lines.
with your company name or logo? All 3. Operator torque can be kept to a
of Truths operator handles are capable ORDERING INFORMATION: minimum by using an operator with the
of accepting your own signature. 1. Choose operator style desired longest available arm that will fit a
Contact Truth for further details. (specify by part number). given window width.
WARRANTY: 2. Specify finish number. 4. Before selecting an operator, the

Protected under the terms of the Truth hinge should be selected depending
Warranty for Window and Door 3. Specify left- or right-hand upon desired window features and
Manufacturers and Authorized (determined by the side the hinge is on hinge requirements (example: egress
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms when viewed from the inside). See vs. washability).
and Conditions for further details. Truth Tip # 1 for further information.
5. If your window design requires the
MATERIAL: High-pressure die cast 4. Select mounting hardware (sold use of a 4-Bar Hinge and single arm
zinc case, crank handle and knob. separately): operator, an egress 4-Bar Hinge must
Hardened steel worm gear and gear #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or be used for proper operation. Single
arm. Non-magnetic stainless steel arm #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle - Arm Operators do not work well with
roller, rivet, sash track and screws. shown above (painted). 4-Bar Hinges that offer washability. If
Optional Handle styles, such as the window design requires a 4-Bar
CORROSION PROTECTION: Truths Folding Handle, are also Hinge and washability is desired, then
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a available. a 23 Series Dyad Operator should be
multi-stage coating process that Operator Track - see Figures 2 & 3 used.
produces a superior physical and for available track options.
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a #21306 - Protective red plastic spline cap 6. The Truth Single Arm Operator
wider range of corrosive materials, Rubber-cork adhesive backed operator works well with a Butt Hinge. Always
including industrial cleaning materials gasket (optional). use an operator with the longest arm
and environmental pollutants. This #32357 - 375 pcs per roll possible for best operation.
proprietary process has been tested to #30174 - 400 pcs per box 7. The Casement Single Arm
be approximately three times better #20947 - Backing Plate (2 per operator). Operators with 6" and 7.5" arms were
than common zinc plated finishes. designed for use on narrow sashes.
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
For the severe conditions associated with Types of screws required determined A Truth Limit Device must be used
coastal areas, Truth has developed certain by material of profile used. Refer to when using one of these operators in
product lines utilizing either CoastGard drawings for complete information on combination with a Truth Egress Hinge.
Hardware, or stainless steel hardware. screw type and quantity needed (sold
See Tech Note #7 for further information separately). For additional information
about corrosion protection and these regarding screw selection - see Truth
special hardware options. Tips and Tech Note #11. 37
23 SINGLE ARM
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 13. Truth recommends that stainless INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
8. This operator may be mounted steel screws be used to fasten stainless YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
closer to the lock side of the window to steel components to the window. Window operators shall be provided
effectively limit opening and improve When selecting mounting screws for which allow easy adjustment of
corner pull-in performance. Truth hardware, coating compatibility window position. The mechanism
is one of the most important criteria. should be crank operated and provide
9. Truth recommends that a Snubber For best corrosion resistance the smooth operation of egress or butt
be used at the center of the hinge side coating on the screws should be the hinges. Connection to the movable
on any casement window which has a same as the coating on the hardware. sash must be easily detachable for
tendency to bow outward at the center For more information see Tech Note #11. window cleaning and maintenance.
in the closed position. Adding a
Snubber may increase the negative air 14. For metal window profiles, Truth Window operators will be of single
pressure rating of a casement window. recommends machine screws. push arm design driven by a hand
However, in most applications, sheet crank. The operator must be
10. When used in high rise metal screws will provide adequate constructed of E-Gard components,
applications of over two stories, Truth holding power. hardened steel worm and gearing and
recommends using a Limit Device. (or high pressure zinc alloy die cast
see Tip #8) 15. Truth recommends that Backing housing.
Plates (#20947) be used for added
11. For accurate hardware placement support to the operator in an effort to Window Operators shall be 23 series
in vinyl or metal applications, pre- reduce the amount of flex experienced Single Arm Operator as manufactured
drilling of the window profile is in many PVC profile systems. by Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
recommended.
16. If air infiltration around the
12. Operator mounting screws must operator is a concern, the gasket
pass through one PVC wall and Truth (#30174) should be used.
Backing Plates #20947 or one PVC
wall and one insert wall. Track 17. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
mounting screws must pass through to protect the operator splines from dirt
two PVC walls or one PVC wall and and other windows from damage
one insert wall. For this reason, it is during shipping, installation, and final
necessary to use a longer screw than is building construction.
recommended.
37a
23 SINGLE ARM
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF THE 23 SERIES SINGLE ARM OPERATOR
LOCATE TRACK NOTCH

TO HINGE SIDE
A B MIN.
APPLICATION TABLE
FOR 90 SASH OPENING
HARDWARE SHOWN LEFT HAND SHOWN
AVAILABLE Y D
23.38 OPERATOR HINGES HINGE CONSTANT (MINIMUM)
14.77 HINGE 14.05 3.939 [100.1mm]
31002 TRACK 14.06 4.567 [116.0mm]
10579 HANDLE 14.75 3.939 [100.1mm] .476 [12.1mm]
20947 BACKING 14.76 4.567 [116.0mm]
PLATE(2) 14.77 1.311 [33.3mm]
14.80 3.939 [100.1mm]
.360 [9.2 mm] 35.10 .495 [12.6mm]
.562 [14.3mm]
MINIMUM 35.11 .495 [12.6mm]
35.12 .389 [9.9mm]
.687 [17.5mm]
35.13 .389 [9.9mm]
D NOTE:
.290 [7.4 mm]
1. TO DETERMINE THE A DIMENSION,
FIRST DETERMINE WHICH HINGE IS
TO BE USED, THEN DETERMINE THE
CENTERLINE OF .954 [24.2 mm] HINGE CONSTANT Y FROM THE
MOUNT SCREWS MINIMUM ABOVE TABLE AND ADD IT TO
THE X DIMENSION
5.125 [130.2 mm] A=Y+X

4.750 [120.6 mm]
3.876 [98.5 mm] 4.750 [120.6 mm]
3.380 [85.9 mm] .250 [6.3 mm] 4.251 [108.0 mm]
3.005 [76.3 mm] 3.876 [98.5 mm]
R.188 [4.8 mm]
.375 [9.5 mm] .375 [9.5 mm]
.437 [11.1 mm]

4X .250 [6.4 mm] SECONDARY WALL
CUT-OUT FOR PVC 2X .250 [6.4 mm]
OPERATOR CUT-OUT OPTIONAL OPERATOR CUT-OUT

37b
23 SINGLE ARM
FIG. 2 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR 23.00, 23.01, 23.02, 23.03 AND 23.38
(commercially handed - see Truth Tips)
STAINLESS STEEL ROLLER
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
FRONT MOUNT: (QTY 4)(P/N 19700.XX)-#10
.327 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,STAINLESS STEEL,
[8.3 mm] SELF TAPPING SCREWS(LENGTH AND THREAD
C REAR MOUNT: (QTY 4)-#10-24 PHILLIPS,

PAN HEAD, STAILESS STEEL MACHINE SCREWS
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE)
B MIN. C ARM MOUNT

COUNTERSINK OPER. SEE FIG.1 LENGTH TRACK TYPE
TAPPED #10-24 FRONT FOR #10 SCREW
REAR
(.218 MIN. SCREW MOUNT 5.688 7.500
MOUNT 23.38 31002
ENGAGEMENT) (144.5mm) (190.5mm)
7.688 9.500 FRONT
23.01
(195.3mm) (241.3mm)
23.38.XX.XXX 30175
LEFT HAND SHOWN 11.688 13.500
23.03
(296.9mm) (342.9mm)
5.688 7.500
23.71 31002
(144.5mm) (190.5mm)
7.688 9.500 REAR
23.00
(195.3mm) (241.3mm)
30175
11.688 13.500
23.02
(296.9mm) (342.9mm)
FIG.
G. 3 3TRACK
TRACK 30175
30175 ANDAND 31002
31002
.640 D
[16.3 mm]
NOTCH IS TO ATTACH AND .125

.166 DETACH OPERATOR ARM AFTER
[4.2 mm] [3.2 mm]
WINDOW. BEFORE THE OPERATOR
IS MOUNTED. TRACK D
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 13.125
30175
(333.4mm)
WOOD: (QTY 2)-#10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: (QTY 2)-#10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS(LENGTH AND 31002 8.500
THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) (215.9mm)
FIG.
G. 4 4GASKET
GASKET 30174
30174 FIG.
FIG. 55 BACKING
BACKINGPLATE
PLATE 20947.XX
20947.XX
.190 2X .190
[4.8 mm] [4.8 mm]
5.500
[139.7 mm] .500
[12.7 mm]
4.750 .104
[120.7 mm] .031 [2.6 mm]
[0.8 mm] .437
[11.1 mm]
NOTE:
1. (QTY 2) BACKING PLATES REQUIRED PER OPERATOR
.687
2. PLATE IS DESIGNED FOR A #8 SCREW TO PASS
[17.4 mm]
37c THROUGH IT FOR REAR MOUNT AND FOR A #10
SCREW TO TAP INTO IT FOR FRONT MOUNT
CASEMENT
AWNING 23 DYAD
OPERATOR
This unique face-mounted operator

provides smooth, continuous control of
casement and single vent awning
windows. The dyad, or two-linked
design, provides smooth operation of
windows with both types of Truth
Concealed Casement Hinges (Product
lines #14 & #34). The detachable clip
linkage allows this operator to be
disengaged from the sash for easy
assembly and installation. Three-point
mounting feature provides increased
stability of operator on the window.
Also available with two-point
mounting for special window designs.
See drawing for further details.
PRODUCT APPLICATION MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing zinc case, crank handle and knob.
a new window profile, or are having Hardened steel worm and gear.
difficulty selecting hardware for your gasket (for 2-point mounting).
window, please contact Truth. Our FINISH: Electrostatically applied, #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
highly trained Product Specialists can durable coatings that provide excellent cap (optional).
assist you with the selection of the resistance to chipping, scratching and
appropriate hardware to meet your corrosion while maintaining color RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
performance requirements, as well as stability for years in direct sunlight. Types of screws required determined
providing personalized application Please refer to Truths Color Chart for by material of profile used. Refer to
drawings. examples of Truths most popular finish drawings for complete information on
options. Truth also offers a wide range screw type and quantity needed (sold
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you of decorative plated finishes - contact separately). For additional information
considered personalizing your window Truth for additional information on regarding screw selection - see Truth
with your company name or logo? All availability of these finishes on specific Tips and Tech Note #11.
of Truths operator handles are capable product lines.
of accepting your own signature. TRUTH TIPS:
Contact Truth for further details. ORDERING INFORMATION: 1. Before selecting an operator, the
1. Choose Dyad Operator style desired hinge should be selected depending
WARRANTY: (specify by part number). upon desired window features and
Protected under the terms of the Truth hinge requirements (example: egress
Warranty for Window and Door 2. Specify finish number.
vs. washability).
Manufacturers and Authorized 3. Specify left- or right-hand
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms (determined by the side the hinge is on 2. Operator and Stud Bracket handing
and Conditions for further details. when viewed from the inside). is determined by the hinge side when
viewed from the inside (commercially
CORROSION PROTECTION: 4. Select mounting hardware (sold handed).
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a separately):
multi-stage coating process that #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or 3. The Truth Dyad Operator should
produces a superior physical and #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle - not be used with Egress style or Butt
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a shown above (painted). Hinges.
wider range of corrosive materials, Optional handle styles, such as Truths
4. The Dyad Operator is not
including industrial cleaning materials Folding Handle, are also available.
Handed Stud Brackets - select from
and environmental pollutants. This recommended for windows with stiff,
proprietary process has been tested to slide by weatherstrip. To insure proper
the tables in the following drawings.
be approximately three times better operation and long operator life,
Optional brackets for special profile
than common zinc plated finishes. weatherstrip forces should be
applications available - see Brackets &
minimized. To find out if the
Track Section.
For the severe conditions associated weatherstrip forces are acceptable, the
with coastal areas, Truth has stainless 5. Optional mounting hardware (sold following procedure is suggested:
steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for separately). A) From a complete window package,
further information about corrosion #20947 - Backing Plates (2 per operator). disconnect the operator so that the sash
protection and these special hardware #30591 - Detach clip (included with the opens and closes freely B) Mount
options operator - replacement pieces sold window plumb and square.
separately).
#30812 - Rubber cork adhesive backed
38
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 7. Mounting Screws must pass 15. When selecting mounting screws
C) Connect spring scale or other force through two PVC walls, or one PVC for Truth hardware, coating
measuring device to lower lock side of wall and one insert wall or one PVC compatibility is one of the most
the sash and measure the force required wall and Truth Backing Plates important criteria. For best corrosion
to completely close the window (#20947). For this reason, it may be resistance the coating on the screws
through its final one inch of travel. necessary to use a longer screw than is should be the same as the coating on
D) Multiply the force from Step C by recommended. the hardware. For more information
the sash width and divide by dimension see Tech Note #11.
A from Figure 1. For acceptable 8. For metal window profiles, Truth
performance, this calculated force must recommends machine screws. INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
be less than 150 lbs. If your window However, in most applications, sheet YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
exceeds the forces as measured by the metal screws will provide adequate
procedure outlined above, Truth holding power.
recommends that the Dyad Operator 9. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available
not be used. to protect the operator splines from dirt
5. To insure the proper selection of and other windows from damage
window hardware and mounting during shipping, installation, and final
locations that will provide the best building construction.
operating results, please follow these 10. Truth Stud Brackets shown in
simple steps: Figure 8 through Figure 12 will fit the
REFER TO FIGURE 1. A) Determine majority of the profiles. In the event
the space available for operator arm that the Stud Brackets shown will not
clearance in the closed position - see satisfactorily fit a profile, other
1.438" (33.3 mm) minimum specialized Stud Brackets are available
dimension-center drawing. B) Choose - see Brackets & Track Section.
a Stud Bracket that will best fit the 11. Sash weight should be limited to
profile and will maximize the A 50 lbs. to insure ease of operation for
dimension. C) Choose an operator that the lifetime of the window. When used
is compatible with the bracket chosen on a sash weighing over 50 lbs.,
in Step B. D) Once the operator is operating effort will increase and
determined, check the elevation of the operator life will be reduced.
operator with respect to the hinge to
insure the elevation of the operator 12. When a Dyad Operator is installed
does not fall below the stated in windows used in high rise
minimums. applications over two stories, a Truth
Limit Device, to restrict the amount of
6. The C dimension taken from the opening, may be necessary. Contact
tables shown, with each individual Truth for wind loading information.
operator, should be used as the starting
point for determining operator location 13. For accurate hardware placement
relative to the bracket location. In in vinyl or metal applications, pre-
most cases, this will be the correct drilling is recommended.
location. If while closing the window,
the operator arm comes in contact with 14. Truth recommends that a Snubber
the sash, then shift the operator away be used at the center of the hinge side
from the hinge side of the window. If on any casement window which has a
the window will not come completely tendency to bow outwardly at the
closed, and the operator has reached center in the closed position. Adding a
its fully closed position, then shift the Snubber may increase the negative air
operator towards the hinge side of the pressure rating of the window.
window.
38a
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF 23 SERIESDYAD OPERATOR
CENTERLINE OF MINIMUM SASH WIDTH =B +C+ 5.500 (139.7mm)

SASH ARM
SASH
A
CRITICAL
FRAME
B BACKING PLATE (2)

CRITICAL
C
NOTE:
1. CRITICALA DIMENSION RANGE: 1.375 (34.9mm)
TO 2.125 (54.0mm). LEFT HAND SHOWN
CRITICAL B DIMENSION RANGE: .750 (19.1mm)
TO 1.750 (44.5mm).
2. MAXIMIZE THEA DIMENSION AND MINIMIZE
HARDWARE SHOWN
THE B DIMENSION FOR BEST OPERATOR
PERFORMANCE. 23.54 OPERATOR
5.50
14.05 HINGE
3. CONTACT TRUTH IF YOUR PROFILES DO NOT FIT (139.7mm)
THE RECOMMENDED AANDB DIMENSION RANGES. 10558 BRACKET
10579 HANDLE
4. SEE OPERATOR AND HINGE COMPATABLITIY CHART IN FIG.2 BEFORE
SELECTING OPERATOR FOR YOUR APPLICATION. 20947 BACKING
5. TO DETERMINE MTG LOCATION OF BRACKETS ADD OR SUBTRACT PLATE (2)
DIMENSION L AND F.
1.438
.590
(36.5mm)
MINIMUM (15.0mm)
MAXIMUM
WALL THICKNESS
SASH
H
FRAME
.690 OPERATOR MOUNTING HOLE
G MINIMUM CENTERLINE
(17.5mm) (FROM BOTTOM OF HINGE)
OPTIONAL MOUNTING 2.729 2.729
TAB TO ADD STABILITY (69.3mm) (69.3mm)
LOCATION OF THIRD MOUNTING HOLE
2.500 2.500 FOR OPERATORS EQUIPPED WITH A
(63.5mm) (63.5mm) STABILIZING TAB, PILOT SIZE FOR
#8 SCREW
.296 DIA.
(7.5mm)
.320
.070
(8.1mm) (1.8mm)
MINUMUM SLOT
SECOND WALL CUT-OUT
.656
(16.7mm) 4.375
(111.1mm)
38b
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
FIG. 2 DYAD OPERATOR
OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY TABLE

TYPE 23.46 23.49 23.54 23.55
HINGE STACK HINGE
DESCRIPTION OF & & &
PART NUMBER
H HINGE 23.59 23.65 23.66
CONCEALED CSMT HNG 14.75 & 14.05 2 BAR X X O O
.438
CONCEALED CSMT HNG 14.76 & 14.06 2 BAR Z Z Z Z
(11.1mm)
CONCEALED CSMT HNG 14.80 2 BAR X X O O
201 8" 34.10 NO STOP 4 BAR O O - -
.500 201 10" 34.11 NO STOP 4 BAR Z Z X X
(12.7mm)
201 12" 34.12 NO STOP 4 BAR Z Z X X
401 90 12" 34.55 4 BAR Z Z X X
.531 (13.5mm) 401 90 SD 12" ** 34.81 4 BAR X X O O
301 10" 34.24 NO STOP 4 BAR Z Z X X
301 12" 34.25 NO STOP 4 BAR Z Z Z Z
.625
(15.9mm) 601 90 14" 34.59 4 BAR Z Z X X
601 90 16" 34.60 4 BAR Z Z X X
601 90 18" 34.61 4 BAR Z Z X X
X = RECOMMENDED FOR BEST PERFORMANCE

O = RECOMMENDED, HOWEVER OPERATOR TORQUE MAY BE SLIGHTLY HIGHER
AND OPERATOR MAY FIT INTO NARROWER SASH OPENING THAN SPECIFIED.
Z = RECOMMENDED, HOWEVER OPERATOR WILL ONLY OPEN SASH TO
APPROXIMATELY 80%-90% OF FULL OPENING.
** BLACK ACETAL SHOE
NOTE: ALUMINUM HINGES ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR CASEMENT APPLICATIONS
38c
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
FIG. 3 23.46 and 23.59 DYAD OPERATOR (23.59 has stability tab)
NO OFFSET
LEFT HAND SHOWN
AVAILABLE
.065 "L" BRACKETS
(1.65mm) LH RH
10494 10495
*10558
*RECOMMENDED
CLIP IS UNDER LINK
STABILITY TAB AVAILABLE ON 23.59 C = 5.425 (137.8mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
HINGE STACK
2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8 - 32 X .312 PHILLIPS, TRUSS HEAD, MACHINE SCREWS H G
1 (P/N 19218.XX) #8 X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS (SEE NOTE 1) MINIMUM
(STABILITY TAB) .438 (11.1mm) .622 (15.8mm)
.500 (12.7mm) .671 (17.0mm)
NOTE:
1. CHECK THE OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY TABLES TO VERIFY THAT A .532 (13.5mm) .702 (17.8mm)
PARTICULAR OPERATOR WILL WORK WITH A PARTICULAR HINGE (SEE FIG. 2) .625 (15.9mm) .761 (19.3mm)
FIG. 4 23.49 DYAD OPERATOR

NO OFFSET
LEFT HAND SHOWN
AVAILABLE
.065 "L" BRACKETS
(1.65mm) LH RH
10494 10495
*10558
CLIP IS UNDER LINK *RECOMMENDED
C = 9.600 (243.9mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: HINGE STACK

WOOD: 2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8 - 32 X .312 PHILLIPS, H G
TRUSS HEAD, MACHINE SCREWS (SEE NOTE 1) MINIMUM
.438 (11.1mm) .622 (15.8mm)
NOTE: .500 (12.7mm) .671 (17.0mm)
38d
1. CHECK THE OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY TABLES TO VERIFY THAT A .532 (13.5mm) .702 (17.8mm)
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
NO OFFSET
LEFT HAND SHOWN
AVAILABLE
BRACKETS
.065 "L" LH RH
(1.65mm) 10494 10495
*10558
*RECOMMENDED
CLIP IS UNDER LINK
STABILITY TAB AVAILABLE ON 23.65
C = 6.300 (160.0mm)
HINGE STACK G
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: H
(SEE NOTE 1) MINIMUM
2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8 - 32 X .312 PHILLIPS, TRUSS HEAD, MACHINE SCREWS
1 (P/N 19218.XX) #8 X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS .438 (11.1mm) .622 (15.8mm)
(THIRD MOUNTING POINT) .500 (12.7mm) .671 (17.0mm)
NOTE:
.532 (13.5mm) .702 (17.8mm)
1. CHECK THE OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY TABLES TO VERIFY THAT A
ARM IS OFFSET UPWARD

.125 (3.2mm)
LEFT HAND SHOWN
AVAILABLE
BRACKETS
.190
"L" LH RH
(4.83mm) 10494 10495
*10558
*RECOMMENDED
CLIP IS UNDER LINK
C = 6.260 (159.0mm)
STABILITLY TAB
HINGE STACK G
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: H
(SEE NOTE 1) MINIMUM
2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8 - 32 X .312 PHILLIPS, TRUSS HEAD, MACHINE SCREWS
1 (P/N 19218.XX) #8 X .750 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS .438 (11.1mm) .537 (13.6mm)
(THIRD MOUNTING POINT) .500 (12.7mm) .586 (14.9mm)
NOTE: .532 (13.5mm) .617 (15.7mm)
1. CHECK THE OPERATOR/HINGE COMPATABILITY TABLES TO VERIFY THAT A
.625 (15.9mm) .676 (17.2mm)
PARTICULAR OPERATOR WILL WORK WITH A PARTICULAR HINGE (SEE FIG. 2)
38e
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
2.970
(75.4mm)
.812
.420 1.093 .500 (20.6mm)
(10.7mm) (27.8mm) (12.7mm)
.500 .546
(12.7mm) (13.9mm) F
.117
.250 (3.0mm)
(6.4mm) 1.062
.267 (27.0mm)
2.390 (6.8mm)
(60.7mm) NOTE: 11254 RIGHT HAND
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19260.XX) #8 X 1.25 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
38f
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
FIG. 8 STUD BRACKETS 10558.XX
.164 F .104
(4.2mm) (2.6mm)
NON HANDED
.310 .750
(7.9mm) (19.1mm)
\M+18300
.500
(12.7mm)
.630 .750
(16.0mm) (19.1mm) .250
(6.4mm)
2.750
(70.0mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
2.438
(61.9mm)
1.880 .060
(47.8mm) (1.5mm)
.690 1.063
(17.5mm) (27.0mm)
F
.120
10456 LEFT HAND SHOWN (3.0mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19355.XX) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,

SHEET METAL SCREWS
38g
23 DYAD
OPERATOR
2.438
(61.9mm)
1.880
(47.8mm)
1.157 .190 F
(4.8mm) .180
(29.4mm)
(4.6mm)
1.124 .744
(28.5mm) (18.9mm)
.532
(13.5mm)
.280
(7.1mm) 10494 LEFT HAND SHOWN NOTE: 10495 RIGHT HAND
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19355.XX) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,

SHEET METAL SCREWS

FIG. 11 GASKET 30812
5.500 .032
.070 (139.7mm) (.8mm)
(1.8mm)
.688
(17.5mm)
.410
(10.4mm)
.250 5.0
(6.4mm) (127.0mm)
FIG. 12 BACKING PLATE 20947.XX
.190 .437 .104

(4.8mm) (11.1mm) (2.6mm)
2X .190
(4.8mm)
.500
(12.7mm)
NOTE:
1. (2) BACKING PLATES REQUIRED PER OPERATOR
2. PLATE IS DESIGNED FOR A #8 SCREW TO PASS
THROUGH IT FOR REAR MOUNT AND FOR A #10
SCREW TO TAP INTO IT FOR FRONT MOUNT.
38h
AWNING
12 TELESCOPING
PUSH BAR OPERATORS
Telescoping Push Bar Operators are

designed for residential use as a means
of opening and closing sashes with
fixed screens. They are most
commonly used for holding open
outward-projected windows which
are screened from the inside. The
telescoping arm provides extended
window opening up to 14.5" (368.3
mm). The Push Bar cams cover the
nylon escutcheon and compresses the
spring up to .187" (4.8 mm) so that
the window is pulled tightly to the
frame which helps to eliminate air
infiltration. Sliding action of the
Aluminum Push Bar through the nylon
escutcheon insures smooth operating
and long wearing movement.
FEATURES: The Truth Push Bar can
easily be disengaged by depressing the ORDERING INFORMATION: INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
index button on the operator arm to 1. Specify yoke length (see table for YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
allow maximum window opening and standard yoke lengths and part Window push bars shall be provided
for maintenance and easy assembly. numbers). which allow easy adjustment of
Left or right-handed operation can be window position. The push bar must
achieved by locating the lock bracket to 2. Specify length desired (standard or be telescoping to allow a large open
either side of the yoke. This lock short). sash projection while taking up a
bracket can be mounted with the bar 3. Specify finish. minimum of sill space when closed and
hooked from underneath or reversed so stored.Window push bars will be of
the bar can be hooked from the top RECOMMENDED SCREWS: telescoping design which incorporates a
position for clearing high sills. Types of screws required determined by spring loaded sash bracket to insure
material of profile used. See Tech tight weatherstrip seal. The push bar
PRODUCT APPLICATION Note #11. Refer to drawings for must be constructed of 6063-T6
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing complete information on screw type aluminum and brass stampings. The
a new window profile, or are having and quantity needed (sold separately). escutcheon and lock brackets molded of
difficulty selecting hardware for your nylon.
window, please contact Truth. Our TRUTH TIPS
highly trained Product Specialists can 1. For accurate hardware placement in Window operators shall be 12 series
assist you with the selection of the vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling Push Bar as manufactured by Truth
appropriate hardware to meet your of the window profile is recommended. Hardware.
providing personalized application 2. For vinyl window applications,
drawings. mounting screws should pass through
WARRANTY: one insert wall. For this reason, it
Protected under the terms of the Truth may be necessary to use a longer screw
Warranty for Window and Door than is recommended.
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms 3. For metal window profiles, Truth
and Conditions for further details. recommends machine screws.
MATERIAL: Track and bar made of metal screws will provide adequate
aluminum extrusion 6063-T6, and holding power.
assembled with aluminum and brass
stampings. Nylon escutcheon and lock
bracket.
FINISH: Caustic etch clear iridite
(spec. MIL.-C-5541). Also available
in baked polyurethane finish in white,
bronze and gold.
39
12 TELESCOPING
PUSH BAR OPERATORS
FIG. 1 APPLICATIONOFTRUTHTELESCOPING PUSH BAR OPERATOR

(ANDERBERG 44AL SERIES)
RETAINER BRACKET 1.125 1.250

.344 (28.6mm) (31.8mm) .500
(8.7mm) (12.7mm)
.344
(8.7mm)
YOKE LENGTH
INDEX HOLE LOCK BRACKET

1.250
YOKE A (31.8mm)
1.875
(47.6mm)
YOKE LENGTH = PIVOT RIVET TO YOKE RIVET
NYLON ESCUTCHEON BEAD LINES MUST BE ON TOP INDEX BUTTON
.562
(14.3mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
A
TRUTH PART NO. X DIMENSION YOKE LENGTH
CLOSED EXTENDED
12.40 .938 (23.8mm) .782 (19.8mm) 10.500 (266.7mm) 16.250 (412.8mm)
12.41 1.0 (25.4mm) .844 (21.4mm) 10.500 (266.7mm) 16.250 (412.8mm)
12.42 1.0 (25.4mm) .844 (21.4mm) 8.0 (203.2 mm) 11.0 (279.4mm)
12.44 1.438 (36.5mm) 1.282 (32.5mm) 10.500 (266.7mm) 16.250 (412.8mm)
12.45 1.562 (39.7mm) 1.406 (35.7mm) 10.500 (266.7mm) 16.250 (412.8mm)
.938
(23.8mm)
.500
(12.7mm)
SASH
NOTE:
HANDLE POSITION RELATIVE TO NYLON
.438 ESCUTCHEON WHEN WINDOW IS OPEN.
FRAME (11.1mm) FRAME
X OPERATOR CUT-OUT
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD : 6 - #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
39a
PVC/METAL: 6 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND
THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
12 TELESCOPING
PUSH BAR OPERATORS
FIG. 2 APPLICATIONOFTRUTHTELESCOPING PUSH BAR OPERATOR

(ANDERBERG 44WD SERIES)
RETAINER 1.125 1.250

BRACKET (28.6mm) (31.8mm)
.500
(12.7mm)
YOKE
LENGTH 1.250
(31.8mm)
YOKE INDEX HOLE LOCK BRACKET

A
1.875
(47.8mm)
YOKE LENGTH = PIVOT RIVET TO YOKE RIVET
NYLON ESCUTCHEON BEAD LINES MUST BE ON TOP INDEX BUTTON
.562
(14.3mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
A
TRUTH PART NO. X DIMENSION YOKE LENGTH
CLOSED EXTENDED
12.50 1.000 (25.4mm) .844 (21.4mm) 8.00 (203.2mm) 11.00 (279.4mm)
12.52 1.438 (36.5mm) 1.282 (32.5mm) 8.00 (203.2mm) 11.00 (279.4mm)
X
.688
(17.5mm)
.938
.500 (23.8mm)
(12.7mm)
SASH
FRAME .438 FRAME

(11.1mm)
OPERATOR CUT-OUT
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
NOTE:
WOOD : 6 - #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS HANDLE POSITION RELATIVE TO NYLON
PVC/METAL: 6 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND ESCUTCHEON WHEN WINDOW IS OPEN.
THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
39b
AWNING PIVOT SHOE
22 OPERATOR
Designed for face-mount applications

on single vent awning windows, this
operators unique pivot shoe design
allows approximately 10" of opening.
The double arm design also helps
achieve corner pull-in and sash stability
of ventilator. Acetal pivot shoes slide
smoothly in the track assuring positive
operation and creating a self-cleaning
action. Available in both front-mount
and rear-mount styles. Also incorpor-
ating an adjustable stabilizing tab
(optional), which helps reduce flexing
of window frame during operation.
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you
considered personalizing your window ORDERING INFORMATION & 3. This operator is intended for single
with your company name or logo? All OPTIONS: vent applications only, and should not
of Truths operator handles are capable 1. Choose Operator style desired - be used on multi-vent applications.
of accepting your own signature. specify by part number. See table 4. For accurate hardware replacement,
Contact Truth for further details. within drawings for details. pre-drilling is recommended.
2. Specify finish number. 5. Truth recommends that Backing
WARRANTY: Protected under the 3. Select mounting hardware (sold Plates (#20947) and/or a Stability Tab
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window separately): (#12789) be used for added support to
and Door Manufacturers and Authorized #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or the operator in an effort to reduce the
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle - amount of flex experienced in many
and Conditions for further details. shown above (painted). PVC Profile Systems.
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast Optional handle styles, such as Truths 6. For metal window profiles, Truth
zinc case, crank handle and knob. Folding Handle, are also available. recommends machine screws.
Hardened steel worm and gear arm. Order Track separately - specify by However, in most applications, sheet
Acetal pivot shoe. Non-magnetic part number. See table within metal screws will provide adequate
stainless steel track. Optional stainless drawings for details (2 per operator). holding power.
steel arms. #12789 - Stabilizing Tab Kit. 7. Butt Hinges can be used with the
#20947 - Backing Plate (2 per operator). pivot shoe operator, however, some
CORROSION PROTECTION: #20189 - Backing Grommet (optional). degree of sash chatter will usually
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- #21306 - Protective red plastic spline occur. Chatter is caused by the weight
stage coating process that produces a cap (optional). of the window pushing the operator
superior physical and aesthetic finish. #30171 - Rubber-cork adhesive backed closed rather than the operator pulling
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of gasket (optional). the window closed.
corrosive materials, including industrial 8. A window operator alone provides
cleaning materials and environmental RECOMMENDED SCREWS: poor forced entry resistance and must
pollutants. This proprietary process has Types of screws required determined always be used in conjunction with
been tested to be approximately three by material of profile used. Refer to sash locks when forced entry resistance
times better than common zinc plated drawings for complete information on is required.
finishes. screw type and quantity needed (sold 9. The Pivot Shoe Operator can be used
separately). For additional information with all Truth 13 Series Awning and
For the severe conditions associated regarding screw selection - see Truth
with coastal areas, Truth has stainless 4-Bar Hinges. To insure maximum
Tips and Tech Note #11. operator efficiency, it is important that
steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for
further information about corrosion TRUTH TIPS: operator, hinge, and sash height is
protection and these special hardware 1. Operator mounting screws must pass properly matched. Consult sash size
options. through one PVC wall and Truth table found in the Hinge section of the
Backing Plates #20947 or one PVC wall catalog.
FINISH: Electrostatically applied, and one insert wall. Track mounting
durable coatings that provide excellent INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
screws must pass through two PVC walls
resistance to chipping, scratching and YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
or one PVC wall and one insert wall. For
corrosion while maintaining color Window operators shall be provided
this reason, it is necessary to use a longer
stability for years in direct sunlight. which allow easy adjustment of window
screw than is recommended.
Please refer to Truths Color Chart for position. The mechanism should be
examples of Truths most popular finish crank operated and provide wide range
Truth hardware, coating compatibility is
options. Truth also offers a wide range of open positions. Connection to the
one of the most important criteria. For
of decorative plated finishes - contact movable sash should use pivoting slide
best corrosion resistance the coating on
Truth for additional information on shoes and stainless steel guide tracks.
the screws should be the same as the
availability of these finishes on specific coating on the hardware. For more 40
product lines. information see Tech Note #11.
22 PIVOT SHOE
OPERATOR
Window operators will be of twin push worm and gear arms and high pressure Window Operators shall be 22 series
arm design driven by hand crank. The zinc alloy die castings. Stainless steel Pivot Shoe Operator as manufactured
operator must be constructed of shoe guide tracks. by Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
E-Gard components, hardened steel
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF 22 SERIES PIVOT SHOE OPERATOR
A
B B
.438
[11.12 mm] TRACK
.438
[11.12 mm]
SASH
FRAME
TAPPED #8-32
20947 BACKING PLATE (2) (.218 MIN. SCREW
(20189 BACKING GROMMET ENGAGEMENT)
CAN ALSO BE USED)
REAR MOUNT
7.750 SEE FIG. 3
[196.85 mm]
.688 TRACK
[17.48 mm]
1.312 MINIMUM
[33.33 mm]
.344 FRONT MOUNT
[8.74 mm] SEE FIG. 2
.315
.155 TRACK [8.00 mm]
.780
[3.94 mm]
[19.81 mm] C-SINK FOR
SASH #10 SCREW
.479
[12.17 mm] FRAME
OPERATOR MOUNT HOLES
TO TRACK MOUNT SURFACE OPTIONAL
STABILIZING TAB
INNER WALL, SEE NOTE OUTER WALL HARDWARE SHOWN
22.10 OPERATOR
NOTE: 30169 TRACK (2)
INNER WALL MAY BE RELIEVED TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT ARM CLEARANCE IN 10579 HANDLE
THE CLOSED POSITION. RELIEF REQUIRED FOR CLEARANCE WILL VARY
DEPENDING ON THE TRACK MOUNTING POSITION RELATIVE TO THE OPERATOR. 20947 BACKING PLATE (2)
OPERATOR ARM OVERALL MOUNTING STABILIZING RECOMMENDED TRACK

PART No. LENGTH LENGTH A STYLE TAB TO ORDER TRACK LENGTH B
11.00 27.75 13.00
22.10 30169
(279.4mm) (704.9mm) (330.2mm)
22.17 5.50 16.75 FRONT PART No. 31594 7.50

(139.7mm) (425.5mm) 12789 (190.5mm)
9.00 25.75 12.00
22.18 31322
(228.6mm) (654.1mm) (304.8mm)
40a 11.00 27.75 REAR 13.00

22.19 30169
(279.4mm) (704.9mm) (330.2mm)
22 PIVOT SHOE
OPERATOR
FIG. 2 FRONT MOUNT CUT OUT DETAILS

2.750 2.750
[69.9 mm] [69.9 mm]
4X PILOT FOR #10 SCREWS
OR .25DIA HOLES FOR .110
(P/N 20189) GROMMETS [2.8 mm]
FROM CL
OF MOUNTING
HOLES TO CL
OF SLOT
.344
[8.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
PILOT FOR A 3.063 3.063
#8 SCREW [77.8 mm] [77.8 mm]
3.500 3.500
[88.9 mm] [88.9 mm]
.625
[15.88 mm]
STABILIZING TAB
.250
(AVAILABLE WITH OR WITHOUT STABILIZING TAB) [6.35 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATORS:
FRONT MOUNT: 4 (P/N 19700.XX) #10-24 X .688 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS
1 STABILIZING TAB UNIT PACK (P/N 12789)
1 (P/N 19215.92) #8 X .750 PHILLPS, PAN HEAD, STEEL, SHEET METAL SCREW (STABILITY TAB)
NOTE: SCREW LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE WILL BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE.
FIG. 3 REAR MOUNT CUT OUT DETAILS

2.750 2.750
2X .296 [69.9 mm] [69.9 mm]
[7.5 mm] .110
[2.8 mm]
FROM CL
OF MOUNTING
HOLES TO CL
OF SLOT
.344
[8.7 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
PILOT FOR A
3.500 3.500
#8 SCREW
[88.9 mm] [88.9 mm]
.625
[15.9 mm]
STABILIZING TAB
.250
(AVAILABLE WITH OR WITHOUT STABILIZING TAB) [6.4 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATORS:
REAR MOUNT: 2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8-32 X .312 PHILLIPS, TRUSS HEAD, STEEL, MACHINE SCREWS
NOTE: SCREW LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE WILL BE DETERMINED BY PROFILE. 40b
22 PIVOT SHOE
OPERATOR
FIG. 4 GASKET 30171
7.750
(196.9mm)
.750
(19.1mm)
7.0 .031
(177.8mm) (.8mm)
FIG.FIG.
5 5BACKING PLATE
BACKING PLATE 20947.XX
20947.XX
.437 2X .190
(11.1mm) (4.8mm)
2X .172
(4.4mm)
.500
.190
(12.7mm)
(4.8mm)
NOTES:
BACKING PLATE IS DESIGNED FOR #8 SCREW TO .104
PASS THROUGH FOR REAR MOUNT APPLICATIONS (2.6mm)
AND FOR A #10 SCREW TO TAP INTO IT FOR A FRONT
MOUNT APPLICATIONS.
FIG.FIG.
6 6BACKING GROMMET
BACKING GROMMET 20189 20189 FIG.
FIG. 77STABILIZING
STABILIZING
TAB 12789TAB 12789
.156 .500
[3.97 mm] [12.70 mm]
.110 .930 .250

[2.79 mm] [23.62 mm] [6.35 mm]
.260
90
[6.60 mm] .560 1.120
[14.22 mm] [28.45 mm]
#10-24 NC
2X .418 HOLE FOR #8
.359 [10.62 mm]
[9.12 mm] PAN HEAD SCREW
NOTE:
INCLUDES TWO SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT
TO OPERATOR.
AWNING
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
For the window design that requires a

face-mounted operator, Truth has
developed a special version of our
Awning Roto Gear Operator that
incorporates the case from our 22
Series Operators with the functional
capabilities of the 11 Series Awning
Roto Gear Operator. This operator is
designed to provide positive control of
the sash in any position, while
producing a secure pull-in of the
window at its corners. A simple
detach feature is available that
disengages the operator from the sash
for quick window removal and for ease
in installation. Available in both front-
mount and rear-mount models. Also
incorporating an adjustable stabilizing
tab (optional), which helps reduce
flexing of window frame during
operation.
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WARRANTY: Protected under the zinc case, crank handle and knob. Types of screws required determined by
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window Hardened steel drive worm and gear material of profile used. Refer to
and Door Manufacturers and Authorized arms. Optional stainless steel arms. drawings for complete information on
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms screw type and quantity needed (sold
and Conditions for further details. separately). For additional information
PRODUCT APPLICATION resistance to chipping, scratching and regarding screw selection - see Truth
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing a corrosion while maintaining color Tips and Tech Note #11.
new window profile, or are having stability for years in direct sunlight. TRUTH TIPS:
difficulty selecting hardware for your Please refer to Truths Color Chart for 1. Operator mounting screws must
window, please contact Truth. Our highly examples of Truths most popular finish pass through one PVC wall and Truth
trained Technical Service Staff can assist options. Truth also offers a wide range Backing Plates #20947 or one PVC
you with the selection of the appropriate of decorative plated finishes - contact wall and one insert wall. Track
hardware to meet your performance Truth for additional information on
mounting screws must pass through
requirements, as well as providing availability of these finishes on
two PVC walls or one PVC wall and
personalized application drawings. specific product lines.
one insert wall. For this reason, it is
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you ORDERING INFORMATION: necessary to use a longer screw than is
considered personalizing your window 1. Choose operator style desired recommended.
with your company name or logo? All (specify by part number).
of Truths operator handles are capable 2. Specify finish number. Truth hardware, coating compatibility is
of accepting your own signature. one of the most important criteria.
Contact Truth for further details. For best corrosion resistance the
separately):
CORROSION PROTECTION: #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or coating on the screws should be the
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- #10579 - Roto Gear Operator Handle - same as the coating on the hardware.
stage coating process that produces a shown above (painted). For more information see Tech Note
superior physical and aesthetic finish. Optional handle styles, such as Truths #11.
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of Folding Handle, are also available.
3. This operator is intended for single
corrosive materials, including industrial Order Sash Hooks - see drawings for vent applications only, and should not
cleaning materials and environmental the available model that best fits your be used on multi-vent applications.
pollutants. This proprietary process window design.
has been tested to be approximately #12789 - Stabilizing Tab Kit 4. For accurate hardware replacement,
three times better than common zinc #20189 - Backing Grommet (optional). pre-drilling is recommended.
plated finishes. #20947 - Backing Plate.
#30171 - Rubber-cork adhesive backed 5. Truth recommends that Backing
For the severe conditions associated with Plates (#20947) and/or a Stability Tab
coastal areas, Truth has stainless steel gasket (optional).
#21306 - Protective red plastic spline (#12789) be used for added support to
hardware. See Tech Note #7 for further the operator in an effort to reduce the
information about corrosion protection cap (optional).
amount of flex experienced in many
and these special hardware options. PVC Profile Systems. 41
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 9. This operator can be used with all INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
6. For metal window profiles, Truth Truth 13 Series Awning and 4-Bar YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
recommends machine screws. Hinges. To insure maximum operator Window operators shall be provided
However, in most applications, sheet efficiency, it is important that operator, which allow easy adjustment of
metal screws will provide adequate hinge, and sash height be properly window position. The mechanism
holding power. matched. Consult sash size table found should be crank operated and provide
in the Hinge section of the catalog. wide range of open positions.
7. Butt Hinges can be used with the Connection to the movable sash must
pivot shoe operator, however, some 10. A Spline Cap (#21306) is available be easily detachable for window
degree of sash chatter will usually to protect the operator splines from dirt cleaning and maintenance.
occur. Chatter is caused by the weight and other windows from damage during
of the window pushing the operator shipping, installation, and final Window operators will be of scissors
closed rather than the operator pulling building construction. arm design driven by hand crank. The
the window closed. operator must be constructed of
E-Gard components, hardened steel
8. A window operator alone provides worm and gear arms and high pressure
poor forced entry resistance and must zinc alloy die castings.
always be used in conjunction with
sash locks when forced entry resistance Window Operators shall be 22 series
is required. Scissors Arm Awning Operator as
manufactured by Truth Hardware,
Owatonna, MN.
41a
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION 22 SCISSORS ARM OPERATOR
20008 SASH HOOK

BRACKET SHOWN
A O
MIN
SASH
FRAME
B ARM CLEARANCE
TAPPED #8-32
(.218 MIN. SCREW
ENGAGEMENT)
20947 BACKING PLATE (2)
(20189 BACKING GROMMET
CAN ALSO BE USED)
7.750 REAR MOUNT
SEE FIG. 3
196.85mm
SASH HOOK C-SINK FOR

MOUNT HOLES #10 SCREW
.780
19.81mm
E MIN C FRONT MOUNT
SEE FIG. 2
SASH
FRAME
D MIN NOTE:
OPTIONAL TO DETERMINE THE MINIMUM W DIMENSION
STABILIZING TAB
OPERATOR W FOR OPERATOR ARM CLEARANCE, ADD HOOK
MOUNT HOLES DIMENSION ( H ) TO OPERATOR CONSTANT ( O )
SASH HOOK C D MIN E MIN H W =H+ O

20008 .090 (2.3mm) +.410 (10.4mm)
.560 (14.2mm)
40543 .220 (5.6mm) +.845 (21.5mm)
N/A
*31336 .549 (13.9mm) .160 (4.1mm)
*31336 SASH HOOK BRACKET WILL ADD OR SUBTRACT FROM O DIMENSION.
OPERATOR A B MOUNTING
STABILIZING APPROXIMATE O
OVERALL ARM TAB SASH DIMENSION
PART NO.
WIDTH CLEARANCE OPENING
22.21 .250 (6.4mm) 1.403 (35.6mm)
21.50 (546.1mm) 15.00 (381.0mm)
22.22 FRONT
.340 (8.6mm) 1.497 (38.0mm)
22.23 16.00 (406.4mm) ORDER 10.00 (254.0mm)
22.27 .250 (6.4mm) (PN 12789) 1.403 (35.6mm)
21.50 (546.1mm) 15.00 (381.0mm)
22.28 REAR
.340 (8.6mm) 1.497 (38.0mm)
22.29 16.00 (406.4mm) 10.00 (254.0mm)
41b
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
FIG. 2 FRONT MOUNT CUT OUT DETAILS
2.750 2.750
4X PILOT FOR #10 SCREWS 69.9mm 69.9mm
OR .25DIA HOLES FOR .110
(P/N 20189) GROMMETS 2.8mm
FROM CL
OF MOUNTING
HOLES TO CL
OF SLOT
.344
8.7mm
3.063 3.063 .625

PILOT FOR A 77.8mm 77.8mm 15.9mm
#8 SCREW
3.500 3.500
88.9mm 88.9mm
.625
15.9mm
STABILIZING TAB
.250
(AVAILABLE WITH OR WITHOUT STABILIZING TAB) 6.4mm
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATORS:
FRONT MOUNT: 4 (P/N 19700.XX) #10-24 X .688 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, STEEL SHEET METAL SCREWS
FIG. 3 REAR MOUNT CUT OUT DETAILS

2.750 2.750
69.9mm 69.9mm
2X .296
7.5mm
.110
2.8mm
FROM LC
OF MOUNTING
HOLES TO CL
.344 OF SLOT
8.7mm
.625
15.9mm
PILOT FOR A 3.500 3.500
#8 SCREW 88.9mm 88.9mm
.625
15.9mm
STABILIZING TAB
.250
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: (AVAILABLE WITH OR WITHOUT STABILIZING TAB)
6.4mm
OPERATORS:
REAR MOUNT: 2 (P/N 19535.XX) #8-32 X .312 PHILLIPS, TRUSS HEAD, STEEL, MACHINE SCREWS
41c
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
FIG. 4 SASH HOOK 20008.XX
.250 .500
(6.4mm) (12.7mm)
.410 (H)
2.625 (10.4mm)
(66.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
PVC & METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
1.312
(33.3mm)
.938
(23.8mm) .845 (H)
(21.5mm)
.776 1.122
(19.7mm) (28.3mm)
.188
(4.8mm)
.409 (C)
(10.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19230.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)

.160 (H)
(4.06mm)
.688
(17.5mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
2.625
(66.7mm) .500 (C)
(12.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
41d
PVC & METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
22 SCISSORS ARM
OPERATOR
FIG. 7 GASKET 30171

7.750
(196.9mm)
.750
(19.1mm)
7.0 .031
(177.8mm) (.8mm)
FIG. 8 BACKING PLATE 20947.XX
.437 2X .190
(11.1mm) (4.8mm)
2X .172
(4.4mm)
.19
4.83mm
.500
(12.7mm)
NOTES:
BACKING PLATE IS DESIGNED FOR #8 SCREW TO
PASS THROUGH FOR REAR MOUNT APPLICATIONS
.104
AND FOR A #10 SCREW TO TAP INTO IT FOR A FRONT (2.6mm)
MOUNT APPLICATIONS.
FIG. 9 BACKING GROMMET 20189 FIG. 10 STABILIZING TAB 12789
.500
.156 12.70mm
4.00mm
.110 .930 .250
2.80mm 23.62mm 6.35mm
.260
90 6.60mm .560 1.120
14.22mm 28.45mm
# 10 -24 NC
2X .418
10.62mm HOLE FOR #8
.359 PAN HEAD SCREW
9.12mm
NOTE:
I
AWNING
11 AWNINGOPERATOR
Available in three different linkage

configurations to address corner pull-
in, this operator is designed to provide
positive control of the sash in any
position. A simple detach feature
disengages the operator from the sash
for quick window removal. An
optional torsion bar is available on
single-pull models to deflect the sash
and improve the seal at the corners. A
dual-pull model or Guide Bar attachment
provides additional stability to a wide
sash in the open position. Model
#11.16 uses a guide bar attachment on
the window sash which locates the
closing force closer to the corners of
the sash. Truth recommends you apply
two sash locks for security and added
control of windows weatherability be approximately three times better #30568 - Guide Bar
features (see Casement & Awning than common zinc plated finishes. (#11.16 requires 1).
Sash Locks). #31748 - Bottom cover plate.
For the severe conditions associated #21306 - Protective red plastic spline
PRODUCT APPLICATION with coastal areas, Truth has developed cap (optional).
ASSISTANCE: If you are designing certain product lines utilizing either
a new window profile, or are having CoastGard Hardware, or stainless RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
difficulty selecting hardware for your steel hardware. See Tech Note #7 for Types of screws required determined
window, please contact Truth. Our further information about corrosion by material of profile used. See Tech
highly trained Technical Service Staff protection and these special hardware Note #11. Refer to drawings for
options. complete information on screw type
can assist you with the selection of the
appropriate hardware to meet your FINISH: Electrostatically applied, and quantity needed (sold separately).
performance requirements, as well as durable coatings that provide excellent TRUTH TIPS:
providing personalized application resistance to chipping, scratching and 1. This Awning Operator can be
drawings. corrosion while maintaining color used with all Truth 13 Series Awning
LOGO OPTIONS: Have you Please refer to Truths Color Chart for
Hinges. To insure maximum operator
considered personalizing your window efficiency and avoid sash chatter, it is
examples of Truths most popular important that the operator, hinge, and
with your company name or logo? All finish options. Truth also offers a wide
of Truths operator handles are capable sash height be properly matched. For
range of decorative plated finishes - more complete information on proper
of accepting your own signature. contact Truth for additional
Contact Truth for further details. hinge sizing and how to overcome
corner pull-in problems, see Truth
WARRANTY: Protected under the finishes on specific product lines.
Tech Note #2.
terms of the Truth Warranty for Window ORDERING INFORMATION:
and Door Manufacturers and Authorized 1. Choose operator style desired 2. Butt Hinges can be used with the
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms (specify by part number). Awning Operator, however, some
and Conditions for further details. degree of sash chatter will usually
2. Specify finish number. occur. Chatter is caused by the weight
MATERIAL: High-pressure die-cast of the window pushing the operator
zinc case, crank handle and knob. 3. Select mounting hardware (sold closed rather than the operator pulling
Hardened steel drive worm and gear separately): the window closed.
arms. Guide bar for model #11.16 is #11454 - Contour Handle (painted) or
extruded aluminum. #10579 - Handle - shown above. 3. It is important that the Awning
Optional handle styles, such as Operator be mounted square to the
CORROSION PROTECTION: Truths Folding Handle, are also sash. This is to insure equal pull-in of
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a available. the arms at both corners.
multi-stage coating process that Sash Hook - three styles to choose
produces a superior physical and from - refer to drawings for sizes and 4. When security and/or a tighter
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a part numbers (1 each on models: weather seal is desired, sash locks
wider range of corrosive materials, #11.10, #11.12, #11.17, #11.30. should be added to either the sill or
including industrial cleaning materials 2 each on model #11.14). side jambs.
and environmental pollutants. This #10005 - Shoe Studs
proprietary process has been tested to (#11.16 requires 2).
42
11 AWNINGOPERATOR
TRUTH TIPS (con't): 9. For metal window profiles Truth INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON
5.A Truth Spline Cap (#21306) is recommends machine screws. YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT
available to protect the operator spline However, in most applications, sheet Window operators shall be provided
from dirt and damage during shipping, metal screws will provide adequate which allow easy adjustment of
window installation, and final building holding power. window position. The mechanism
construction. should be crank operated and provide
10. To cover the bottom of the operator wide range of open positions.
6. Adding a Truth Snubber to the in elevated applications, Truths Connection to the movable sash must
center of the top rail on an awning #31748 Bottom Cover Plate can be be easily detachable for window
window may increase the negative air used to enclose the visible area of the cleaning and maintenance.
pressure rating of the window. operators base.
Window operators will be of scissor
7. For accurate hardware placement in 11. When selecting mounting screws arm design driven by hand crank.
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling for Truth hardware, coating The operator must be constructed of
of the window profile is recommended. compatibility is one of the most E-Gard components, hardened steel
important criteria. For best corrosion worm and gear arms and high pressure
8. For vinyl window applications, resistance the coating on the screws
mounting screws should pass through zinc alloy die castings.
two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and the hardware. For more information Window Operators shall be 11 series
one insert wall. For this reason, it may see Tech Note #11. Awning Operator as manufactured by
be necessary to use a longer screw than Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
is recommended. 12. This operator is intended for single
vent applications only, and should not
be used on multi-vent applications.
42a
11 AWNINGOPERATOR
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH ROTO GEAR AWNING OPERATOR
W
1.590 (O) MIN MIN .750
(40.4mm) .406 (19.1mm)
(10.3mm) MIN
MAX.WALL
THICKNESS
SASH
SASH
FRAME
B
FRAME
DIMENSION C=MTG. SURFACE
FOR 40543 AND 31336
4.755 FRAME
(120.7mm)
5.0
(127.0mm) .844
4.812 (21.4mm)
NOTE: (122.2mm) PARTS SHOWN
TO DETERMINE THE MIN W DIMENSION FOR OPERATOR SPACE OPERATOR CUT OUT
11.12 OPERATOR
REQUIREMENTS ADD HOOK DIMENSION H TO OPERATOR
20008 SASH HOOK
CONSTANT O. (W = O + H )
10579 HANDLE
FIG. 2 ROTO GEAR AWNING OPERATOR (SINGLE PULL)
A
4.186 .953
(106.4mm) (24.2mm)
3.476
2.000 (88.3mm)
1.590 (O)
(50.8mm)
(40.4mm)
.438 .625
(11.1mm) 1 1
(15.9mm)
.328
AVAILABLE DIMENSION DIMENSION (8.3mm)
SASH HOOKS B H
20008 .442 (11.2mm) +.410 (10.4mm) NOTE:
* 31336 N/A .160 (4.1mm) PREFERRED MOUNTING HOLES 1
40543 .442 (11.2mm) +.845 (21.5mm)
*31336 MAY ADD OR SUBTRACT FROM O

RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
OPERATOR
A APPROXIMATE
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19380.XX) #10 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT OVERALL LENGTH SASH OPENING
HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS 11.10 21.500 (546.1mm) 15.750 (400.1mm)
PVC & METAL: 4 - #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD 11.12 16.125 (409.6mm) 10.500 (266.7mm)
TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 11.30 12.0 (304.8mm) 6.0 (152.4mm)
42b
11 AWNINGOPERATOR
FIG. 3 ROTO GEAR AWNING OPERATOR (DUAL PULL)
25.000
(647.7mm)
9.004
(228.6mm) 1.590 (O)
(40.4mm)
MIN
.438
(11.1mm)
APPROXIMATE SASH HOOKS DIMENSION DIMENSION
OPERATOR
SASH OPENING PART NUMBER B H
11.14 14.500 (2) 20008 .442 (11.2mm) +.410 (10.4mm)
(368.3mm) (2) 31336 * N/A .160 (4.1mm)
(2) 40543 .442 (11.2mm) +.845 (21.5mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: * 31336 MAY ADD OR SUBTRACT FROM O
NOTE:
SHEET METAL SCREWS
1. MOUNTING HOLE LOCATIONS SHOWN FIG 2
FIG. 4 ROTO GEAR AWNING OPERATOR (GUIDE BAR)
26.750 .203
.312 (679.5mm) (5.2mm)
(7.9mm)
2X 10005
SHOE STUD GUIDE BAR
.625 2X CLIP *
(15.9mm) (P/N 30385)
.609
24.750 (15.5mm)
(628.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: APPROXIMATE DIMENSION DIMENSION

OPERATOR GUIDE BAR
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19380.XX) #10 X 1.0 PHILLIPS,
SASH OPENING B W MIN
FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS 11.16 30568 10.00 (254.0mm) .568 (14.4mm) 2.00 (50.8mm)
NOTE: 1. SHOE STUD AND GUIDE BAR MUST BE ORDERED
PVC & METAL: 4 - #10 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SEPERATELY.
SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD 2. * 30385 CLIPS INCLUDED WITH OPERATOR.
3. MOUNTING HOLE LOCATIONS SHOWN IN FIG. 2
42c
11 AWNINGOPERATOR
.250 .500
(6.4mm) (12.7mm)
.410 (H)
2.625 (10.4mm)
(66.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
SHEET METAL SCREWS
1.312
(33.3mm)
.938 .845 (H)
(23.8mm) (21.5mm)
.776 1.122
(19.7mm) (28.5mm)
.188
(4.8mm)
.409
(10.4mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19230.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREWS
FIG. 7 SASH HOOK 31336.XX .160 (H)

(4.06mm)
.688
.250 (17.5mm)
(6.4mm)
2.625 .500
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: (66.7mm) (12.7mm)
SHEET METAL SCREWS
42d
AWNING
10 LEVER
OPERATOR
Smooth, efficient action of the famous

Truth Lever Operator opens and closes
awning windows quickly and easily.
Features include the ability to hold a
window open in any of five positions,
and a simple release clip for quick sash
detachment. 180 lever handle
movement opens or closes the sash.
Choose from single- or dual-pull models,
each with smooth cam-action for snug
fit and easy break-away. A dual-pull
model or Torsion Bar attachment
provides additional stability to a wide
sash in the open position - as well as,
improving the seal at the corners when
closing the window. Truth has also
designed a special model which has a
removable escutcheon. The advantage
of this feature is that it allows vinyl or
metal window manufacturers, who do RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
not use a removable sill cover in their Types of screws required determined by
window design, to install this operator material of profile used. See Tech
quickly and easily. Truth recommends Note #11. Refer to drawings for
you apply two Sash Locks for added complete information on screw type
security and improved weatherability and quantity needed (sold separately).
performance (see Casement & Awning FINISH: Electrostatically applied,
Sash Locks). To ensure maximum ease durable coatings that provide excellent TRUTH TIPS:
of operation, it is important that the resistance to chipping, scratching and 1. The Truth Lever Operator is handed
operator and hinge be properly matched. corrosion while maintaining color by specifying regular or opposite hand.
See Tech Note #2 for several options, stability for years in direct sunlight. In the closed position, the handle on a
or call Truth for more information. Please refer to Truths Color Chart for regular handed operator points to the
examples of Truths most popular left when viewed from inside.
WARRANTY: finish options. Truth also offers a
Protected under the terms of the Truth wide range of decorative plated 2. The Lever Operator can be used with
Warranty for Window and Door finishes - contact Truth for additional all Truth 13 Series Awning Hinges. To
Manufacturers and Authorized information on availability of these insure maximum operator efficiency and
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms finishes on specific product lines. avoid sash chatter, it is important that
and Conditions for further details. the operator, hinge, and sash height be
ORDERING INFORMATION: properly matched. For more complete
MATERIAL: High-pressure die cast 1. Choose Lever Operator style desired information on proper hinge sizing and
zinc case and lever handle. Steel base (specify by part number). how to overcome corner pull-in
plate and lever arms. 2. Specify finish number. problems, see Truth Tech Note #2.
CORROSION PROTECTION: 3. Specify handing, regular or 3. When security and/or a tighter
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a multi- opposite. [NOTE: When viewed from weather seal is desired, Truth Sash
stage coating process that produces a the inside, a regular handed operator Locks should be added to either the sill
superior physical and aesthetic finish. handle will be pointing to the left or side jamb.
Plus, it is resistant to a wider range of when the window is in the closed
corrosive materials, including industrial position (see diagram).] 4. Adding a Truth Snubber to the
cleaning materials and environmental center of the top rail on an awning
pollutants. This proprietary process 4. Indicate size of escutcheon cover window may increase the negative air
has been tested to be approximately desired. C, E, or F (See Table in pressure rating of the window.
three times better than common zinc Figure 1).
plated finishes. 5. Select mounting hardware (sold vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling
separately): of the window profile is recommended.
For the severe conditions associated with
Sash Hook - three styles to choose
coastal areas, Truth has developed certain
from - refer to drawings for sizes and 6. For vinyl window applications,
product lines utilizing either CoastGard
part numbers (NOTE: #10.10 and mounting screws should pass through
Hardware, or stainless steel hardware.
#10.14 require 1 each; #10.11 requires two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
See Tech Note #7 for further information
2 each). one insert wall. For this reason, it
about corrosion protection and these
may be necessary to use a longer screw
special hardware options. 43
than is recommended.
10 LEVER
OPERATOR
7. For metal window profiles Truth INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS ON Window operators will be of scissors
recommends machine screws. However, YOUR NEXT WINDOW PROJECT arm design driven by a 180 swing of
in most applications, sheet metal screws Window operators shall be provided hand lever. The operator must be
will provide adequate holding power. which allow easy adjustment of constructed of E-Gard components
window position. The mechanism and high pressure zinc alloy die
8. When selecting mounting screws should be lever operated and provide castings.
for Truth hardware, coating compatibility locking at any of five open positions.
is one of the most important criteria. Window Operators shall be 10 series
Connection to the movable sash must Lever Operator as manufactured by
For best corrosion resistance the coating be easily detachable for window
on the screws should be the same as Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
cleaning and maintenance.
the coating on the hardware. For more
information see Tech Note #11.
FIG. 1 APPLICATIONOFTRUTHLEVEROPERATOR
SASH
.750
(19.1mm)
X
W
FRAME
O
5.250
(133.4mm)
PARTS SHOWN 2.750
10.14 OPERATOR (69.9mm) REGULAR HAND SHOWN
20008 SASH HOOK 3.0 OPPOSITE HAND IS AVAILABLE
13 SERIES HINGE (76.2mm)
3.500
(88.9mm)
H
SASH HOOKS A HOOK DIMENSION
NOTE:
20008 +.383 (9.7mm) +.410 (10.4mm) FOR AVAILABLE HINGES
40543 N/A +.845 (21.5mm) SEE TRUTH TIPS.
*31336 N/A .160 (4.1mm)
* 31336 MAY ADD OR SUBTRACT FROM O. W
.718
O H
3.032
(77.0mm) (18.3mm)
Y
A MOUNTING
SASH SURFACE
FRAME
OPERATOR CUT OUT .750 (19.1mm)

NOTE: MAX. WALL
TO DETERMINE THE W DIMENSION FOR OPERATOR SPACE
Z THICKNESS
REQUIREMENTS ADD HOOK DIMENSION H TO OPERATOR
CONSTANT O . (W O H) = +
ESCUTCHEON
PLATE O X Y Z
C 2.215 (56.3mm) 1.00 (25.4mm) 1.843 (46.8mm) .688 (17.5mm)
E 1.965 (50.0mm) .750 (19.1mm) 2.093 (53.2mm) .437 (11.1mm)
*F 1.840 (46.7mm) .625 (15.9mm) 2.218 (56.3mm) .312 (7.9mm)
43a * REMOVABLE ESCUTCHEON MODELS AVAILABLE IN "F" TYPE ONLY.

10 LEVER
OPERATOR
FIG. 2 SINGLE PULL LEVER OPERATOR 10.10 (removable escutcheon 10.18)
20.500
(520.7mm)
AVAILABLE WITH REMOVABLE ESCUTCHEON

APPROXIMATE SASH OPENING:
15.500 (393.7mm) FOR PVC OR METAL WINDOWS (ON 10.18)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: AVAILABLE

SASH HOOKS
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, 20008
SHEET METAL SCREWS
31336
PVC/METAL: 4 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH
AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 40543
FIG. 3 DUAL PULL LEVER OPERATOR 10.11 (removable escutcheon 10.19)
23.250
(590.6mm)
7.625
(193.7mm)
APPROXIMATE SASH OPENING

14.000 ( 355.6mm )
AVAILABLE WITH REMOVABLE

ESCUTCHEON FOR PVC OR
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: METAL WINDOWS (ON 10.19) AVAILABLE
SASH HOOKS
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREWS 20008 (2)
31336 (2)
AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE) 40543 (2)
FIG. 4 SINGLE PULL LEVER OPERATOR 10.14 (removable escutcheon 10.17)
13.125
(333.4mm)
APPROXIMATE SASH OPENING

8.500 ( 215.9mm )
AVAILABLE WITH REMOVABLE
AVAILABLE
ESCUTCHEON FOR PVC OR
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: SASH HOOKS
METAL WINDOWS (ON 10.17)
20008
WOOD: 4 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
SHEET METAL SCREWS 31336
PVC/METAL: 4 - #8 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH 40543
43b
10 LEVER
OPERATOR
FIG. 5 SASHHOOK20008.XX
(SST 30764) .250 .500
(6.4mm) (12.7mm)
1.312
1
(33.3mm) .455 (H)
2.625 (
(11.6mm)
(66.7mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET

METAL SCREWS
STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS REQUIRED WITH SST SASH HOOK
FIG. 6 SASHHOOK40543.XX
1.312
(33.3mm)
.938
(23.8mm) .845 (H)
(21.5mm)
.776 1.122
(19.7mm) (28.5mm)
.188
(4.8mm)
R
(10.4mm)
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19230) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD, SHEET
METAL SCREWS
PVC/METAL: 2 - #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH
FIG. 7 SASHHOOK31336.XX (
.205 (H)
(5.2mm)
.688
.250 (17.5mm)
(6.4mm)
..500
(12.7mm)
2.625
R
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: (66.7mm)
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19240) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD, SHEET

METAL SCREWS
SKYLIGHT 42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
Add Value To Your Operable Skylight

The Truth Skylight Operator System
offers you the flexibility the
marketplace demands, the quality your
windows deserve, easy factory or field
installation and a means to keep your
skylight hardware inventories both cost
effective and efficient. The Truth
Skylight Operator system is easy to
install and compatible with wood,
metal or vinyl framed skylights.
Truths special high gear reduction
provides the low torque needed to lift a
maximum sash weight of 140 pounds
(63.6 kg.) with minimum effort. For
ease of factory or field installations, the
steel chain is detachable at the sash.
The sprocket and chain are made from 11660 HAND KNOB & 11573 30662 HEX BALL DRIVE ADAPTER
hardened steel to provide years of T-HANDLE (see Fig. 14-15) (see Fig. 19)
continuous, chatter-free operation. An The Hand Knob and T-Handle are The Hex Ball Drive Adapter is for use
acetal case liner keeps the chain and available for those who prefer to use where pole operation is required.
sprocket sliding smoothly, easing the something other than the standard Available in a color to match the
force required to open the window. Crank Handle, or where mini-blinds, operator, the Hex Ball Drive Adapter is
The high-pressure, zinc die-cast case is sunshades, insect screens, etc. will not individually bagged in a bulk package.
phosphate coated, electrostatically allow the Crank Handle to be used. The Attaches with a set screw. For use
painted to provide a finish that resists Hand Knob and T-Handle are zinc die- with poles that have a hex ball end.
chipping and flaking. The worm gear cast, and attaches with a set screw and
painted to match the operator. NOT SKYLIGHT POLES (see Fig. 8 & 11)
is made from hardened steel for lasting These rigid anodized aluminum Adjust-
service. FOR USE WITH STRAIGHT DRIVE
UNLESS HANDLE EXTENSIONS able Skylight Poles feature free-turning
42.75 STRAIGHT DRIVE (see Fig. 4) ARE USED. ABS hand grips for years of reliable
The Straight Drive is recommended for service and a locking collar to lock the
use in installations where pole 31000 EYELET ADAPTER pole at a desired length, or to reduce its
operation is required (especially steep- (see Fig. 17) size for convenient storage. Manual
pitched roofs). Recommended Screws: The Eyelet Adapter is for use where the Skylight Poles are available in two
See Mounting Options in Fig. 2. pole operation is required. Available different adjustable lengths - four to six
with a zinc die-cast or painted finish. feet, or six to ten feet with either Hook
42.65 ANGLE DRIVE (see Fig. 3) Attaches with a set screw. The Eyelet or Hex Ball Drives - each to provide
The Angle Drive is recommended for Adapter is individually bagged in a easy access to remote operator
easily accessible installations where the bulk package. For use with poles that locations. Optional three foot pole
use of the standard crank handle is have a hook end. extensions #30681 (see Fig. 8) are also
warranted. It may sometimes be used available. For inventory convenience,
in pole applications (see application 10453 HOOK ADAPTER master packages of 20 fully assembled
information for skylight pole systems (see Fig. 16) skylight poles individually packaged in
and misc. hardware). Recommended The Hook Adapter is for use where pole one master carton are available. Also
Screws: See Mounting Options in Fig. 2. operation is required. Available with a available is Truths #30476 Clerestory
zinc die-cast or painted finish. Attaches Pole Crank (see Fig. 11). This pole
HANDLES (see Fig. 12-13) with a set screw. The Hook Adapter is operates by means of a flexible shaft
Drive Module components offer individually bagged in a bulk package. inside a tubular metal housing. This
application flexibility... Crank For use with poles that have a hook end. product is to be used as an alternative
Handles come in standard and long to the hook pole and universal joint
versions. Each are zinc die-cast, 40096 AND 40097 HANDLE
EXTENSIONS (see Fig. 9) assembly in clerestory applications.
finished to Truths standards. They This product must be used with the
attach to the Drive Module with a set Handle/Adapter Extensions ensure that
proper clearance is provided for either Adapter #20550 (see Fig. 10) which is
screw. They are available in bulk sold separately.
quantities, each individually bagged to Handle Cranks or Hex and Hook
protect the finish and to insure the set Adapters. They are available in either
screw does not get lost. NOT FOR 2" or 4" lengths, mount easily between
USE WITH STRAIGHT DRIVE the spline and Handle or Adapter and
UNLESS HANDLE EXTENSIONS are painted to match.
ARE USED. 44
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
WARRANTY: TRUTH TIPS: PRODUCT APPLICATION

Protected under the terms of the Truth 1. To keep the Skylight operator ASSISTANCE:
Warranty for Window and Door operating efficiently and trouble free, If you are designing a new window
Manufacturers and Authorized Truth recommends that the operator profile, or are having difficulty
Distributors. Refer to Truths Terms chain be lubricated once a year with a selecting hardware for your window,
and Conditions for further details. spray silicone lubricant. please contact Truth. Our highly
trained Technical Service Staff can
FINISH: Electrostatically applied, 2. The secret to a successful pole assist you with the selection of the
durable coatings that provide excellent operated Skylight is to minimize the appropriate hardware to meet your
resistance to chipping, scratching and approach angle of the pole to the performance requirements, as well as
corrosion while maintaining color Skylight operator. This is most easily providing personalized application
stability for years in direct sunlight. accomplished by using a Truth Straight drawings.
Please refer to Truth's Color Chart for Drive whenever pole operation is
examples of Truth's most popular finish required. To figure the minimum angle INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN YOUR
options. Truth also offers a wide range of approach for a straight drive and a NEXT SKYLIGHT PROJECT:
of decorative "plated" finishes - contact given pole system, subtract the Skylight operating hardware should be
Truth for additional information on maximum operational angle of a given suited for roof windows, and skylight
availability of these finishes on specific pole system from the roof pitch (see installation for wood, PVC, and metal
product lines. Fig. 5). For an angle drive, do the market. Skylight hardware shall be
same as with the straight drive and add provided with a special high quality
ORDERING INFORMATION: 34 degrees. Pole length, Skylight gear reduction (high output torque) to
1. Select Drive needed: height, and room layout will then meet required maximum sash weight
42.75 Straight Drive (painted) determine what approach angle is of 140 lbs. (63.6 kg.), unit to be
42.65 Angle Drive (painted). needed for a particular application. constructed of high pressure zinc
2. Specify finish number. diecast case with phosphate finish,
3. The design of the Straight Drive electrostatically painted and oven
3. Choose method of operation for does not allow a handle or hand knob baked. Hardware to be complete with
Elevated Applications: to be applied directly to it. If it is steel chain, sprocket, and detachable
#10637 - Telescoping Pole (Hex Ball desirable to operate a straight drive sash bracket. The steel chain design
Drive), with a handle or hand knob, a handle must include interlocking solid and
#30662 - Hex Ball Drive Adapter, or extension can be used as an adapter. u-links riveted in such a manner as to
#10638 - Telescoping Pole (Hook Drive), 4. For accurate hardware placement in result in no more than .375 (9.5 mm) -
#31000 - Eyelet Adapter, or vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling .625 (15.9 mm) deflection. The chain
#30476 - Clerestory Pole Crank, of the window profile is recommended. sprocket shall be hardened steel and an
#20550 - Adapter. acetal chain guide must be provided.
Non-Elevated Applications: 5. For metal window profiles, Truth Skylight hardware to be available with
#11454 - New Contour Handle recommends stainless steel machine various means of control such as angle
(painted) or screws. However, in most applications, drive, straight drive, or motors.
#10579 - Long Handle (painted) or stainless steel sheet metal screws will Skylight hardware shall be
#11660 - Hand Knob (painted). provide adequate holding power. manufactured by Truth Hardware,
Accessories: Owatonna, MN.
#40096 - 2" Handle Extension (painted), 6. For easy operation of a Hook or
#40097 - 4" Handle Extension (painted). Hex Ball Pole, the operational angle Patented
between the pole and the window
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: operator must not be exceeded.
Operator: 4 - #19410 - #10 x 11/4"
Phillips flat head, shank slotted, sheet
metal screws.Sash Bracket: 2 - #10
Phillips flat head screws. Length and
thread type to be determined by
application.
44a
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF TRUTH 42.65 MANUAL SKYLIGHT OPERATOR
10.187
(258.7mm)
.750
(19.1mm)
1.844 .625
(46.8mm) (15.9mm)
SASH BRACKET
1.625 .532 MOUNTED PARALLEL
(41.3mm) (13.5mm)
.875 .312
(22.2mm) SASH BRACKET
(7.9mm)
MOUNTED
.312 .375 PERPENDICULAR
1.390 (7.9mm)
(35.3mm) (9.5mm)
.250
(6.4mm) .938 MIN .906 MIN
(23.8mm) (23.0mm)
3.718 MIN.
2.782 2.250 (94.5mm)
(70.6mm) (57.2mm) .500
(12.7mm)
.312
(7.9mm)
7.156 .282
(181.8mm) (7.1mm)
3.594
(91.3mm)
10.750
(273.1mm)
.922 1.250
(23.4mm) (31.8mm)
.922
(23.4mm)
HARDWARE SHOWN
42.65 ANGLE DRIVE MODULE
10579 HANDLE
44b
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 2 MOUNTING OPTIONS
OPTION 1 OPTION 2
REAR MOUNT FRONT MOUNT
SCREWS ENTER FROM BEHIND AND SCREWS ENTER FROM THE TOP AND
SCREW INTO BASE AT LOCATION Y. SCREW INTO JAMB AT LOCATION X .
4-(P/N 19992) #12-24 X .500 PHILLIPS, 5-(P/N 19410)#10 X 1.250

PAN HEAD, THREAD FORMING, PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD,
MACHINE SCREWS SHANK SLOTTED,
SHEET METAL SCREWS.
FIG. 3 ANGLE DRIVE MODULE 42.65
* AVAILABLE DRIVES FOR

ANGLE DRIVE MODULE
10024 HANDLE
10579 HANDLE
30662 HEX BALL DRIVE ADAPTER
10453 HOOK
31000 EYELET
1.255 40096 2.0 (50.8mm) EXTENSION
(31.9mm) 40097 4.0 (101.6mm) EXTENSION
1.796
(45.6mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
* NOTE: SEE POLES AND MISC. SKYLIGHT
SEE MOUNTING OPTIONS IN FIG. 2 HARDWARE FOR MORE INFORMATION
44c
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 4 STRAIGHT DRIVE MODULE 42.75

1.255
(31.9mm)
* AVAILABLE DRIVES FOR
STRAIGHT DRIVE MODULE
30662 HEX BALL DRIVE ADAPTER
10453 HOOK
31000 EYELET
40096 2.0 (50.8mm) EXTENSION
40097 4.0 (101.6mm) EXTENSION
.988
(25.1mm)
1.379
(35.0mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
SEE MOUNTING OPTIONS IN FIG. 2
* NOTE: SEE POLES AND MISC. SKYLIGHT
HARDWARE FOR MORE INFORMATION
FIG. 5 APPLICATION INFORMATION FOR POLE SYSTEMS AND MISC. HARDWARE
SKYLIGHT OPERATOR
ANGLE DRIVE MODULE SKYLIGHT OPERATOR
STRAIGHT DRIVE MODULE
HEX BALL DRIVE

ADAPTOR
4-12 PITCH 4-12 PITCH

18.4 REF. 18.4 REF.
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
OPERATIONAL OPERATIONAL
ANGLE ANGLE
WALL
WALL
52.4 APPROACH
ANGLE 18.4 APPROACH
ANGLE
44d
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 6 SASH BRACKET 40470 AND DETACHABLE SASH PIN 20642
20642
DETACHABLE
SASH PIN
40470 SASH BRACKET
7 TELESCOPING
FIG. POLE CRANK:
7 TELESCOPING POLEPOLE WITH HOOK
CRANK: POLEADAPTOR 10638 (SHOWN)
WITH HOOK ADAPTOR 10638 (SHOWN)
POLE WITH HEX BALL DRIVE 10637
POLE WITH HEX BALL DRIVE 10637
A DIMENSION
PART NO. DRIVE EXTENDED COLLAPSED COMPATIBLE WITH
HEX BALL 115.75 67.75 30662 HEX BALL DRIVE

10637
(INCLUDED) (2940.1mm) (1720.9mm) ADAPTOR (SEE FIG. 11)
HOOK ADAPTER
HOOK 116.50 68.50 10453 HOOK (SEE FIG. 18) OR
10638
(INCLUDED) (2959.1mm) (1739.9mm) 31000 EYELET (SEE FIG. 19)
HEX BALL 73.75 47.75 30662 HEX BALL DRIVE
10864
(INCLUDED) (1873.3mm) (1212.9mm) ADAPTOR (SEE FIG. 11)
HOOK 74.50 48.50 10453 HOOK (SEE FIG. 18) OR HEX BALL DRIVE
10855
(INCLUDED) (1892.3mm) (1231.9mm) 31000 EYELET (SEE FIG. 19)
NOTE:
1. THE OPERATIONAL ANGLE OF HOOK POLE WHEN USED WITH A HOOK OR EYELET IS 45.
2. THE OPERATIONAL ANGLE OF HEX BALL POLE WHEN USED WITH A HEX BALL ADAPTER IS 35.
. 8 38 FT.3POLE
FIG. FOOTEXTENSION 30681.XX
POLE EXTENSION 30681
(Fits Telescoping Poles)
(FITS TELESCOPING POLES)
33.0 [838mm] APPROX. EFFECTIVE EXTENSION LENGTH
36.125 [917.6 mm]
NO MORE THAN ONE EXTENSION SHOULD BE USED PER TELESCOPING POLE CRANK.
44e
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 9 HANDLE EXTENSIONS 40096.XX, 40097.XX FIG. 10 ADAPTOR 20550
INTERNAL SPLINE
INTERNAL SPLINE
.750
.500 (19.1mm)
(12.7mm) A
1.188 HEX .625
(30.2mm) (15.9mm)
NOTE:
THIS ADAPTER EASILY FITS OVER THE SPLINE OF THE
WINDOW OPERATOR AND IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
EXTENSION A TRUTH'S 30476 CLERESTORY POLE CRANK AS AN
40096 2.0 (50.8mm) ALTERNATIVE TO TRUTH'S HOOK POLE AND UNIVERAL
40097 4.0 (101.6mm) JOINT ASSEMBLY.
FIG. 11 CLERESTORY POLE CRANK 30476
20550
ADAPTOR RIGID ALUMINUM
TUBING WITH FLEX
CABLE INSIDE
SASH SILL COVER
SILL CLERESTORY POLE CRANK

ANY TRUTH 30476
OPERATOR
66.0
(1676.4mm)
HANDLE INCLUDED
44f
42 MANUAL SKYLIGHT
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIG. 12 HANDLE 10579.XX (Long Handle) FIG. 13 CONTOUR HANDLE 11454.XX
3.104
(78.9mm)
2.140
(54.4mm)
2.140
(54.4mm)
3.500
(88.9mm)
INCLUDES SET SCREW.
FIG. 14 HAND KNOB 11660.XX FIG. 15 T-HANDLE 11573.XX

.880
2.0 (22.4mm)
(50.8mm) 1.0
(25.4mm)
2.420
(61.5mm)
.229 .140
(5.8mm) (3.6mm)
FIG. 16 HOOK 10453 FIG. 17 EYELET 31000.XX
INCLUDES SET SCREW. INCLUDES SET SCREW.
FIG. 18 HEX BALL DRIVE 30957 FIG. 19 HEX BALL ADAPTOR 30662.XX
1.688
(42.9mm)
.660
[16.8 mm]
1.0 DIA.
1.0 DIA. (25.4mm)
(25.4mm)
NOTE:
1. HEX BALL ADAPTER FITS ALL TRUTH
OPERATOR SPLINES. (SUPPLIED WITH SET SCREW)
2. AVAILABLE IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE OPERATOR,
IS BULK PACKAGED AND INDIVIDUALLY BAGGED.
INCLUDES SET SCREW.
3. MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL ANGLE WHEN USED WITH A
INCLUDES SET SCREW.
HEX BALL POLE IS 35 DEGREES.
4. FOR USE WITH THE DRIVE MODULES WHERE
POLE OPERATION IS REQUIRED.
WINDOW/SKYLIGHT SENTRY II WLS
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS
Introducing Truths next generation of

power window systems... Sentry II
WLS for windows and light skylights.
Based on the powerful and reliable
mechanics from our previous motoriza-
tion system, weve added a new digital
electronics package with built in power
conversion. This new Sentry II WLS
system truly takes over where Truths
Sentry 2000 left off.
The new electronics package provides
many new features to enhance a homes
comfort and its owners peace of mind.
Retrofits onto casement and awning
windows and light skylights operated
with a hand crank manufactured by
Truth Hardware (see Truth Tips).
The motor system drives the same
input the handle is attached to.
Power conversion built right into the
wall mounted control package which
accepts direct connection of line
voltages from 100 to 240 VAC at 47
to 440 Hz. No more transformers to ETL Listed and CE Approved. When used on awning windows, the
complicate and add expense to the Meets all requirements for Class II Sentry II WLS is designed to work
installation. installations. on awning windows with a properly
Power Blind System compatible. Safety - Automatic motor reversal sized counter-balance hinge (See
Centralized power window system has been engineered into the system Truth Tips) and operator. (Consult
control is now possible with Sentry IIs which is intended to reverse the awning operator specifications).
ability to accept and control most motor should an obstruction stop the
24 VDC power blind systems. The CONTROL OPTIONS
window while closing. In addition,
Sentry IIs remote and wall switch a screen interlock is provided which, The Sentry II WLS kit comes with a
can be used to control both window when properly installed, electrically standard wall control panel. The same
and blind motors for convenient, disconnects the motor when the screen control panel can also accept and
centralized control. is removed. These features are intend- control most commercially available
Power Protected Memory eliminates ed to help prevent personal injury 24 VDC mini blinds (not provided by
the need to reset or retrain the which could result from reaching into Truth Hardware). The panel also pro-
motor after a power outage. Once the the window area during its operation. vides feedback to the user via a status
installation is complete the motor light (LED). This small LED shows
Motorized Sash Locks are available when the motor is running, or if there
never needs further service or adjust- for use with the WLS system for
ments even after prolonged power are any problems during window or
casement and awning windows. See skylights operation.
outages! Truths Casement and Awning Sash
RF remote compatibility built into all Lock section for complete details. The optional RF Hand Held Remote
motor control packages as a standard is available which adds even more
Building Automation Systems
feature. Simply order the optional flexibility and convenience to a homes
can easily be tied into the control
remote to add new and exciting control windows or skylights.
electronics for virtually limitless
capability for the homeowner. ventilation possibilities. REMOTE FEATURES INCLUDE:
Rain Sensor - standard with all kits,
automatically closes the window or Infinite Number of windows & sky-
SENTRY II WLS CAPACITY lights can be controlled with a single
skylight at the first sign of moisture. When used on light skylights, Truths
Corrosion resistant sensor decreases remote.
Sentry II WLS is load rated at 40 lbs
maintenance cleaning requirements 9 Zones or unit codes are available
at the chain. This equates to a total
and extends service life. to allow units to be controlled in
skylight hatch weight of 80 lbs.
No special preparation is required groups and organized to a users needs.
by the window or skylight manufac- When used on casement windows,
Motorized Blinds (supplied by
turer. The kits are suitable for new the Sentry II WLS is designed to
others) can be controlled with the
construction or retrofit applications. work on all window systems meeting
same remote.
Please consult with your electrical the AAMA-101 hardware load
requirements. (See Truth Tips) Control windows and skylights 45
contractor for a retrofit evaluation. from one remote The Sentry II HS
SENTRY II WLS
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS
(for large/heavy skylights) uses the Sentry II WLS for windows and light 4. The Sentry II WLS system is rated
same remote as the Sentry WLS for skylights for use in indoor applications only.
coordinated ventilation throughout Order 1 each per window:
the entire home or building. 43.51.00.005 - Sentry II WLS System 5. The Sentry II WLS power skylight
12490.XX - Cover (.xx denotes finish system is designed to be used on sky-
Built in Thermostat allows light operators that lift to open and pull
windows and skylights to open and code)
Order 1 Hand Held Remote (optional): to close in the center of the skylight.
close together, to coordinate a com- Therefore, the stiles of the skylight panel
fortable interior temperature. Takes 43.53.00.002 - Hand Held RF Remote
must be rigid enough in the closed
advantage of true chimney effect Finish Codes: The WLS cover is position to ensure proper corner pull-in
cooling to reduce energy demands. available in .02 Black, .03 Bronze, for a weather tight seal and rigid enough
Rolling Code Technology proven .23 Chestnut Bronze, .24 Beige, in the open position to provide proper
in garage door openers is built into .32 White, & .78 White. skylight stability when supported at a
every remote to provide high security If you are applying the Sentry II to a single center point. The wider the skylight
and peace of mind. Pella brand window you must order the is, the more significant this issue can
following items which include special become. For more assistance, contact
WARRANTY: The Sentry II family
hardware and instructions. Truth Hardware Technical Services.
of products is warranted for one year
against defects in materials and work- Order 1 each per window: 6. The Sentry II WLS requires 1 amp
manship on all electronic and mechan- 43.54.00.005 - Sentry II WLS of 120 VAC.
ical components. This warranty only System - Pella
covers electrical products that are used 12490.XX - Cover (.xx denotes finish INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN
to drive manual hardware systems code) YOUR NEXT SKYLIGHT
(operators and hinges) manufactured Order 1 Hand Held Remote (optional): PROJECT
by Truth Hardware. 43.53.00.002 - Hand Held RF Remote
Motorized system for skylights (not
CONSUMER NOTICE: TRUTH TIPS: exceeding 80 lbs), awning or casement
1. Truth Hardware does not recommend windows. Mounting should accommo-
The Sentry II WLS power system must
the use of the Sentry II WLS on any date wood, PVC or metal skylights and
be installed by a qualified electrician.
casement window system that does not windows. Motorized system shall
PRODUCT APPLICATION meet AAMA 101 hardware load replace the handle on crank type sky-
ASSISTANCE: requirements. All hardware and motor light, casement or awning window
system warranties are void if the window operators manufactured by Truth
If you need assistance with product
system does not meet these guidelines. Hardware. The motor drive to be con-
configurations to meet your needs, please
structed of a high pressure zinc die cast
visit our website at www.truth.com. 2. Awning windows must be equipped housing, containing hardened steel
Under the Technical Support tab you with a properly sized counter balance drive gears and a high torque 24 volt
will find all of the technical information hinge such as Truth Hardwares 13 series DC motor. Interchangeable drive
needed to properly configure and or 34 series 4-bar hinges. If an awning adapter allows the system to be com-
specify all elements of an automated window is specified with butt (or con- patible with all Truth operators and
window installation, including installa- tinuous) hinges, a skylight operator and many other window hardware systems
tion instructions, pre-wiring and proper motor system must be used. All hardware not manufactured by Truth (contact
hardware requirements. You can also and motor system warranties are void Truth Technical Services for a list of
contact Truths highly trained Technical if these guidelines are not followed. compatible hardware). Mounting hard-
Service Staff who can assist you with (See Tech Notes). ware to be provided to accommodate a
the selection of the appropriate hard-
wide range of window profile shapes
ware. These individuals are available 3. Unless otherwise specified, the
and materials. Unit to be available with
during normal business hours (CST) Sentry II WLS power window system is
a decorative plastic cover which allows
at 800-324-4487. designed to operate any properly sized
convenient access to mechanical com-
rotary hardware and hinge system man-
ORDERING INFORMATION: ponents and easy installation. The
ufactured by Truth Hardware. Use of
control system is to be supplied with
Ordering of the new Sentry II systems the Sentry II WLS motor system on
standard line voltages from 100 to 240
is much easier than in the past. All windows or skylights with manual
VAC at 47 to 440 Hz. (no transformer
hardware necessary for mounting the hardware manufactured by companies
required). The wall mounted motor
system on either a window or skylight other than Truth Hardware is at your
control is to come complete with its
is now included in the same kit. own risk. For verification, look for the
own receptacle box and cover plate.
Special Note: Motor covers are ordered Truth logo/name stamped on the hinge
Motor system kit shall include: motor
separately to help keep your inventory and operator arm, or consult with the
drive, decorative cover, wall control,
costs down. Sentry II motor kit pack- window manufacturer. If your hardware
and mounting hardware. This motor
aging includes additional space so is not manufactured by Truth Hardware,
system shall be Sentry II WLS series
cover can be added which allows the contact Truths Technical Service
as manufactured by Truth Hardware,
manufacturer to supply a complete kit Department for available options at
45a Owatonna, MN.
to the jobsite. 800-324-4487.
SENTRY II WLS
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS
FIG. 1 WLS MOTOR SYSTEM APPLIED TO AWNING/CASEMENT WINDOW
CENTERLINE OF
OPERATOR HAND
CRANK MANUAL WINDOW
OPERATOR
* 2.500
[63.5 mm]
2.625
[66.7 mm]
* 2.875
[73.0 mm]
9.875
[250.8 mm]
* THESE DIMENSIONS WILL VARY SLIGHTLY DEPENDING ON MANUAL

OPERATOR USED
FIG. 2 WLS MOTOR SYSTEM APPLIED TO SKYLIGHT WINDOW
CENTERLINE
TRUTH MANUAL
OF HAND CRANK
SKYLIGHT OPERATOR
OPERATOR
(SOLD SEPARATELY)
3.375
[85.7 mm]
3.625 4.125
[92.1 mm] [104.8 mm]
10.812
[274.6 mm]
45b
SENTRY II WLS
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS
FIG. 3 SENTRY II PRE-WIRING FOR CASEMENT/AWNING WINDOWS
RAIN SENSOR 110

WIRE-SEE **MOTORIZED LOCK
VAC (IF USED)
NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 1 SEE BELOW
TO DETERMINE
WIRE TERMINATION WIRE EXIT
POINT-LEAVE 10" LOCATION
PIG TAIL
WALL STUD
SEE TABLE
FOR WIRE
SIZE
**8 FT. WIRE PIG TAIL SUPPLIED WITH LOCK
WIRE TOTAL DISTANCE FROM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

SIZE CONTROL PANEL TO MOTOR MOTOR + MOTOR +
(CLASS 2) MOTOR ONLY 1 LOCK 2 LOCKS
18 AWG 50 ft (15m)MAX
14 AWG 100 ft (30m)MAX 2 4 6
12 AWG 150 ft (60m)MAX
SOLID CORE WIRE RECOMMENDED
REFER TO CLASS 2 CODES OPERATOR WITH CENTERED
HANDLE INPUT:HOLE CAN
BE PLACED ON EITHER SIDE
OF OPERATOR
WIRE EXIT LOCATION IS

DETERMINED BY OPERATOR
TYPE
4.500
[114.3 mm] 4.500
[114.3 mm]
5/16" DIA.-FOR WINDOWS WITH

OPERATOR WITH OFFSET HANDLE NON-MOTORIZED LOCKS. 1/2"-FOR
INPUT: HOLE MUST BE PLACED WINDOWS WITH MOTORIZED LOCKS.
ON HANDLE INPUT SIDE OF OPERATOR (SIZE OF HOLE SUBJECTED TO
WIRE SIZE USED)
NOTE:
1. EACH POWERED WINDOW REQUIRES A CONTROL PANEL. CONTROL PANEL FITS A FINISHED WALL
OPENING OF 3 7/8" WIDE BY 4 1/8" HIGH. (RECEPTICAL BOX IS SUPPLIED AS AN INTERGRAL
PART OF THE CONTROL PANEL.) CONTROL PANEL CAN BE LOCATED IN A REMOTE LOCATION IF THE
CONTROL PANEL IS NOT INTENDED TO BE THE PRIMARY MEANS OF CONTROL. (EXAMPLE: RF REMOTE
CONTROL OF BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROL SYSTEM)
45c 2. RAIN SENSOR WIRE MUST BE 22 GAUGE TWISTED,SHIELDED PAIR

SENTRY II WLS
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS
FIG. 4 SENTRY II WLS PRE-WIRING FOR SKYLIGHTS
WALL STUD
RAIN SENSOR
WIRE-SEE
110
NOTE2
VAC
SEE NOTE 1
TOTAL DISTANCE
WIRE SIZE FROM CONTROL TO
(CLASS 2) FARTHEST MOTOR
2 CONDUCTOR WIRE
18 AWG 50 ft (15m) MAX
14 AWG 100 ft (30m) MAX
12 AWG 150 ft (60m) MAX
SOLID CORE WIRE RECOMMENDED
REFER TO CLASS 2 CODES
HOLE SIZE AS REQUIRED

BY WIRE DIAMETER
18"
DIMENSION TO BE
KEPT TO A MINIMUM
NOTE:
1. EACH POWERED SKYLIGHT REQUIRES A CONTROL PANEL. CONTROL PANEL FITS A FINISHED WALL
OPENING OF 3 7/8" WIDE BY 4 1/8" HIGH. (RECEPTACLE BOX IS SUPPLIED AS AN INTEGRAL
PART OF THE CONTROL PANEL) CONTROL PANEL CAN BE LOCATED IN A REMOTE LOCATION IF THE
CONTROL PANEL IS NOT INTENDED TO BE THE PRIMARY MEANS OF CONTROL. (EXAMPLE: RF REMOTE
CONTROL OR BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROL SYSTEM)
2. RAIN SENSOR WIRE MUST BE 22 GAUGE TWISTED, SHIELDED PAIR

45d
SKYLIGHT SENTRY II HS
MOTORSYSTEM
Introducing Truths next generation of

power window system...Sentry II HS
for heavy skylights. Based on the
powerful and reliable mechanics from
our previous SkySentry motorization
systems, weve added a new digital
electronics package with built in
power conversion to take this system
to a whole new level of service and
reliability.
The new electronics package provides
many new features to enhance a homes
comfort and its owners peace of mind.
Quick and easy installation of the
skylight is possible when motor system
is pre-installed and programmed by
skylight manufacturer at their facility.
The electrician needs only to connect
line voltage power and the skylight
is completely ready for operation -
no further set up would be required
by the installer or homeowner!
Power conversion built right into the
skylight mounted control package
which accepts direct connection of
line voltages from 100 to 240 VAC
at 47 to 440 Hz. No more trans-
formers to complicate and add
expense to the installation.
Easily adapts for new construction or Awning Windows Can also be
Power Blind System compatible. retrofit applications. Please consult fitted with the Sentry II HS Motor
Centralized window control is now with your electrical contractor for a System. Skylight hardware systems
possible with Sentry IIs ability to retrofit evaluation. work great on awning windows with
accept and control most 24 VDC butt hinges.
ETL Listed and CE Approved.
power blind systems. The Sentry II
Meets all requirements for Class II Building Automation systems can
RF remote or wall switch controls
installations. easily be tied into the control elec-
both skylight and blind motors for
tronics for virtually limitless ventila-
convenient, centralized control. Safety - Automatic Motor Reversal
tion possibilities.
has been engineered into the system
Power Protected Memory eliminates
which is intended to reverse the SENTRYIIHSCAPACITY
the need to reset or retrain the
motor should an obstruction stop the Truths Sentry II HS for heavy skylights
control system after a power outage.
skylight while closing. In addition, is load rated at 80 lbs. at the chain.
Once the installation is complete the
a screen interlock is provided which, This equates to a total skylight hatch
motor never needs further service or
when properly installed, electrically weight of 160 lbs. Sentry II HS power
adjustments - even after prolonged
disconnects the motor when the skylight system is rated at 50 watts.
power outages!
screen is removed. These features
RF remote compatibility built into are intended to help prevent personal CONTROLOPTIONS
all motor control packages as a injury which could result from reach- The Sentry II HS motorization kit is
standard feature. Simply order the ing into the skylight area during its available with a standard RF hand held
optional remote to add new and operation. remote for skylight control (order
exciting control capability for the separately). The same remote can also
Synchronized Operation of multiple
homeowner. accept and control most commercially
motors is now standard on the HS
Rain Sensor, standard on all kits, motor system. The same Sentry II available 24 VDC mini blinds (not
automatically closes the skylight at HS motor system can now be used provided by Truth Hardware). The
the first sign of moisture. Corrosion on single motor applications or it motor unit provides feedback to the
resistant sensor decreases mechanisms can be ganged with up to four motor user via a status light (LED). This
cleaning requirements and extends units on a large single skylight. small LED shows when the motor is
service life. Multiple motors on a single skylight running, or if there are any problems
add stability and capacity. during skylights operation. An optional 46
wall control panel is also available.
SENTRY II HS
MOTORSYSTEM
Up to 20 skylights can be con- individuals are available during some skylight sizes may make it
trolled from a single control panel. normal business hours (CST) at necessary to use two or more syn-
800-324-4487. chronous motor systems even
REMOTE FEATURES though the weight of the skylight
INCLUDE: ORDERING INFORMATION: may only require a single motor
Infinite Number of windows & Ordering of the new Sentry II HS system. For more assistance,
skylights can be controlled with a systems is much easier than in the contact Truth Hardware Technical
single remote. past. All hardware necessary for Services.
9 Zones or unit codes are avail- mounting on a skylight is now 4. The Sentry II HS requires 1 amp
able to allow units to be con- included in the same kit. Special of 120 VAC.
trolled in up to nine groups and Note: Motor covers are ordered
organized to a users needs. separately to help keep your inven- INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN
tory costs down. Sentry II motor YOUR NEXT SKYLIGHT
Motorized Blinds can be con- kit packaging includes additional PROJECT
trolled with the same remote. space so cover can be added which
Control windows and skylights allows the manufacturer to supply a Skylight operating hardware should
from one remote - the Sentry II complete kit to jobsite. be suited for roof window, and sky-
HS (for heavy skylights) uses the Sentry II HS for heavy skylights light installation for wood, PVC,
same remote as the Sentry II WLS and metal materials. Skylight
to allow coordinated ventilation Order 1 per skylight Bases shall be provided with a
throughout the entire home or 43.50.00.005 - Sentry II HS special high quality gear reduction
building. System (high output torque) to meet
12481.XX - Cover (.xx denotes required maximum sash weight of
Built in Thermostat allows sky- finish code) 160 lbs. (72.6 kg.), unit to be con-
lights to open and close together, Order 1 Hand Held Remote &/or structed
to help maintain a comfortable Wall Switch of high pressure zinc diecast case
interior 43.53.00.002 - Hand Held RF electrostatically painted. Each base
temperature. Take advantage of Remote is complete with steel chain,
true chimney effect cooling to 12539 - Wall Switch sprocket, and detachable sash
reduce energy demands. bracket. The chain sprocket shall
Finish Codes: The HS cover is be hardened steel and an acetal
Rolling Code Technology proven available in .01 Aluminum, .23 chain guide must be provided.
in garage door openers is built into Chestnut Bronze, .24 Beige, & .32 Base modules with a Motorized
every remote to provide high White. Drive shall be low profile in
security and peace of mind. design. Unit to be available with
TRUTH TIPS:
WARRANTY: The Sentry II snap-on, decorative ABS cover
1. To help prevent personal injury conveniently accessible to motor,
family from moving skylight parts, the
of products is warranted for one mechanical, and electronic compo-
skylight must be installed at least nents. The mechanical closing
year against defects in materials eight feet above the floor or an
and workmanship on all electronic pressure shall not exceed 70 lbs.
inside screen must be applied to the Supply electronic circuitry for
and mechanical components. skylight with the provided screen sensing rain and accommodation of
interlock properly installed. remote control. Each unit shall be
CONSUMERNOTICE: Adherence to these safety require-
The Sentry II HS for heavy sky- equipped with auxiliary contacts for
ments is the responsibility of the additional thermostatic control,
lights must be installed by a quali- installer.
fied electrician. security, fire or smoke alarms, or
2. The Sentry II HS system is rated computer control. The control
PRODUCTAPPLICATION for use in indoor applications only. system is to be supplied with stan-
ASSISTANCE: dard line voltages from 100
If you need assistance with product 3. When choosing between the to 240 VAC at 47 to 440 Hz (no
configurations to meet your needs, non-synchronous or synchronous transformer required). Motor kits
please visit our website at Sentry II HS motor system, consid- to include motor, rain sensor, and
www.truth.com. Under the er the rigidity of the skylight panel. hardware pack. Remote control
Technical Support tab you will Since each motor system is shall operate at a minimum distance
find all of the technical information designed to lift open and pull close of 50 ft. from skylight operator.
needed to properly configure and at a single contact point, the sky- Power skylight system shall be
specify all elements of an automat- light panel must be rigid enough in Sentry II HS as manufactured by
ed window installation, including the closed position to ensure proper Truth Hardware, Owatonna, MN.
installation instructions, pre-wiring corner pull-in for a weather tight
and proper hardware requirements. seal and rigid enough in the open
You can also contact Truths highly position to provide proper skylight
trained Technical Service Staff who stability. The wider the skylight is,
the more significant this issue can
46a can assist you with the selection of become. Therefore the rigidity of
the appropriate hardware. These
SENTRY II HS
MOTORSYSTEM
FIG. 1 FINISHED DIMENSIONS OF THE SENTRYII HSMOTOR SYSTEM

17.985
[456.8 mm]
cL OF SKYLIGHT
8.695
[220.9 mm]
4.539
[115.3 mm]
2.575
[65.4 mm] 3.426
[87.0 mm]
SKYLIGHT FRAME
FIG. 2 SENTRYII HSMOUNTINGILLUSTRATION

cL OF SKYLIGHT
8.956 .484
[227.5 mm] [12.3 mm]
1.625 .835
[41.3 mm] .525 [21.2 mm]
[13.3 mm] .368
[0.9 cm] .313
1.150 MIN [8.0 mm]
.848 [29.2 mm] .280
[21.5 mm] [7.1 mm]
Y Y 2.560
Y Y [65.0 mm]
.190 4.767 3.237 .493

[4.8 mm] [121.1 mm] [82.2 mm] [12.5 mm]
3.750 DIGITAL CONTROL 4.060

[95.3 mm] [103.1 mm]
UNIT LOCATION
4.120
[104.6 mm]
5.147
.880 [130.7 mm]
[22.4 mm] SKYLIGHT
FRAME
MOTOR
MODULE
BASE DIGITAL CONTROL UNIT TO SKYLIGHT FRAME

MODULE
(QTY 2) (P/N 19335) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS
BASE MODULE TO SKYLIGHT FRAME:
46b
(QTY 4) (P/N 19335) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
SENTRY II HS
MOTORSYSTEM
FIG. 3 SENTRYII HSPRE-WIRINGDIAGRAM

LOGO LED STATUS WINDOW
BUTTON
MOTOR COVER
HIGH VOLTAGE
(110 VAC)
ISOLATION
COVER
MOTOR DRIVE
DIGITAL
CONTROL
UNIT
BASE PRESS IN
MODULE STRAIN
RELIEF
(SUPPLIED)
CAT 5 WIRE UP TO SEE 110 VAC. SUPPLY

50 FEET-TERMINATE WITH NOTE 1 MOTOR RATING:
RJ45 CONNECTORS AT BOTH 50 WATTS
ENDS (NOT SUPPLIED)
SKYLIGHT
BASE MODULE 1.363 FRAME
POSITION ON [34.6 mm]
SKYLIGHT 1.00
FRAME [25.4 mm]
1.860
(SEE FIG. 1 FOR BASE [47.2 mm]
MODULE POSITION)
WALL MOUNTED
CONTROL PANEL
(OPTIONAL)
REQUIRES HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED 1.148
[29.2 mm] .500 FOR WALL
SINGLE GANG RECEPTICAL BOX 7.907 MOUNTED CONTROL
[200.8 mm] PANEL (OPTIONAL)
NOTE: cL OF SKYLIGHT
1. FOR CONTROL OF MULTIPLE MOTOR UNITS FROM
ONE WALL MOUNTED CONTROL PANEL, RUN A 2 CONDUCTOR
WIRE BETWEEN EACH MOTOR UNIT. 22 GAGE OR HEAVIER
IS SUFFICIENT.
46c
WINDOW/SKYLIGHT MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
MARVEL ELECTRONIC
SKYLIGHT / WINDOW OPERATOR
Truth Hardwares new Marvel
power operator system for windows
and skylights proves that simpler can
be better. Challenged by window and
skylight manufacturers with providing
a small and sleek motorized system
that is simple to install, easy to operate
and above all affordable Truth is
confident that the Marvel System is
the answer.
EASY TO INSTALL & OPERATE
With easy to install mounting brackets
used to help secure the Marvel OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 1. Order item number 42.90.XX.100
Operator in the center of your window AVAILABLE: 2. Specify color: .03 Bronze or .38
or Skylight, this system can be
Hand held RF remote -with 80 feet of White
installed in a matter of minutes.
Three styles of mounting brackets range, incorporates rolling code securi- 3. Optional accessories
accompany this product to allow for ty and is capable of controlling up to 4 Remote Control
easy mounting the unit (see Fig. # individual motors. Includes a magnetic
45580 Manual Switch
for details). wall mount (must be used with RF
Receiver Pack). 42.90.00.200 RF Receiver Pack
Can be face-mounted or mounted to
Rain sensor - connects directly to the 42.90.00.201 Hand held remote
applications with sills.
RF receiver for added security, is with wall mount (must be used with
No transformer required. Operates designed not to react to fog or dew and receiver pack)
from 110 volt household current. is heated to prevent the formation of 42.90.00.202 Rain Sensor (must be
Controlled manually using a stan- ice or condensation and allows the used with receiver pack)
dard, single pole / double throw, sensor to dry itself after the rain has
center off momentary contact switch stopped TRUTH TIPS:
(ordered separately), or with optional WARRANTY: Truth Hardwares 1. Awning windows must be equipped
RF Receiver and Remote. Marvel Motorized Operator System is with a properly sized counter balance
Durable double link chain produces warranted for one year against defects hinge such as Truth Hardwares 13
9.5" of chain travel in materials and workmanship on all series or 34 series 4-bar hinges. All
Electronic limit switch controls the electronic and mechanical components. hardware and motor system warranties
opening position while the closing are void if these guidelines are not
position is controlled through an PRODUCT APPLICATION followed. (See Tech Notes).
internal current sensing feature. ASSISTANCE:
If you need assistance with product 2. Unless otherwise specified, the
Users can operate multiple units Marvel Motorized Window and
from one manual control switch. configurations to meet your needs,
please visit our website at Skylight System is designed to operate
Rain Sensor (Remote Receiver www.truth.com. Under the Technical any properly sized window or skylight
Required) Support tab you will find all of the utilizing a hinge system manufactured
technical information needed to proper- by Truth Hardware. Use of the Marvel
MARVEL OPERATOR CAPACITY
ly configure and specify all elements of motor system on windows or skylights
& RATINGS
an automated window installation, with hardware manufactured by com-
With 45 lbs. of lifting load at the panies other than Truth Hardware is at
including installation instructions, pre-
chain the Marvel System is rated to your own risk. For verification, look
wiring and proper hardware require-
lift skylight sashes that weigh up to for the Truth logo/name stamped on the
ments. You can also contact Truths
90 lbs. hinge or consult with the window man-
highly trained Technical Service Staff
When used on awning windows, the who can assist you with the selection ufacturer. If your hardware is not man-
Marvel System is designed to work of the appropriate hardware. These ufactured by Truth Hardware, contact
on awning windows with a properly individuals are available during normal Truths Technical Service Department
sized counter-balance hinge (See business hours (CST) at 800-324-4487. for available options at 800-324-4487.
Truth Tips).
3. The Truth Hardware Marvel
Marvel Operators are ANSI/UL 325 ORDERING INFORMATION:
Motorized Operator is rated for use in
Certified and CAN/CSA C22.2 Ordering of the Marvel System is quite indoor applications only.
Certified. simple. All hardware necessary for
mounting the system on either a 4. The Marvel Motorized Operator 47
window or skylight is now included in system is designed to be used on sky-
the same kit.
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
light operators that lift to open and pull 6. For vinyl window applications, range of window profile shapes and
to close in the center of the skylight. mounting screws should pass through materials. Motor system should run off
Therefore, the stiles of the skylight two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and of 110 volt current and utilize a stan-
panel must be rigid enough in the closed one insert wall. For this reason, it may dard single pole / double throw, center
position to ensure proper corner pull-in be necessary to use a longer screw than off momentary contact switch or with
is recommended. remote control & rain sensor. Motor
for a weather tight seal and rigid
system to be ANSI/UL 325 certified
enough in the open position to provide INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS and CAN/CSA C22.2 certified. This
proper skylight stability when supported IN YOUR NEXT MOTORIZED motor system shall be Marvel
at a single center point. The wider the WINDOW/SKYLIGHT PROJECT Electronic Window/Skylight series as
skylight is the more significant this offered by Truth Hardware, Owatonna,
Motorized system for windows or sky-
issue can become. For more assistance, lights (not exceeding 45 lbs of weight MN.
contact Truth Hardware Technical measured at the chain). Motor uses a
Services. double link chain providing 9.5 of
5. Marvel Motor also available with chain stroke. Mounting should accom-
standard Truth skylight chain bracket. modate wood, PVC or metal skylights
Contact Technical Service for future and windows. Mounting hardware to
information. be provided to accommodate a wide
Manual Switch Installation General Electrical Specification

& Wiring Diagram The Marvel has double electrical insulation.
An internal electronic limit switch controls the opening position.
It is recommended that the Marvel unit be controlled with a single pole,
double throw (SPDT) center off momentary contact switch. These The closing position is controlled by current sensing.
switches are typically available through local electrical supply stores or
The amperage draw of a single Marvel unit at 120 V-60 HZ is .12
by ordering from Truth P/N 45580. Please see the diagram below for
amps at a 45 pound load. The amperage draw at no load is .040 amps.
how the unit is to be connected.
It is recommended that the circuit be capable of providing 1 amp
The advantage of the center off momentary contact switch is that as soon
at 120 VAC of power per window.
as your finger is removed from the switch the switch will return to the
center, off position and the motor unit will stop at the desired position. The input voltage for the unit can range from 80 V to 260 V for both
50 HZ and 60 HZ.
Please contact Truth's Technical Support Department for application help
when it is desired to control the Marvel with something other than a
single pole, double throw (SPDT) center off momentary contact switch. Product Certification
N The Marvel has been certified to the following standards:
MOTOR
*NOTE UNIT L ANSI / UL 325 - 2003 which is the standard for Door, Drapery,
Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems.
AN / CSA C22.2 No. 68-92 which is the standard for Motor
CLOSES Operated Appliances (Household and Commercial)
BROWN
BLACK
GREY
(LIGHT BLUE)
OPENS
*Additional Marvel units can be controlled by one SPDT momentary contact switch.
47a
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Snap Bracket Kit)
FIG. 1 SILL( MOUNT APPLICATION

)
(MARVEL 42.90.XX.100 KIT)
.875 MIN.
[22.2 mm]
SASH
OPEN
"X"
FRAME "Z"
APPLICATION
DEPENDANT
2
1) POWER SUPPLY CABLE
2) SILL MOUNT FRAME BRACKETS ("A" OR "B")
3) MOTOR UNIT
4) CHAIN CONNECTOR
5) SASH BRACKET
6) ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
1/2 "W"
RECOMMENDED SCREWS FOR BRACKETS:

(INCLUDED IN 42.90.XX.100 KIT)
QTY 2 - 4.5 X 35mm PHILLIPS PAN HEAD WOOD SCREWS "W"
OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT)
QTY 2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS
"Y"
FRAME "W" "X" "Y" "Z"

BRACKET
"A" 15.31" 1.38" 15.82" .482"

[389mm] [35mm] [402mm] [12mm]
"B" 15.19" 1.63" 15.86" .728"

[386mm] [41mm] [403mm] [18.5mm]
2
1
1.882
[47.8 mm]
47b
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Snap Bracket Kit)
FIG. 2 FACE MOUNT APPLICATION

1.250 MIN.
[31.7 mm]
APPLICATION SASH
OPEN
.875 MIN.
DEPENDANT [22.2 mm]
FRAME
6
APPLICATION
DEPENDANT

2) FACE MOUNT FRAME BRACKETS "F"
3) MOTOR UNIT
4) CHAIN CONNECTOR 2
5) SASH BRACKET
6) ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
6.711
[170.5 mm]
3

QTY 2 - 4.5 X 35mm PHILLIPS PAN HEAD WOOD SCREWS
14.935 REF
OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT) [379.3 mm]
13.422
4 [340.9 mm]
47c
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Snap Bracket Kit)
FIG. 3 FACE MOUNT APPLICATION

.630 MIN.
[16.0 mm]
SASH
.594 MIN.
OPEN
[15.1 mm]
APPLICATION
DEPENDANT
FRAME
6
APPLICATION
DEPENDANT

2) FACE MOUNT FRAME BRACKETS "F"
3) MOTOR UNIT
4) CHAIN CONNECTOR
5) SASH BRACKET
6) ELECTRIC CONNECTOR 2
6.711
[170.5 mm]
3

14.934 REF
OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT) [379.3 mm]
13.422
4 [340.9 mm]
47d
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Snap Bracket Kit)
FIG. 4 MOTOR UNIT OVERALL DIMENSIONS

14.252
[362.0 mm]
1.909
[48.5 mm]
1.312
[33.3 mm]
VIEW A-A
"A" "A"
47e
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Pull Pin Bracket Kit)
FIG. 5 SNAP SASH BRACKET

.627
[15.9 mm]
2.579 .314
[65.5 mm] [8.0 mm]
.598
[15.2 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
3.504
[89.0 mm] OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT)
FIG. 6 NON-HANDED SILL MOUNT BRACKET "A"

FIG. 11 NON-HANDED SILL MOUNT BRACKET "A" 23169.XX
(INCLUDED IN 42.90.XX.100 & 42.90.XX.101 KIT)
.661
[16.8 mm]
.512
1.693 [13.0 mm]
[43.0 mm] .768
[19.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
1.102 OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT)

[28.0 mm] (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
47f
MARVEL
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM
(Pull Pin Bracket Kit)
FIG. 7 HANDED SILL MOUNT BRACKET "B"

(INCLUDED
(INCLUDED ININ 42.90.XX.100
42.90.XX.100 KIT)
& 42.90.XX.101 KIT)
2.039 .455
[51.8 mm] [11.6 mm]
.787
[20.0 mm]
.961
[24.4 mm]
.276
.512 QTY 2 - 4.5 X 35mm PHILLIPS PAN HEAD WOOD SCREWS
[13.0 mm] OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT)
FIG. 8 HANDED FACE MOUNT BRACKET "F"

( )
2.232 .335
[56.7 mm] [8.5 mm]
2.315
[58.8 mm]
.433
[11.0 mm] 1.321
[33.5 mm]
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
1.102 OPTIONAL SCREWS: (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT)
[28.0 mm] QTY 2 - #10 PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS
47g
CASEMENT
AWNING 99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
Truth realizes that some profile designs

may require a unique stud bracket or
track design therefore, Truth has
developed a variety of shapes and
styles to meet these needs. These
brackets and track are intended to serve
merely as options to the various
recommended hardware which Truth
has indicated for operators requiring
this product. The drawings on the
accompanying pages should provide
you will all the technical information
that you require. However, if you wish
further technical assistance in selecting
a bracket that works best with your
window, please contact Truth. Most
brackets are available in both a left-
1. Order part number based from recommends machine screws.
and right-hand version pay careful
information on accompanying However, in most applications, sheet
attention to this when ordering.
WARRANTY:
drawings. XX - denote corrosion metal screws will provide adequate
resistant coating. 92 is the finish code holding power.
Protected under the terms of the Truth for Truths corrosion resistant
E-Gard Hardware. 4. When selecting mounting screws
TRUTH TIPS:
1. For accurate hardware placement in important criteria. For best corrosion
E-GARD HARDWARE:
vinyl or metal applications, pre-drilling resistance the coating on the screws
of the window profile is recommended. should be the same as the coating on
Truths E-Gard Hardware has a the hardware. For more information
multi-stage coating process that 2. For vinyl window applications, see Tech Note #11.
produces a superior physical and mounting screws should pass through
aesthetic finish. Plus, it is resistant to a two PVC walls, or one PVC wall and
wider range of corrosive materials, one insert wall. For this reason, it may
including industrial cleaning materials be necessary to use a longer screw than
and environmental pollutants. This is recommended.
48
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
FIG. 1 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK 30473.XX 1

11.380
(289.1mm)
3.250 3.250 3.250
(82.6mm) (82.6mm) (82.6mm)
.668 .810
(17.0mm) (20.6mm)
.670
R (17.0mm) .220
DETACH SLOT
PVC & METAL: 4 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH 31727 LIMITER TRACK ALSO AVILABLE
FIG. 2 SINGLE ARM OPERATOR TRACK 30706.XX

11.380
(289.0mm)
4.880 4.880
(124.0mm) (124.0mm)
.668 .810
(17.0mm) (20.6mm)
.
.670
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: (17.0mm) .220
D (5.6mm)
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, DETACH SLOT

13.750
(349.3mm)
1
4.125 4.125 4.125

(104.8mm) (104.8mm) (104.8mm)
.668
(17.0mm)
.680
(17.3mm)
.670
(17.0mm)
.220
RWOOD: 4 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, DETACH SLOT

8.875
3.250 (225.4mm) 3.250
.668 8
(82.6mm) .810 (82.6mm)
(17.0mm)
(20.6mm)
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
RWOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, .220
.670 3.185 (5.6mm)
FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS (17.0mm) DETACH SLOT (80.9mm)
48a
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
FIG. 5 STUDBRACKET 10339.XX, 10340.XX FIG. 6 STUD BRACKET 10402.XX, 10403.XX

.385
(9.8mm) .250 .688
.625 (6.4mm) (17.5mm)
(15.9mm) 2.875
(73.0mm) .438
(11.1mm)
.625 .438
(15.9mm) .250 (11.1mm) .375
2.875 (6.4mm) (9.5mm) .190
.688
(73.0mm) (17.5mm) .294 (4.8mm)
(7.5mm)
1.625 .625
(41.3mm) (15.9mm)
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS
NOTE: 10340 RIGHT HAND NOTE: 10403 RIGHT HAND
FIG. 7 STUD BRACKET 10456.XX, 10457.XX FIG. 8 STUD BRACKET 10558.XX, 10968.XX
(SNAP STUD)
.164 .104
(4.2mm) (2.6mm)
2.438
(61.9mm)
1.880 .750
(47.8mm) .060 .625 (19.1mm)
(1.5mm) (15.9mm)
.690 1.063 .500

(17.5mm) (27.0mm) (12.7mm)
.312 ?
(7.9mm)
.120 .750
(3.0mm) (19.1mm)
10456 LEFT HAND SHOWN 2.750
(69.9mm)
NON HANDED
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19355.XX) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN WOOD: 3 (P/N 19240.XX) #8 X 1.0 PHILLIPS, FLAT
PVC & METAL: 3 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS PVC & METAL: 3 - #8 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS
NOTE: 10457 RIGHT HAND NOTE: 10498 SHOWN

48b
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
2.438 .180
(61.9mm) (4.6mm) .358
.190 (9.1mm)
1.880 (4.8mm) .125 .375
(4.78mm) (3.2mm) (9.5mm) .438
(11.1mm)
1.625
(41.3mm) .250
(6.4mm)
.532
.744 (13.5mm)
(18.9mm)
.280 .625
1.124 (7.1mm) (15.9mm)
(28.5mm) 2.560
10494 LEFT HAND SHOWN (65.0mm)
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19355.XX) #10 X .750 PHILLIPS, PAN WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT
PVC & METAL: 3 - #10 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS
Snap Stud
2.875
(73.0mm) .190
(4.8mm)
2.970 .298
(75.4mm) .250 1.625 (7.6mm)
(6.4mm) (41.3mm) .438
2.186 . .500 . (11.1mm)
(55.5mm) (12.7mm)
1.093 .250 .186
(27.8mm) (6.4mm) (4.7mm)
.375
(9.5mm)
.688
. .625 (17.5mm)
(15.9mm)
.062 1.125
(1.6mm) 2X .217 (28.6mm) 10739 LEFT HAND SHOWN
(5.5mm)
.336 1
1.375
(8.6mm) (34.9mm)
R
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT
(LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
48c

99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
1 10878 LEFT HAND

.358. 2.970
(9.1mm) (75.4mm) SHOWN
.298 .438 2 2.186 .500
(7.6mm) (11.1mm) (55.5mm) (12.7mm)
. .186
1.093 .250 (4.7mm)
(27.8mm) (6.4mm)
.313.
(8.0mm) .688
.250 2.250 (17.5mm)
(6.4mm) (57.2mm)
.063
(1.6mm) .336 1.125
2.875 (8.6mm) 2X .217
(5.5mm) (28.6mm)
(73.0mm) 1
.062 1.375
(1.6mm) (34.9mm)
1
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
N NOTE: 10879 RIGHT HAND
R RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT
HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, FLAT
(LENGTH
( AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE) PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS
NOTE:
N 10746 RIGHT HAND BY PROFILE)
.688
10917 LEFT HAND (17.5mm)
.438
SHOWN (11.1mm)
2.970 1.188 .188
(75.4mm) .250 (30.2mm) (4.8mm)
2.186 .500 (6.4m)
(55.5mm) (12.7mm)
1.093 .186
(27.8mm) .250 (4.7mm)
(6.4mm)
.358
.312 (9.1mm)
(7.9mm)
1.375
(34.9mm)
.336 2X .217 1.125 2.750
. (8.6mm) (5.5mm) (28.6mm) (69.9mm)
1.375 3.375
.062 (85.7mm)
(1.6mm) (34.9mm)
R 10986 LEFT HAND SHOWN
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: NOTE: 10918 RIGHT HAND
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT
PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE)
48d
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
1.125 1.125
(28.6mm) (28.6mm)
.370
.375. (9.4mm)
(9.5mm) .250
.375 (6.4mm)
(9.5mm)
.190
(4.9mm)
.250
(6.4mm)
1.375
.625 (34.9mm)
(15.9mm) 1.625 .625 1.375
1.625 (41.3mm) (15.9mm) (34.9mm)
(41.3mm) 2.875
2.875 (73.0mm)
(73.0mm)
10583 LEFT HAND SHOWN 1 10415 LEFT HAND SHOWN

1
R
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT
1.125
1 .250 .375
(28.6mm) (6.4mm) (9.5mm)
. .310 .190
(7.9mm) (3.8mm)
.813 .625
(20.7mm) (15.9mm)
.160 .410
(4.1mm) (10.4mm) 1.125
1.625 (28.6mm)
.625 (41.3mm)
(15.9mm) 1.375
.375 (34.9mm)
(9.5mm) .220
(5.6mm) 1 2.875
1.625 (73.0mm)
(41.3mm) 1.375
(34.9mm)
2.875
(73.0mm)
R 10795 LEFT HAND SHOWN
10522 LEFT HAND SHOWN RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, PAN
WOOD: 2 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 3 - #7 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS
PVC & METAL: 2 - #7 PHILLIPS, FLAT HEAD SCREWS (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE DETERMINED
BY PROFILE) NOTE: 10796 RIGHT HAND
48e
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
2.970
(75.4mm) 1.880
(27.0mm)
1.371
.812 (27.0mm)
(20.6mm) .509
(27.0mm)
2.187 .250
(55.5mm) (27.0mm)
.250 .117
(6.4mm) (3mm)
.663
(16.8mm) 2.380
(60.5mm)
.500 .120
.267 1.043 (3.0mm)
(6.8mm) (12.7mm)
(26.5mm)
1.093 1.062
(27.8mm) (27.0mm)
1
11253 LEFT HAND SHOWN 11257 LEFT HAND SHOWN

RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 1 RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, PAN WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, PAN
PVC & METAL: 3 - #7 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS PVC & METAL: 3 - #7 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS
BY PROFILE) BY
( PROFILE)
1.500
(38.1mm)
.750
(19.1mm)
1.000
(25.4mm)
.813 1.063
(20.7mm) (27.0mm)
.250
(6.4mm) .250
(6.4mm)
3.000
(76.2mm) .230
(5.8mm)
1
R 12551 RIGHT HAND SHOWN
RECOMMENDED SCREWS:
WOOD: 3 (P/N 19140.XX) #7 X .875 PHILLIPS, PAN

(
PVC & METAL: 3 - #7 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS
48f
BY PROFILE)
N
NOTE: 12550 LEFT HAND
99 STUD BRACKETS
& TRACK
CASEMENT
AWNING 99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
Perhaps you have one of those hard to

reach window systems, or maybe one
in which your curtains or blinds will
not hang straight due to the protrusion
of the operators handle. Truth
recognizes that many of these
applications present special problems
to the consumer. To help solve these
kinds of problems, Truth offers this
line of specialty accessories.
WARRANTY:
Please refer to Truths Color Chart for
examples of Truths most popular
finish options. Truth also offers a wide
range of decorative plated finishes -
contact Truth for additional
finishes on specific product lines.
TRUTH TIPS:
1. When pole operation of an elevated
awning or casement window is
necessary, the Clerestory Pole System
(#30476) should be used when
appearance is a primary concern, or
when an obstruction such as a wall
would prevent the proper approach
angles necessary for the Universal and
Pole Ring system.
2. When a skylight calls for operation
other than those options here, please
see the skylight section of the catalog
or call Truth.
49
99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF UNIVERSAL AND POLE RING SYSTEM

(Not compatible with Encore) HANDLE EXTENSION
40096 OR 40097
INSERT
30439 BEARING BRACKET
UNIVERSAL
30326 30960
UNIVERSAL WITH
POLE RING 33604
SASH SILL COVER
SILL EXTENSION
FRAME
60
RECOMMENDED
INSERT
30439 BEARING BRACKET
UNIVERSAL (NOT SUPPLIED BY
30326 TRUTH)
UNIVERSAL WITH
POLE RING 33604
SILL COVER
SASH
FRAME
60
RECOMMENDED
FIG. 2 UNIVERSAL WITH POLE RING 33604.XX FIG. 3 UNIVERSAL 30326.XX

INTERNAL 4.188 (106.4mm)
SPLINE
.812
(20.6mm)
.812
(20.6mm) 2.0
2
(50.8mm)
FIG. 4 HANDLE EXTENSIONS 40096.XX, 40097.XX FIG. 5 INSERT 30439

.500
(12.7mm) A
.984
.
(25.0mm)
EXTENSION A
40096 2.0 (50.8mm) NOTE:
1. INSERT IS NEEDED TO CONNECT UNIVERSAL TO
40097 4.0 (101.6mm) UNIVERSAL OR UNIVERSAL TO HANDLE EXTENTION.
49a 2. SPLINE STANDARD ON ALL TRUTH OPERATORS.
99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
FIG. 6 BEARING BRACKET 30960.XX FIG. 7 BRACKET FOR FACE MOUNT

(available from Truth) (not available from Truth)
.525 .344
[13.3 mm] [8.7 mm]
1.500
30960
[38.1 mm]
[
RECOMMENDED SCREWS: 1
(
DE
(QTY 2)#7 PHILLIPS, PAN HEAD SCREWS
( (LENGTH AND THREAD TYPE TO BE 16 GAUGE
DE DETERMINED BY PROFILE)
(
FIG. 8 HEX BALL FIG. 9 HEX BALL FIG. 10 HOOK 10453 FIG. 11 EYELET 31000.XX
DE
DRIVE 30957 ADAPTOR 30662.XX (Not compatible with Encore)
(Not compatible with Encore)
1 3
F
1 33
1.000 1 3
[25.4 mm]
1.687
[42.8 mm]
INCLUDES SET SCREW.
INCLUDES SET SCREW. INCLUDES SET SCREW. INCLUDES SET SCREW.
FIG. 12 FOLDING HANDLE 11329.XX FIG. 13 CONTOUR HANDLE 11454.XX
3.104
[78.8 mm]
2.140
[54.4 mm]
2.140
[54.4 mm]
3.093
INCLUDES SET SCREW. [78.6 mm]
FIG. 14 HANDLE 10579.XX (Long Handle) FIG. 15 HAND KNOB 11660.XX

FIG. 14 HANDLE 10579.XX (LONG HANDLE) FIG. 15 HAND KNOB 11660.XX
2.0 1.0
[50.8 mm] [25.4 mm]
2.140
[54.4 mm]
3.500
[88.9 mm]
49b
INCLUDES SET SCREW.
99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
FIG. 16 SPLINECAP 12136.XX FIG.

F 17 T-HANDLE 11573.XX
.880
(22.4mm)
.800
(20.32mm)
2.420
(61.5mm)
.688
(17.48mm)
FIG. 1818 METAL ENTRYGARD COVER 11328.XX FIG. 19CONTOUR

19CONTOUR COVER 11553.XX
(11327.XX with gasket) (BRASSUSE 10536.13)
FIG.
IG. 18 METAL
METAL ENTRYGARD
ENTRYGARD COVER
COVER11328.XX
11328.XX FIG.FIG.
19 COVER
CONTOUR 11553.XX
COVER 11553.XX
(11327.XX WITH GASKET)
(11327.XX WITH GASKET) (BRASS USE 10536.13)
(BRASS USE 10536.13)
1.346
1.346
(34.2mm)
(34.2mm) 1.098
1.098 1.258 1.258
(27.88mm)
(27.88mm) (31.95mm)
(31.95mm)
5.848
5.848
(148.5mm) 1.334 5.220
(148.5mm) 1.334 5.220
(132.59mm) 1.296
(33.8mm)
(33.8mm) (132.59mm) (32.91mm)1.296
(32.91mm)
11553.XX CONTOUR COVER
11553.XX CONTOUR COVER
F
FIG.
20 20 TELESCOPING POLE CRANK: POLE
BALLWITH
DRIVEHEX
10637BALL DRIVE 10637
POLE WITH HOOK END 10638 POLE WITH HOOK END 10638
FIG. TELESCOPE POLE CRANK: POLE WITH HEX
P
HEX BALL DRIVE
C
COLLAPSED 68.5 (1739.9mm)
EXTENDED 116.5 (2959.1mm)
HOOK END
9' - 15'
RECOMMENDED HEIGHT (S
RANGE (FROM FLOOR) 7' - 11' (WINDOWS)
9' - 15' (SKYLIGHTS)
FIG.
IG. 21213 FOOT
3 FOOT POLE
POLE EXTENSION
EXTENSION 30681
30681 (FITS (Fits Telescoping
TELESCOPING POLES) Poles)
3
33 (838.2mm) APPROX. EFFECTIVE EXTENSION LENGTH
36.125 (917.6mm)
49c N
99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
FIG. 22 AAPPLICATION OF CLERESTORY POLE CRANK

(Not compatible with Encore)
ADAPTOR
20550
RIGID ALUMINUM TUBING

SASH WITH FLEX CABLE INSIDE
FRAME
ANY TRUTH OPERATOR
66.0
(1676.4mm)
CLERESTORY POLE CRANK

30476
RECOMMENDED HEIGHT RANGE (FROM FLOOR) 8' - 11' (WINDOWS ONLY)
FIG. 23ADAPTOR
FIG. 23 ADAPTOR20550 20550
HANDLE INCLUDED
1.188
.750 (30.2mm) HEX
(19.1mm) .625
(15.9mm)
INTERNAL SPLINE
49d
99 ACCESSORY
ITEMS
FIG. 24 ADA OPERATOR HANDLE 11403.XX
Due to differing physical abilities, we realize that standard

window crank handles may not be appropriate for everyone,
however it is our hope that Truth Hardwares new #11403
ADA Operator Handle with its special design, will make it
easier for those who are able to use it, to more easily enjoy
the benefits of operable windows.
Truth Hardwares new #11403 ADA Operator handle has a
larger diameter, and longer contour shape to make it easier
for a person with limited mobility to crank open/close a
casement or awning style window. Available in a wide
assortment of colors. Fits all Truth 15, 22, 23 and Maxim
Series crank style operators.

Hinged Window Hardware

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Hinged Window Hardware

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Connecting Innovations In Hardware With Windows,

Patio Doors, And Skylights.

700 West Bridge Street

Casement & Awning Operators

The purpose of this exclusive remedy shall be to provide

These hinges balance a sash as it opens

APPLICATION OF CONCEALED AWNING HINGE

13.13 10.14 11.12,11.30 22.17,22.18 N/A N/A

13.15 10.10 11.14,11.16 23

13.43 11.32 N/A

HINGE RECOMMENDED L SCREWS

34.0-42.0 61 LBS 26.0 11.75 8.250 5.438

Through their quality, reliability, and

MATERIAL: Non-magnetic stainless

INCLUDE TRUTH SPECS IN

FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF CONCEALED CASEMENT HINGE

LIPPED WINDOW (SHOWN)

* RECOMMENDED HINGES W/90 STOP

RECOMMENDED SCREWS: PER PAIR

A SELF LOCATION STUD OPTION IS AVAILABLE ON THE FOLLOWING HINGES

SELF LOCATING STUD

A SELF LOCATION STUD OPTION IS AVAILABLE ON THE FOLLOWING

FIG. 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT

SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT

4. STUD MAY BE ADJUSTED WITH 3/8" WRENCH OF SUPPORT ARM IS REMOVED

FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF 14.97 CONCEALED MAXIM WASHABILITY HINGE

6.492 FOR TRACK: (QTY 8)

FIG. 2 APPLICATION OF 14.12 CONCEALED MAXIM EGRESS HINGE

LEFT HAND SHOWN

RECOMMENDED SCREWS FOR WOOD AND PVC APPLICATIONS: SASH

FIG. 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT 14.12 AND 14.97 HINGES

SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

AWAY FROM SHOE TOWARD SHOE

TOP-ROTATE HANDLE TOWARD SHOE.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT

NOTE: DO NOT TURN PAST 45 OR ARM WILL BIND ON TRACK.

NOTE: MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT MAY CAUSE BINDING AS THE WINDOW IS CLOSED.

4. STUD MAY BE ADJUSTED WITH 7/16" WRENCH IF SUPPORT ARM IS REMOVED

New energy specifications and

STRENGTH & INNOVATION

accessories. window applications, mounting screws

14.10.00.511.1 HGE CSM LL TRK NF WSH SS

Using screw hole on track or near

23612 - Shim, 5.744"

Please refer to application print for specic screw sizes. Refer to

FIG. 1 APPLICATION OF CONCEALED HIGH PERFORMANCE CASEMENT HINGE

1(*$7,9(  0,1

FIG. 2 23555 AND 23557 CONCEALED SNUBBER, DIE CAST

FIG. 3 33506 HIGH PERFORMANCE HINGE STOP

14.10 HEAVY DUTY

14.97 MAXIM HINGE

HINGE SPACER ALLOWS STANDARD HINGES ( 14.12, 14.97 )

SHOWN WITH SUPPORT

14.10 HINGE SHOWN

TOP-ROTATE HANDLE TOWARD SHOE.

AWAY FROM SHOE TOWARD SHOE

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SASH ADJUSTMENT

NOTE: MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT MAY CAUSE BINDING AS THE WINDOW IS CLOSED.

FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER

FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER

FIG. 7 41235 KEEPER

29.10 BUTT HINGE

EGRESS WASHABILITY It is important to match your window with the proper

1(*$7,9( 0,1

20" (20.18") 32"-34" 40 LBS 32" WIDE * 47 LBS * 55 55